file which includes the original illustrations4 ,see #cidde-;h4htm or #cidde-;h4zip3 7https3_/_/www4gutenberg4org_/cache_/epu b_/#cidde_/pg#cidde-;images4html7 or 7https3_/_/www4gutenberg4org_/files_/#ci dde_/cidde-;h4zip7 ,transcriber's note3 ,a few typographical errors have been corrected3 they are listed at the end of the text4 ,the original page numbers are shown in the text as numbers enclosed by curly brackets 7example3 #c7 ,,hoyle',s ,,games ,,modernized ,edited by ,,professor ,,hoffmann ,,new ,,edition 7,reset7 ,thoroughly ,revised to #aiji ,with the addition of ,chapters on ,,auction ,,bridge and ,three other ,new ,games by ,,ernest ,,bergholt ,and with ,new ,chapters on ,,roulette and ,,trente ,,et ,,quarante ,,by ,,captain ,,browning 7,slambo of ,the ,westminster ,gazette7 ,with ,diagrams ,london ,george ,routledge and ,sons1 ,limited ,new ,york3 ,e4 ,p4 ,dutton ,co4 #aiji v ,,preface ,to the present generation the name of ,edmond ,hoyle conveys but a vague meaning1 though the phrase according to ,hoyle is still now and then used as a synonym for correct play in a card-game4 ,hoyle was in fact the ,cavendish of his day1 and was in many ways a man of special mark4 ,he was born in #afgb1 and died in #agfi1 having outlived half-a-dozen monarchs4 ,of his earlier life little is known4 ,he is said to have been called to the ,bar1 though whether he ever practised as an advocate is uncertain4 ,in #agdb he was living in ,queen's ,square1 and giving lessons in whist-play1 which he was the first to reduce to a scientific method4 ,he had up to that time communicated his system either personally1 or in the form of manuscript1 but in that year he for the first time published his memorable ,short ,treatise on the ,game of ,whist4 ,of this first edition only two copies 7one in the ,bodleian ,library7 are known to exist4 ,its price was a guinea4 ,it was freely pirated1 and this fact was probably the reason that the succeeding editions1 of which there were three published in #agdc1 were issued at the more modest price of two vi shillings1 each genuine copy being guaranteed by the autograph of the author4 ,other editions followed1 several of which are only now represented by single copies4 ,of the seventh edition1 published in #agdg1 no copy exists4 ,the eighth 7#agdh7 embodied1 in addition to the ,whist manual1 short treatises on ,quadrille1 ,piquet1 and ,backgammon1 which had in the meantime appeared separately4 ,the book was from time to time further amplified1 and the eleventh edition 7precise date uncertain7 is entitled ,mr4 ,hoyle's ,games of ,whist1 ,quadrille1 ,piquet1 ,chess and ,backgammon ,complete4 ,the autograph signature to each copy was continued until ,hoyle's death4 ,in the fifteenth edition it is replaced by an impression from a wood block4 ,it is significant of the respect in which ,hoyle was held1 that his ,laws of ,whist1 with some slight alterations by the habitues of ,white's and ,saunders' chocolate-houses 7the then headquarters of the game71 were accepted as the final authority from #agfj till #ahfd1 when the basis of the present code1 settled by the ,turf and ,portland ,clubs1 was adopted in their stead4 ,nothing would now be gained by reproducing ,hoyle's original text4 ,in the present volume no attempt is made to do so4 ,its teachings are1 however1 but the teachings of the master1 amplified and brought up-to-date1 and it is a fitting tribute to his memory that his name should be retained upon the title-page4 ,,louis ,,hoffmann4 vii ,,preface ,,to ,,the ,,revised ,,edition ,,of #aiji ,the articles on ,whist and ,bridge have been rewritten and brought thoroughly up-to-date4 ,those on ,billiards1 ,pool1 and ,snooker ,pool have been completely revised1 and all the recent changes in ,rules have been either incorporated or quoted4 ,entirely new chapters have been added on ,auction ,bridge1 ,five ,hundred1 ,quinto1 and ,poker ,patience4 ,for the articles specially written for this ,new ,edition on ,roulette and ,trente et ,quarante1 the able pen of ,captain ,browning is responsible4 ,,ernest ,,bergholt4 ix ,,contents ,,page ,,all ,,fours ,the ,scoring ,items #a ,method of ,playing #b ,four-handed ,all ,fours #c ,,baccarat ,baccarat ,chemin de ,fer #e ,baccarat ,banque #h ,,bezique ,the ,old-fashioned ,game #ab ,hints for ,play #ae ,rubicon ,bezique #ag ,the ,laws of ,rubicon ,bezique #bb ,,blind ,,hookey #cb ,,cribbage #cd ,the ,five-card ,game #ce ,the ,six-card ,game #di ,the ,seven-card ,game #ej ,three-handed ,cribbage #ea ,four-handed ,cribbage #ea ,,ecarte #ec ,the ,laws of ,ecarte #ec ,french ,terms used in ,ecarte #fa ,illustrative ,game #fa ,jeux de ,regle #fc x ,,euchre #fh ,two-handed ,euchre #fi ,four-handed ,euchre #gj ,three-handed ,euchre #gb ,marking the ,score #gb ,hints for ,play #gc ,,loo ,three-card ,loo #hf ,five-card ,loo #hi ,the ,laws of ,loo #ia ,,napoleon ,the ,orthodox ,game #id ,the ,variations #if ,the ,game ,explained for ,novices #ii ,the ,numbers of ,players #ajb ,,piquet ,the ,deal #ajd ,discarding and ,taking in #aje ,calling #aje ,the ,play #ajg ,carte ,blanche #aaa ,repique #aaa ,pique #aab ,capot #aab ,the ,final ,score #aac ,application of ,skill #aae ,,poker ,the ,varieties of the ,game #abj ,draw ,poker #abj xi ,the ,probabilities of the ,various ,combinations #acj ,the ,straddle #aca ,jack-pots #acb ,table ,stakes #acc ,straight ,poker #acd ,stud ,poker #acd ,whiskey ,poker #ace ,mistigris #acf ,the ,tiger #acf ,,pope ,,joan #acg ,,solo ,,whist ,description of the ,game #adb ,the ,stakes #adg ,a ,digest of the ,laws #adi ,a ,few ,maxims #aed ,,vingt-,,un #aeg ,french ,vingt-,un #afc ,,whist ,the ,laws of ,whist #aff ,the ,etiquette of ,whist #ahc ,dummy #ahd ,double ,dummy #ahe ,how to become a ,good ,player #ahe ,leads #aia ,return ,leads #aie ,second in ,hand #aif ,what to ,play ,third ,hand #aih ,the ,play of the ,fourth ,hand #bja ,the ,call for ,trumps #bja xii ,the ,echo to the ,call #bjc ,discarding #bjd ,the ,use and ,abuse of ,trumps #bje ,underplay #bjh ,false ,cards #bji ,how to ,play ,whist #baj ,unblocking #bab ,placing the ,lead #bad ,the ,play of the ,twelfth and ,thirteenth ,cards #bah ,maxims #bai ,books on ,whist #bbb ,,bridge ,relation to ,whist #bbc ,the ,score in ,actual ,practice #bbd ,hints for ,play #bbg ,the ,laws of ,bridge 7#aijd7 #bbh ,books on ,bridge #bdf ,,auction ,,bridge #bdg ,the ,laws of ,auction ,bridge #bdh ,hints to ,players #beb ,general ,remarks #bed ,,five ,,hundred #beg ,revokes #bfa ,book on ,five ,hundred #bfb ,,quinto #bfc ,dummy 7or ,three-,handed7 ,quinto #bff ,book on ,quinto #bff ,,poker ,,patience #bfg ,serpent ,poker ,patience #bfh xiii ,,backgammon ,the ,board and ,men #bga ,playing #bgc ,bearing off the ,men #bge ,hints for ,play #bgg ,,bagatelle ,the ,appliances of the ,game #bha ,how to ,play #bhd ,,billiards ,the ,implements of the ,game1 and ,terms used in connection with it #bhg ,the ,half-ball ,stroke #bic1 #bih ,losing ,hazards into the ,top ,pockets from ,baulk #cjb ,middle-,pocket ,hazards #cje ,position #cjg ,losing ,hazards #cjh ,winning ,hazards #cji ,cannons #caa ,the ,billiards ,control ,club ,rules #cbj ,pyramids #cba ,shell ,out #cbb ,works of ,reference #cbc ,,pool ,general ,counsels #cbd ,the ,national ,rules of ,pool #cbe ,,snooker ,,pool ,description of the ,game #cca ,the ,national ,rules of ,snooker ,pool #ccb xiv ,,chess ,the ,board and ,men #ccf ,the ,movements of the ,men and their ,power to ,take #ccg ,chess ,notation #cdc ,example #cde ,technical ,terms used in the ,game #cdg ,value of the ,pieces #ceb ,the ,openings #cec ,the ,giuoco ,piano #ced ,the ,evans ,gambit #cfc ,the ,evans ,gambit ,declined #cga ,the ,two ,knights' ,defence #cgc ,the ,ruy ,lopez #cgg ,philidor's ,defence #cha ,three ,knights' ,game #chc ,four ,knights' ,game #chd ,the ,vienna ,opening #che ,the ,steinitz ,gambit #chf ,the ,scotch ,game #chg ,the ,scotch ,gambit #chi ,the ,danish and ,centre ,gambits #cia ,petroff's ,defence #cib ,the ,king's ,gambits ,the ,king's ,knight's ,gambit #cic ,the ,muzio ,gambit #cid ,the ,salvio ,gambit #cif ,the ,kieseritzky ,gambit #cig ,the ,allgaier ,gambit #cih ,the ,cunningham ,gambit #djj ,the ,bishop's ,gambit #djj ,the ,gambit declined #djc xv ,close ,games #dje ,the ,french ,defence #djf ,the ,sicilian ,defence #djh ,the ,queen's ,gambit #dji ,the ,fianchetto #dji ,the ,end ,game ,king and ,pawn against ,king #daj ,king and ,queen against ,king #dae ,king and ,two ,rooks against ,king #dag ,king and ,rook against ,king #dah ,king and ,two ,bishops against ,king #dai ,king1 ,bishop and ,knight against ,king #dbj ,end ,game with ,two ,knights #dbc ,general ,observations #dbd ,bibliography of ,chess #dbe ,,draughts ,the ,rules of the ,game #dbg ,general ,advice #dcb ,names of the ,various ,openings and how ,formed #dcc ,end ,games ,two ,kings to ,one #dcf ,three ,kings to ,two #dcg ,the ,elementary ,positions ,first ,position #dci ,second ,position #dda ,third ,position #ddc ,fourth ,position #dde ,works of ,reference #ddf ,,roulette ,description of the ,game #ddg xvi ,the ,different ,modes of ,staking #ddi ,systems ,the ,montant et ,demontant ,system #dee ,the ,fitzroy ,system #dee ,the ,labouchere ,system #def ,,trente ,,et ,,quarante ,description of the ,game #dfd ,staking #dfe ,method of ,play #dfi #a ,,hoyle',s ,,games ,,modernized ,,all-,,fours4 ,,all-,,fours1 known in ,america as ,,old ,,sledge1 or ,,seven ,,up1 is usually played by two players1 with the full pack of fifty-two cards1 which rank in play as at ,whist1 the ace being the highest1 and the two the lowest4 ,the game is seven points4 ,there are four different items which count towards the score1 whence the name ,all-,fours4 ,such items are as follows3 ,high4--,the highest trump out1 scoring one to the original holder4 ,low4--,the lowest trump out1 scoring one to the original holder4 ,jack4--,the knave of trumps1 scoring one to the dealer1 if turned up2 if otherwise1 to the winner of the trick to which it falls4 ,game4--,scoring one to the ultimate holder of the more valuable cards in the tricks won by him1 according to the following scale3-- ,for each ten 7trump or otherwise7 #aj ,for each ace #d ,for each king #c ,for each queen #b ,for each knave #a #b ,n4,b4--,in the case of the players being equal in this particular1 or of neither party holding any card which counts towards ,game1 the elder hand scores the point4 ,,method ,,of ,,playing4 ,the players cut for deal1 the highest card having the preference4#a ,the dealer gives six cards to each1 turning up the thirteenth as trump4 ,if the elder hand is dissatisfied with his cards1 he may say1 ,i beg1 in which case the dealer is bound either to allow him 7by the phrase1 ,take one7 to score one point1 or to give each player three more cards from the pack1 turning up that next following by way of fresh trump card4 ,if this should be of the same suit as the original trump1 the dealer is bound to give three more cards to each1 again turning up the seventh1 until a new suit does actually turn up4 ,if the turn-up card be a knave1 the dealer scores one1 this taking precedence of any other score4 ,if1 by reason of the elder hand begging1 there is a further deal1 and the dealer a second time turns up a knave1 he again scores one4 ,the elder hand leads any card he pleases4 ,his antagonist must follow suit or trump1 his right to do the latter not being affected by his holding cards of the suit led4 ,if1 however1 having a card of the suit led1 he neither follows suit nor trumps1 he becomes liable to the penalty of a revoke4 ,the player of the highest card of the suit led1 or a trump1 wins the trick1 which is turned down as at #c ,whist1 and so on throughout the six tricks4 ,in scoring1 the order of precedence is 7#a7 ,high1 7#b7 ,low1 7#c7 ,jack1 7#d7 ,game2 subject1 as we have seen1 to the contingency of ,jack having been the turn-up card1 the point for this being scored before the hand is played4 ,the play is mainly directed to capturing the ,jack1 and such cards as may score towards ,game4 ,some players score a point whenever the adversary does not follow suit or trump4 ,some1 again1 make it the rule that each player must count his score without looking at his tricks1 under penalty of losing one or more points1 as may be agreed1 in the event of a miscalculation4 ,,four-,,handed ,,all-,,fours4 ,the players cut to decide who shall be partners2 the two highest playing against the two lowest1 and facing each other1 as at ,whist4 ,the right to the first deal is decided by the cut1 the highest dealing4#b ,afterwards each player deals in rotation4 ,the dealer and the elder hand alone look at their cards in the first instance1 the option of begging resting with the latter4 ,the other two players must not take up their cards till the dealer has decided whether he will give one or run the cards for a new trump4 ,the players play in succession as at ,whist1 four cards constituting a trick4 ,in other respects1 the play is the same as in the two-handed game4#c 99 99 99 99 99 #d ,,baccarat4#d ,baccarat has many points of resemblance to ,vingt-un1 but the element of chance is much more prominent4 ,the stakes are made before any card is dealt1 and one player plays for several4 ,there is therefore1 save on the part of the banker1 scarcely any scope for personal skill or judgment4 ,the object of the game is to hold such cards as shall together amount to the point of nine4 ,the cards from ace to nine count each according to the number of its pips4 ,court cards are equivalent to tens1 and ten at this game is baccarat1 a synonym for zero4 ,thus a player holding a three and a ten 7or court card7 is considered to have three only2 a player holding two tens and a five counts five only4 ,and not only is a tenth card baccarat 7#j71 but ten occurring as part of a total score1 however made1 is disregarded2 so that a five and a six count1 not as eleven1 but as one only2 three1 seven and five1 not as fifteen1 but as five2 and so on4 ,there are two forms of ,baccarat1 known respectively as ,baccarat ,chemin de ,fer and ,baccarat #e ,banque1 the latter being the version more frequently played4 ,a description of ,baccarat ,chemin de ,fer will1 however1 be the best introduction to the explanation of ,baccarat ,banque1 and we therefore take it first in order4 ,,baccarat ,,chemin ,,de ,,fer4 ,six full packs of cards of the same pattern are used1 shuffled together4 ,the players seat themselves round the table4 ,in the centre is a basket for the reception of the used cards4 ,if there is any question as to the relative positions of the players1 it is decided by lot4 ,the person who draws the first place seats himself next on the right hand of the croupier1 and the rest follow in succession4 ,the croupier shuffles the cards1 and then passes them on1 each player having the right to shuffle in turn4 ,when they have made the circuit of the table1 the croupier again shuffles1 and1 having done so1 offers the cards to the player on his left1 who cuts4 ,the croupier places the cards before him1 and1 taking a manageable quantity from the top1 hands it to the player on his right1 who for the time being is dealer1 or banker4 ,the other players are punters4 ,the dealer places before him the amount he is disposed to risk1 and the players make their stakes4 ,any punter1 beginning with the player on the immediate right of the dealer1 is entitled to go bank1 viz4 to play against the whole of the banker's stake4 ,if no one says ,banco 7which is the formula by which the desire to go bank is expressed71 each player places his stake before him4 ,if the total so staked by the seated players is not equal to the amount for the #f time being in the bank1 other persons standing round may stake in addition4 ,if it is more than equal to the amount in the bank1 the punters nearest in order to the banker have the preference up to such amount1 the banker having the right to decline any stake in excess of that limit4 ,the stakes being made1 the banker proceeds to deal four cards1 face downwards1 the first1 for the punters1 to the right2 the second to himself2 the third for the punters1 the fourth to himself4 ,the player who has the highest stake represents the punters4 ,if two punters are equal in this respect1 the player first in rotation has the preference4 ,each then looks at his cards4 ,if he finds that they make either nine1 the highest point at ,baccarat1 or eight1 the next highest1 he turns them up1 announcing the number aloud1 and the hand is at an end4 ,if the banker's point is the better1 the stakes of the punter become the property of the bank4 ,if the punters' point is the better1 the banker 7or the croupier for him7 pays each punter the amount of his stake4 ,the stakes are made afresh1 and the game proceeds4 ,if the banker has been the winner1 he deals again4 ,if otherwise1 the cards are passed to the player next in order1 who thereupon becomes banker in his turn4 ,we will now take the case that neither party turns up his cards2 this is tantamount to an admission that neither has eight or nine4 ,in such case the banker is bound to offer a third card4 ,if the point of the punter is baccarat 7i4e4 cards together amounting to ten or twenty1 #j71 one1 two1 three1 or four1 he accepts as a matter of course1 replying1 ,yes1 or ,card4 ,a third card is then given to #g him1 face upwards4 ,if his point is already six or seven1 he will1 equally as a matter of course1 refuse the offered card4 ,to accept a card with six or seven1 or refuse with baccarat1 one1 two1 three1 or four 7known in either case as a false draw71 is a breach of the established procedure of the game1 and brings down upon the head of the offender the wrath of his fellow-punters2 indeed1 in some circles he is made liable for any loss they may incur thereby1 and in others is punishable by a fine4 ,at the point of five1 and no other1 is it optional to the punter whether to take a card or not2 nobody has the right to advise him1 or to remark upon his decision4 ,the banker has now to decide whether he himself will draw a card1 being guided in his decision partly by the cards he already holds1 partly by the card 7if any7 drawn by the punter1 and partly by what he may know or guess of the latter's mode of play4 ,if he has hesitated over his decision1 the banker may be pretty certain 7unless such hesitation was an intentional blind7 that his original point was five1 and as the third card 7if any7 is exposed1 his present point becomes equally a matter of certainty4 ,the banker1 having drawn or not drawn1 as he may elect1 exposes his cards1 and receives or pays as the case may be4 ,ties neither win nor lose1 but the stakes abide the result of the next hand4 ,the banker is not permitted to withdraw any part of his winnings1 which go to increase the amount in the bank4 ,should he at any given moment desire to retire1 he says1 ,i pass the deal4 ,in such case each of the other players1 in rotation1 has the option of taking it1 but he must start the bank with the same amount at which it stood when the last banker #h retired4 ,should no one present care to risk so high a figure1 the deal passes to the player next on the right hand of the retiring banker1 who is in such case at liberty to start the bank with such amount as he thinks fit1 the late banker now being regarded as last in order of rotation1 though the respective priorities are not otherwise affected4 ,a player who has gone bank1 and lost1 is entitled to do so again on the next hand1 notwithstanding that the deal may have passed to another player4 ,when the first supply of cards is exhausted1 the croupier takes a fresh handful from the heap before him1 has them cut by the player on his left1 and hands them to the banker4 ,to constitute a valid deal1 there must be not less than seven cards left in the dealer's hand4 ,should the cards in hand fall below this number1 they are thrown into the waste-basket1 and the banker takes a fresh supply as above mentioned4 ,,baccarat ,,banque4 ,in ,baccarat ,chemin de ,fer1 it will have been noticed that a given bank only continues so long as the banker wins4 ,so soon as he loses1 it passes to another player4 ,in ,baccarat ,banque the position of banker is much more permanent4 ,three packs of cards1#e shuffled together1 are in this case used1 and the banker 7unless he retires either of his own free will1 or by reason of the exhaustion of his finances7 #i holds office until the whole of such cards have been dealt4 ,the bank is at the outset put up to auction1 i4e4 belongs to the player who will undertake to risk the largest amount4 ,in some circles1 the person who has first set down his name on the list of players has the right to hold the first bank1 risking such amount as he may think proper4 ,the right to begin having been ascertained1 the banker takes his place midway down one of the sides of an oval table1 the croupier facing him1 with the waste-basket between4 ,on either side the banker are the punters1 ten such constituting a full table4 ,any other persons desiring to take part remain standing1 and can only play in the event of the amount in the bank for the time being not being covered by the seated players4 ,the croupier1 having shuffled the cards1 hands them for the same purpose to the players to the right and left of him1 the banker being entitled to shuffle them last1 and to select the person by whom they shall be cut4 ,each punter having made his stake1 the banker deals three cards1 the first to the player on his right1 the second to the player on his left1 and the third to himself2 then three more in like manner4 ,the five punters on the right 7and any bystanders staking with them7 win or lose by the cards dealt to that side2 the five others by the cards dealt to the left side4 ,the rules as to turning up with eight or nine1 offering and accepting cards1 and so on1 are the same as at ,baccarat ,chemin de ,fer4 ,each punter continues to hold the cards for his side so long as he wins4 ,if he lose1 the next #aj hand is dealt to the player next following him in rotation4 ,any player may go bank1 the first claim to do so belonging to the punter immediately on the right of the banker2 the next to the player on his left1 and so on alternatively in regular order4 ,if two players on opposite sides desire to go bank1 they go half shares4 ,a player going bank may either do so on a single hand1 in the ordinary course1 or a cheval1 i4e4 on two hands separately1 one-half of the stake being played upon each hand4 ,a player going bank and losing1 may again go bank2 and if he again loses1 may go bank a third time1 but not further4 ,a player undertaking to hold the bank must play out one hand1 but may retire at any time afterwards4 ,on retiring1 he is bound to state the amount with which he retires4 ,it is then open to any other player 7in order of rotation7 to continue the bank1 starting with the same amount1 and dealing from the remainder of the pack used by his predecessor4 ,the outgoing banker takes the place previously occupied by his successor4 ,the breaking of the bank does not deprive the banker of the right to continue1 provided that he has funds wherewith to replenish it1 up to the agreed minimum4 ,should the stakes of the punters exceed the amount for the time being in the bank1 the banker is not responsible for the amount of such excess4 ,in the event of his losing1 the croupier pays the punters in order of rotation1 so far as the funds in the bank will extend2 beyond this1 they have no claim4 ,the banker1 may1 however1 in such a case1 instead of #aa resting on his right1 declare the stakes accepted1 forthwith putting up the needful funds to meet them4 ,in such event the bank thenceforth becomes unlimited1 and the banker must hold all stakes 7to whatever amount7 offered on any subsequent hand1 or give up the bank4#f 99 99 99 99 99 #ab ,,bezique4 ,bezique is a game for two players4 ,the piquet pack of thirty-two cards is used1 but in duplicate1 two such packs of like pattern being shuffled together4 ,the players cut for deal1 the highest card having the preference4 ,the rank of the cards in cutting 7as also in play7 is as under3 ace1 ten1 king1 queen1 knave1 nine1 eight1 seven4 ,eight cards are dealt 7by three1 two1 and three7 to each player2 the seventeenth card being turned up by way of trump1 and placed between the two players4 ,the remaining cards1 known as the stock1 are placed face downwards beside it4 ,should the turn-up card be a seven1 the dealer scores ten4 ,the non-dealer leads and the dealer plays to such lead any card he pleases4 ,if he play a higher card 7according to the scale above given7 of the same suit1 or a trump1 he wins the trick2 but he is not bound to do either1 or even to follow suit4 ,further1 he is at liberty to trump1 even though holding a card of the suit led4 ,if the two cards played are the same 7e4g4 two nines of diamonds71 the trick belongs to the leader4 #ac ,the winner of one trick leads to the next1 but before doing so he marks any points to which his hand may entitle him1 leaving the cards so marked on the table1 and draws one card from the top of the stock4 ,his opponent draws a card in like manner1 and so the game proceeds until the stock is exhausted4 ,the holder of the seven of trumps is entitled to exchange it for the turn-up card1 at the same time scoring ten for it4 ,the holder of the duplicate seven of trumps scores ten for it1 but gains no further benefit thereby4 ,the game is usually #ajjj up1 but1 as the score proceeds by tens or multiples of ten1 this number is pretty quickly reached4 ,at the earlier stage of the game1 the player scores for the cards he holds in his hand2 certain cards or combinations of cards1 duly declared1 entitling him to score so many points1 as under3-- ,points4 ,for the seven of trumps1 turned up by the dealer1 or declared by either player #aj ,for the second seven of trumps #aj ,for the last 7i4e4 thirty-second7 trick #aj ,for a ,common ,marriage1 i4e4 king and queen of any plain suit1 declared together #bj ,for a ,royal ,marriage1 i4e4 king and queen of the trump suit1 declared together #dj ,for ,single ,bezique 7queen of spades and knave of diamonds7 #dj ,for ,double ,bezique--the same combination again declared by same player with fresh cards4 7additional7 #ejj ,for ,four ,knaves 7of any suits1 e4g4 two knaves of spades and two of hearts71 duly declared #dj ,for ,four ,queens1 duly declared #fj ,for ,four ,kings1 duly declared #hj #ad ,for ,four ,aces1 duly declared #ajj ,for ,sequence of five best trumps--ace1 ten1 king1 queen1 knave #bej ,brisques--aces or tens in the tricks won by either player1 each#g #aj ,in order to score1 the cards composing the given combination must be all at the same time in the hand of the player4 ,a card played to a trick is no longer available 7unless a brisque7 to score4 ,a player can only declare after winning a trick4 ,having won a trick1 he is at liberty to score any combination he may hold1 laying the cards forming it face upwards on the table4 ,if the cards exposed show two combinations he may declare both1 but must elect which of them he will score1 reserving the other till he again wins a trick4 ,thus1 having king and queen of spades and knave of diamonds on the table1 he would say1 ,i score #dj for ,bezique1 and #bj to score4 ,when he has again won a trick1 having meanwhile retained the needful cards unplayed1 he can then score the second combination 7,marriage74 ,a card which has once scored cannot be again used to form part of a combination of the same kind3 e4g4 a queen once used to form a ,marriage cannot again figure in a ,marriage1 though it may still score as part of a ,sequence1 or as one of ,four ,queens4 ,in like manner1 a card which has once figured in ,bezique cannot be used to form part of a second ,bezique1 though it may be used to score ,double ,bezique4 ,neither can a card which has been #ae declared in a given combination again be declared in a combination of an inferior order2 e4g4 if a king and queen have been declared as part of a ,sequence1 a ,marriage cannot afterwards be declared with the same cards--though their having figured in a ,marriage would be no bar to their subsequent use as part of a ,sequence4 ,the declared cards1 though left face upwards on the table1 still form part of the hand1 and are played to subsequent tricks at the pleasure of the holder4 ,when no more cards are left in the stock1 the method of play alters4 ,no further declarations can be made1 and the only additional score now possible is for the brisques 7aces or tens7 in the remaining tricks 7scored by the winner of the trick71 with ten for the last trick1 as before stated4 ,the mode of play as to these last eight tricks is according to ,whist rules4 ,each player must now follow suit1 if he can2 if not1 he is at liberty to trump4#h ,,hints ,,for ,,play4 ,in the earlier stage of the game1 tricks are of no value save in so far as they contain brisques1 or enable the winner to declare1 the scoring of the different combinations being the main object of the game4 ,the player will probably at the outset find that he has in hand some of the component parts of two or more combinations2 but as he must furnish a card to each trick1 he will be forced to abandon #af the one or the other4 ,in choosing between them1 two points should be considered2 viz4 first1 the value of the combination1 and1 secondly1 the prospect of making it4 ,as to the last point1 he may derive important information from the cards declared by his opponent4 ,suppose1 for instance1 that he holds a queen of spades and two knaves of diamonds4 ,these he would naturally retain at any cost1 in the hope of making ,double ,bezique2 but should his adversary declare a marriage in spades1 showing that he holds the remaining queen of that suit1 all hope of ,double ,bezique is clearly at an end4 ,in the case supposed1 it would be the policy of the opponent1 knowing or suspecting that ,double ,bezique was aimed at1 to keep the queen of spades in his hand as long as he possibly could1 even at some considerable sacrifice4 ,when a brisque is led1 the second player should win the trick if he can do so without too great a cost1 for1 though a brisque only scores ten to the winner1 the capture of the trick means a loss of ten to the opposite party1 and practically1 therefore1 makes a difference of twenty to the score4 ,unless a brisque be led1 or you have something to declare1 pass the trick or win it with a brisque4 ,the best cards to throw away are the sevens1 eights1 nines1 and knaves of plain suits 7other than the knave of diamonds1 which should be retained on the chance of making ,bezique74 ,it is generally better to risk losing an ace than a queen or king1 the two latter having the greater chance of scoring4 ,if you chance to hold three aces at an early stage of the game1 with no prospect of a more valuable combination1 retain them1 in the hope of drawing a #ag fourth4 ,in any other case1 make tricks with aces in plain suits whenever you can4 ,sequence cards should be kept in reserve as long as possible4 ,a duplicate of a sequence card1 though valueless for scoring purposes1 should still be held up1 as the uncertainty respecting it may hamper your opponent4 ,even more important than sequence cards are the bezique cards4 ,after scoring ,bezique1 the declared cards should still be retained until it becomes clear that ,double ,bezique is unattainable4 ,at a late period of the game1 when the opportunities for declaration are growing limited1 it is often wise to declare 7say7 ,double ,bezique without previously declaring single ,bezique1 or ,sequence without previously declaring a ,royal ,marriage4 ,if you declare the smaller score1 and do not again win a trick1 you lose the larger score altogether4 ,when the stock is nearly exhausted1 take a trick whenever you can1 as you thereby deprive the adversary of the opportunity of scoring his remaining cards4 ,note at this stage the exposed cards of the adversary1 as you will thereby play the last eight tricks to greater advantage4 ,in the play of the last eight tricks1 your main object is to make your brisques1 and capture those of the enemy4 ,reserve1 if possible1 a good trump wherewith to secure the last trick4 ,,rubicon ,,bezique4 ,rubicon or ,japanese ,bezique is a modification of the ordinary game1 which has for some years found much favour in ,paris4 ,in #ahhg1 a code of #ah laws1 which we append1 was drawn up by a committee of the ,portland ,club1 and ,rubicon ,bezique may now be regarded as the standard game4 ,four packs1 of like pattern and shuffled together1 are used4 ,the cards rank as at ordinary ,bezique2 but nine instead of eight cards are dealt1 singly or by threes1 to each player4 ,there is no turn-up1 the first marriage scored determining the trump suit4 ,if a sequence be declared and scored before any marriage1 such sequence determines the trump suit4 ,the scores at ,rubicon ,bezique are as under3-- ,carte ,blanche 7a hand without a single court card7#i #ej ,marriage in plain suits #bj ,marriage in trumps#aj #dj ,sequence in plain suits #aej ,sequence in trumps #bej ,single ,bezique #dj ,double ,bezique #ejj ,treble ,bezique #aejj ,quadruple ,bezique #dejj ,four ,knaves 7irrespective of suit7 #dj ,four ,queens #fj ,four ,kings #hj ,four ,aces #ajj ,for the last trick #ej ,the procedure as to playing and drawing is the same as at ordinary ,bezique1 save that the tricks are #ai left face upwards in a heap between the players until a brisque is played1 when the winner of the trick takes them up1 and turns them face downwards1 near himself4 ,the value of each brisque is ten points1 but they are not scored till the close of the game1 and in certain events 7see post7 may not be scored at all4 ,only one declaration can be scored at a time1 and that only 7save in the case of carte blanche7 by the winner of a trick2 but if1 on the cards exposed1 the player has more than one combination to score1 he may score whichever he prefers1 at the same time calling attention to his further claim by saying1 ,and ---- to score4 ,a player is not bound to declare any combination1 even when exposed upon the table1 unless he thinks fit4 ,if he is compelled to play a card of the combination before he has actually scored it1 the right to score is at an end4 ,a card declared in a given combination may not again be declared in an inferior combination of the same class--e4g4 a king and queen declared in ,sequence cannot be afterwards made available to score a ,royal ,marriage4 ,the same card may1 however1 be used in conjunction with a new card or cards to form1 not merely a combination of the same kind1 but the same combination over again4#aa ,thus1 if ,four ,queens have been declared1 the player may play one of them1 and1 when he next wins a trick1 add a fifth queen to the three left on the table1 and again score four queens4 ,if a combination1 duly scored1 is broken up1 one #bj or more cards must be substituted1 either from the cards upon the table or from the hand of the player1 to entitle him to a fresh score4 ,there is an apparent exception to this rule in the fact that1 if a player has declared two independent marriages in the same suit1 and all four cards are on the table simultaneously1 he may make two more declarations of marriage with the same cards4 ,in truth1 however1 this merely follows the rule4 ,king #a 7already married to queen #a7 may again be married to queen #b2 and king #b 7already married to queen #b7 to queen #a in like manner4 ,a player who has two or more declarations to score may elect which he will score first1 the other remaining in abeyance2 e4g4 a player having declared ,four ,kings1 including the king of spades1 and subsequently declaring ,bezique 7the king of spades still remaining on the table7 would ipso facto become entitled to score a ,marriage1 royal or ordinary1 as the case might be4 ,we will suppose the former4 ,in such a case1 he would say1 ,i score forty1 and forty for marriage to score4 ,this declaration should be repeated1 by way of reminder1 after each trick1 till actually scored4 ,if1 in the meantime1 the player becomes entitled to score some other combination1 he may1 on winning a trick1 score the latter in preference to the one previously declared1 still keeping this in reserve4 ,the mere fact of having declared a given combination to score does not preserve the right to score it1 if in the meantime the declarant either plays one of the cards composing it or makes use of them to score some higher declaration of the same class4 ,the last nine tricks are played like the last eight #ba in the ordinary game2 but the winner of the last trick1 instead of #aj1 scores #ej4 ,,how ,,the ,,score ,,is ,,dealt ,,with4 ,the game is complete in one deal1 and is won by the player who scores most points1 according to the foregoing table1 exclusive of brisques4 ,these latter are only taken into account where the scores are otherwise equal4 ,if1 after the addition of the brisques1 the scores are still equal1 the game is drawn4 ,there is one other case in which the brisques are reckoned4 ,the score of #ajjj points is known as the ,rubicon1 and a player not reaching this score is rubiconed4 ,in this case1 also1 each player adds in his brisques2 and if the score of the loser is thereby brought up to #ajjj1 he saves the rubicon4 ,assuming that the rubicon is saved1 the score of the loser is deducted from that of the winner1 fractions of a hundred being disregarded in both cases4 ,to the difference are added #ejj points for game1 and the total is the value of the game1 the stakes being usually so much per hundred points4 ,if it happen that the difference between the two scores is less than #ajj1 it is reckoned at that figure1 making1 with the #ejj for game1 #fjj4 ,thus1 if the respective scores are1 ,a1 #aeaj2 ,b1 #abdj2 ,a wins #aejj - #abjj #ejj #hjj4 ,if ,a's score were #aeej1 and ,b's #aebj1 ,a would win #ajj #ejj #fjj4 ,if ,b is rubiconed1 the value of the game is computed after a different method4 ,the points made by him 7still disregarding fractions of a hundred7 instead of being subtracted from1 are added to the #bb score of the winner1 who is further entitled to #ajjj for the game and #cjj for brisques4#ab ,thus1 if ,a has won #acbj1 and ,b #fbj1 the value of ,a's game will be #acjj #fjj #ajjj #cjj #cbjj4 ,if the rubiconed player has scored less than #ajj1 that amount 7#ajj7 is added to the score of the other player1 as well as the #ajjj for game and #cjj for brisques1 as before mentioned4 ,,the ,,laws ,,of ,,rubicon ,,bezique4 ,,shuffling4 #a4--,rubicon ,bezique is played with four packs of thirty-two cards1 shuffled together4 #b4--;,each player has a right to shuffle the pack4 ,the dealer has the right of shuffling last4 #c4--,the pack must not be shuffled below the table1 nor in such manner as to expose the faces of the cards4 ,,cutting4 #d4--;,a cut must consist of at least five cards1 and at least five must be left in the lower packet4 #e4--,the cards rank as follows1 both in cutting and in playing3 ace 7highest71 ten1 king1 queen1 knave1 nine1 eight1 seven 7lowest74 #f4--,the player who cuts the higher card has choice of deal1 seats and markers4 ,the choice determines both seats and markers during the play4 #g4--;,if1 in cutting for deal1 a player expose more than one card1 he must cut again4 #bc #h4--,the cut for deal holds good even if the pack be incorrect4 #i4--;,if1 in cutting to the dealer1 or in reuniting the separated packets1 a card be exposed1 or if there be any confusion of the cards1 there must be a fresh cut4 ,,dealing4 #aj4--,the dealer must deal the cards by one at a time1 giving the top card to his adversary1 the next card to himself1 and so on2 or by three at a time1 giving the top three cards to his adversary1 the next three to himself1 and so on2 until each player has nine cards4 ,the undealt cards 7called the stock7 are to be placed face downward1 in one packet1 in the middle of the table1 to the left of the dealer4 #aa4--;,if the dealer deal the cards wrongly1 he may rectify the error1 with the permission of his adversary1 prior to either player having taken up any of his cards4 #ab4--;,if1 after the deal1 and before the dealer has played to the first trick1 it be discovered that either player has more than nine cards there must be a fresh deal4 ,if it be similarly discovered that either player has less than nine cards1 the deal may be completed from the top of the stock by mutual agreement1 otherwise there must be a fresh deal4 #ac4--;,if the dealer expose a card belonging to his adversary or to the stock1 the non-dealer has the option of a fresh deal4 ,if the dealer expose any of his own cards1 the deal stands good4 #ad4--;,if a faced card be found in the pack before the play of the hand has begun1 there must be a fresh deal4 #bd ,,carte ,,blanche4 #ae4--;,if a player have a hand dealt him without king1 queen or knave1 he may declare carte blanche before playing a card4 ,carte blanche must be shown by counting the cards1 one by one1 face upward1 on the table4 #af4--;,if1 after playing a card1 a player who has declared carte blanche draw a card other than king1 queen or knave1 he is entitled to declare another carte blanche on showing the card drawn to his adversary2 and so on after every card drawn1 until he draws a king1 queen or knave4 ,,playing4 #ag4--;,if a player play with more than nine cards he is rubiconed2 but the amount to be added to his adversary's score is not to exceed nine hundred1 exclusive of the thirteen hundred for a rubicon game4 #ah4--;,if both players play with more than nine cards1 the game is null and void4 #ai4--;,if a player play with less than nine cards1 the error cannot be rectified4 ,he is liable to no penalty2 his adversary wins the last trick4 #bj4--;,if both players play with less than nine cards1 the deal stands good1 and the winner of the last trick scores it4 #ba4--;,if one player play with more than nine cards1 and the other with less than nine1 the deal stands good4 ,the player with more than nine cards is rubiconed 7as provided in ,law #ag71 and neither player scores the last trick4 #bb4--;,if a faced card be found in the stock after the play of the hand has begun1 it must be turned #be face downward1 without altering its place in the stock4 #bc4--;,a card led in turn may not be taken up after it has been played to4 ,a card played to a trick may not be taken up after the trick has been turned1 or after another card has been drawn from the stock2 but if two or more cards be played together1 all but one may be taken up2 and cards accidentally dropped may be taken up4 #bd4--;,a card led out of turn must be taken up1 unless it has been played to4 ,after it has been played to1 it is too late to rectify the error4 #be4--;,a player who wins a trick containing a brisque should at once take up all the played cards on the table1 and turn them face downward near himself4 ,if he fail to do so1 his adversary is entitled1 as soon as he has won a trick1 to take up all the played cards on the table4 ,tricks turned may not be looked at 7except as provided in ,law #bg74 #bf4--,the stock may be counted1 face downwards1 at any time during the play4 ,a player counting the stock should be careful not to disturb the order of the cards4 #bg4--;,a player may not count the brisques in his tricks so long as more than twelve cards remain in the stock4 ,,drawing4 #bh4--;,if the winner of a trick see two cards when drawing from the stock1 he must show the top card to his adversary4 #bi4--;,if the loser of a trick draw the top card of the stock and see it1 he must restore the card drawn in error1 and must show the next card to his adversary2 but1 if the loser of a trick draw the top card1 #bf and the winner draw the next card and see it1 it is too late to rectify the error1 and the players retain the cards erroneously drawn4 #cj4--;,if the loser of a trick1 after the winner has drawn1 see two cards when drawing from the stock1 his adversary has choice of the two cards of the following draw1 and is entitled to look at both before choosing4 ,if he choose the second card1 he need not show it4 #ca4--;,if a player see several cards when drawing from the stock1 his adversary has choice of the two cards of the following draw1 and then of the cards of the next draw2 and so on1 as long as any card which has been seen remains undrawn2 and he is entitled to look at the cards before choosing4 #cb4--;,if there be an odd number of cards in the stock1 the last card is not drawn4 ,,declaring4 #cc4--;,declared cards must be placed face upward on the table separate from the tricks1 and 7except in the case of carte blanche7 must remain there until played1 or until the stock is exhausted4 #cd4--;,if a declared card be played1 and a card which restores any scoring combination or combinations be substituted1 these combinations may be declared again4 #ce4--;,if a player declare more than one marriage in the same suit1 he may declare a fresh marriage whenever he plays one of the declared cards1 so long as a king and queen remain on the table4 #cf4--;,a player who has declared marriage may afterwards add the ace1 ten1 and knave of the same suit as the marriage1 and declare sequence2 or he #bg may declare sequence without first declaring the marriage4 #cg4--;,a king or queen1 once declared in sequence1 cannot be afterwards used to form part of a marriage2 but a player1 having declared sequence1 may declare marriage with a fresh king and queen of the same suit4 #ch4--;,bezique combinations may be declared separately1 and may be afterwards united to form a superior combination2 or single1 double1 or triple bezique may be added to any already declared combination1 to form a superior one2 or1 double1 triple1 or quadruple bezique may be at once declared1 without having been previously declared separately4 ,bezique cards once declared in a superior bezique combination cannot be afterwards used to form part of an inferior one2 but they may be used to form part of equal or superior combinations with a substituted card1 or with added cards1 or with both4 #ci4--;,a player who has cards on the table with which he might form a scoring combination1 is not bound to declare it4 ,,scoring4 #dj4--;,a player declaring-- ,carte ,blanche scores #ej ,marriage in trumps #dj ,marriage in plain suits #bj ,sequence in trumps #bej ,sequence in plain suits #aej ,bezique #dj ,double ,bezique #ejj ,triple ,bezique #aejj ,quadruple ,bezique #dejj ,four ,aces #ajj #bh ,four ,kings #hj ,four ,queens #fj ,four ,knaves #dj #da4--,the first marriage scored makes the trump suit4 ,if no marriage his been scored1 the first sequence scored makes the trump suit4 #db4--;,a player can only score a declaration on winning a trick and before drawing1 except in the case of carte blanche1 which is scored before playing1 and independently of winning a trick4 #dc4--,only one declaration can be scored at a time2 but if a player declare a carte blanche which contains four aces1 he may also score four aces if he win the trick1 notwithstanding that he has already scored carte blanche4 #dd4--;,if the winner of a trick have two or more declarations to score1 he may choose which he will first score4 ,on winning another trick1 he may similarly choose which of the remaining declarations he will score1 or he may make and score a fresh declaration1 and leave any unscored declarations still to score on winning another trick4 #de4--;,a player who has a declaration to score should repeat after every trick what he has to score4 ,he may score it at any time on winning a trick1 and before drawing4 #df4--;,if a player who has a declaration to score play a card of the combination before scoring it1 he loses the score4 #dg4--;,if a player have a marriage to score1 and1 on winning a trick1 add to the marriage the ace1 ten1 and knave of the suit1 and score sequence1 he loses the score for the marriage4 #dh4--;,if a player have an inferior bezique #bi combination to score1 and1 on winning a trick1 add to the bezique combination cards which form a superior bezique combination1 and score the superior combination1 he loses the score for the inferior one4 #di4--;,a player who has a declaration to score is not bound to score it4 #ej4--;,if a player erroneously score a declaration which does not constitute a scoring combination1 and the error be not discovered before a card of the next trick has been played1 the score marked stands good2 and so on for all subsequent scores similarly marked before the discovery of the error4 #ea4--;,if an error in marking the score be proved1 it may be corrected at any time during the game4 #eb4--,no declaration can be scored after the stock is exhausted4 ,,the ,,last ,,nine ,,tricks4 #ec4--,the winner of the last trick adds fifty to the score4 #ed4--,the winner of the last trick is bound to score it 7except as provided in ,law #ba74 #ee4--;,if1 during the play of the last nine tricks1 a player fail to follow suit when able1 or fail to win the card led when able--on detection of the error1 the card erroneously played1 and all cards subsequently played1 must be taken up and replayed4 #cj ,,computing ,,the ,,game4 #ef4--,the brisques 7aces and tens7 score ten each to the player having them in his tricks2 but the brisques are only taken into account as provided in ,laws #fj and #fa4 #eg4--,the winner of the game deducts the score of the loser from his own 7excluding fractions of a hundred71 and the difference1 with five hundred added for the game1 is the number of points won4 ,if the difference between the scores be less than a hundred1 the winner adds a hundred to the score of five hundred for the game4 #eh4--;,if the loser fail to score a thousand1 he is rubiconed4 ,the winner1 whether his score reach a thousand or not1 adds the score of the loser to his own 7excluding fractions of a hundred7 and the sum1 with thirteen hundred added for the game1 is the number of points won4 #ei4--;,if a player who is rubiconed has scored less than a hundred1 the winner adds a hundred to his score1 in addition to the score of thirteen hundred for the game4 #fj4--;,if the loser of a game fail to score a thousand1 but have in his tricks a sufficient number of brisques to bring his total score to a thousand1 he is not rubiconed4 ,each player adds his brisques to his score1 and the game is computed as provided in ,law #eg4 #fa4--;,if the scores be so nearly equal that the brisques must be taken into account in order to decide who wins the game1 and the loser be not rubiconed1 each player adds his brisques to the score1 and the game is then computed as provided in #ca ,law #eg2 but if the loser be rubiconed1 the brisques1 though taken into account in order to decide who wins the game1 are not added to the scores1 and the game is computed as provided in ,law #eh4 ,in the case of a tie after adding the brisques1 the game is null and void4 ,,incorrect ,,packs4 #fb4--;,if a pack be discovered to be incorrect1 redundant1 or imperfect1 the deal in which the discovery is made is void4 ,all preceding deals stand good4 #fc4--;,if a card or cards which complete the pack be found on the floor1 the deal stands good4 ,,changing ,,cards4 #fd4--;,before the pack is cut to the dealer1 a player may call for fresh cards at his own expense4 ,he must call for four fresh packs4 #fe4--,torn or marked cards must be replaced1 or fresh packs called for at the expense of the two players4 ,,bystanders4 #ff4--;,if a bystander call attention to any error or oversight1 and thereby affect the score1 he may be called on to pay all stakes and bets of the player whose interest he has prejudicially affected4 99 99 99 99 99 #cb ,,blind ,,hookey4 ,the players1 of whom there may be any number1 cut for deal1 the lowest having the preference4 ,the pack is then shuffled by the player on the dealer's right hand1 and afterwards1 if he so please1 by the dealer himself1 after which it is cut by the right-hand player4 ,the two halves are then re-united1 and the pack is passed to the player on the left of the dealer1 who cuts from the top a small quantity of cards 7not less than four1 nor more than his due proportion of the pack74 ,the pack is then passed to the next player1 who cuts a similar portion1 and so on round the circle1 the cards left belonging to the dealer4 ,no one looks at his cards1 but makes his stake on pure speculation2 hence the name blind hookey4 ,the dealer then turns up his cards1 and shows the bottom one2 the other players do the same4 ,each player holding a higher card than that of the dealer receives the amount of his stake2 all below or equal pay the dealer4 ,this is repeated until a hand occurs in which the dealer is a loser all round1 when the deal is at an end1 and the next player deals4 ,a second method is as under3 ,the cards having #cc been shuffled and cut1 the dealer cuts them into three portions4 ,two of these are for the company1 the third for himself4 ,the other players place their stakes on whichever two packets they please1 the rejected packet being taken by the dealer4#ac ,the stakes having been made1 the cards are turned up1 and the players receive or pay as the bottom cards of their packets prove to be higher or lower than that of the dealer4 99 99 99 99 99 #cd ,,cribbage4 ,cribbage is primarily a game for two players1 though it may also be played by three1 or even four persons2 in the latter case1 two playing against two1 as at ,whist4 ,of the two-handed game there are three varieties1 known1 from the number of cards dealt to each player1 as five-card1 six-card1 and seven-card cribbage4 ,the number of points to be made in the first case is #fa2 in the second1 #aba2 and in the third1 #aha4 ,if the loser has made less than half the specified number of points1 he is lurched1 and pays double the agreed stake4 ,illustration3 ,cribbage ,board4 ,the score is marked by means of pegs of ivory or bone1 on a special board1 as depicted above4 ,it will be observed that there is on either side of the board a double row of holes1 thirty in each1 divided1 for convenience in counting1 into sets of five4 ,the board is placed cross-wise between the players1 and #ce both start from the same end 7which should be that to the left of the first dealer71 each travelling up the outer and down the inner row 7once round in the five-card1 twice in the six-card1 and thrice in the seven-card game71 terminating with the game-hole at the end from which they started4 ,in scoring1 the hinder peg for the time being is advanced the requisite number of points beyond the foremost4 ,we will commence with the five-card game4 ,the pack of fifty-two cards is used1 and the players cut for deal1 the lowest dealing4 ,for this and for sequence purposes1 the cards rank in regular order from ace 7lowest7 up to king 7highest71 but in counting court cards count as tens4 ,the pack having been shuffled1 the non-dealer cuts1 and his opponent deals1 one at a time1 five cards to each player4 ,meanwhile the non-dealer scores three holes1 known as three for last1 and regarded as a set-off for the advantage of first deal4 ,the undealt portion of the pack is placed face downwards between the players4 ,each player now lays out two of his cards 7placed face downwards to the right hand of the dealer7 to form what is called the crib4 ,the principles which govern the lay out will be discussed later4 ,the crib having been laid out1 the non-dealer cuts1 by lifting off the upper half of the pack4 ,the dealer turns up the card left uppermost and places it on the top of the pack4 ,this card is known as the start4 ,should it chance to be a knave1 the dealer is entitled to two for his heels1 and scores two points4 ,the score depends partly upon the course of play1 #cf and partly upon the player's holding certain combinations of cards4 ,these latter are scored at the close of the hand4 ,the scores which may be made in course of play are as under3-- ,,pairs4--,a player playing a similar card to the card last played by his adversary 7as a king to a king1 or a seven to a seven7 is entitled to score two for a pair4#ad ,,pairs-,,royal4--,if the first player in the case last supposed can follow with a third card of the same description1 he scores six for a pair-royal4 ,,double ,,pairs-,,royal4--,if the second player replies with a fourth card of the same description1 he scores twelve for a double pair-royal4 ,,sequences1 ,,or ,,runs4--,three or more cards of any suit but forming a regular numerical succession 7as two1 three1 four2 knave1 ten1 nine71 count one for each card to the last player4 ,the sequence need not be played in regular order1 so long as the cards exposed for the time being form an unbroken series4 ,thus1 suppose that ,a plays a five1 and ,b a four4 ,if ,a now plays either a six or a three1 he is entitled to score a run of three 7three points74 ,we will suppose that he plays a three4 ,if ,b can play either a six or a two1 he will be entitled to score four2 and if ,a can then add another card at either end1 he will score five4 ,suppose1 again1 that ,a has played a five and a three1 and ,b a two and a six4 ,if ,a now plays a four1 he is entitled to score five for the complete sequence4 ,the highest number that can be scored #cg for a sequence is seven1 for ace1 two1 three1 four1 five1 six1 seven4 ,ace1 king1 queen1 do not count as a sequence4 ,,fifteen or ,,thirty-,,one4--,a player whose card makes1 with those already exposed1 the number fifteen1 scores two4 ,if either player makes thirty-one1 he scores two in like manner4 ,if1 when the cards on the table approach thirty-one1 the player whose turn it is can go no further without passing that number1 he says1 ,go4 ,his opponent then plays any other card or cards up to that limit4 ,if they make thirty-one exactly1 he scores two2 if not1 he scores one for last card1 i4e4 the last card played4 ,this 7at five-card cribbage7 terminates the hand4 ,the hand being over1 the players1 beginning with the non-dealer1 proceed to show1 i4e4 turn up their cards1 and reckon how many points they may contain conjointly with the turn-up card1 which is regarded as belonging1 for this purpose1 to the hand of each player1 as also to the crib of the dealer4 ,the first point noted is the fifteens they may contain1 two points being reckoned for each1 and the cards being combined in every possible way to make that number4 ,thus three fives and a ten or court card make 7apart from their value under other aspects7 four fifteens 7technically spoken of as fifteen eight#ae71 each of the fives forming one fifteen with the ten1 and the three fives united forming another4 ,the next thing to be noted is the presence of any pairs1 pair-royal1 or double pair-royal4 ,thus1 in the #ch case supposed1 the player1 after claiming fifteen eight1 would go on to say and six for a pair-royal1 fourteen4 ,if all the three cards in the hand are in sequence 7independent of suit71 three points are reckoned for this1 or if the three form a sequence with the turn-up card1 four4 ,if three of the cards are in sequence1 and the fourth is a duplicate of one of them1 such fourth card is regarded as making a fresh sequence with the other two1 the double run1 as it is called1 scoring six points4 ,besides this1 the holder is entitled to two for his pair 7the two duplicate cards71 bringing the total value 7irrespective of fifteens7 up to eight4 ,where 7as in crib at five-card1 or hand or crib at six-card ,cribbage7 five cards have to be reckoned1 it may happen that three are in sequence1 and that the other two are duplicates of one of them4 ,in this case they constitute a treble run of three 7nine points7 and a pair-royal 7six points71 total fifteen4 ,if the three cards of the hand are all of one suit1 the player scores three points for a flush4 ,if the turn-up is of the same suit1 four points4 ,if the hand chance to contain a knave of the same suit as the turn-up card1 the holder is entitled to score one point1 for his nob4 ,the non-dealer having scored his points1 as above indicated1 the dealer proceeds to score any points1 first in his hand1 and then in the crib1 in like manner4 ,there is only one distinction1 viz41 that1 in counting crib1 a flush is not reckoned unless the start is of the same suit as the rest4 ,in this case the flush is worth five points 7one for each card74 #ci ,the following table indicates the method of counting some of the more important combinations 7including the start7 of the hand at five-card ,cribbage3-- ,points4 ,four fives 7,fifteen eight and a double pair-royal7 #bj ,three fives and a ten 7,fifteen eight and a pair-royal7 #ad ,two fives1 a four1 and a six ,fifteen-four1 pair1 ,two fours1 a five1 and a six and double run of ,two sixes1 a four1 and a five three #ab ,three threes and a nine ,three sixes and a nine ,three sixes and a three ,three sevens and an eight ,fifteen six and a pair-royal #ab ,three eights and a seven ,three nines and a six ,three sevens and an ace ,two eights1 a six 7or nine71 and a seven ,fifteen four1 ,two sevens1 a six1 and an eight pair1 and double ,six1 five1 and two fours run of three #ac ,two fives and two tens or court cards of like denomination 7,fifteen eight and two pairs7 #ab ,two nines and two sixes 7,fifteen eight1 and two pairs7 #ab ,two fives1 a ten1 and a court card 7,fifteen eight and a pair7 #aj ,two sixes1 a seven1 and an eight 7,fifteen two1 pair1 and double run of three7 #aj ,a five and any three court cards in sequence1 or ten1 knave1 queen 7,fifteen six and run of three7 #i ,a five and three court cards1 or a ten and court cards1 in sequence 7,fifteen six and run of three7 #i ,any sequence of three cards1 with a duplicate of one of them1 but no fifteen 7,pair and double run of three7 #h ,where the four cards of the hand 7or all four of the crib1 and the start7 are of the same suit1 the value of the flush 7four or five1 as the case may be7 must be added4 ,where either includes a knave of #dj the same suit as the start1 one for his nob will be scored in addition4 ,a study of the foregoing table should be a material aid to the player in discarding for crib4 ,if he is dealer1 he desires the crib to be as productive as possible2 if non-dealer1 the reverse4 ,on the other side1 he desires to retain such cards as shall be likely to score best in his hand1 and these two objects frequently clash4 ,it is therefore1 important to know which to prefer4 ,we will first examine the question from the dealer's point of view4 ,both hand and crib belong to him1 but the hand consists 7including the start71 of four cards only1 while the crib has five4 ,the possible combinations of five cards are so numerous that space will only permit us to give examples of a few leading hands4 ,the highest possible score is twenty-nine1 which is made by three fives and a knave1 with a fourth five1 of the same suit as the knave1 turned up by way of start4#af ,the mode of reckoning is as follows3 the four fives1 in four combinations of three1 score fifteen eight4 ,each of them again scores a fifteen in conjunction with the knave1 making eight more4 ,to these are added twelve for the double pair-royal1 and one for his nob1 making twenty-nine4 ,two fives1 two fours1 and a six ,fifteen eight1 two ,two fives1 two sixes1 and a four pairs1 and a run ,two fours1 two sixes1 and a five of three four times ,two sevens1 two eights1 and a repeated #bd nine #da ,four threes and a nine 7,fifteen twelve and a double pair-royal7 #bd ,three fives1 a four1 and a six 7,fifteen eight1 a pair-royal1 and run of three thrice repeated7 #bc ,three fours1 a five1 and a six ,three sixes1 a four1 and a five ,fifteen six1 a ,three sevens1 an eight1 and a pair-royal1 and nine run of three ,three eights1 a seven1 and a thrice repeated #ba nine ,four twos and a nine ,fifteen eight and a double ,four threes and a six pair-royal #bj ,two sixes1 two sevens1 and an eight ,fifteen four1 two ,two sevens1 an eight1 and two pairs1 and run nines of three four ,two eights1 a seven1 and two times repeated #bj nines ,three tens1 or court cards of like denomination1 and two ,fifteen twelve1 fives pair-royal1 and ,three threes and two nines pair #bj ,three sevens and two aces ,three threes and two sixes#ag 7,fifteen ten1 pair1 and pair-royal7 #ah ,three fours1 three1 and five 7,fifteen two1 pair-royal1 and run of three thrice repeated7 #ag ,three tenth cards in sequence and two fives 7,fifteen twelve1 pair1 and run of three7#ah #aa ,any three cards in sequence1 with duplicates of two of them1 but no fifteen 7,two pairs and run of three four times repeated7 #af ,any three cards in sequence1 with one of them thrice repeated1 but no fifteen 7,pair-royal and run of three thrice repeated7 #ae ,as for combinations of minor value1 their name is legion4 #db ,with four cards only1 the general average is very much lower1 as will have been seen from the table on p4 #ci4 ,a comparison of the foregoing tables show that the crib at five-card ,cribbage is likely to be much more important than the hand1 and this furnishes us with a safe principle for the guidance of the player in laying out4 ,in the case of the dealer1 he should lay out for crib such cards as are most likely to form valuable combinations1 even though he may1 to some extent1 sacrifice the scoring value of his hand4 ,conversely1 it is to the interest of the non-dealer to lay out such cards as are likely to baulk the crib1 as it is termed1 even though he may to some extent injure his own hand in doing so4 ,on close examination of the tables1 it will be found that the cards most likely to help the crib are pairs4 ,if the other three cards chance to be in sequence1 they are worth1 standing alone1 three only1 but the addition of duplicates of either of the series will bring their value 7for runs and pair-royal7 up to fifteen1 independently of any other points they may contain4 ,or suppose1 with six as start1 that the dealer has thrown out a four and a five1 these are worth five only2 but if the non-dealer had been rash enough to throw out a pair1 either of fours or sixes1 the score would run up to twenty-one4 ,if the non-dealer had thrown out a pair of fives1 it would have been twenty-three4 ,next to a pair1 two cards forming a fifteen1 or two cards in sequence1 are most likely to help the crib1 and should therefore be preferred by the dealer1 and eschewed by the non-dealer--the more so1 if they chance to answer both conditions--e4g4 a seven #dc and eight4 ,next to cards in sequence come cards only one or two points apart1 as the cards of the opposite player may fill up the gap1 and convert them into sequence cards4 ,of single cards1 a five is the most likely to score1 inasmuch as there are sixteen tenth cards to four of any other denomination1 and the chances of its forming part of one or more fifteens are therefore considerable4 ,the cards which are least likely to make for crib are king and ace1 inasmuch as nothing save queen1 knave can convert a king into a sequence card1 and nothing save a two and three can convert the ace into a sequence card4 ,the best cards for the non-dealer to throw out are therefore a king or ace1 and some second card so far removed from the first that the two cannot form part of the same sequence4 ,king or queen1 with nine1 eight1 seven1 six1 or ace1 are good baulking cards2 likewise two or ace1 with seven1 eight1 nine1 or ten4 ,the non-dealer should never throw out a knave if he can help it1 as the start may cause it to score a point for nob4 ,in like manner1 the non-dealer should avoid laying out two cards of the same suit1 as he thereby runs the risk of a flush in crib4 ,in the play of the hand the guiding principle should be to give to the adversary the fewest possible opportunities of scoring4 ,bearing this in mind1 it will be seen that the best card to lead at the outset is an ace1 two1 three1 or four1 as the second player cannot make fifteen1 and the chance of doing so will revert to the first player4 ,a five1 on the other hand1 is a very bad lead1 inasmuch as1 from the greater number of tenth cards in the pack1 it gives the second player the best possible opportunity of making fifteen4 ,if the leader holds duplicates of #dd ace1 two1 three1 or four1 one of them is a very good lead2 for if the second player should pair1 the leader will have the opportunity of making a pair-royal4 ,failing pairs1 if the leader hold two cards which together make five1 i4e4 two and three1 or ace and four1 it is good to play one of them1 when1 if the adversary play a tenth card1 the leader will be enabled to make fifteen4 ,likewise1 if the leader hold a six and a three1 a four and a seven1 or a three and a nine1 the first card of the couple is a safe lead1 for if it is paired1 the second will make fifteen4 ,on the other hand1 should the second player play a tenth card to the lead1 the first player may pair it with perfect safety1 for no pair-royal can be made without overpassing the limit1 thirty-one4 ,as regards the second player1 he will generally do well to make fifteen if he can4 ,if a low card1 i4e4 a four or less1 has been led1 he has no choice1 in the majority of cases1 but to leave the fifteen to his adversary2 but he should carefully avoid playing such a card as will enable the adversary to score not merely the fifteen1 but a pair or sequence in addition4 ,on a four led1 for instance1 it would be very unwise to play either a six or a five1 as in such cases respectively1 a five or six played by the first player would give him both fifteen and a sequence4 ,on a three it would be equally wrong to play a six2 on a seven a four2 on a nine a three1 or on an ace a seven2 for a like card played by the first player would give him both fifteen and a pair4 ,again1 it is in general unwise for second player to play a close card 7i4e4 next or next but one to the lead71 as he thereby gives the adversary the chance of a run4 ,if he is in a position to continue the run1 he may of course play #de a close card with impunity4 ,the points of five and twenty-one are to be avoided1 as a tenth card played by the adversary will in such case make him fifteen or thirty-one4 ,similarly1 it is bad play to make fourteen or thirty 7i4e4 one short of fifteen or thirty-one7 with an ace2 to make thirteen or twenty-nine 7two short7 with a two2 twelve or twenty-eight with a three2 eleven or twenty-seven with a four2 as in either of such cases1 should the adversary be able to pair1 he will thereby score four holes4 ,the only exception is where the player chances to hold two deuces or aces1 in which case it will be worth while to make twenty-nine or thirty respectively with one of such cards1 on the chance of the opponent holding no deuce or ace1 in which case the first player will himself gain the advantage of the double score4 ,some discretion is needful in pairing the card first led1 as the first player may be aiming at a pair-royal1 and the temporary gain of two points may be counter-balanced by six to the adversary4 ,where1 however1 the player holds two of the card led1 it may be paired without hesitation4 ,the chances are much against the dealer's being in a position to make a pair-royal1 and if he should1 it can be capped 7unless the card be over seven7 by the double pair-royal of the last player4 ,a further point to be considered1 in deciding whether to make a pair or sequence1 is the state of the score4 ,it is calculated that the non-dealer1 at five-card cribbage1 should make1 on an average1 six in hand and play2 the dealer eleven1 or a shade more1 in hand1 play1 and crib4 ,when each has dealt once1 they should stand abreast at seventeen #df to eighteen1 and so on throughout the game4 ,the player who has maintained this average is said to be home1 and a player who is in this condition at an advanced state of the game1 should run as few risks as possible2 should avoid pairing1 play wide cards to avoid sequences1 and so on4 ,this is known as playing off4 ,if1 on the other hand1 he is behind his proper position1 his chance of winning will depend1 in a great degree1 on his making more than the average number of points in play4 ,in such case1 he should embrace every opportunity of making a fifteen1 a pair1 or a sequence1 even at the risk of giving opportunities to the enemy4 ,this is known as playing on4 ,as there are sixteen tenth cards in the pack1 and ten out of fifty-two are dealt1 the probabilities are in favour of the players holding originally three between them1 and this probability should be borne in mind1 as the so doing will often help the player to a thirty-one4 ,suppose that the leader starts with queen1 and that the other player has no tenth card1 but has a seven and a four1 an eight and a three1 or a nine and a two4 ,in such case it is good policy to play the seven1 eight1 or nine4 ,if the first player again plays a tenth card1 the second will be enabled1 with his small card1 to score thirty-one4 ,if the second player have no tenth card in his own hand1 the probability of his opponent holding more than one is proportionately increased4 ,it may be useful to illustrate these elementary principles by the play of a couple of imaginary hands4 ,let us suppose that ,a 7elder hand7 has the queen and six of hearts1 nine of clubs1 eight of diamonds and seven of spades4 ,and ,b 7dealer7 the #dg ace and ten of hearts1 ten of clubs1 five of spades1 and four of diamonds4 ,it will be observed that ,a has four cards1 six1 seven1 eight1 nine1 in sequence1 of which either the six and nine or the seven and eight will form a fifteen4 ,his fifth card1 the queen1 does not and cannot score with either of the others4 ,obviously the queen should form one card of his lay-out4 ,of the four remaining1 he will naturally keep three in sequence4 ,which shall he throw out1 the six or the nine8 ,the six in one respect is preferable1 inasmuch as it cannot be brought into sequence with the queen1 whereas the nine might possibly be so4 ,on the other hand1 the six is of the same suit as the queen1 and might help towards a flush4 ,he decides1 therefore1 to throw out queen1 nine1 retaining the six1 seven1 and eight4 ,b's proper course is clearly to throw out the ace of hearts and four of diamonds1 retaining the two tens and the five1 which are good for six points1 viz4 fifteen four and a pair1 and with a five or ten start would be worth twelve4 ,on the other hand1 should there be one or more tenth cards in the crib1 the four and ace will give them a scoring value4 ,the cards are cut1 and ,b turns up the queen of clubs4 ,a leads the seven of spades1 saying1 seven4 ,this is his best lead4 ,if ,b should play an eight1 making fifteen1 ,a will be enabled to continue with the six1 and so score a run of three4#ai ,but ,b cannot make a fifteen1 and it is therefore his best policy to #dh go beyond that point4 ,he plays the ten of hearts1 saying1 ,seventeen1 or more shortly1 '-teen4 ,a has no card which will score1 and he therefore plays his highest1 as the nearer he gets to thirty-one the fewer chances does he leave his opponent of getting closer to that number4 ,he plays the eight of diamonds1 saying1 ,twenty-five4 ,b plays the five of spades--,thirty4 ,go1 says ,a4 ,b scores one for last card1 and the play of the hand is at an end4 ,the cards are turned up1 and ,a counts his hand4 ,the start has left him no better4 ,he scores fifteen two for the seven and eight1 and three points for the run--five in all4 ,b is rather better off4 ,with the start he has fifteen six and a pair--eight in all4 ,in crib the start has helped him considerably4 ,without it he had fifteen two only--the ace and four combining with the queen of hearts2 with the start he has six--fifteen four and a pair4 ,the nine is useless4 ,a having taken his three points as non-dealer1 the score stands eight to fifteen4 ,it is now ,a's turn to deal1 and the cards fall as follows3 ,b has king and eight of hearts1 seven of spades1 eight of diamonds and three of clubs4 ,and ,a 7dealer7 five and nine of diamonds1 three of spades1 ten of hearts and six of clubs4 ,b throws out the king of hearts and three of clubs2 ,a1 the six of clubs and nine of diamonds4 ,the cards are cut1 and the six of diamonds is turned up4 ,b leads the eight of hearts4 ,this is a safe lead1 for1 if ,a scores fifteen1 ,b can pair him2 if ,a pairs1 ,b can make a pair-royal4 ,a1 not being able to do #di either1 plays the ten of hearts1 making eighteen4 ,this prevents all possibility of ,b's making fifteen2 and should ,b play a tenth card1 ,a's three will make thirty-one4 ,there is a possibility of ,b's playing a nine1 and so making three for the run1 but this risk must be taken4 ,should he do so1 ,a will in all probability score one for last card2 but ,b1 having only a seven and an eight1 plays the latter1 making twenty-six4 ,this is a shade the better card1 inasmuch as it brings the score one point nearer thirty-one4 ,as it happens1 the choice was unfortunate1 for ,a1 having a five1 is able to make thirty-one exactly1 scoring two points accordingly4 ,the cards are shown3 ,b scores fifteen four1 a pair1 and a run of three twice over--twelve in all4 ,a has in hand fifteen two only2 but in crib he has fifteen six and a pair1 making eight in all4 ,the game now stands--,a #bj1 ,b #bg4 ,both have made their full average in the two deals2 but ,b's seven points ahead give him a decided advantage1 and1 on the principle already explained he will do well to play off during the remainder of the hand4#bj ,,six-,,card ,,cribbage4 ,in this form of the game six cards are dealt to each player4 ,two being laid out for crib1 four are still left in hand1 and the scores accordingly average very much higher than in the five-card game4 ,the only material difference of procedure is #ej that in the six-card game the scoring of three extra points by the non-dealer is omitted1 both players being considered to start on an equal footing2 and secondly1 that the cards1 instead of being thrown down as soon as thirty-one or the nearest possible approach to it1 is reached1 are played out to the end4 ,the player who failed to score for the go leads again1 giving the adversary the opportunity to make fifteen1 or pair him if he can4 ,each plays alternately as before1 the player of the last card scoring one for so doing4 ,if there is only one card left after the go1 the leader still scores it as last card4 ,the general principles laid down as to five-card cribbage apply equally to the six-card game1 save that in the latter1 as hand and crib consist of the same number of cards1 the non-dealer is no longer under the same compulsion to baulk the crib1 even to the destruction of his own hand4 ,the two objects--preserving the hand and baulking the opponent's crib--are in this case on the same level1 and either may legitimately be preferred1 as the nature of the hand may render desirable4 ,in consequence of the greater facility of scoring1 it is customary to play six-card cribbage twice round the board1 i4e4 to make the game #aba points4 ,,seven-,,card ,,cribbage4 ,seven-card cribbage is played in the same manner as the six-card game1 save that seven cards are dealt to each player1 two being thrown out for crib1 and five left in hand1 or1 with the start1 six4 ,with such a largely increased number of possible combinations1 very high scores are frequent1 and for this reason it #ea is customary to make the game three times round the board1 i4e4 #aha points4 ,,three-,,handed ,,cribbage4 ,when three persons play1 five cards are dealt to each1 one card of each hand being laid out for crib1 with one card from the top of the pack to complete it4 ,the start is then cut for in the usual manner4 ,the player to the dealer's left has first lead and first show1 and deals in the succeeding hand4 ,illustration3 ,cribbage-board for ,three-handed ,game4 ,the score is usually marked on a triangular board1 open in the centre1 or the ordinary cribbage-board may be furnished 7see illustration7 with a supplementary arm1 turning on a pivot1 and duly provided with holes1 to keep the score of a third player4 ,,four-,,handed ,,cribbage4 ,where four persons engage in the game1 two play as partners against the other two1 each pair sitting facing each other4 ,partners and deal are cut for1 as at ,whist1 the two lowest playing against the two highest1 and the lowest dealing4 ,five cards are dealt to each player1 and each puts out one for the crib1 which #eb belongs1 as in the two-handed game1 to the dealer4 ,the player to the dealer's left has the lead1 and each of the others play to it in rotation4 ,no consultation is allowed during the play1 but partner may assist partner in counting his hand or crib4 ,one partner scores for both4 ,the cards are played right out1 as in the six-card game4 ,the score is usually twice up and down the board1 i4e4 #aba points4 99 99 99 99 99 #ec ,,ecarte4 ,the game of ,ecarte is played with what is known as the ,piquet pack of thirty-two cards4 ,the relative value of the cards is the same as at ,whist1 with one exception1 viz4 that the king is the highest card1 the ace ranking between the knave and the ten4 ,thus the knave can take the ace1 but the ace can take the ten4 ,trumps1 as at ,whist1 are the most powerful cards4 ,a seven of trumps can take the king of another suit4 ,,laws ,,of ,,ecarte4 ,the laws of ,ecarte1 as accepted by the principal clubs in ,london and elsewhere1 are as follows4 ,we here quote them as given in ,cavendish on ,ecarte1#ba a standard authority on the subject4 ,any reader who desires to become a skilful player cannot do better than procure and study this work4 ,the ,club ,code laws are-- #a4--;,each player has a right to shuffle both his own and his adversary's pack4 ,the dealer has the right to shuffle last4 #ed #b4--,the pack must not be shuffled below the table1 nor in such a manner as to expose the faces of the cards1 nor during the play of the hand4 #c4--;,a cut must consist of at least two cards1 and at least two must be left in the lower packet4 #d4--;,a player exposing more than one card when cutting for deal must cut again4 #e4--,the player who cuts the highest ,ecarte card deals1 and has choice of cards and seats4 ,the choice determines both seats and cards during the play4 #f4--,the cut for deal holds good even if the pack be incorrect4 #g4--;,if in cutting to the dealer a card be exposed1 there must be a fresh cut4 #h4--,the dealer must give five cards to his adversary and five to himself1 by two at a time to each1 and then by three at a time to each1 or vice versa4 ,the dealer1 having selected the order in which he will distribute the cards1 must not change it during that game2 nor may he change it at the commencement of any subsequent game1 unless he inform the non-dealer before the pack is cut4 #i4--;,if the dealer give more or less than five cards to his adversary or to himself1 or do not adhere to the order of distribution first selected1 and the error be discovered before the trump card is turned1 the non-dealer1 before he looks at his hand1 may require the dealer to rectify the error1 or may claim a fresh deal4 #aj4--,the hands having been dealt1 the dealer must turn up for trumps the top card of those remaining4 #aa4--;,if the dealer turn up more than one card1 the non-dealer1 before he looks at his hand1 may #ee choose which of the exposed cards shall be the trump1 or may claim a fresh deal4 ,should the non-dealer have looked at his hand1 there must be a fresh deal4 #ab4--;,if1 before the trump card is turned up1 a faced card be discovered in the pack1 there must be a fresh deal4 #ac4--;,if the dealer expose any of his own cards the deal stands good4 ,if he expose any of his adversary's cards1 the non-dealer1 before he looks at his hand1 may claim a fresh deal4 #ad4--;,if a player deal out of his turn1 or with his adversary's pack1 and the error be discovered before the trump card is turned up1 the deal is void4 ,after the trump card is turned up1 it is too late to rectify the error1 and if the adversary's pack has been dealt with1 the packs remain changed4 #ae4--;,if1 after the trump card is turned up1 and before proposing1 or1 if there is no proposal1 before playing1 it be discovered that the non-dealer has more than five cards1 he may claim a fresh deal4 ,should the non-dealer not claim a fresh deal1 he discards the superfluous cards1 and the dealer is not entitled to see them4 #af4--;,if1 after the trump card is turned up1 and before proposing1 or1 if there is no proposal1 before playing1 it be discovered that the non-dealer has less than five cards1 he may have his hand completed from the stock1 or may claim a fresh deal4 #ag4--;,if1 after the trump card is turned up1 and before the dealer accepts or refuses1 or1 if there is no proposal1 before he plays1 it be discovered that he has dealt himself more than five cards1 the non-dealer may claim a fresh deal4 ,should he not claim #ef a fresh deal1 he draws the superfluous cards from the dealer's hand4 ,should the dealer have taken up his hand1 the non-dealer is entitled to look at the cards he draws4 #ah4--;,if1 after the trump card is turned up1 and before the dealer accepts or refuses1 or1 if there is no proposal1 before he plays1 it be discovered that the dealer has less than five cards1 the non-dealer may permit the dealer to complete his hand from the stock1 or may claim a fresh deal4 #ai4--;,if a fresh deal be not claimed when the wrong number of cards are dealt1 the dealer cannot mark the king turned up4 #bj4--;,if the non-dealer play without taking cards1 and it be then discovered that he has more or less than five cards1 there must be a fresh deal4 #ba4--;,if the dealer play without taking cards1 and it be then discovered that he has more or less than five cards1 his adversary may claim a fresh deal4 #bb4--;,if a king be turned up1 the dealer is entitled to mark it at any time before the trump card of the next deal is turned up4 #bc4--;,if either player hold the king of trumps1 he must announce it before playing his first card1 or he loses the right to mark it4 ,it is not sufficient to mark the king held in hand without announcing it4 #bd4--;,if the king be the card first led1 it may be announced at any time prior to its being played to4 ,if the king be the card first played by the dealer1 he may announce it at any time before he plays again4 #be4--;,if a player1 not holding the king1 announce it1 and fail to declare his error before he has played a card1 the adversary may correct the score1 and has #eg the option of requiring the hands to be played over again1 notwithstanding that he may have abandoned his hand4 ,if the offender win the point he marks nothing2 if he win the vole he marks only one2 if he win the point when his adversary has played without proposing1 or has refused the first proposal1 he marks only one4 ,but if the adversary himself hold the king1 there is no penalty4 #bf4--;,if a player propose1 he cannot retract2 nor can he alter the number of cards asked for4#bb #bg4--,the dealer1 having accepted or refused1 cannot retract4 ,the dealer1 if required1 must inform his adversary how many cards he has taken4 #bh4--;,each player1 before taking cards1 must put his discard face downward on the table1 apart from the stock1 and from his adversary's discard4 ,cards once discarded must not be looked at4 #bi4--;,if the non-dealer take more cards than he has discarded1 and mix any of them with his hand1 the dealer may claim a fresh deal4 ,if the dealer elect to play the hand1 he draws the superfluous cards from the non-dealer's hand4 ,should the non-dealer have taken up any of the cards given him1 the dealer is entitled to look at the cards he draws4 #cj4--;,if the non-dealer asks for less cards than he has discarded1 the dealer counts as tricks all cards which cannot be played to4 #ca4--;,if the dealer give his adversary more cards than he has asked for1 the non-dealer may claim a fresh deal4 ,if the non-dealer elect to play the hand1 #eh he discards the superfluous cards1 and the dealer is not entitled to see them4 #cb4--;,if the dealer give his adversary less cards than he has asked for1 the non-dealer may claim a fresh deal4 ,if the non-dealer elect to play the hand1 he has it completed from the stock4 #cc4--;,if the dealer give himself more cards than he has discarded1 and mix any of them with his hand1 the non-dealer may claim a fresh deal4 ,if the non-dealer elect to play the hand1 he draws the superfluous cards from the dealer's hand4 ,should the dealer have taken up any of the cards he has given himself1 the non-dealer is entitled to look at the cards he draws4 #cd4--;,if the dealer give himself less cards than he has discarded1 he may1 before playing1 complete his hand from the stock4 ,if the dealer play with less than five cards1 the non-dealer counts as tricks all cards which cannot be played to4 #ce4--;,if a faced card be found in the stock after discarding1 both players have a right to see it4 ,the faced card must be thrown aside1 and the next card given instead4 #cf4--;,if1 in giving cards1 any of the non-dealer's are exposed1 he has the option of taking them2 should the non-dealer refuse them1 they must be thrown aside and the next cards given instead4 ,if the dealer expose any of his own cards1 he must take them4 #cg4--;,if1 after giving the cards1 the dealer turn up a card in error1 as though it were the trump card1 he cannot refuse another discard4 ,if another be demanded1 the non-dealer has the option of taking the exposed card4 #ei #ch4--;,if the dealer accept when there are not sufficient cards left in the stock to enable the players to exchange as many cards as they wish1 the non-dealer is entitled to exchange as many as he asked for1 or1 if there are not enough1 as many as there are left1 and the dealer must play his hand2 the dealer is at liberty to accept1 conditionally1 on there being cards enough in the stock4 #ci4--;,a card led in turn cannot be taken up again4 ,a card played to a lead may be taken up again to save a revoke or to correct the error of not winning a trick when able1 and then only prior to another card being led4 #dj4--;,if a card be led out of turn1 it may be taken up again1 prior to its being played to2 after it has been played to1 the error cannot be rectified4 #da4--;,if the leader name one suit and play another1 the adversary may play to the card led1 or may require the leader to play the suit named4 ,if the leader have none of the suit named1 the card led cannot be withdrawn4 #db4--;,if a player abandon his hand when he has not made a trick1 his adversary is entitled to mark the vole4 ,if a player abandon his hand after he has made one or two tricks1 his adversary is entitled to mark the point4 ,but if a player throw down his cards1 claiming to score1 the hand is not abandoned1 and there is no penalty4 #dc4--;,if a player renounce when he holds a card of the suit led1 or if a player fail to win the trick when able1 his adversary has the option of requiring the hands to be played again1 notwithstanding that he may have abandoned his hand4 ,if the offender win the point he marks nothing2 if he win the vole1 #fj he marks only one2 if he win the point when his adversary has played without proposing1 or has refused the first proposal1 he marks only one4 ,should the card played in error be taken up again prior to another card being led 7as provided by ,law #ci71 there is no penalty4 #dd4--;,a player may call for new cards at his own expense1 at any time before the pack is cut for the next deal4 ,he must call for two new packs1 of which the dealer has choice4 #de4--;,if a pack be discovered to be incorrect1 redundant1 or imperfect1 the deal in which the discovery is made is void2 all preceding deals stand good4 #df4--,the game is five up4 ,by agreement1 the game may count a treble if the adversary has not scored2 a double if he has scored one or two2 a single if he has scored three or four4 #dg4--;,a player turning up a king1 or holding the king of trumps in his hand1 is entitled to mark one4 #dh4--;,a player winning the point is entitled to mark one2 a player winning the vole is entitled to mark two4 #di4--;,if the non-dealer play without proposing1 and fail to win the point1 his adversary is entitled to mark two4 ,if the dealer refuse the first proposal1 and fail to win the point1 the non-dealer is entitled to mark two4 ,these scores apply only to the first proposal or refusal in a hand1 and only to the point1 the score for the vole being unaffected4 #ej4--;,if a player omit to mark his score1 he may rectify the omission at any time before the trump card of the next deal is turned up4 #fa #ea4--;,an admitted overscore can be taken down at any time during the game4#bc ,the following ,french terms are commonly used at ,ecarte3 ,,atout4 ,trump4--,,couper4 ,to cut4--,,donner4 ,to deal4--,,ecart4 ,the cards thrown aside4--,,forcer4 ,to play a superior on an inferior card4--,,la ,,vole4 ,all five tricks made by either player4--,,le ,,point4 ,three out of the five made by either player4 ,,proposer4 ,asking for fresh cards4--,,renoncer4 ,not to answer the suit led4 ,we will now suppose1 by way of illustration1 that ,a and ,y play a game of ,ecarte4 ,two packs of different colour or pattern1 say a red and a white pack1 are used4 ,from these packs the cards from two to six are extracted4 ,a and ,y cut for deal2 ,a cuts the knave1 ,y the ace4 ,a therefore deals1 as knave is in this game higher than ace4 ,the cards having been shuffled1 ,a gives the pack to ,y to be cut4 ,a then deals three cards to his adversary1 three to himself1 then two to his adversary and two to himself1 and turns up the king of spades4 ,i mark the king1 says ,a 7see ,law #bb74 ,a does not look at his cards1 but waits to see what his adversary will do4 ,y looks at his hand1 and says1 ,i propose4 ,a looks at his hand1 and finds in it queen1 knave1 ace of spades1 the ace of diamonds1 and the eight of hearts4 ,a has the trick now to a #fb certainty1 and cannot lose it by accepting1 the low heart being the weak point in his hand4 ,the hand of ,y was ten of spades1 king of hearts1 ten and seven of diamonds1 and nine of clubs4 ,y takes three cards2 ,a takes two4 ,y takes in the king of diamonds1 the seven of spades1 and the seven of hearts2 ,a takes in the nine and eight of spades1 and must win the vole4 ,y now deals1 and turns the nine of clubs as trumps4 ,a looks at his hand1 and finds in it the king and ace of diamonds1 the eight and seven of hearts1 and the ten of spades4 ,a proposes4 ,y looks at his hand1 and finds king1 queen1 knave of spades1 eight and seven of clubs4 ,play1 says ,y1 and he wins the vole4 ,score3 ,y #b2 ,a #c4 ,with such a hand as ,y held1 to accept the proposal would have been wrong1 the chances being in his favour4 ,a now deals1 and turns knave of diamonds4 ,y looks at his cards1 and finds they consist of queen1 ten of diamonds1 ten and eight of clubs1 and eight of hearts4 ,he elects to play without proposing4 ,a's hand consists of knave of clubs1 ace1 knave1 ten of hearts1 and eight of diamonds4 ,y may now win or lose the point1 according to the cards he leads4 ,if he led queen1 then ten of diamonds1 he would lose the point4 ,if he led ten of clubs1 he would win the point4 ,the reader should place the cards and play out these hands4 ,we will suppose that ,y played correctly and won the point2 the game stands at #c all4 ,it is now ,y's turn to deal4 ,we will suppose that he does so1 and wins the point2 the game is then1 ,y #d2 ,a #c4 #fc ,a now deals1 and turns the nine of diamonds4 ,y's hand consists of queen1 knave of diamonds1 king1 queen1 ace of spades4 ,y elects to play4 ,a looks at his hands1 and finds in it the king1 ace of diamonds1 the ace of hearts1 the king of clubs1 and the eight of spades4 ,y must win the game if he play correctly2 but1 being anxious to win more tricks than are necessary1 he loses it by reckless play4 ,y leads king of spades1 on which ,a plays eight of spades1 without marking the king4 ,a does this because ,y1 having played without proposing1 will lose two if he lose the point4 ,to mark the king will be useless1 if ,y win the point2 hence ,a conceals from ,y the fact of his holding the king4 ,y plays incautiously1 and leads as his second lead queen of diamonds2 ,a wins with king of diamonds1 and leads king of clubs1 which ,y trumps1 and leads queen of spades1 which ,a trumps1 and leads ace of hearts1 which wins the game4 ,if ,y had followed his first lead with queen of spades1 he must have won the game2 but1 imagining that ,a could not hold the king because he did not mark it1 he played feebly1 and lost the game4 ,this example will give some idea of the play of a hand1 and of the different results which follow the correct and incorrect play of even five cards4 ,,jeux ,,de ,,regle4 ,great stress is laid by scientific ,ecarte-players on what are termed ,jeux de regle1 that is1 hands which ought to be played without proposing or accepting4 ,when the cards held by a player are so #fd good that he cannot fail to win three tricks unless his adversary hold two trumps1 it is the rule to play without proposing4 ,it is easy1 by an examination of the five cards1 to at once perceive how the trick must be won1 unless the adversary hold two trumps4 ,here are a few examples3 ,king1 queen1 knave of spades1 eight of hearts 7trumps71 eight of diamonds4 ,lead king of spades2 if not trumped1 follow with queen1 etc4 ,with three trumps1 play without proposing4 ,likewise with two trumps1 if the other cards belong to one suit1 or with two cards of one suit1 one of which is the king or queen4 ,play if holding only one trump1 provided the other cards are four of one suit1 one being a king1 or three cards of one suit1 one being a king or queen1 and the fifth card being a king or queen4 ,play with no trump if three queens are held1 or four court cards4 ,when playing these hands 7and they apply mainly to the leader7 it is important to remember the disadvantage that follows leading from a suit of two when one is a high1 the other a much lower card1 and the advantage of leading from a suit of two when these are in sequence4 ,take the following hands as examples3 ,a holds queen of clubs1 queen of diamonds1 queen and eight of hearts1 and eight of spades1 the ten of spades being turned up as trump4 ,y holds king and nine of hearts1 nine and seven of diamonds1 and nine of spades4 ,if ,a lead the queen of hearts1 he must lose the point1 no matter how ,y plays4 ,if1 however1 he lead either of his single queens1 he may win the point1 if #fe ,y1 after winning the queen of clubs1 lead the king of hearts4 ,again1 ,a holds queen1 ten1 of spades2 knave1 ten1 of hearts2 ten of diamonds2 diamonds being trumps4 ,y holds knave1 seven1 of spades2 seven of hearts2 and knave1 eight1 of diamonds4 ,if ,a lead the queen of spades1 he loses the trick4 ,if he lead knave and then ten of hearts1 he wins the trick4 ,from these examples it will be evident that cards in sequence1 or single cards1 are better as leads than one high card1 and then a small one of a two-card suit4 ,also it is desirable that the adversary should be the leader when the third lead occurs4 ,what is called being put to a card1 is1 if possible1 to be avoided4 ,the following will serve as an example3 ,a holds king1 knave1 ten1 of hearts2 queen of diamonds1 and knave of spades 7nine of clubs turned up74 ,a proposes1 and is refused4 ,he may now conclude that ,y has two trumps at least4 ,a leads king of hearts1 which wins2 then knave1 which wins4 ,if ,y holds ace of hearts1 ,a must lose the point4 ,if1 however1 ,y hold either a diamond lower than the queen1 or a spade lower than the knave1 ,a may win1 if he keep the right card2 if1 however1 ,a play a third heart1 and this is trumped1 and ,y play1 say1 queen of trumps1 ,a must discard either his queen of diamonds or his knave of spades1 and he has no guide as to which to discard4 ,instead1 therefore1 of playing the third heart he should lead either the diamond or the spade1 and thus avoid being put to a card4 ,the dealer has the option of refusing or accepting2 #ff before doing either1 he should not only consider well the cards in his hand1 but the state of the score4 ,it is not unusual for a player who may hold the trick for certainty to propose in the hopes of being refused1 in order that he may1 by winning the trick1 score two4 ,if this occurred at the score of three1 the results would be fatal4 ,as a general rule1 refuse if only two cards can be discarded4 ,a king or a trump should not be discarded in the first instance4 ,with three trumps1 refuse1 unless the king of trumps is one of the three1 when there is a great chance that the cards taken in may enable the vole to be won4 ,with only one trump and one king1 no matter what the other suits may be1 if not having a card higher than a ten1 accept4 ,but with one trump1 two queens guarded1 or a king and queen guarded1 refuse4 ,although in many cases1 where it is the rule to play1 it is two to one in favour of the player winning the point1 it must not be imagined that he will always win4 ,he may win twice out of three times1 but it is possible for the adversary to hold exceptionally good cards1 and to win the point against the jeu de regle4 ,for example1 ,a holds queen1 ace1 and seven of hearts 7trumps71 king of spades1 king of diamonds1 and1 of course1 plays without proposing4 ,y holds king1 knave1 nine1 and eight of hearts1 and nine of clubs1 and must win the point2 but for ,a to propose would have been wrong1 his hand being strong enough to win four times out of five4 ,when a player proposes1 and is refused1 he may form an estimate of the suit or suits out of trumps in which his adversary it likely to be strong4 ,suppose #fg ,a1 the non-dealer1 hold queen1 knave of spades1 ace of hearts1 seven of clubs1 and knave of diamonds 7trumps74 ,the probabilities are that ,y is strong in hearts and clubs1 or holds two trumps4 ,the queen of spades in this case should1 of course1 be led2 and1 if it win1 should be followed by the knave4 ,the condition of the score ought to be considered before proposing or playing without proposing4 ,if the adversary be at the score of three1 it is dangerous to play without proposing1 unless the hand be very strong4 ,if the adversary be at four1 it is better not to propose if the non-dealer's hand be fairly strong1 unless the king be held1 as there is a chance of the dealer drawing the king1 and at once scoring game4 ,the high cards which have been discarded should be remembered1 because lower cards are then of greater value2 thus1 if the knave and ace of hearts have been discarded1 and the king and ten are drawn1 there can be only one card1 viz41 the queen of hearts1 which is better than the ten1 and in this suit the ten is equivalent to the knave held originally4 ,inexperienced players1 as a rule1 are too apt to propose1 and to continue proposing till the pack is exhausted4 ,as there are eight trumps in the pack1 a player gains no advantage if he hold four of these1 when his adversary also holds four4 ,his hand looks better than if he held only two1 but whilst he has furnished himself with trumps1 his adversary has done likewise4 ,in order to play ,ecarte well1 take a pack of cards1 and deal out the hands against an imaginary or dummy adversary2 remember those hands under the heading ,jeux de regle1 and then note how the hand can be best played to secure the point4 99 99 99 99 99 #fh ,,euchre4 ,euchre may be played either as a two-1 three- or four-handed game1 the latter being the most popular form4 ,for greater facility of explanation1 however1 we will commence with the two-handed game4 ,euchre is played with the piquet pack of thirty-two cards1 consisting of the ace1 king1 queen1 knave1 ten1 nine1 eight and seven of each suit4 ,the above is their rank in play1 subject to the qualification that the knave of the trump suit for the time being is known as the ,right ,bower1 and takes temporary precedence of all other cards4 ,the knave of the opposite suit of same colour 7e4g4 of diamonds when hearts1 or of spades when clubs are trumps7 is known as the ,left ,bower1 and ranks next in value4 ,the ,left ,bower is considered for the time being to belong to the trump suit1 so that if this card is led1 the trump suit1 and not its own1 must be played to it4#bd #fi ,,two-,,handed ,,euchre4 ,the players having cut for deal1 five cards are dealt 7by twos and then threes1 or vice versa1 at the pleasure of the dealer7 to each player4 ,the eleventh card is turned up by way of trump4 ,if the non-dealer thinks his hand good enough1 with the suit of the turn-up card as trumps1 to make three tricks1 he says1 referring to that card1 ,i order it up4 ,this fixes that suit as trumps4 ,the dealer discards the worst card of his own hand1 placing it face downwards under the pack1 and the turn-up card is thenceforth considered to form part of his hand4 ,he does not1 however1 actually take it into his hand until the first trick has been played4 ,if the non-dealer does not consider his hand good for three tricks1 or is of opinion that he would be likely to gain by a change of the trump suit1 he says1 ,i pass1 and the dealer examines his own cards from the same point of view4 ,if he thinks his hand is good enough with the subsisting trump suit to make three tricks1 he says1 ,i take it up1 and proceeds to place1 as before1 one card under the pack4 ,if he does not think his hand safe for three1 he says1 ,i turn it down1 and places the turn-up card below the rest of the pack4 ,this annuls the trump suit1 and the non-dealer has now the option of saying what suit shall be trumps4 ,he considers what will best suit his hand1 and says1 ,make it hearts 7or otherwise1 as the case may be71 accordingly4 ,if he decides to make it of the same colour as the previous turn-up card 7e4g4 spades in place of clubs1 or hearts in place of diamonds71 he is said #gj to make it next4 ,if otherwise1 to cross the suit4 ,if1 even with the privilege of making the trump what he pleases1 he doubts his ability to win three tricks1 he again passes1 and the dealer makes it what best suits him4 ,if he too has such a bad hand that he thinks it safer to pass again1 the cards are thrown up1 and the deal passes4 ,the trump suit having been made by the one or the other player1 the non-dealer leads a card1 and the dealer plays to it1 the two cards constituting a trick4 ,the second player must follow suit if he can1 subject to the qualification that 7as already stated7 if the ,left ,bower be led1 a trump must be played to it4 ,the higher card wins1 trumps overriding plain suits2 and the winner of the trick leads to the next4 ,the player who has ordered up1 taken up 7save in obedience to order71 or made the trump1 thereby tacitly undertakes to win at least three tricks4 ,if he makes less than this number1 he is euchred1 and his opponent scores two4 ,if he makes three tricks he wins the point1 and scores one4 ,four tricks are no better than three1 but if he make all five he wins a march1 which scores two4 ,the non-challenging player is not under any obligation to win1 but scores if his adversary fail to do so4 ,five points constitute ,game4 ,,four-,,handed ,,euchre4 ,where four players take part1 two play in partnership against the other two1 partners facing each other1 as at ,whist4 ,five cards having been dealt to #ga each1 and the twenty-first turned up by way of trump1 the elder hand 7i4e4 the player to the left of the dealer7 declares whether he will order up the trump card or pass4 ,in the latter event1 the option passes to the dealer's partner2 but he expresses it in a somewhat different manner1 inasmuch as he is dealing with a friend instead of an enemy4 ,if he thinks his hand good for two or more tricks he says1 ,i assist4 ,this is considered a call to his partner 7the dealer7 to take up the trump1 which he does accordingly1 he himself having no choice in the matter4 ,if the second player passes1 the option rests with the third player1 who orders it up or passes1 as his hand may warrant4 ,in the latter case the dealer decides for himself whether to take it up or turn it down4 ,if the trump has either been ordered up or taken up voluntarily by the dealer1 the play proceeds as in the two-handed game4 ,if1 on the other hand1 the dealer turns it down1 the players1 beginning with the elder hand1 are invited in succession to make it what they please2 the challenging party in either case being bound1 in conjunction with his partner1 to make three tricks1 under penalty of being euchred4 ,a player with an unusually strong hand may elect to go alone4 ,in such case his partner turns his cards face downward on the table1 and leaves the lone hand1 as he is termed1 to play the game singly against the two opponents4 ,if a player going alone is lucky enough to win all five tricks1 he scores four 7instead of three7 for the march2 but if he make three or four tricks only1 he scores one for the point in the ordinary manner4 #gb ,,three-,,handed ,,euchre ,here each plays for his own hand4 ,the value of the march and point are the same as in the two-handed or four-handed game1 but if the challenging player is euchred1 each of his adversaries scores two points4 ,if this should carry them both out1 the elder hand is the winner4 ,to avoid this1 which is hardly a satisfactory termination for the younger hand1 another method of scoring is sometimes adopted1 the points for the euchre being deducted from the score of the euchred player1 who is set back accordingly4 ,should he have made no points towards game1 he is considered to owe the points for the euchre2 so that a player1 standing at love when euchred1 has seven points to make before he can win4 ,,marking ,,the ,,score4 ,the method of scoring at ,euchre is somewhat peculiar4 ,the score is usually kept by means of spare playing cards1 a three and a four 7of any suit7 being used by each side4 ,the three face upwards1 with the four turned down upon it1 indicates one 7however many pips may chance to be exposed74 ,the four face upwards1 with the three turned down upon it1 indicates two4 ,the face of the three being uppermost counts three2 and the face of the four being uppermost counts four4 ,another method of keeping the score is by means of a cross x chalked at the outset of the game on the table beside each player4 ,one is scored by rubbing out the centre of the cross1 leaving the four #gc arms still standing1 and these in turn are rubbed out1 one for each point which the player becomes entitled to score4 ,the hints for play which follow are borrowed1 with slight modification1 from the ,american ,hoyle4 ,they refer more especially to the four-handed game4 ,,hints ,,for ,,play4 ,,passing ,,and ,,ordering ,,up4 ,no prudent player will order up the trump unless his hand is sufficiently strong to render his chances of success beyond reasonable doubt4 ,there are cases1 however1 when there would be no imprudence in ordering up upon a light hand4 ,for instance1 supposing the game to stand four and four1 and the elder or third hand to hold an ordinarily good show of cards in the trump suit as turned up1 with nothing better in any other suit1 then it would be proper to order up1 for1 should the trump be turned down1 your chance of success would be lost4 ,if you are euchred1 it does but give the game to those who would win it anyhow in some other suit4 ,if the player is elder hand1 and a suit should be turned in which he receives both bowers and another large trump1 and he has also two cards of the suit corresponding in colour1 it is his best policy to pass2 for the obvious reason that if the dealer's partner should assist1 he would be enabled to euchre the opposing side1 and1 if the trump were turned down1 his hand would be just as good in the next suit4 ,having in such case the first opportunity of making the trump1 he could go alone1 with every probability of making the hand and scoring four4 #gd ,elder hand holding the ,right ,bower1 ace or king1 and another small trump and a card of the same colour as the trump suit1 should pass2 for if his adversaries adopt the trump1 he will1 in all probability euchre them2 and if they reject it1 he can make the trump next in suit1 and the chances of scoring the point are in his favour4 ,as a general rule1 the elder hand should not order up the trump unless he has good commanding cards1 say ,right ,bower1 king and ten of trumps1 with an ace of a different suit1 or ,left ,bower1 king and two small trumps4 ,the player at the right of the dealer should hold a very strong hand to order up the trump1 because his partner has evinced weakness by passing2 and if the opposing side turn down the trump1 his partner will have the advantage of first call to make a new trump4 ,,assisting4 ,two court cards usually form a good assisting hand1 but where the game is very close it is advisable to assist1 even upon a lighter hand4 ,if1 for instance1 the game stands four and four1 the first hand will naturally order up if the suit turned is the best in his hand4 ,the fact of his having passed is1 therefore1 an evidence of weakness4 ,when1 as dealer1 and assisted by your partner1 you hold a card next in denomination to the card turned up 7whether higher or lower71 play it as opportunity offers4 ,if1 for instance1 you turn up the ace1 and hold either the ,left ,bower or king1 when a chance occurs play the ,bower or king1 and thus inform your partner that you have the ace remaining4 ,the same policy should be adopted when your partner assists #ge and you have a sequence of three trumps1 the trump card being the smallest of the three4 ,in such a situation1 play the highest card of the sequence2 this will inform your partner that you hold the remainder of the sequence1 and enable him to shape his play accordingly4 ,as a general rule1 always assist when you can win two tricks4 ,,taking ,,up ,,the ,,trump4 ,what constitutes sufficient strength to take up the trump is a matter of considerable importance to the player4 ,the object being to make a point1 there must1 of course1 be a reasonable probability of securing three tricks1 but the decision should1 to a certain extent1 depend upon the position of the game4 ,if the dealer should be three or four towards game1 while the opponents are one or two1 the trump might be turned down1 and the chances of winning the game still be not materially reduced2 but if the position should be reversed the dealer would be warranted in attempting the hazard upon a light hand1 as the prospects of defeat would be no greater than by adopting the opposite alternative4 ,it is generally accepted as sound that three trumps1 backed by an ace of another suit1 are sufficient to attempt a point4 ,if the game stands four all1 it is better to take up the trump on a small hand than to leave it for the adversaries to make4 ,with the game three all1 it is necessary to be very cautious in adopting the trump with a weak hand1 because a euchre puts the opponents out4 #gf ,,making ,,the ,,trump4 ,should the dealer turn the trump down1 the eldest hand has the privilege of making it what he pleases1 and the rule to be generally followed is1 if possible1 to make it next in suit1 or the same colour as the trump turned4 ,the reason for this is evident4 ,if the trump turned should be a diamond1 and the dealer refuse to take it up1 it is a fair inference that neither of the bowers is in the hands of your opponents2 for if the dealer's partner had held one of them1 he would in all probability have assisted2 and the fact of the dealer turning down the trump also raises the presumption that he had neither of them4 ,then1 in the absence of either bower1 an otherwise weak hand could make the point in the same colour4 ,for reverse reasons1 the partner of the dealer would cross the suit1 and make it clubs or spades2 for1 his partner having evidenced weakness in the red suits1 by turning a red card down1 it would be but fair to presume that his strength was in the black suits4 ,be careful how you make the trump when your adversaries have scored three points1 and1 as a general rule1 do not make or order up a trump unless you are elder hand or the dealer's partner4 ,,the ,,bridge4 ,if one side has scored four1 and the other side only one1 such position is known as the bridge1 and the following rule should be observed3 ,to make the theory perfectly plain1 we will suppose ,a and ,b to be playing against ,c and ,d1 the former having scored four1 and the latter but one4 #gg ,c having dealt1 ,b looks at his hand1 and finds he has but one or two small trumps2 in other words1 a light hand4 ,at this stage of the game1 it would be his policy to order up the trump1 and submit to being euchred1 in order to remove the possibility of ,c or ,d playing alone2 for if they should by good fortune happen to succeed1 the score of four would give them the game4 ,if ,b were to order up the trump1 the most that could be done by the adversaries would be to get the euchre1 and1 that giving but a score of two1 the new deal1 with its percentage1 would in all probability give ,a and ,b enough to make their remaining point and go out4 ,if1 however1 ,b has enough to prevent a lone hand1 he should pass1 and await the result4 ,the ,right ,bower1 or the ,left ,bower guarded1 is sufficient to block a lone hand4 ,the elder hand is the only one who should order up at the bridge1 for if he passes1 his partner may rest assured that he holds cards sufficient to prevent the adversaries making a lone hand4 ,if1 however1 the elder hand passes1 and his partner is tolerably strong in trumps1 the latter may then order up the trump to make a point and go out2 for1 by the eldest hand passing1 his partner is informed that he holds one or more commanding trumps1 and may therefore safely play for the point and game4 ,the elder hand should always order up at the bridge when not sure of a trick2 the weaker his hand1 the greater the necessity for doing so4 ,,playing ,,alone4 ,if your partner announce that he will play alone1 you cannot supersede him and play alone yourself1 but must place your cards upon the table face #gh downwards1 no matter how strong your hand may be4#be ,in order to avail yourself of the privilege of playing alone1 it is necessary to declare your intention of so doing distinctly1 and in plain terms thus1 ,i play alone2 if you fail to do this1 and the adverse side makes a lead1 you forfeit all claim to the privilege4 ,you must also make the announcement in good time2 if you neglect to do so1 and the adverse side make a lead1 or if you yourself lead before declaring your intention of playing alone1 you lose the right1 and your opponents may compel you to play with your partner4 ,in playing a lone hand1 it is a great advantage to have the lead4 ,the next best thing is to have the last play on the first trick4 ,the elder hand or the dealer may1 therefore1 venture to play alone on a weaker hand than either of the other players4 ,when your opponent is playing alone1 and trumps a suit led by yourself or your partner1 take every opportunity to throw away cards of that suit upon his subsequent leads4 ,when1 opposing a lone hand1 you find that your partner throws away high cards of any particular suit1 you may be sure that he holds high cards in some other suit2 you should1 therefore1 retain to the last your highest card of the suit he throws in preference to any other card1 short of an ace4 #gi ,,discarding4 ,when the dealer takes up the trumps before the play begins1 it is his duty to discard or reject a card from his hand in lieu of the one taken up4 ,we will suppose that the ten of hearts has been turned up1 and the dealer holds the king and ,right ,bower1 with the ace and nine of clubs1 and king of diamonds4 ,the proper card to reject would be the king of diamonds4 ,there would be no absolute certainty of its taking a trick1 for the ace might be held by the opponents2 whereas1 retaining the ace and nine of clubs1 the whole suit of clubs might be exhausted by the ace1 and then the nine might be good4 ,if the trump were one of the red suits1 and the dealer held three trumps1 seven of spades and seven of hearts1 it would be better for him to discard the spade than the heart2 for1 as the dealer's strength is in the red suit1 the probabilities are that the other side will be correspondingly weak1 and the heart would therefore be better than the spade4 ,where you have two of one suit and one of another to discard from1 always discard the suit in which you have one only1 for then you may have an opportunity to trump4 ,,leading4 ,where the dealer has been assisted1 it is a common practice to lead through the assisting hand1 and frequently results favourably2 for in the event of the dealer having but the one trump turned1 a single lead of trumps exhausts his strength1 and places him at the mercy of a strong plain suit4 ,it is not1 however1 #hj always advisable to lead a trump2 for1 if the elder hand hold a tenace1 his duty is to manoeuvre so as to secure two tricks2 but this is an exceptional case4 ,the proper lead must be determined by the quality of the hand1 and the purpose to be accomplished4 ,the elder hand1 holding two aces and a king1 with two small trumps1 would1 of course1 lead trump through the assisting hand2 for the only hope of securing a euchre would be dependent upon the success of the non-trump suits1 and they can only be made available after trumps have been exhausted4 ,where the dealer takes up the trump voluntarily1 the elder hand is1 of course1 upon the defensive1 and to lead a trump under such circumstances would be disastrous4 ,should your partner have turned up the ,right ,bower1 lead a small trump as soon as you can2 by so doing you will be sure to weaken your adversary's hand4 ,when your partner makes the trump1 or orders it up1 lead him the best trump you hold4 ,when you hold the commanding cards1 they should be led to make the march2 but if you are only strong enough to secure your point1 cards of other suits should be used4 ,when opposed to a lone hand1 always lead the best card you have of another suit1 so that the possibility of your partner's retaining a card of the same suit with yourself may be averted4 ,if the card you lead is of an opposite colour from the trump1 so much the better2 for if a red card should be trump1 and an opponent plays alone1 the chances are against his holding five red cards4 ,besides1 if the lone player did hold five red cards1 it would1 in like #ha proportion1 reduce the probability of your partner having one of the same suit1 and give him an opportunity to weaken the opposing player by trumping4 ,the exception to the above rule is when you hold two or three cards of a suit1 including ace and king1 and two small cards in other suits2 in this case your best play would be to lead one of the latter1 and save your strong suit1 for your partner may hold commanding cards in your weak suits1 and you thus give him a chance to make a trick with them1 and if this does not occur1 you have your own strong suit as a reserve1 and may secure a trick with it4 ,when playing to make a lone hand1 always lead your commanding trump cards first1 reserving your small trumps and other suit for the closing leads4 ,when you have exhausted your commanding trumps1 having secured two tricks1 and retaining in your hand a small trump and two cards of another suit1 lead the highest of the non-trump suit to make the third trick1 then your trump4 ,for instance1 suppose that hearts are trumps1 and you hold the ,right and ,left ,bowers and ten of trumps1 and ace and nine of spades2 lead your bowers1 then the ace of spades1 following with the ten of trumps and nine of spades4 ,the reason for playing thus is obvious4 ,you may not exhaust your adversaries' trumps by the first two leads1 and if either of them chanced to retain a trump-card superior to your ten1 by leading the latter you would1 in all probability1 be euchred on a lone hand4 ,holding three small trumps and good plain cards1 and desiring to euchre your opponents1 lead a trump1 for when trumps are exhausted you may possibly make your commanding plain suit cards4 #hb ,when you make the trump next in suit1 always lead a trump1 unless you hold the tenace of ,right ,bower and ace1 and even then it would be good policy to lead the bower1 if you hold strong plain-suit cards4 ,when you hold two trumps1 two plain cards of the same suit1 and a single plain card of another suit1 lead one of the two plain cards1 for you may win a trick by trumping the suit of which you hold none1 and then1 by leading your second plain card1 you may force your opponents to trump1 and thus weaken them4 ,with such a hand it would not be good play to lead the single plain card1 for you might have the good fortune to throw it away on your partner's trick1 and ruff the same suit when led by your opponents4 ,when your partner has made or adopted the trump1 it is bad play to win the lead1 unless you possess a hand sufficiently strong to play for a march4 ,if your partner assist you1 and has played a trump1 and you have won a trick and the lead1 do not lead him a trump unless you hold commanding cards1 and are pretty certain of making the odd trick or a march1 for your partner may have assisted on two trumps only1 in which case such lead would draw his remaining trump1 and1 in all probability1 prove fatal to his plans4 ,having lost the first two tricks and secured the third1 if you hold a trump and a plain card1 play the former1 for1 in this position of the game1 it is your only chance to make or save a euchre4 ,there are only two exceptions to this rule1 viz4 when you have assisted your partner1 or when he has adopted the trump and still retains the trump #hc card in his hand4 ,in the former instance you should lead the plain card1 trusting to your partner to trump it2 in the latter case you should also lead the plain card1 unless your trump is superior to your partner's1 and your plain card is an ace or a king1 in which case you should play a trump1 and trust to the plain card to win the fifth trick4 ,the reason for this play is manifest4 ,if your opponents hold a better trump than you do1 it is impossible to prevent their winning the odd trick1 and1 therefore1 the euchre or point2 but if they hold a smaller trump1 your lead exhausts it1 and you may win the last trick with your plain card4 ,this position frequently occurs in the game1 and we recommend it to the attention of the novice4 ,,concluding ,,hints4 ,never lose sight of the state of the game4 ,when the score is four all1 adopt or make a trump upon a weak hand4 ,when the game stands three to three1 hesitate before you adopt or make a trump upon a weak hand1 for a euchre will put your adversaries out4 ,when you are one and your opponents have scored four1 you may risk trying to make it alone upon a weaker hand than if the score were more favourable to you4 ,when you are elder hand1 and the score stands four for you1 and one for your opponents1 do not fail to order up the trump1 to prevent either of them from going alone4 ,of course1 you need not do this if you hold the ,right ,bower1 or the ,left ,bower guarded4 #hd ,when playing second1 do not ruff a small card the first time round1 but leave it to your partner4 ,throw away any single card lower than an ace1 so that you may afterwards ruff the suit you throw away4 ,when your partner assists1 and you hold a card next higher than the turn-up card1 ruff with it when an opportunity occurs4 ,when third player1 ruff with high or medium trumps1 so as to force the high trumps of the dealer4 ,when your partner leads the ace of a plain suit1 and you have none1 do not trump it2 but if you have a single card1 throw it away upon it4 ,when second hand1 if compelled to follow suit1 head the trick if possible4 ,when you cannot follow suit or trump1 throw away your weakest card4 ,,progressive ,,euchre4 ,this is a version of the game suitable for mixed gatherings4 ,the party play in fours1 each pair of partners consisting of a lady and a gentleman4 ,the first table is known as the head table1 and the last as the booby table1 those between being second1 third1 and so on4 ,the head table is furnished with a bell1 and the host provides a supply of cardboard or paper stars in three colours1 say gold1 red1 and green4 ,two packs of cards of different patterns are taken1 and a sequence from ace upwards1 equal to the number of tables1 is selected from the club and spade suits of each4 ,these are shuffled1 face #he downwards4 ,the ladies draw from the one pack1 the gentlemen from the other4 ,the lady and gentleman whose cards correspond play together1 and the number of pips gives the table at which they are to play4 ,the bell being struck1 play begins1 and continues till one pair of partners at the head table has made five points1 when the bell is again sounded4 ,all play then ceases1 but the scores already made stand1 and decide the result of the games4 ,the winners at the head table each receive a gold star1 and keep their seats for the next game4 ,the losers are transferred to the booby table1 and the winners at the second table take their places2 being in turn replaced by the winners at the third table1 and so on4 ,the losers at all but the head table keep their places1 but exchange partners with the newcomers at the table4 ,the winners at the inferior tables receive each a red star1 and the losers at the booby table a green star4 ,at the close of play the lady and gentleman having the largest number of stars of a given class each receive a prize4 ,in the event of a tie for a gold star prize1 the number of red stars held by each player decides4 ,if this again is a tie1 the competitor with the fewest green stars is the winner4 ,in the case of ties in points at any table when the bell is sounded1 the holders of the most tricks toward the next hand are the winners4#bf 99 99 99 99 99 #hf ,,loo4 ,loo is played in divers fashions1 but there are two leading varieties1 known as three-card and five-card ,loo respectively4 ,there is no limit in either case to the number of players1 but six or seven make the better game4 ,,three-,,card ,,loo4 ,the full pack of fifty-two cards is used1 the cards ranking as at ,whist4 ,the dealer1 having been selected1#bg places an agreed number of counters 7either three or some multiple of three7 in the pool4 ,three cards are dealt1 one by one1 to each player1 also an extra hand1 known as miss4 ,the card next following is turned up1 and fixes the trump suit4 ,the dealer then asks each player1 beginning with the elder hand1 whether he will play or take miss4 ,the player looks at his cards4 ,if he holds a good hand1 he will elect to play2 if otherwise1 he has the option of either taking miss1 i4e4 taking the extra #hg hand in place of his own1 or of passing1 i4e4 throwing up his hand altogether for that round4 ,if miss be declined1 the same offer is made to the next in rotation2 but so soon as miss is taken1 the remaining players have only two alternatives--viz4 either to play the cards they hold1 or to pass4 ,a player who has taken miss is bound to play4 ,the cards he has discarded1 as also those of any players who pass1 are thrown face downwards in the middle of the table1 and no one has a right to look at them4 ,should one player take miss1 and all the rest throw up their cards1 he is entitled to the pool4 ,should only one player have declared to play1 and not have taken miss1 the dealer may play either his own cards or take miss on his own account1 but if he does not care to do either1 he is bound to take miss and play for the pool1 i4e4 the proceeds of any tricks he may make remain in the pool1 to abide the result of the next round4 ,in the event of all save the dealer passing1 the dealer is entitled to the pool4 ,the elder hand 7as among those who have declared to play7 now leads a card4 ,if he has two trumps he is bound to lead one of them4 ,if he holds the ace of trumps he is bound to lead it1 or if an ace be turned up1 and he holds the king of the same suit1 he is bound to lead the latter4 ,if only two persons have declared to play1 and the holder holds two or more trumps1 he must lead the highest1 unless his highest trumps are in sequence or of equal value1#bh when he may lead either of them4 7,with #hh more than three declared players the last rule does not apply47 ,the other players play in rotation to the card led1 subject also to certain fixed rules1 viz4 each player must follow suit1 if possible1 and he must head the trick1 i4e4 play a higher card to it1 if able to do so4 ,if unable to follow suit1 he is bound to trump1 or if the trick be already trumped1 to over-trump1 if practicable4 ,the winner of each trick leads to the next4 ,he is under the same obligations as the original leader1 and is further bound to lead a trump1 if he has one4 ,this latter obligation is briefly stated as trump after trick4 ,the hand having been played out1 the pool is divided1 in the proportion of one-third to each trick4 ,suppose1 for instance1 that five persons have played2 that one of them has taken two1 and another one trick4 ,the first takes two-thirds1 and the second one-third4 ,the remaining three players are looed1 i4e4 mulcted in the same amount as was originally placed in the pool1 and these loos1 as they are called1 with alike contribution from the new dealer1 form the pool for the next hand4 ,it may1 however1 happen that only three players declare to play1 and that each of them takes one trick4 ,in such case no one is looed1 and the only fund to form the pool for the next round is the contribution of the dealer4 ,the next hand in such case is known as a single1 and it is a usual1 though not invariable1 rule1 to make it what is called a must1 meaning that every one1 whatever his cards1 is bound to play4 ,this necessarily produces as many loos 7less three7 as there are players1 and consequently a full pool for #hi the next hand4 ,in the case of a must there is no miss4 ,in circles where the interest of a game is gauged by the amount of money that changes hands1 the payment for a loo is sometimes made equal to the amount which may chance to be in the pool for the time being4 ,playing upon this principle1 the amount of a loo tends constantly to increase1 until the occurrence of a single 7i4e4 three players only declaring to play1 and each taking one trick7 brings it back to its normal proportions4 ,loo in this shape is known as unlimited4 ,under such an arrangement pence grow to pounds with startling rapidity1 so much so1 indeed1 that no prudent player will ever sit down to the game in this form1 and even among the most reckless it is customary to fix a maximum beyond which no further advance shall be permitted4 ,,five-,,card ,,loo4 ,in this case five cards are dealt to each player1 the card next following being turned up by way of trump4 ,there are1 therefore1 five tricks to be contended for1 and the contributions to the pool are made divisible by five accordingly4 ,there is1 in this case1 no miss1 but each player 7beginning with elder hand7 may discard as many cards as he pleases1 the dealer replacing them with a like number from the remainder of the pack4 ,it is at the option of each player either to play or to pass1 but having once drawn cards he is bound to play4 ,the discarded cards are thrown face downwards in the centre of the table4 ,there is in this case a variation1 in the fact that the knave of clubs1 known as ,pam1 is made a sort of #ij paramount trump1 taking precedence even of the ace of the trump suit4 ,the rules as to leading1 following suit1 and heading the trick1 are the same as at the three-card game4 ,if1 however1 the ace of trumps be led1 and the holder pronounces the formula ,pam1 be civil1 the holder of the latter card is bound to pass the trick1 if he can do so without a revoke4 ,special value is in this game given to a flush1 i4e4 five cards of the same suit1 or 7which are regarded as equivalent7 four cards of the same suit and ,pam4 ,the holder of such hand at once turns up his cards1 and looes the board1 i4e41 wins every trick as of right1 without playing his hand1 even though stronger individual cards were in the hands of other players4 ,no one is in this case allowed to throw up his cards1 and all save the holder of the flush are looed4 ,should more than one player hold a flush1 a flush in trumps has priority over one in a plain suit4 ,as between two flushes in trumps1 or two in plain suits1 that consisting of the better cards wins4#bi ,the holder of the losing flush1 or of ,pam1 if in the hand of one of the losers1 is exempt from payment4 ,in other respects the game resembles three-card loo4 ,some players at either game maintain what is termed club law1 meaning that whenever a club is turned up by way of trump1 every one is bound to play4 ,in such case there is no miss or drawing of cards4 #ia ,,the ,,laws ,,of ,,loo4 ,these may be briefly stated as follows3 #a4--;,each player has a right to shuffle at the commencement of a deal1 the dealer shuffling last4 ,the cards shall then be cut by the player to the right of the dealer4 ,to constitute a valid cut1 there shall be at least four cards in each portion of the pack4 #b4--,the cards shall be dealt one at a time to each player with one card extra in each round for miss4#cj ,this having been done1 the card next following on the pack shall be turned up as trump4 ,if a card be found faced in the dealt portions of the pack1 the cards shall be reshuffled and recut1 and there shall be a fresh deal by the same dealer4 #c4--;,if the dealer-- 7#a7 ,deals without having the pack cut2 or again shuffles after the pack has been duly cut2 7#b7 ,exposes a card in dealing2 deals too many or too few cards to any player2 7#c7 ,misses a hand or deals a hand or part of a hand additional2 7#d7 ,or otherwise commits any irregularity in dealing1 it is a misdeal1 and the dealer forfeits a single to the pool4 ,the cards are again shuffled and cut1 and there is a fresh deal by the same dealer4 #ib #d4--,players shall declare whether they play or pass in strict rotation1 beginning with the elder hand4 #e4--;,any player declaring before his turn1 or looking at his cards before it is his turn to declare1 forfeits a single to the pool4 #f4--;,any player looking at miss before he has declared to take it1 or exposing a card or cards of another player1 forfeits a single to the pool1 and must retire from the game for that round4 #g4--,the dealer1 taking miss against one player only1 must declare before doing so1 whether he play for himself or the pool4 ,in the latter case he cannot be looed2 but the proceeds of any trick he may make are left in the pool1 to abide the result of the next hand4 #h4--;,if no one declares to play1 the dealer is entitled to the pool4 #i4--;,a player having the lead1 and holding the ace of trumps 7or king1 ace being turned up71 is bound to lead it4 #aj4--;,a player having the lead1 and holding two trumps1 is bound to lead one of them4 #aa4--;,a player having the lead1 and holding two trumps1 other than in sequence or of equal value1 is bound 7when there are two players only71 to lead the highest4 #ab4--;,every player is bound to follow suit if able to do so4 #ac4--;,every player is bound to head the trick if able to do so4 #ad4--;,every player winning a trick1 and still holding one or more trumps1 is bound to lead a trump4 ,any player committing any infractions of ,laws #i1 #ic #aj1 #aa1 #ab1 #ac1 or #ad1 must leave in the pool any tricks he may make1 and forfeit to the pool four times the amount of a single4 #ae4--;,if a player1 having declared to play-- 7#a7 ,exposes a card before it is his turn to play1 or 7#b7 ,plays a card out of turn1 or 7#c7 ,plays a card before all have declared1 or 7#d7 ,exposes a card while playing1 so as to be named by any other declared player1 ,he shall be compelled to throw up his cards1 and to forfeit a single to the pool4 #af4--;,in the case of a revoke1 it is in the option of any player1 other than the offender1 to require that the cards be taken up and the hand played again4 #ag4--;,all penalties of a single shall be deemed to belong to the existing pool2 all higher penalties and proceeds of tricks left by way of penalty in the pool to the pool next following4 99 99 99 99 99 #id ,,napoleon4 ,there are two or three versions of ,napoleon1 or ,nap4 ,we will begin with ,,the ,,orthodox ,,game4 ,the old game of ,napoleon consists simply of five cards being dealt out singly and in order to each of the party1 and then the players declaring in their turn how many tricks they think they can make4 ,the eldest hand--that is1 the player to the dealer's left--has the first call1 and every one after him can declare by increasing his call1 up to the limit1 ,nap1 which is a declaration to take all the five tricks4 ,whoever makes the highest call has all the other players pitted against him1 and leads out--that is to say1 he puts a card face upwards on the table in front of him1 the playing of that card determining the trump suit1 as whatever suit is first led by the caller is trumps by virtue of the lead4 ,the players then follow in order1 it being imperative to follow suit if possible1 but1 except for this1 any card may be played4 ,there is no rule as to heading a trick or playing a trump after a trick1 or indeed any restriction #ie whatever beyond following the led suit if you can1 under penalty of a revoke for trumping or discarding when holding a card of the suit called for4 ,the highest card of the led suit takes the first trick1 and the winner leads a card to the second trick1 the cards played not being packed or gathered together1 but being left face upwards in front of their owners4 ,the winning card is alone turned down4 ,the winner of the second trick leads to the third1 and so on1 the declaration succeeding or failing according as the caller makes or fails to make the number of tricks that he declared4 ,it matters nothing whether he makes two or even three tricks more than he declared to make2 he is only paid for the number that he originally announced1 and even if he does not take a trick1 he simply pays for the number he called4 ,it is a level-money transaction all round2 that is to say1 if a man calls three at penny ,nap1 he receives #c;d4 from every other player if he makes the three tricks1 and pays #c;d4 to every other player if he does not make three tricks4 ,but if he calls ,napoleon 7five tricks7 he receives #aj;d4 if he wins1 and only pays #e;d4 if he loses4 ,we may say here that in most places where penny ,nap is played1 the #aj;d4 and #e;d4 are raised to #as4 to win and #f;d4 to lose1 on the plea of making it even money4 ,the round being over and the stakes paid1 the deal passes in the usual way to the person to the left of the last dealer1 and so on4 ,this is the old simple form of ,napoleon1 and it is what most people understand by the game4 ,it is without complication of any kind1 and the skill it requires is of two sorts--first1 to judge the value of a hand with due regard to the number of players #if and any calls that may have been made previously1 and1 next1 how to play the hand--whether as caller or as one of the combination against the call--to the best advantage4 ,,the ,,variations4 ,here we may first note the call of ,wellington1 which is a superior call to ,napoleon1 inasmuch as it supersedes the latter4 ,as in the ,nap call1 the player undertakes to make the whole five tricks1 but at double the ,nap stakes4 ,thus1 if the caller of ,nap receives #as4 or pays #f;d41 on a ,wellington he would receive #bs41 or pay #as4 ,wellington can only be called over ,napoleon1 that is1 it cannot be declared unless ,nap is declared before it4 ,another innovation is an adaptation from ,solo ,whist1 and is called ,misery4 ,it is on the principle of the ,misere1 when1 there being no trumps1 the caller has to lose the whole five tricks1 while his opponents1 of course1 endeavour to force him to take a trick4 ,at some tables trumps1 determined in the usual way by the initial lead1 are recognised2 but this feature is quite foreign to the original ,misere4 ,if trumps are recognised the caller should invariably lead a single suit--i4e4 a suit consisting of one card only4 ,this declaration ranks between the calls of three and four1 and is paid for in the same way as a call of three is paid for2 that is1 at our stakes1 to win would be to receive #c;d4 from each of the other players1 and to lose would be to pay #c;d4 to each4 ,sir ,garnet consists of an excess hand of five cards1 dealt in the usual way and left on the table4 #ig ,until this extra hand is appropriated1 each player1 when it is his turn to call1 has the privilege of taking it up and combining it with his own hand4 ,from the ten cards thus in his possession he must reject five1 which he throws away face downwards1 and on the remaining five he is bound to declare ,nap4 ,the stakes are the same as on an ordinary ,nap call4 ,in ,peep ,nap one extra card only is dealt1 face downwards on the table1 and each player1 on his turn to call1 may at his option have a private peep at the card by paying one penny--or higher1 according to the stakes--into the pool4 ,when all the players have called1 the superior declaring hand has the privilege1 if he has peeped1 of exchanging the table card for one of his own4 ,nobody but the superior caller can exchange2 nor1 even if a player calls ,nap1 can he appropriate the peep card until the following hands have had the option of seeing it as above4 ,in the event of a ,nap call1 it is as a rule to the advantage of the following players to peep also1 as1 if the caller uses the peep card1 they have thereby a guide as to what suit to save4 ,purchase or ,ecarte ,nap1 however1 is unquestionably the most interesting form of ,napoleon4 ,after the dealer has dealt1 and before anybody starts calling1 the dealer goes round again in turn1 and serves out fresh cards from the pack in exchange for as many cards as the players may wish to throw away from their original hands4 ,for every fresh card so exchanged the player has to pay one penny 7or more1 according to the stakes7 into the pool4 ,he must not exchange cards more than once in #ih each round1 but he can then purchase any quantity up to five4 ,the cards thrown away are not shown1 nor used again till the next deal4 ,the dealer must sell to each player in turn1 and to himself last1 after which the calls start from his left in the usual way4 ,in view of the extra number of cards brought into the game1 ,purchase ,nap should be confined to a table of not more than four players1 and for the same reason the calls should be made on much stronger hands than at ordinary ,nap4 ,,the ,,pool4 ,napoleon is better played without a pool1 because then players call the strength of their hands and no more1 and are not tempted into extravagance4 ,there is1 however1 not much practical harm in playing with a small pool or kitty4 ,the simplest way to make up a pool is for every dealer to put in a penny4 ,if this will not satisfy the players1 there are two ways of making a pool mount up more rapidly4 ,they are1 that every dealer shall put in #c;d4 and every player #a;d4 every time1 or that every player of a knave or a five of any other suit than trumps shall contribute #a;d4 to the pool4 ,the pool remains and accumulates until somebody succeeds in the call of ,napoleon--or ,wellington1 where that higher call is allowed4 ,the player who calls ,nap and fails1 does not usually have to double or even increase the pool4 ,at some tables1 however1 the caller of ,nap who fails to make it has to pay into the pool the same amount as is already there4 ,this point should be agreed upon before beginning the game4 ,in ,peep or ,purchase ,nap the pools are made by the #ii payments for peeping and purchasing respectively1 and other methods of contributing to the kitty are dispensed with4 ,the successful caller of ,napoleon always takes the pool4 ,,the ,,game ,,explained ,,for ,,novices4 ,nap is played by any number of persons1 from two to six1 with a full pack of fifty-two cards1 ranking as at ,whist1 ace highest and deuce lowest4 ,the original deal is determined by turning up a card in front of each of the players1 when the lowest turned up indicates the first dealer4 ,the ace is in this case regarded as the lowest card4 ,when it is ascertained who is to deal1 the player on his left shuffles the cards1 and the dealer may shuffle them after him if he chooses4 ,they are then cut by the player on the dealer's right1 and the dealer distributes them face downwards1 one by one1 beginning of course to the left4 ,there is no turn-up1 and the undealt cards must be placed in a heap face downwards in the middle of the table1 and not touched until the round is over1 except at ,purchase ,nap1 when the dealer retains possession of the pack until the purchases have been effected4 ,then follows the process of calling1 which has been already described4 ,we have gone upon the principle of calling the stake a penny per trick1 but of course it can be sixpence1 or any other amount4 ,it may1 however1 be observed that ,penny ,purchase is really as expensive as threepenny ordinary ,nap4 ,there are some few points to be remembered4 #ajj ,a declaration once made stands1 and cannot be recalled4 ,a player at ,purchase ,nap1 having once bought fresh cards or refused to buy1 cannot subsequently amend his decision4 ,unless there is an agreement to the contrary1 the dealer must1 in default of any higher call1 make one trick1 or pay #a;d4 each to the other players4 ,any one who has trumped a suit1 or renounced upon a suit before all the five tricks have been played out1 and so made or defeated a declaration1 must immediately show his remaining cards to prove that he has not revoked4 ,so stringent is this rule1 that if he should refuse to show them1 he is held to have revoked1 and a revoke entails the following penalties3-- ,on the revoke being discovered1 the cards must be taken up and replayed properly--that is to say1 players must follow suit1 if they can2 and always remember that a revoke is just as much a revoke if you throw away a card of another suit1 holding a card of the suit led1 as if you trumped under the same circumstances4 ,the hand having been replayed1 the offender pays the stakes for himself and every one of the other players to the caller1 if the call succeeds4 ,if the call fails1 he pays the stakes to every other player1 except the caller4 ,a revoke proved against the caller himself entails the immediate penalty of the loss of the stakes2 that is to say1 if a man calls three and revokes1 it matters not how many tricks he makes1 he must pay 7at penny ,nap7 #c;d4 to every one of his opponents4 ,if a card is exposed in the pack or in dealing1 or #aja if there is a mis-deal1 or if the pack is shown to be faulty1 or if the cards are dealt without being cut1 there should be a fresh deal by the same player4 ,any player can demand a fresh deal if any one of these faults is committed1 but the demand must be made before the hands are looked at2 otherwise the deal must stand4 ,after all the calls have been declared1 should a player discover that he has too few or too many cards the game must be played out1 and if the number in the superior caller's hand be correct he takes the stakes1 if he succeeds in making his call good1 but neither receives nor pays if he fails4 ,should the caller1 however1 hold a wrong number in his hand1 he neither receives nor pays if he wins1 but pays if he fails4 ,when a ,nap is declared1 the game must be played out subject to the above rules1 whether the other players have their correct number or not2 but1 failing a ,nap call1 the cards must be redealt should any irregularity be discovered before all the players have declared4 ,there is one rule at ,napoleon that has fallen into disuse1 and that relates to playing out of turn4 ,it is so common for persons to play valueless or losing cards out of turn without remark1 that many people forget that the fortunes of a hand may often be influenced by the premature exposure of the winning card or a trump4 ,a person who1 out of his turn1 plays a card that obviously influences the game should be subjected to the same penalty as if he had revoked4 #ajb ,,the ,,number ,,of ,,players4 ,by far the best ,nap table is made up of four players1 because then dash and prudence must be pretty well equalised to play well4 ,with three players great risks are commonly run1 and with six1 failures are so frequent that the game often gets tedious through a monotonous series of two calls4 ,there are so many better games for two players that we need say little about what is called ,single ,nap4 ,it consists of a series of bluffing calls1 experience soon teaching that it is safer to call three or four on a weak hand than to allow your adversary to take the lead4 ,three ,nap is very nearly a game of chance4 ,only fifteen cards1 or practically one quarter of the pack1 are in play1 so that the chances are nearly three to one against any given card being out4 ,consequently great risks are run1 and these risks are for the most part justified4 ,a player should call ,nap on any hand of one suit headed by an honour1 however small the remaining cards2 while he has a tolerable chance of making the same call upon any hand consisting of two suits1 if he has four cards of the first suit headed by an honour1 and an ace1 king1 or queen to fill up his hand4 ,where the hand consists of three or four suits1 the cards that are not trumps should be aces or kings to make the call a prudent one4 ,reverting to the game as played by four or five players1 the novice may be advised to lead trumps against the caller when he only requires one more trick1 and1 as a general rule1 to let trumps alone when #ajc the caller has more than one trick to make to establish his declaration4 ,in conclusion1 remember that on an ordinary call your first discard should be from your shortest and weakest suit1 and bear the fact in mind as you note the discards of other players4 ,in a ,misery1 your original discard should be your highest card of your shortest suit--a single card for preference1 unless it be a deuce or tray4#ca 99 99 99 99 99 #ajd ,,piquet4 ,piquet is generally regarded as the best of card games for two players4 ,it is played with a pack of thirty-two cards1 which is called a piquet pack1 all below the seven being excluded4 ,the cards rank in ,whist order--ace1 king1 queen1 knave1 ten1 nine1 eight1 seven4 ,the score is made partly by combinations of cards held in the hand1 and partly by points marked in the course of play4 ,,the ,,deal4 ,the two players cut for deal1 and in this cutting the ace ranks the highest4 ,the player who cuts the higher card has the choice of first deal4 ,after this the players deal alternately4 ,it is customary to use two packs of cards1 and the first dealer has the choice which pack he will use4 ,each player has a right to shuffle both his own and the adversary's pack1 the dealer shuffling last4 ,after this the pack is cut to the dealer by the adversary1 as at ,whist4 ,it is customary to call the non-dealer the elder hand4 #aje ,the dealer must deal the cards by two at a time or by three at a time1 giving the top cards to his adversary1 the next to himself1 and so on1 until each has twelve cards4 ,the eight cards that remain 7called the stock7 are placed face downwards between the players4 ,there are no trumps in this game4 ,,discarding ,,and ,,taking ,,in4 ,before anything else is done1 each player has a right to reject some of his cards1 and take others in their place4 ,the elder hand begins4 ,he has the privilege of discarding from his hand any number of cards not exceeding five 7he must discard at least one71 and taking a corresponding number from the top of the stock4 ,if he does not take all his five1 he may look at those he leaves1 concealing them1 however1 from the other player4 ,the dealer may then discard and replace in like manner1 taking the cards from the stock in the order in which he finds them4 ,he is bound to discard one1 and he may1 if he pleases1 take all that remain1 or any number of them4 ,he may look at any cards of his own portion of the stock he leaves behind2 but if he does1 the elder hand may demand to see them too1 after playing his first card1 or naming the suit he intends to play4 ,,calling4 ,the hands being thus made up1 the elder hand proceeds to declare or call the scoring #ajf combinations he may hold1 in the following manner4 ,there are three things in the hand that may be scored1 namely 7#a7 the point2 7#b7 the sequence2 7#c7 the quatorze or trio4 7#a7 ,the point is scored by the party who has the most cards of one suit4 ,the elder hand states how many he has4 ,if the dealer has not so many1 he says ,good1 and the elder hand scores one for each card2 if the dealer has more1 he says ,not good1 and the elder hand1 scoring nothing1 passes on to the next item4 ,if the dealer happens to have the same number1 he says ,equal1 and then the elder hand must count and declare the number of the pips--the ace counting eleven1 the court cards ten each1 and the others what they are4 ,the highest number of pips makes the cards good1 and invalidates those of the other party4 ,if the number of pips are equal1 neither scores4 7#b7 ,the second item is scored by the party who has the best sequence1 that is1 the greatest number of consecutive cards1 not less than three1 of the same suit1 or1 if an equal number1 those of the highest rank4 ,thus1 ten1 nine1 eight1 seven are better than ace1 king1 queen2 but ace1 king1 queen are better than king1 queen1 knave2 and so on4 ,a sequence of three cards1 no matter what1 counts three2 of four cards1 four2 beyond this ten are added1 so that a sequence of five cards counts fifteen2 of six cards1 sixteen2 and so on4 ,the elder hand declares his best sequence4 ,if the dealer has a better1 he says ,not good2 if only inferior ones1 he says ,good4 ,in the latter case the holder scores not only for the best sequence1 but for every other he holds in his hand2 all the opposite party may hold being #ajg invalidated4 ,if the best sequences are equal1 neither scores4 7#c7 ,the third item is called the quatorze1 from the fact that four aces1 four kings1 four queens1 four knaves1 or four tens in one hand1 if good1 score fourteen4 ,three of either kind 7called a trio7 score three4 ,in deciding which party is to score1 the higher cards are better than the lower1 but any four like cards take precedence of the best three4 ,thus four tens are better than three aces2 but three aces are better than three kings1 and so on4 ,the elder hand names his best quatorze or trio1 to which the dealer says ,good or ,not good1 as the case may be2 and1 as with the sequence1 the one who has the best scores all others he may hold1 while those of the opponent are all destroyed4 ,the point and sequence1 when scored by either party1 must be shown to the other1 if asked for4 ,,the ,,play4 ,the items in the elder hand thus being counted1 the holder lays down one card1 thus beginning the play4 ,the dealer plays to this2 but1 immediately before doing so1 he calls and counts all he has to score in his hand4 ,the play1 the object of which is to gain tricks1 follows the ordinary ,whist rule2 the second player being obliged to follow suit1 if he can1 and the best card winning4 ,if he cannot follow suit1 he loses the trick1 throwing away any card he pleases4 ,the scoring of the play is peculiar4 ,the first player to every trick counts one for the card he so plays2 but if the second player wins the trick1 he #ajh also counts one4 ,the player who takes the last trick counts an extra one for it4 ,if either player wins more than six tricks1 he scores ten for the cards1 as it is called4 ,if the two players win six tricks each1 there is no score for the cards on either side4 ,,example4 ,what has been above described constitutes the simple or ordinary game4 ,there are some additional scores for extraordinary cases2 but before we mention them it will be well to illustrate the foregoing directions by an example of an imaginary hand1 which will show that although the description may appear complicated1 the practice is very easy4 ,a and ,b play at ,piquet1 ,b being the dealer1 and ,a the elder hand4 ,b deals out the following cards3 ,to ,a4 ,spades--nine1 seven4 ,hearts--ace1 nine1 eight4 ,clubs--knave1 ten1 seven4 ,diamonds--knave1 ten1 nine1 eight4 ,to ,b4 ,spades--queen1 ten1 eight4 ,hearts--queen1 knave1 seven4 ,clubs--ace1 king1 queen1 eight4 ,diamonds--king1 queen4 ,after the deal the stock contains cards in the following order3 ,ace of diamonds 7top card74 ,nine of clubs4 ,seven of diamonds4 #aji ,ace of spades4 ,king of hearts4 ------ ,king of spades4 ,ten of hearts4 ,knave of spades 7bottom card74 ,a has a poor hand1 and must take all his five cards1 in the hope of improving it4 ,he must keep his diamond suit entire2 so he discards the nine and seven of spades1 the nine and eight of hearts1 and the seven of clubs1 taking in the five upper cards from the stock4 ,b's is already a good hand with the quatorze of queens--which he knows must be good--a fair chance for the point1 and other favourable cards for trick-making4 ,but he discards the ten and eight of spades and the seven of hearts with the hope of improvement1 taking in the three remaining cards of the stock4 ,the two hands are then as follows3 ,a 7elder hand7 has ace of spades1 ace and king of hearts1 knave1 ten1 nine of clubs1 and ace1 knave1 ten1 nine1 eight1 seven of diamonds4 ,b 7dealer7 has king1 queen1 knave of spades2 queen1 knave1 ten of hearts2 ace1 king1 queen1 eight of clubs1 and king and queen of diamonds4 ,the following conversation may be supposed to take place3 ,a3 ,my point is #f4 ,b3 ,good4 ,a 7shows his diamonds1 or says1--in diamonds2 and then adds73 ,my best sequence in the quint to the knave of diamonds4 #aaj ,b3 ,good4 ,a3 ,i have also a tierce to another knave 7shows knave1 ten1 nine of clubs1 or says1--in clubs74 ,a3 ,and ,i have three aces4 ,b3 ,not good4 ,a3 ,then ,i score #f for the point1 #ae for the quint sequence1 and #c for the tierce1 making #bd4 ,he then plays ace of diamonds1 and says3 #be4 ,b3 ,i score #ad for four queens1 and #c for three kings--total #ag4 ,b 7plays queen of diamonds1 and repeats73 #ag4 ,a 7plays seven of diamonds73 #bf4 ,b 7taking it with king73 #ah4 ,b 7leads ace of clubs73 #ai4 ,a 7follows with knave73 #bf4 ,b 7plays king of clubs73 #bj4 ,a 7ten of clubs73 #bf4 ,b 7queen of clubs73 #ba4 ,a 7nine of clubs73 #bf4 ,b 7eight of clubs73 #bb4 ,a 7throws away king of hearts73 #bf4 ,b 7leads king of spades73 #bc4 ,a 7takes it with ace73 #bg4 ,a 7now leads knave of diamonds73 #bh4 ,b 7anything73 #bc4 ,a 7ten of diamonds73 #bi4 ,b 7anything73 #bc4 ,a 7nine of diamonds73 #cj4 ,b 7anything73 #bc4 ,a 7eight of diamonds73 #ca4 ,b 7anything73 #bc4 ,a 7ace of hearts73 #cb4 ,b 7his last card73 #bc4 #aaa ,a3 ,then ,i score #a for the last trick--#cc1 and #aj for the cards2#cb that makes me in all #dc4 ,b3 ,and ,i score #bc4 ,a note is made of these numbers1 and the next deal is proceeded with4 ,we shall hereafter explain how the final score is made up from the results obtained in the successive hands2 but before doing this it will be well to complete the description of the scoring elements4 ,piquet is remarkable for containing certain extraordinary chances1 some of them of great scoring value4 ,these are four in number1 namely1 the ,carte ,blanche1 the ,repique1 the ,pique1 and the ,capot4 ,,carte ,,blanche4 ,if the hand originally dealt to either player contains neither a king1 a queen1 nor a knave 7no picture card1 in fact1 whence the name71 it entitles the holder to score ten4 ,as soon as the player is aware that he has this1 he is bound to inform his adversary2 and after the adversary has discarded1 he is bound to show his carte blanche by counting the cards1 one by one1 on the table4 ,the score for a carte blanche takes precedence of all other scores4 ,,repique4 ,when either player can score thirty or more by the contents of his hand alone1 before his adversary can score anything1 he gets what is called a repique1 which enables him to add sixty to his score4 #aab ,thus1 if the elder hand finds himself with1 say-- ,a good point of five #e ,a good quint sequence #ae ,a good quatorze #ad -- #cd such a combination will enable him 7if the dealer does not hold carte blanche7 to score ninety-four4 ,,pique4 ,when the elder hand counts something less than thirty in hand1 but can make it up to thirty by play before his adversary counts one1 he adds thirty on this account to his score4 ,this is a pique4 ,it is obvious that a pique can never be gained by the dealer1 as his adversary always counts one for the first card he plays4 ,,capot4 ,if either of the players gain all the tricks1 he scores forty for them1 instead of ten for the majority4 ,this is called a capot4 ,pique1 repique1 and capot are not unfrequent2 but the occurrence of carte blanche is exceedingly rare1 occurring only about once in nine hundred deals4 ,as an example of how these extraordinary chances tell1 suppose that the elder hand1 after discarding1 should find himself with four major tierces in his hand1 the dealer having only three cards of each suit1 including at least one knave1 so as to prevent a carte blanche2 the elder hand would then score as follows3 #aac ,in the hand-- ,point #c ,four tierce sequences #ab ,three quatorzes #db -- #eg ,add for the repique #fj ,in play-- ,twelve cards1 all winning #ab ,for the last card #a ,for the capot #dj -- ,total score for one hand #agj ,when it is considered that in some hands the score may be nothing1 and that it may vary in all degrees between these1 the variety obtainable will be strikingly evident4 ,,the ,,final ,,score4 ,it is necessary now to explain what is done with the scores made in the successive hands1 and how the final adjustment is effected4 ,according to the original mode of playing1 the game consisted of #ajj points2 indeed1 in early times the name ,cent 7corrupted into ,sant or ,saunt7 appears to have been applied to it4 ,hoyle adhered to this1 but at some later period the #ajj was altered to #aja4 ,this was also the ordinary way of playing the game in ,france1 and has been generally adhered to in ,england until the last few years4 ,according to this1 the score of each hand is registered1 either by writing it down1 or by some kind of marking contrivance1 and the whole added up until the #ajj limit is reached by one of the parties4 ,the game may extend over several hands1 or it may1 by the aid of the extraordinary scores1 be completed in one4 #aad ,it will1 however1 often happen that both parties may arrive simultaneously near the #ajj score1 and it then becomes necessary to register carefully and in proper order the scores made at the different stages of the hand by the two parties respectively4 ,the laws prescribe that the scores1 whether obtained by the elder hand or by the dealer1 shall be reckoned in the following order of precedence--viz43 #a4 ,carte blanche4 #b4 ,point4 #c4 ,sequences4 #d4 ,quatorzes and trios4 #e4 ,points made in play4 #f4 ,the cards4 ,applying1 therefore1 the scores made by either player under each of these heads1 in the order named1 the one who first reaches #ajj will have won the game4 ,this simple game of #ajj may suffice for domestic amusement2 but a few years ago an alteration was made in the practice of the clubs1 by the introduction of what is called the ,rubicon ,game1 which is as follows3 ,there is no definite number of points constituting a game1 but the players play six deals1 forming what is called a partie4 ,the scores made by each player in each deal are registered on a card1 and at the end of the partie they are added together4 ,the partie is won by the player who has made the highest aggregate score4 ,the winner then deducts his adversary's score from his own1 and #ajj is added to the difference1 which makes the number of points won4 ,thus1 suppose ,a has scored in the six deals #abj #aae points1 and ,b #ajb1 ,a wins #abj - #ajb #ajj #aah points1 for which he has to be paid4 ,but there is another condition1 namely1 the establishment of #ajj as a ,rubicon4 ,the law says that1 if the loser fail to reach this amount1 the winner reverses the rule1 and instead of deducting the loser's score adds it to his own4 ,thus1 if ,a has scored #abj1 and ,b only #ih1 ,a wins #abj #ih #ajj #cah1 although the loser is only four short of his former score4 ,this mode of scoring has now superseded1 at the clubs1 the original #ajj game4 ,it certainly adds a new feature to the play2 for if a player finds1 towards the end of the partie1 that he is not likely to reach the ,rubicon1 it is his interest to score as few points as possible1 instead of trying to win4 ,,application ,,of ,,skill4 ,the skill required in ,piquet applies to the rejection of cards from the original hand1 and to the subsequent play1 both of which offer excellent scope for intelligence and judgment4 ,it would be impossible1 in the short space at our disposal1 to enter into all the complicated considerations which influence this matter4 ,these1 therefore1 must be studied in larger works on the game4#cc ,the essay by ,hoyle1 printed in the modern editions of his ,games1 contains much useful instruction1 though not very clearly conveyed4 ,the following are some hints taken from it3 ,in discarding1 it is a great object to retain such cards as will be likely to favour your winning the #aaf cards1 i4e4 making the majority of tricks1 which will generally make a difference of twenty-two or twenty-three points to the score4 ,do not1 therefore1 throw out good trick-making cards for the hope of getting high counting sequences or quatorzes1 the odds for which are considerably against you4 ,the next attention should be to your point1 which will induce you to keep in that suit of which you have the most cards1 or that which is your strongest4 ,gaining the point generally makes ten difference in the score4 ,good authorities attach even more importance to the point than to the cards1 because it scores earlier1 and may save a pique or a repique4 ,of course1 you would retain a good sequence--good1 that is1 either in respect to length or to rank of cards4 ,a sequence of four is especially valuable1 because1 if you happen to take in one card in addition to it1 it may add ten to your score4 ,and even a sequence of three is not to be despised1 as that also invites useful increase from the take-in4 ,of course1 also1 you would keep any quatorze if you have it1 even if low1 as it would destroy three aces in the adversary's hand4 ,a trio should also be kept1 if it can be done without detriment to the cards or the point1 as there is always a possibility of converting it into a quatorze4 7,if you take in five cards1 it is only three to one against your doing so1 i4e4 you would probably succeed once in four times47 ,but ,hoyle gives a case to show caution in this respect4 ,suppose you have ace1 king1 queen1 and seven of hearts1 and two other queens1 and that it was a question whether you should discard one of your queens or the seven of hearts4 ,if you discard #aag the latter1 it is three to one against your getting the queen quatorze2 but if you discard the queen1 it is five to two that you will take in another heart1 which would probably give you not only the point1 but also five certain tricks towards the cards4 ,suppose you1 being elder hand1 receive queen1 ten1 nine1 eight1 and seven of clubs1 knave1 ten of diamonds2 king1 queen and knave of hearts2 ace and nine of spades1 the natural impulse would be to retain the clubs intact for the point and sequence1 and discard from the other suits4 ,but ,hoyle recommends you to discard all the clubs4 ,it is true that if you took in the knave of clubs it would be a good thing1 but it is three to one against it1 whereas1 if you keep the other suits intact1 you will take in something that will give you a better chance of scoring than you could have made by the other course4 ,it may assist your discard to consider1 by inference from your own hand1 what the adversary can or cannot possibly hold4 ,for example1 if you are very short of a suit1 he may have a long point or sequence in it4 ,if you have any honour or ten1 he cannot hold a quatorze of that rank1 but if you are short of one1 he may do so2 also your holding a knave or ten1 or some other combinations1 will prevent him from holding a quint in that suit1 and so on4 ,beware how you unguard kings and queens4 ,if1 being elder hand1 you reject a guard to a king1 it is probable that in taking five cards you may replace it2 but when you are younger hand1 it is highly desirable to retain the guard1 and for this purpose it is considered further advisable to keep a small card of a bad suit1 that it may serve as a guard for a king if you should take one in4 #aah ,in some positions you must regulate your discard according to the score4 ,thus1 if you only want a few points1 it would be foolish to lay out with a view to any large object2 you would devote all your attention to what counts first1 namely1 the point and sequences2 success in which might carry you out before your opponent could get in4 ,on the other hand1 if your adversary is much in advance of you1 you can probably only retrieve your fortune by a large score1 and you would discard with this view4 ,to consider the cards1 unless with a view to a capot1 would be useless4 ,it is considered desirable for you1 if elder hand1 to take all five of your cards1 unless you have a chance of a great score1 and there can be no repique against you4 ,the consideration is not only whether the cards will benefit you1 but also whether1 if you leave them1 they may not much more benefit your adversary4 ,if the younger hand should have dealt to him a hand which will enable him to make six tricks1 ,hoyle advises that he should not make such a discard as will incur the risk of losing the cards1 unless he should be very backward1 and have a scheme for a great game4 ,in regard to the play of the hand1 it is difficult to lay down rules1 but an acquaintance with ,whist play will be a very useful general guide to the student1 showing him how to establish and bring in his suits1 how to get tenaces led up to1 how to preserve guard to second-best cards1 and so on4 ,the most essential thing is to secure the seventh trick1 which scores the cards2 though1 of course1 every trick made is of importance to your score1 the last counting two4 #aai ,but the most important point in play is to discover and to take due advantage of the contents of the adversary's hand4 ,the compulsory calling and showing of the various scoring elements give certain positive indications2 but many others may be obtained by a skilful player1 by inference from his own hand1 and from the cards he may see of the stock1 and these indications may often be used to considerable advantage4 ,for this reason1 there is an antagonistic exercise of skill in concealing the contents of your hand from your adversary1 in order to prevent his drawing correct inferences4 ,for example1 a clever player will sometimes refrain from claiming scoring-elements which he may hold1 when he thinks that by concealing them he may gain greater advantage in the play4 ,this is called sinking4 ,with a bad hand great care is often necessary1 by guarding second-best cards1 or otherwise1 to gain a single trick and so save the capot1 which makes such a large score4 ,a more powerful aid to skill1 both in discarding and playing1 is to be found in the study of the laws of probabilities1 which are peculiarly applicable at ,piquet4 ,lengthy and elaborate statements of the chances will be found in ,cavendish and in the earlier editions of ,hoyle2 and are well worth the attention of those who care to study the game fully4#cd 99 99 99 99 99 #abj ,,poker4 ,there are several varieties of ,poker1 distinguished by the names of ,straight1 ,draw1 ,stud1 and ,whiskey ,poker respectively4 ,these1 again1 are played in different ways1 varying with the locality1 scarcely any two ,states of ,america1 the home of the game1 being fully agreed as to its correct form4 ,so fully is this divergence recognised1 that even in ,america a company1 sitting down to play ,poker together for the first time1 usually begin by discussing how the game shall be played in respect of the various points of difference4 ,we shall endeavour to give a clear idea of what 7if any7 may be called the standard games1 with a few of the more important variations4 ,the most popular variety is ,draw ,poker1 though the full name is rarely used1 the single word ,poker being usually understood to indicate the ,draw game4 ,draw ,poker is played with the full pack of fifty-two cards4 ,there is no set limit to the number of players1 but five make the best game and six should be the maximum4 ,as each player holds five cards at the outset1 and has the right1 if he so pleases1 to #aba draw five more1 it is obvious that if even six players exercised their right to the full extent1 the pack would not suffice to supply their demands4 ,as they never do fully exercise it1 with six players there is a sufficient margin2 but with seven the margin is inconveniently small4 ,the stakes are represented by counters1 known in ,america as chips4 ,we will suppose that these are equivalent to pence4 ,a certain amount1 say twelve counters1 is fixed upon as the limit of the stake4 ,as will be seen hereafter1 such limit is rather imaginary than real1 applying merely to the successive stages by which the ultimate total is reached1 the latter being 7unless1 by agreement1 a limit is placed on this also7 an unknown quantity4 ,the dealer having been selected1 and the pack shuffled and cut1 he proceeds to deal round1 one at a time1 five cards to each player4 ,first1 however1 the elder hand1 at this game known as the ,age1 before seeing his cards1 starts the pool with a preliminary stake known as the ante4#ce ,this must not exceed one-half the limit4 ,thus1 in the case supposed of the limit being twelve counters1 the ,age has the option of putting up any number from one to six1 as he pleases4 ,this stake1 from the fact that it is made without seeing the cards1 is known as a blind4 ,illustration ,we will suppose that five players are taking part1 whom we may distinguish as ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d and ,e2 that they are seated in the order indicated in the diagram1 and that ,a is the dealer4 ,the deal passes from ,a to ,b1 and so on4 ,b is in such case the ,age1 #abb and has put up1 by way of ante a single counter4#cf ,each player looks at his cards1 whose value depends upon his possession of certain combinations1 ranking in proportion to the rarity of their occurrence4 ,c is the first to declare4 ,if his cards are so bad that he has no hope of winning1 he may pass1 i4e4 go out of the game altogether for that hand4 ,in such case1 he throws his cards1 face downwards1 in front of the ,age1 who will in due course be the next dealer4 ,if1 on the other hand1 ,c thinks his cards worth playing on1 he goes in1 i4e4 he puts in the pool double the amount staked by the ,age4 ,d1 ,e and ,a in rotation do the same1 either passing and throwing up their cards1 or going in and placing in the pool a like amount to that just contributed by ,c4 ,when the turn of ,b 7the ,age7 is reached1 he has to make a similar decision1 and1 if he decide to go in1 must put in the pool a like amount to that #abc which he first staked1 thereby placing himself on an equal footing with the other players4#cg ,there is1 however1 another possible contingency4 ,b has put up1 by way of ante1 the minimum1 one counter only4 ,if either of the players holds a hand which seems a probable winner1 he may desire to put a heavier stake on it4 ,in such case1 he must first make good the ante 7i4e4 hand in two counters71 and may then go better1 or offer a higher stake to the extent of the limit4 ,c1 we will suppose1 has simply made good the ante4 ,d not only does the same1 but goes four better4 ,he thus contributes in all1 six counters to the pool1 and any subsequent player who desires to go in1 must also hand in six counters4 ,having done so1 such subsequent player has the option of again going better on his own account4 ,we will suppose that ,e makes good ,d's raise1 and goes three better1 making in all nine counters4 ,a1 we will assume1 has but a poor hand1 and sees small chance of winning4 ,such being the case1 he passes out1 and throws up his cards1 still1 however1 retaining his functions as dealer4 ,it is now the turn of ,b1 the ,age1 who has to consider whether1 under these conditions1 it is worth his while to go in4 ,should he elect to do so1 he must hand in eight counters1 i4e4 nine1 less the single counter which he staked by way of ante4 ,if ,c still elects to go in1 he must pay seven counters1 in addition to the two he has already paid4 ,d1 in like manner1 three counters4 ,having reached this stage1 the standing players #abd proceed to draw to fill their hands1 i4e4 discard their least valuable cards 7throwing them face downwards on the table71 and receive a like number from the dealer4 ,at this point1 it may be convenient to state wherein the strength of a poker hand lies1 and what1 therefore1 is the object of the players4 ,a poker hand is valuable in so far as it contains certain cards1 or combinations of cards1 ranking as under4 ,we begin with the highest4 #a4 ,a ,,straight ,,flush1 i4e4 a sequence of five cards1 all of the same suit4 ,n4,b4--,as between two sequences1 that beginning with the highest card has the preference4 ,the ace may be treated at pleasure either as the highest card or the lowest1 and will1 therefore1 form a sequence either with king1 queen1 c41 or with two1 three1 c4 ,ace1 king1 queen1 knave1 ten is the highest possible sequence4 ,ace1 two1 three1 four1 five1 the lowest4 #b4 ,,fours1 i4e4 four cards of the same denomination1 with one indifferent card1 the higher four having priority4 ,aces in this case count as highest1 so that a four of aces is the best possible4 #c4 ,a ,,full1 i4e4 three cards of the same denomination1 and a pair4 ,as between two fulls1 the comparative value of the three cards in each case decides priority4 #d4 ,a ,,flush1 i4e4 five cards of the same suit4 #e4 ,a ,,straight1 i4e4 five cards in sequence1 but not of the same suit4 #abe #f4 ,,threes1 i4e4 three cards of like denomination1 with two indifferent cards4 #g4 ,,two ,,pairs1 with an indifferent card4 #h4 ,a ,,pair1 with three indifferent cards4 #i4 ,,highest ,,card4 ,where no hand has either of the above combinations1 that containing the highest card is the winner4 ,as between pairs or sequences in opposing hands1 the highest wins4 ,where each holds two pairs1 the two best are compared1 and the highest wins4 ,in the event of equality of pairs1 the hand containing the highest indifferent card wins4 ,in the event of absolute equality between the two best hands1 the pool is divided4 ,a study of the foregoing table will make clear the objects aimed at by each player1 and the principles which regulate his discard4 ,it may be taken for granted that a player1 having received a scoring combination1 however small1 will certainly hold it4 ,thus with a pair and three indifferent cards1 the player would certainly retain the pair and exchange the rest1 in the hope of converting his pair into threes1 or something better4 ,with threes1 he would1 as a rule1 exchange the two indifferent cards1 in the hope of receiving a pair1 and so transforming his threes into a full4 ,with two pairs1 he would exchange the odd card1 in the hope of receiving another of like denomination with one or other of his pairs1 which again would give him a full4 ,it may occasionally happen that a player receives in the first instance a hand so good that he is not likely to gain anything by drawing1 and prefers1 #abf therefore1 to stand on the cards given him4 ,such a hand is known as a pat hand4 ,the most obvious example of a hand which cannot gain by drawing is that of fours4 ,this1 as we have seen1 is the second highest hand that can be held2 indeed1 a straight flush is of so rare occurrence1 and the holding of two fours by different players so unlikely a contingency that a hand of fours is practically a safe winner4 ,the odd card is in such case worthless1 but nothing for which it could be exchanged would add to the value of the hand4 ,there is1 however1 another consideration to be taken into account in determining whether to draw or not4 ,this we shall deal with hereafter4 ,for the moment we will revert to our imaginary game4 ,a has passed out2 ,b1 ,c1 ,d and ,e have respectively raised or made good the raise 7to the extent1 including the ante1 of nine counters each74 ,we will now examine their cards4 ,b's hand consists of ace of hearts1 queen and three of diamonds1 queen of clubs1 and five of spades4 ,he has thus a pair of queens1 but the remaining cards are at present worthless4 ,c has ace of clubs1 three and four of spades1 nine of hearts and two of diamonds1 four out of the five cards being in sequence4 ,d has ten and eight of hearts1 ten of spades1 knave of clubs1 and eight of diamonds2 a fairly good hand1 for it contains two pairs4 ,e has five cards without any scoring combination1 say eight and three of clubs1 king and four of hearts1 and knave of spades4 ,b has the first claim to draw4 ,he might very well discard all three of his non-scoring cards1 but such a proceeding would be tantamount to an acknowledgement that he only had as yet a pair #abg and one of the main points at ,poker is to keep the adversaries in the dark as to the strength of the player's hand4 ,he has nearly as good a chance of making a three1 or two pairs1 by exchanging two cards only1 and accordingly does so1 retaining the pair and the ace of hearts4 ,we will suppose that he draws the queen of hearts and nine of diamonds4 ,he has now threes of queens4 ,c exchanges the nine of hearts1 in the hope of completing his sequence1 but draws1 say1 the knave of diamonds1 which makes him no better4 ,d1 having already two pairs1 discards the odd card on the chance of drawing another eight or ten1 either of which would make him a full1 but actually draws1 say1 the five of diamonds1 which is useless4 ,e's hand is absolutely worthless as it stands4 ,he might exchange all five cards1 in the hope of drawing better1 but to do so would be to confess his weakness1 and at ,poker it is not always the best hand that wins4 ,he exchanges one card only1 leaving it to be inferred that he has either two pairs1 threes1 fours1 or a flush or sequence lacking one card4 ,he discards the three of clubs1 and receives1 say1 the ace of spades1 leaving his hand still worthless4 ,the betting is now resumed4 ,in regular order it would be for ,b 7the ,age7 to start it1 but he has the privilege1 if he so pleases1 of holding the age1 i4e4 reserving his stake till the other players have had their say4#ch ,c1 therefore1 is the first to declare4 ,his cards are worthless1 and he decides to pass out4 #abh ,d has but a moderate hand1 for two pairs may easily be beaten4 ,on the other hand1 they frequently win1 and it would be foolish to show the white feather until he knows a little more about the hands of his adversaries4 ,he goes five counters4 ,e1 as we have seen1 has nothing4 ,he has two alternatives1 either to go out and sacrifice what he has already staked1 or to endeavour to drive others out by a false pretence of strength4 ,deciding for the latter alternative1 he not only makes good ,d's stake1 but goes ten better1 as though he held a capital hand4 ,a has already passed out2 and it is1 therefore1 ,b's turn4 ,he has threes1 a much more than average hand1 and far too good to be driven out of the field without a struggle4 ,under such circumstances two alternatives are open to him4 ,he may simply make good the last raise1 and say1 ,i'll see you 7in which case all turn up their cards1 and1 having the better hand1 ,b wins the pool71 or he may be inclined to speculate a little further4 ,he makes good the raise1 and goes five better4 ,c1 it will be remembered1 has already passed out2 and ,d1 inferring from the persistence of ,e and ,b that they hold pretty strong hands1 thinks discretion the better part of valour1 and goes out also4 ,the battle is now solely between ,b and ,e4 ,b has a good hand1 and ,e has nothing2 but if he is a bold player1 he may still win4 ,b's last raise1 which was to only half the limit1 tends to indicate that he has not a very strong hand1 and perhaps a little bluffing 7as the betting upon a worthless hand is called7 may frighten him out of the field4 ,accordingly1 ,e not only makes good ,b's raise1 but again goes the maximum 7ten7 better4 ,unless ,e has the reputation 7a very undesirable one7 #abi of a habitual bluffer1 ,b will probably begin to feel alarmed4 ,e's repeated raises1 coupled with the fact that he only drew one card--a sign of a pretty strong hand--suggest that he holds probably fours1 if not a full1 sequence1 or flush1 either of which would put ,b out of the running4 ,he is again confronted with the same alternatives--viz4 to make good ,e's raise and see him 7in which case ,b would win72 to go better1 which seems hazardous2 or to pass out1 thereby avoiding the necessity of making good the last raise4 ,if he is a timid player1 he may possibly 7either at this stage or later7 adopt the latter course1 in which case ,e takes the pool without showing his cards1 thereby concealing the fact that they were worthless4 ,this privilege is very important1 for bluffing is an essential part of the game of ,poker1 and to bluff with success depends mainly on the adversaries' ignorance of the habitual tendencies of the player in this particular4 ,if a player is known to be in the habit of bluffing1 he does so at a great disadvantage4 ,the man who can bluff most successfully is the steady-going player with whom high stakes are the usual indication of good cards4 ,when such a one begins to plunge1 the other players are apt to place themselves in the position of the coon sighted by the crack marksman in the ,american story1 ,don't fire2 ,i'll come down4 ,obviously1 to expose the cards on which a player has been steadily raising all competitors1 and reveal the fact that1 instead of the expected full1 or flush1 there is not even a solitary pair among them1 would tend heavily to discount the effectiveness of the same player's bluffing in a subsequent round4 ,hence the #acj rule of not showing the cards in such a case1 which is always adhered to4 ,the probabilities of receiving by the deal one or other of the ,poker combinations are thus stated by ,cavendish3 ,odds against a straight flush #fdi1iii to #a fours #d1afd to #a a full #fic to #a a flush #ejg to #a a straight #bed to #a triplets #de to #a two pairs #bj to #a one pair #ac to #aj ,it is obvious that the privilege of filling the hands tends greatly to diminish these odds against any given hand 7say by one-half1 as the player may if he pleases have ten instead of five chances71 but the relative frequency of the hands will remain pretty much the same4 ,bearing in mind the considerations above suggested1 it is obvious that the ultimate chances are in favour of holding a pair1 and as each player has the same chance1 a pair1 and particularly a low pair1 is but a poor hand4 ,from this to two pairs is a long step1 and a player who invariably held triplets would1 in the long run1 be a heavy winner4 ,a fortiori1 any hand above this limit stands to win1 and should be backed accordingly4 ,the smaller the number of players1 the more freely may a fair hand be backed1 as there is the less probability of its being surpassed by other players4 ,in drawing to a pair1 if one of the indifferent cards should be an ace or court card1 this card should be retained1 and only the other two exchanged4 ,holding threes1 the player may please himself whether to draw two cards or one only1 but the #aca latter is preferable1 as giving less information to the enemy4 ,with fours1 the odd card should always be exchanged1 for the same reason4 ,the hand cannot be improved by the exchange1 but the adversaries are left in uncertainty as to its value4 ,holding four of the needful cards to make a flush or straight1 the player should go in1 and exchange one card1 in the hope of completing the desired combination4 ,with less than five cards1 the attempt has but little chance of success4 ,,the ,,straddle4 ,in ,poker as originally played1 there was no raise prior to the filling of the hands4 ,each player who went in simply put up the double ante1 and all further staking was suspended until the hands had been filled4 ,but such a comparatively slow procedure did not suit the more go-ahead players1 and the straddle was invented to accommodate them4 ,this queer term is another name for doubling4 ,the privilege of starting a straddle was confined to the player to the left of the ,age4 ,assuming that the ,age had put up one counter by way of ante1 the next player1 instead of putting up two1 would put up four1 saying1 ,i straddle you4 ,the next player may in like manner straddle the straddler1 putting up eight counters1 and so on1 up to the limit1 which must not be overpassed4 ,should any player1 however1 omit to exercise the right in his turn1 it is thereby extinguished1 and cannot be exercised by any subsequent player4 ,where it is permitted to players to raise on the #acb ante before filling the hand1 the straddle ceases to have any importance1 and is not usually recognised4 ,,jack-,,pots4 ,this is one of the latest innovations in the game of ,draw ,poker1 and in ,new ,york is accepted as an integral part of the game4 ,it was invented to meet the not unfrequent case of the whole table declining to go in1 in which case the ,age simply repocketed his ante1 and the deal passed1 nobody being either the better or the worse4 ,in such a case1 instead of the ,age withdrawing the ante1 each of the other players puts up a like amount 7single1 not double74 ,the cards are then dealt by the next player4 ,there is in this case no ,age1 but any player who chances to hold a pair of jacks1 or anything better 7according to the scale already given71 puts down any stake he pleases2 thereby opening the jack-pot1 as it is called4 ,the player to his left must either make good the stake or go out1 and so on round the table in the usual way1 any player having the privilege of raising1 in which case the raise must be made good by the other standing players4 ,and so the round proceeds1 till some one brings it to an end by calling1 i4e4 declaring that he will see his predecessors1 when the best hand wins4 ,should no one go in save the original opener of the jack-pot1 he takes the pool2 but in this case he is bound to show1 to preclude fraud1 that his cards really did include a pair of jacks1 or some higher combination4 ,it may1 however1 happen that the second round passes without any player holding the needful cards #acc to open the jack-pot4#ci ,in such case each player puts another chip in the pool1 and there is a fresh deal by another player4 ,this is repeated until the jack-pot is actually opened4 ,,table ,,stakes4 ,these are now made the rule by many players1 and the practice is a wholesome one4 ,the term signifies that each player puts on the table before him 7either in cash1 or in counters for which cash has been paid71 the whole amount he intends risking1 and cannot be raised to any greater amount4 ,if a player has no money on the table1 he must either make good the deficiency before taking up his cards1 or retire from the game4 ,for the reasons previously stated1 there is no universally accepted code of ,laws for ,poker4 ,for a code which is believed to represent the most usual practice in the cases for which it provides1 the reader may be referred to ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games4 ,another set of laws will be found in ,round ,games1 by ,cavendish 7,de ,la ,rue ,co474 ,we now proceed to discuss the alternative versions of the game4 ,first in order comes-- #acd ,,straight ,,poker4 ,this game1 sometimes known as ,bluff1 differs from ,draw ,poker in several particulars--viz43 #a4 ,there is no filling of hands1 each player retaining the cards first dealt to him4 #b4 ,each person puts up an agreed amount by way of ante4 ,as a matter of convenience1 it is frequently arranged that each player in turn puts in for all4 ,to avoid dispute as to whose turn it may be a pocket-knife1 known as the buck1 is passed round1 resting with the player whose turn it is to chip for the remainder4 ,having done his duty1 he passes the buck to his neighbour on the left1 who chips for the next deal1 and passes the buck to his next neighbour1 and so on in rotation4 #c4 ,the elder hand1 or ,age1 has no privilege4 #d4 ,the deal passes1 not in rotation1 but to the player who takes the pool4 #e4 ,any player may pass1 and come in again1 unless some other player has raised in the meantime1 in which case he is excluded4 #f4 ,if all pass1 or if there is a misdeal1 there is a fresh contribution to the pool1 and the elder hand deals4 ,the pool is then known as a double header4 ,in all other respects 7as to raising1 seeing1 c471 the game is played precisely as ,draw ,poker4 ,,stud ,,poker4 ,this is a special form of ,straight ,poker4 ,its essential difference is that one card only of each #ace hand is dealt face downwards1 the remaining four being dealt face upwards4 ,of course1 the value of the hand depends in great degree on the nature of the concealed card4 ,the players1 beginning with the elder hand1 make their stakes1 raise1 c41 as at the ordinary game1 till either all but one have passed out1 or some player decides to see his adversaries4 ,the concealed cards are then turned up1 and the strongest hand takes the pool4 ,,whiskey ,,poker4 ,this is a family version of ,poker4 ,each player puts in the pool an agreed amount by way of ante4 ,five cards are then dealt to each player1 with an extra hand1 known as the widow4 ,the elder hand may either play his own hand1 pass1 or take the widow4 ,if he adopts either of the former alternatives1 the next player has a similar option1 and so on till some one elects to take the widow4 ,he takes the spare hand1 and lays his own on the table face upwards4 ,the next in order is entitled to take in either of the exposed cards1 discarding in its place one of his own1 which is added to the remaining four on the table4 ,the next player has a like choice1 and so on round and round1 till some player is content with his hand1 which he signifies by a knock on the table4 ,each of the other players may still make one more exchange1 after which the cards are exposed1 and the best hand takes the pool4 ,should any player knock before the widow is taken1 the five cards are turned up1 and each player 7other than the one who knocked7 has one draw from them4 ,should the round of the table have #acf been made without any one taking the widow1 the five cards are turned up1 and the players draw from them in rotation until some one expresses himself content4 ,there is in this case no raising or betting on the hands1 the stakes consisting solely of the amount originally placed in the pool4 ,,mistigris4 ,this is a variation which may be introduced into any version of ,poker4 ,mistigris is the blank card usually sold with a pack to show its pattern4 ,this is shuffled with the rest1 and the fortunate player to whom it falls is entitled to make it represent any suit and value he pleases4 ,thus if he has three sevens and mistigris1 mistigris will represent the missing seven1 and make him fours4 ,in conjunction with two pairs1 it makes the hand a full4 ,if the player has four hearts and mistigris1 he can claim a flush2 and should his four hearts be in sequence1 he is considered to hold a straight flush1 the mystic mistigris representing the particular card required to complete it4 ,,the ,,tiger4 ,the ,tiger consists of the lowest straight that can be made1 and reckons as one degree better than an ordinary straight4 ,it is a recent innovation1 and is wisely ignored by the majority of players4 99 99 99 99 99 #acg ,,pope ,,joan4 ,illustration3 ,pope ,joan ,board4 ,this was formerly a very favourite round game1 but of late years is rarely met with4 ,it is played with a pack of fifty-two cards1 from which the eight of diamonds 7for a reason which will presently appear7 has been removed1 and with a special board1 consisting of a circular tray revolving round a centre pillar1 and divided into eight compartments1 as shown in the illustration1 respectively marked #ach ,pope 7the nine of diamonds71 ,matrimony1 ,intrigue1 ,ace1 ,king1 ,queen1 ,knave and ,game4 ,matrimony signifies the combination in the same hand of king and queen of the trump suit2 ,intrigue that of knave and queen4 ,each player is provided with three or four dozen counters bearing an agreed value4 ,there is a preliminary deal round with faced cards1 and the player to whom the first knave falls becomes first dealer1 and has the privilege of dressing the board1 i4e4 of paying from his own store1 and distributing between the various divisions fifteen counters1 as under3 ,six to ,pope1 two to ,matrimony1 two to ,intrigue1 and one each to ,ace1 ,king1 ,queen1 ,knave and ,game4#dj ,the cards1 having been shuffled and cut1 are dealt round one by one1 but with an extra hand1 this last towards the centre of the table1 facing the dealer4 ,the last card of the pack is turned up to decide the trump suit4 ,should the turn-up be ,pope 7nine of diamonds71 or an ace1 king1 queen or knave1 the dealer is entitled to all the counters in the corresponding compartment of the board4 ,the player to the left of the dealer leads any card he pleases1 at the same time naming it4 ,we will suppose that such card is the three of diamonds4 ,the player who chances to hold the four thereupon plays and names it2 then the persons holding the five1 six and seven play them in like manner4 ,in any other suit it would be possible to continue with the eight1 but the eight of diamonds1 as we have stated1 is removed from the pack4 ,this makes the #aci seven what is called a stop1 i4e4 the run of that particular lead can be continued no further1 and the player of the seven is entitled to lead again4 ,but besides the permanent removal of the eight of diamonds1 it will be remembered that a certain number of cards were dealt as an extra hand4 ,we will suppose that such cards were the two1 five and nine of spades1 the six and ten of hearts1 the knave of diamonds1 and the king of clubs4 ,these being withdrawn from circulation make the cards immediately preceding them 7viz41 the ace1 four and eight of spades1 the five and nine of hearts1 the ten of diamonds1 and the queen of clubs7 stops also4#da ,as play proceeds other cards also will become stops1 by reason of the cards next following them having been already played4 ,thus1 in the case supposed1 of the three of diamonds being led1 the two of diamonds thenceforth becomes a stop1 and the holder should note the fact for his subsequent guidance4 ,all kings are necessarily stops1 as being the highest cards of their respective suits4 ,whenever1 in course of play1 the ace1 king1 queen or knave of the trump suit appears1 the holder is entitled to the counters in the corresponding compartment of the board4 ,should knave and queen1 or queen and king of trumps fall from the same hand1 the holder is entitled to the proceeds of ,intrigue or ,matrimony1 as the case may be4 ,any one playing ,pope is entitled to all the counters in the #adj corresponding division4 ,unless actually played1 the above cards have no value1 save that the holding of ,pope 7unplayed7 exempts the possessor from paying for any surplus cards as hereinafter mentioned4 ,the game proceeds as above described until some one of the players is out1 i4e4 has got rid of all his cards4 ,by so doing he becomes entitled to all the counters in the ,game compartment of the board1 and to receive in addition from each of the other players one counter for each card such player may have left in hand1 save that the holder of ,pope is exempt from payment4 ,if ,pope is played1 the exemption ceases4 ,the skill of the player will be shown in his keenness to note1 on the one hand1 which of the cards are or become stops1 and on the other1 what cards cannot be led to1 and which1 therefore1 it is expedient to get rid of as soon as possible4 ,at the outset1 the only known cards which cannot be led to are the four aces1 ,pope 7the removal of the eight of diamonds being purposely designed to place the nine in that position71 and the card next higher than the turn-up 7the next lower being a stop74 ,but the list increases as the game goes on4 ,if the nine of hearts is declared to be a stop by reason of the ten being in the surplus hand1 it is clear that the knave cannot be led to1 and must itself be led in order to get rid of it4 ,sequences are valuable1 inasmuch as they enable the player to get rid of two1 three or more cards simultaneously4 ,nearly1 but not quite1 as useful are alternate sequences1 as seven1 nine1 knave4 ,the lowest should1 of course1 be led4 ,whether the card proves to be a stop or not1 the leader can still #ada continue the sequence1 subject to the contingency of some other player going out with one of the intermediate cards4 ,a sequence or alternate sequence terminating with king forms a very strong lead4 ,next to these1 and to known stops1 the lower of two pretty close cards of the same suit 7as three and six1 three and seven1 or four and eight7 should be led2 especially if the higher is known or believed to be a stop4 ,after these the lowest card of the longest suit1 especially if an ace4 ,pope1 as we have seen1 can only be played when the holder has the lead2 and it is usually well1 therefore1 to play it at the first opportunity1 first1 however1 playing out any known stops4 ,the unclaimed counters in each compartment are left to accumulate4 ,in the case of ,matrimony and ,intrigue1 a whole evening may occasionally pass without the necessary combinations of cards being played from the same hand1 and these compartments therefore frequently become very rich4 ,the counters in ,pope1 or one or more of the ,ace1 ,king1 ,queen and ,knave compartments may in like manner be unclaimed during several rounds4 ,the best method of disposing of any such unclaimed counters at the close of the game is to deal a final round face upwards 7without the surplus hand72 the holders of ,pope1 and of the ace1 king1 queen and knave of the diamond suit 7which in this case is regarded as the trump suit7 being entitled to the counters in the corresponding compartments4 ,the holder of the queen takes1 in addition1 half the amount in ,matrimony and in ,intrigue1 the remaining halves going to the holders of the king and knave respectively4 99 99 99 99 99 #adb ,,solo ,,whist4 ,solo ,whist has features in common with both ,whist and ,napoleon1 and as both these games are described in the present volume1 it will only be necessary to briefly state the points of resemblance4 ,like ,whist1 it is played with the full pack of fifty-two cards1 which range in value from ace1 highest1 to deuce1 lowest2 the last or fifty-second card being turned up to fix the trump suit4 ,tricks are made as at ,whist1 and form the basis of the score4 ,the affinity to ,napoleon is traceable in the various calls that the players make1 and in the further fact that every hand is a separate game1 upon which stakes are won and lost4 ,solo ,whist1 however1 possesses special features of its own--viz41 that the partnerships or combinations are always changing round after round1 and that there is a special call named ,misere1#db which is a declaration to lose the whole of the thirteen tricks4 ,,description ,,of ,,the ,,game4 ,the objects of ,solo ,whist are--to make eight tricks out of the thirteen in conjunction with a partner2 #adc to make five or nine tricks out of your own hand against the other three players in combination2 or to play your own hand so as to avoid taking a trick1 however strenuously your three adversaries may endeavour to force you to do so4 ,the cards are dealt round to the four players1 three cards at a time1 until there are only four remaining4 ,then these are dealt singly1 the last card being turned up as the trump1 and being the property of the dealer4 ,the eldest hand1 i4e4 the player on the dealer's left1 has the first call4 ,he can propose1 i4e4 ask for a partner with the object of making with that partner eight of the thirteen tricks2 he can call a solo1 which is a declaration to make five of the thirteen tricks without having a partner2 he can declare misere1 i4e4 to lose all the thirteen tricks--in this phase of the game all the four suits are equal1 the trump suit being annulled2 or he can call abondance1 when1 making whatever suit he likes trumps1 and declaring the suit before the first card is led1 he endeavours to make nine tricks out of the thirteen4 ,the call of abondance is1 however1 superseded by any other player declaring to make abondance in trumps1 i4e4 with the trump suit as it stands4 ,further than this1 he may call an open misere1 or misere ouverte1 thereby undertaking not only to lose all the thirteen tricks1 but to expose his own cards on the table as soon as the first trick is played to and turned4 ,or--the supreme call of all--he may announce his intention of taking the whole thirteen tricks by saying1 ,abondance declaree4 ,in this case as in the simple abondance1 he names his own trump suit1 and in the case of this declaration1 and this only1 he leads1 wherever he may chance to sit1 the #add original lead to the first trick in all other cases coming from the eldest hand4 ,there are thus six things the eldest hand may do after he has examined his cards1 and in showing what the eldest hand can do we have explained what the various calls are4 ,recapitulating them in due order of value1 they are--proposition and acceptance when two players 7wherever they sit71 undertake to make eight of the thirteen tricks against the other two in partnership2 a solo1 where the caller to win must take five tricks at least1 the suit originally turned up being trumps2 the misere1 the abondance1 and the two exceptional calls1 which have already been sufficiently described4 ,the eldest hand may not1 however1 have cards that would justify his attempting either of the things specified4 ,in that case he says1 ,i pass2 and here it may be observed that1 in the case of the eldest hand1 and to the eldest hand only who has passed1 there is extended the privilege of accepting a proposition made by the second1 third1 or fourth players1 such proposition1 of course1 not having been previously accepted or superseded by a higher call4 ,the second hand1 whose turn it now is to declare1 may accept a proposal if one has been made1 may propose if the eldest hand has passed1 or may make any better call than the eldest hand has made4 ,of course1 an inferior call is nugatory1 i4e4 a player cannot call a solo if a previous hand has called a misere4 ,the higher call always supersedes the lower one1 but a player1 having once called1 can1 if he is over-called1 increase his call up to the highest limit--the abondance declaree4 ,the third hand can accept a proposition if one #ade has been made and has not been accepted or superseded1 can propose if no proposition or higher call has been made1 or can make any call superior to those previously declared4 ,the fourth player--the dealer--may accept a proposition coming from any quarter under the previously announced stipulations2 or he may propose1 in which case only the eldest hand can accept2 or he may make an independent call1 provided it is better than any preceding call4 ,the matter may be thus illustrated3 suppose the eldest hand passes1 the second proposes1 the third and fourth pass1 and the eldest hand accepts1 then--calling them ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d1 according to their order at table--,a1 ,b would be partners against ,c1 ,d1 and would be obliged to make eight of the thirteen tricks4 ,they would occupy their original seats and play in their proper order1 ,b following ,a to the first trick1 and the regular progression from left to right being observed all through the hand4 ,again we will suppose that ,a proposed1 ,b passed1 ,c called misere1 and the fourth player 7,d7 called an abondance4 ,the calls of ,a and ,c would be superseded1 unless1 indeed1 ,a should call an abondance in trumps1 which would supersede the abondance of ,d in a plain suit2 or ,c should call a misere ouverte1 which would supersede the other calls2 though ,d would still have the option1 if his hand were strong enough to justify it1 of making the supreme call of abondance declaree4 ,we will assume that ,d's call of abondance was left unchallenged1 and in that case he would then1 but not before1 announce the suit that he made trumps1 and ,a1 the player on his left1 would lead out for the first trick4 ,a1 ,b1 and ,c playing together #adf in concert1 but not1 of course1 being allowed to see each other's cards1 or in any way to acquaint each other with the cards held1 except by the legitimate and proper means afforded by the play of the hand4 ,d's object is now to make nine tricks unaided1 and the aim of his opponents is to score more than four tricks between them4 ,sometimes1 indeed1 an abondance1 like a solo or a proposition1 succeeds with two or three tricks to spare4 ,these are called over tricks1 and are paid for according to an agreed-upon scale4 ,on the other hand1 any tricks short of the number required by the caller are known as under tricks1 and are paid for by the caller in the manner we will shortly describe4 ,before passing to other matters1 it is necessary to draw attention to some important facts to be impressed upon the memory3 7#a7 that no player1 after having passed1 can make an independent call or a proposition2 7#b7 that only the eldest hand can accept a proposition after having once passed2 7#c7 that a superior call always annuls and supersedes a call of inferior value2 and 7#d7 that a player having once made a call1 may increase it to anything up to the supreme call4 ,it should be understood that a caller1 in increasing his declaration1 can make any higher call he chooses4 ,thus1 should he propose1 or even accept1 and be overcalled by a solo1 he would be at liberty to at once call an abondance declaree1 and skip all the declarations of intermediate value4 ,in the case of all the players passing1 the cards are thrown up1 and there is a fresh deal by the next player in rotation4 ,it is sometimes arranged1 however1 rather than throw up a hand that has been #adg dealt1 to play what is called a general misere4 ,this is very simple in its form1 but by no means so easy to play as it appears to be4 ,there are no trumps4 ,the tricks are led and followed to in the usual way1 and the player who takes the last or thirteenth trick pays an agreed stake1 equal as a rule to the stake of a solo1 to each of his adversaries4 ,generally speaking1 the big cards are thrown away1 but it is often necessary to keep one or more leading cards to force through a suit in which you may be dangerous4 ,,the ,,stakes4 ,these are proportioned to the value of the calls2 that is to say1 they progress from low to high1 just as the various calls progress from low to high4 ,it is customary1 and distinctly advisable1 to play ,solo ,whist for small regular stakes4 ,one form of the game is known as six1 twelve1 and eighteen4 ,this means that propositions and solos are paid for at #f;d4 each1 miseres at #as41 and abondances at #as4 #f;d4 ,the proposition and acceptance being played and succeeding1 the partners receive #f;d4 each if they make eight tricks1 and #a;d4 each for every trick over eight4 ,if they1 however1 make a slam1 that is to say1 get the whole thirteen tricks1 they would receive #as4 #d;d41 that is1 double for the over-tricks--five over-tricks at #b;d4 each #aj;d41 and #f;d4 for the original declaration4 ,should they fail to make eight tricks1 they pay their opponents #f;d4 each1 and #a;d4 for each under-trick1 that is1 every trick under eight4 ,it will be seen that they can each win the #f;d4 exactly1 but if they lose they must lose #g;d4 each1 or more4 ,it is #adh quite understood that1 in the case of a proposition and acceptance1 each partner only receives or pays once--that is1 suppose ,a and ,b are playing against ,c and ,d1 ,a pays to or receives from ,c1 and ,b pays to or receives from ,d4 ,this proposition is the only joint call1 all other phases of the game being individual calls1 in which one player1 the declaring hand1 pits himself against the other three4 ,in these cases1 therefore1 the stakes are paid to or by every one of the three adversaries4 ,the lowest of the individual calls1 the solo1 would therefore earn him who made it #as4 #f;d41 or more--that is1 the three sixpences1 with over-tricks or not1 as the case might be2 and in the event of his failing to make five tricks1 it would cost him #as4 #i;d41 or more1 that is1 three sixpences1 with #c;d4 7or more7 for the under-tricks4 ,the misere costs #as41 neither more nor less1 therefore the caller risks losing #cs4 in calling misere4 ,if he makes the declaration1 he receives #as4 from each of the others2 if he fails1 he pays #as4 each4 ,there are in this case no over or under-tricks1 the misere having to be played right out to win1 and being defeated directly the caller has to take a trick4 ,next in importance comes the abondance1 in which the stake is #as4 #f;d41 and it is not uncommon here to double the value of the over-tricks1 but not of the under-tricks4 ,this must be a matter of arrangement4 ,a player making ten tricks would1 with double over-tricks1 receive #as4 #h;d4 from each1 and1 if he only made eight tricks1 would pay #as4 #g;d4 each4 ,an abondance in trumps is of the same money value as another abondance1 though the trump call supersedes the call in plain suits4 ,with #adi it we reach the limit of ordinary calls2 but it should be said that the misere ouverte is double the price of the ordinary misere1 and the abondance declaree double the price of the ordinary abondance4 ,there are no under-tricks at the call of an abondance declaree1 as the caller is beaten directly he loses a trick4 ,you can make the stakes whatever you like1 only it is well to preserve the proportions just laid down4 ,thus you can have propositions and solos #a;d41 miseres #b;d41 and abondances #c;d42 or you can make them #as41 #bs41 and #cs4 respectively1 with #c;d4 each for over-tricks4 ,we need scarcely say that you can substitute sovereigns for shillings1 but not to the advantage of the game in general company4 ,a ,,digest ,,of ,,the ,,laws4 ,solo ,whist is not yet fortunate enough to possess an established code of laws having universal authority4 ,probably the best and fullest rules for the game are those given in ,how to ,play ,solo ,whist1 by ,abraham ,s4 ,wilks and ,charles ,f4 ,pardon 7,chatto and ,windus74 ,we append1 however1 an epitome of their more important provisions4 ,the cards must be shuffled by the player on the dealer's left2 the dealer may then shuffle if he likes1 and the pack is cut by the player to the right of the dealer4 ,a fresh deal is necessary if a card is exposed or faced in the pack1 or if there is a misdeal4 ,this new deal is by the same player1 and there is no penalty4 #aej ,the trump card must be left exposed on the table until after the first trick is turned and quitted1 but the dealer may play it to the first trick if he can legally do so4 ,when the trump card has been taken up1 it must not be named1 although--except when a misere is being played--any one may ask1 and must be told1 what is the trump suit4 ,there is no penalty if the caller of a solo1 misere1 or abondance exposes any or all of his cards1 the exposure being in this case to his own disadvantage4 ,there are1 however1 penalties if any one playing against a single caller1 or for or against a proposition1 exposes any of his cards4 ,if a card is exposed by one of the adversaries of a misere or misere ouverte1 the misere-caller can immediately claim the stakes1 and is regarded as having won the declaration1 the stakes being paid by the offender for himself and his partners4 ,the misere-caller can enforce the same penalty if a card is led out of turn against him1 or if a revoke is made against him1 or1 indeed1 if any one follows suit out of turn4 ,it should be said that an exposed card is a card that is placed face upwards on the table1 or the face of which can be seen by any of the players except him to whom the card belongs4 ,the aggrieved party can demand that the card be played or not be played1 i4e4 he can say1 ,follow suit or play the ---- 7naming the exposed card71 and this demand can be repeated as long as the exposed card remains unplayed4 ,if the exposed card is a trump1 and trumps are not led1 the adversary may say1 ,follow suit or pass the trick1 when the holder of the #aea exposed card must not trump1 but must renounce a card of another suit if he cannot follow4 ,the offender cannot be prevented from throwing away an exposed card if he has not a card of the led suit1 or from leading it when it is his turn to lead1 except against a solo or abondance1 when he may be repeatedly prohibited from leading it4 ,when the suit exposed is led by some one other than the offender1 the adversary may say to him who exposed the card1 ,play--or ,don't--play that card2 or he can make him play either the highest or lowest of his suit to the lead4 ,a suit cannot be called for exposing a card2 the penalty known as calling a suit is exacted when a man leads out of his turn4 ,if a player does lead out of his turn1 the card may be treated as an exposed card by the adversaries if they choose1 or they may call a suit from either the man who exposed the card or his partner when next either of them has to lead2 and any such demand must be complied with1 under penalty of a revoke4 ,in exacting any of these penalties1 the partners against whom the offence has been committed may decide which of them shall exact the penalty1 but must not consult1 save in the case of a revoke1 as to what that penalty shall be4 ,where a man follows suit out of turn1 i4e4 plays before one of his partner who ought to have played before him1 that partner can be compelled to play his highest or lowest of the suit1 or to trump or not to trump at the adversaries' option4 ,if all the four men have played to the trick before any irregularity is discovered1 there is no #aeb penalty4 ,this1 however1 does not apply to a revoke4 ,now1 as to revokes4 ,no revoking player or partnership can win a declaration4 ,the penalty for every revoke is the loss of three tricks from the score of the revoking side4 ,a revoke is established when the trick containing it is turned and quitted1 i4e4 is covered up and turned over1 and the hand has left it4 ,the offender or his partner leading1 or following the lead1 to the succeeding trick1 also establishes a revoke4 ,if1 after the three tricks for a revoke are taken from the score of the offending side1 he or they still have enough tricks to win the declaration1 then he simply loses the declaration--i4e4 supposing a solo-caller revokes1 and he has made eight or nine tricks1 he would1 after the penalty was paid1 have made enough to win the solo4 ,he then only pays #f;d41 at the stakes which we have been explaining1 to each of his opponents4 ,if1 however1 the forfeiture of the tricks brings the offender's number down below the score required by the declaration1 then for each trick short the agreed-upon price of an under-trick must also be paid4 ,the actual offender pays the stakes in all cases of a revoke1 except in the instance of a proposer and acceptor1 who1 being voluntary partners1 pay the fine between them4 ,if a revoke is suspected1 those who wish it may1 at the close of the hand1 examine all the tricks for proof of their assertion2 and if the other side do not allow this examination to be properly made1 the revoke is established4 #aec ,it is essential1 after a misere is defeated1 that the opposing hands be instantly exposed to prove that no revoke has been made4 ,in case of a revoke on both sides1 the deal is void4 ,in order to prevent revokes as far as possible1 the rule should be stringently observed of calling a player's attention to the fact that he renounces upon or trumps a led suit4 ,the general question is1 ,you have no spade1 partner8 or whatever the suit may be to which he has not followed4 ,these remarks do not apply to a misere1 because in the case of that declaration an exposed card is as fatal as a revoke itself4 ,if one man proposes1 and another man1 not hearing or not noticing1 also says1 ,i propose1 the second declaration cannot be amended to an acceptance1 but any other player may accept1 or the original proposer may amend his call to anything better4 ,in the same way1 a player may call one thing when he intends something else4 ,if he correct himself instantly1 it is courteous to let the change be made2 but he cannot claim this indulgence4 ,what we have said about improper calls applies with increased strength to improper remarks or suggestions4 ,as a general rule1 it may be said that any remark made conveying an unfair intimation to partners entitles the other side to throw up the cards and demand a fresh deal4 ,as at ,whist1 however1 a player may ask for the cards on the table to be placed when it is his turn to play1 just as he may ask to see the last trick1 or to know what suit are trumps4 ,this demand to #aed see the last trick holds good at all declarations except a misere4 ,a trick once turned in a misere must not be looked at or referred to2 but in the other phases of the game1 any player at the table1 whether it is his turn to play or not1 may ask to see the last trick1 and must be shown it1 but he can never see more than eight cards1 and if there are no cards on the table he can only see the last trick4 ,he can never see two tricks that have been turned4 ,should the cards be improperly divided1 the declaring hand or hands win the stakes if their own cards are correct1 and any person or partnership with the incorrect number of cards must1 whatever has happened1 lose the stake1 unless the error is discovered before the first call is announced4 ,a ,,few ,,maxims4 ,if you have to commence the game against a misere1 it is wise to lead from your shortest and weakest suit1 and to lead a medium card if you have one--such as six or seven--and certainly not to commence by leading a deuce1 unless1 indeed1 it is a single card1 and even then it is not always advisable4 ,against other declarations it is well to commence with your longest suit4 ,when you and your partner sit side by side1 you should never finesse in a lead coming from him if he be sitting on your right1 and if your partner and then an adversary have to play after you1 you should win the trick with the highest of a sequence2 i4e4 holding king1 queen1 put on the #aee king1 otherwise your partner will think the king is against you4 ,it is much better that your lead should be up to your partner than through him2 although1 should you be proposing and accepting1 the latter contingency should not prevent your leading trumps4 ,it is a general principle in propositions and acceptances that trumps should be used to draw trumps in order to establish plain suits4 ,never force your partner to trump if you are weak in trumps yourself4 ,if1 however1 a cross ruff looks probable1 go on with it1 and do not change to the more orthodox game4 ,except under extreme circumstances do not lead trumps against a solo call4 ,but if the caller refuses to lead trumps1 an adversary should1 if possible1 put the lead with the player on the caller's right1 to give him an opportunity of leading trumps through him4 ,as a general rule1 your discards should be from your weakest and shortest suits4 ,you should not1 however1 leave a king unguarded1 and it is dangerous to leave a queen only singly guarded4 ,with a long plain suit headed by ace1 king1 queen1 it is sometimes advisable to inform your partner of the fact by first discarding the ace4 ,in other cases1 your first discard should be from your weakest suit4 ,subsequent renounces convey no information1 as they may be from strength4 ,while returning your partner's suit is generally a wise thing to do1 you should be careful to act as far as possible upon the good old maxim of playing through the strong hand up to the weak one4 ,it it soon learned by experience that the safest #aef places in which to call are as first or last player1 while a long way the most dangerous place is when you are the second player4 ,many a second hand that seemed at first sight of almost commanding strength has been cut up by a clever or lucky initial lead4 ,there are two varieties of the game that must be just mentioned before dismissing the subject4 ,these are ,solo ,whist for five players1 and ,solo ,whist for three players4 ,where the table consists of five1 one man stands out every round1 the person chosen being he who sits to the dealer's right4 ,the person standing out neither pays nor receives on that round4 ,solo ,whist for three players is not quite so simple4 ,there is in this no proposal and acceptance1 the solo being the lowest call4 ,there are two very good ways of playing1 the best being to throw out the twos1 threes1 and fours from the various suits1 and to turn up the fortieth card as trump1 but not regarding that card as belonging to any individual4 ,the tricks1 of course1 consist of three cards each4 ,the other plan is to play with three suits only1 leaving the fourth suit out altogether4 ,the former method1 however1 makes the more scientific game4#dc 99 99 99 99 99 #aeg ,,vingt-,,un4 ,vingt-,un derives its name from the fact that each player aims at making1 by the cards he holds1 twenty-one4 ,any number may play4 ,the full pack of fifty-two cards is used4 ,after they have been duly shuffled and cut1 the dealer#dd distributes one card1 face downwards1 to each of the other players 7whom we will call the punters71 and one to himself4 ,the punters look at their cards1 and each places on1 or beside his card1 the coin 7or counters representing coin7 he proposes to stake4 ,a maximum and minimum stake are usually fixed beforehand1 and a prudent player will make a practice of always #aeh staking1 according to the nature of his hand1 either the maximum or the minimum1 never an intermediate amount4 ,the reason of this is obvious4 ,with certain cards1#de say1 eight1 nine1 ten 7or a tenth card71 or ace1 the holder has the chances in his favour1 as a tenth card1 of which there are sixteen1 will give him a good hand4 ,with any other as his first card1 the chances are against him1 and he should therefore risk as little as possible4 ,the dealer also looks at his card1 and1 if he thinks fit1 says1 ,i double you1 or simply ,double1 the effect of his so doing being that he will receive or pay1 as the case may be1 double the stakes offered by the punters4 ,in deciding whether to double or not1 he has two points to consider1 viz4 7#a7 the fact of himself holding an exceptionally good card1 and 7#b7 the absence or rarity of high stakes among the punters1 indicating that their cards are not such as they feel safe in backing freely4 ,it must1 however1 be remembered that the dealer has the important advantage of receiving from ties1 also from all players who overdraw4 ,these two points make a considerable percentage in his favour4 ,with an ace1 tenth card1 nine1 or eight1 he should always double2 and the weighty authority of ,cavendish is in favour of his doubling with a seven1 or even a lower card4 ,in these latter cases1 however1 we think the amounts of the stakes should be taken into consideration1 as affording some gauge of the probable strength of the enemy4 ,all court cards at this game count ten2 an ace1 eleven or one1 at the option of the holder2 all other #aei cards according to the number of their pips4 ,differences of suit are not recognized4 ,the object of the game is1 as we have said1 to make twenty-one1 and this may be made either by the conjunction of an ace and a court or other tenth card1 called a natural1 or by three or more cards1 say a five1 six and ten2 ace1 five1 seven1 eight2 or ace1 seven1 three4 ,the ace is1 as will readily be perceived1 the most valuable card2 not merely from the fact that there are sixteen cards out of the fifty-two that will form a natural with it1 but from the fact that 7counting as eleven or one at pleasure71 it gives the holder a double chance of making a winning number4 ,the stakes having been made1 and the dealer having decided whether to double or not 7in the latter case1 silence is a sufficient negative71 he deals a second round of cards1 still face downwards4 ,each player again looks at his cards4 ,if those of the dealer form a natural1 he turns them up1 and receives from each player double the amount of his stake1 or1 if he has doubled1 quadruple4#df 7,the proportionate increase in the latter case will henceforth be taken for granted47 ,what cards the other players may hold is1 in this case immaterial1 save in the event of some one of them holding a second natural1 in which case the two cancel1 neither paying nor receiving4 ,we will now take the case of the dealer finding that his two cards do not constitute a natural4 #afj ,if there be any such among the punters1 the holder turns up his cards1 and receives double the amount of his stake4 ,to all other players1 beginning with the elder hand1 the dealer is bound to offer cards4 ,this he does by the interrogative1 ,do you stand8 or ,card8 ,the elder hand looks at his cards4 ,if he has sixteen points or more1 he will usually decide not to draw1 conveying his decision by the word1 ,stand1 or ,content4#dg ,if he has less than sixteen1 which is generally accepted as the average limit1 he will probably draw a card1 intimating his desire to do so1 by replying1 ,card1 ,please1 or ,yes4 ,he may now be in three different positions4 ,the card given him 7as where1 holding a six and an eight1 he has received a ten71 may make his total more than twenty-one4 ,in such case he is over1 and at once hands his stake to the dealer1 and throws his cards1 face downwards1 in the middle of the table1 where they are collected by the player to the right of the dealer1 known as the pone4#dh ,the dealer then asks the same question of the next player4 ,we will suppose that his hand consists of an ace and a two4 ,this1 according to the value put upon the ace1 will represent either three or thirteen4 ,thirteen is not good enough to stand upon1 and the player accordingly draws a card4 7,this third card1 and all following1 are dealt face upwards47 ,he receives1 say1 a second two1 making him fifteen4 ,not #afa caring to stand on this amount1 he draws another card1 and receives a seven1 making him twenty-two1 or twelve4 ,with twenty-two he would be over1 and with twelve he is worse off than when he started4 ,again he says1 ,card1 and receives1 say1 a three1 making him still only fifteen4 ,he draws again1 and this time receives1 we will suppose1 a five1 when he of course stands4 ,and so the game proceeds1 all who overdraw paying and throwing up their cards forthwith4 ,last comes the turn of the dealer himself4 ,if his cards are eighteen or upwards1 he will stand4 ,at seventeen1 he should usually stand4 ,at fifteen1 or sixteen1 it is an open question1 to be decided partly by the number of punters who may be still standing 7and who1 if numerous1 will probably have some low hands amongst them71 partly by his knowledge of the idiosyncrasies of his opponents1 and partly by the nature of the cards which have been drawn by the other players4 ,should he go over1 he pays all1 with the exception of those who1 having overdrawn1 have already paid up their stakes4 ,if otherwise1 he pays or receives as the cards of the punter1 or his own1 are nearest to the critical twenty-one4 ,should the cards of any punter amount to exactly twenty-one1 he will receive double the amount of his stake4 ,in like manner1 should the dealer's cards make exactly twenty-one points1 each of the punters pays double the amount of his stake4 ,in the event of ties 7twenty-ones included71 the punter pays the dealer4 ,it must1 however1 be remembered that a natural vingt-un always takes precedence over one made by drawing4 #afb ,should a punter1 on receiving his second card1 find that both are alike1 e4g4 two aces1 two kings1 or two queens1 he may1 if he pleases1 go on both4 ,in such case1 he places the second card parallel to the first1 at a few inches' distance1 and on it a separate stake1 of the same amount as staked on the first card4 ,when it becomes his turn to draw1 he says1 ,i go on both1 and the dealer then gives him another card1 face downwards1 on each4 ,the player then draws as he pleases to complete each hand1 but must finish the drawing on one1 before beginning on the other4 ,should the third card dealt be the same as the first two1 i4e4 a third ace1 king1 or queen1 he can go on all three in like manner4 ,likewise on a fourth1 should the first four be alike4 ,each hand pays or receives on its own merits1 as though belonging to an independent punter4 ,where the two first cards are aces1 it is a matter of course to go on both4 ,with a pair of tenth cards1 it is more prudent to stand4 ,two nines1 or two eights 7from the probability of a tenth card being dealt to one or both of them7 are favourable cards whereon to go double4 ,the occurrence of a natural in any hand but the dealer's usually terminates the deal4 ,by way of a sort of grace1 however1 it does not have this effect in the first round of a deal4 ,sometimes1 by agreement1 the deal is made to consist of a given number of rounds2 say1 till all the pack is exhausted1 or till two packs are exhausted1 the two being shuffled together4 ,where the first mentioned rule prevails1 the pone collects the cards thrown up at the end of each hand1 and shuffles them in readiness for the #afc use of the dealer1 but does not hand them to him till the first supply is exhausted4 ,should the dealer have gone right through the pack without the occurrence of a natural1 he throws the last card1 face upwards1 on the table1 and1 receiving the remade cards from the pone1 gives them a final shuffle1 offers them to be cut1 and proceeds as before4 ,in some circles the deal does not pass in rotation1 but the holder of a natural 7other than in the first round of a deal7 becomes thereby entitled to the next deal4 ,the practice1 however1 is a bad one1 for the deal being an advantage1 it is but fair that each should enjoy such advantage in turn4 ,there is no authoritative ,code of ,laws for ,vingt-,un4 ,a ,code which covers1 we believe1 all points as to which any difficulty is likely to arise will be found in ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games4 ,a slightly different ,code1 which has received the approval of the ,editors of the ,field and ,bell's ,life1 will be found in ,round ,games at ,cards1 by ,cavendish 7,de la ,rue and ,co474 ,,french ,,vingt-,,un4 ,the game which goes by the above name is a variation of ordinary ,vingt-,un4 ,the differences are as follow4 ,the deal lasts during eight rounds1 each played in a different way1 as under3 #a4--;,as ordinary ,vingt-,un4 #b4--7,known as ,imaginary ,tens47 ,each player stakes before receiving his card4 ,whatever the value of such card1 ten points are added to it1 and #afd the holder then decides1 according to the total thereby made1 whether to draw or otherwise4 ,the holder of an ace is considered to have a natural1 the holder of a tenth card to have twenty1 and so on4 #c4--7,known as ,blind ,vingt-,un47 ,each player1 having made his stake1 receives two cards1 but is not entitled to look at them4 ,he may1 if he pleases1 draw one or more cards1 but does so at haphazard4 #d4--7,known as ,sympathy and ,antipathy7 ,each player1 having made his stake1 is called upon to elect for ,sympathy or ,antipathy4 ,having made his election1 two cards are dealt to him4 ,if they are of the same colour1 ,sympathy is the winner2 if of different colours1 ,antipathy2 and the player receives or pays as he has chosen correctly or otherwise4 #e4--,rouge et ,noir4 ,the player1 having made his stake1 declares for black or red1 at his option4 ,the dealer gives him a card4 ,if it is of the colour named1 the player wins2 if otherwise1 he loses4 7,in some circles the dealer gives three cards to the punter1 two out of three deciding the winning colour74 #f4--,self and ,company4 ,the stakes having been made1 the dealer deals two cards1 face upwards1 one for himself1 and one for the company4 ,if they are alike1 he wins4 ,if not1 he continues to deal1 turning up the cards one by one1 face upwards1 before him1 until a card appears which pairs one or the other of the two first exposed4 ,if the card for self is first paired1 the dealer wins2 if that for company1 he loses4 #g4--;,differences4 ,two cards are dealt1 face upwards1 to each player1 and two to the dealer1 who pays all hands which are higher1 and receives from #afe all which are lower than his own1 at an agreed rate for each unit of difference4 ,ties cancel4 ,an ace in this case counts as one only4 #h4--,the ,clock4 ,the full pack having been duly shuffled and cut1 the dealer begins to deal the cards1 face upwards1 saying1 as he deals the first1 ,one1 as he deals the second1 ,two1 and so on up to king4 ,if at any point the card turned up accords with the number named1 e4g4 if the fourth card is a four1 or the tenth card a ten1 he wins an agreed stake from each of the company4 ,if he reaches thirteen without any card having responded to the call1 he pays a like amount to each player4 99 99 99 99 99 #aff ,,whist4 ,it is pretty safe to assume that every reader of these pages has some general knowledge of the game of ,whist1 though comparatively few may be conversant with the minutiae of ,whist practice4 ,whist is governed by an elaborate and carefully considered code of laws1 which is universally accepted by all ,english players4 ,in this instance1 therefore1 contrary to our usual course of procedure1 we shall begin by stating these laws1 which should be carefully studied1 as forming the best possible introduction to further instruction in the game4 ,,the ,,laws ,,of ,,whist4 7,reprinted1 by permission1 from the ,revised ,code1 #aijj47 ,,cards4 #a4--,two packs of cards are used1 one being used by each side4 #b4--;,a card or cards torn or marked must be either replaced by agreement1 or new cards called for at the expense of the table4 #c4--;,any player1 before the pack is cut for the deal1 may call for fresh cards on paying for them4 ,he must call for two new packs1 of which the dealer takes his choice4 #afg ,,cutting ,,or ,,drawing4 #d4--,the ace is the lowest card in cutting or drawing4 #e4--;,in all cases1 every one must cut or draw from the same pack4 #f4--,should a player expose or draw more than one card1 he must cut or draw again4 ,,formation ,,of ,,table4 #g4--7;a7 ,the candidates first in the room have the preference4 ,when there are more than six candidates1 and there is a doubt or question as to the preference of two or more of them1 they determine their preference by drawing4 ,those drawing the lower cards have the preference4 ,the table is complete with six players4 ,on the retirement of any of those six players1 the candidates who1 in the first draw1 drew the lowest cards have the prior right to enter the table4 7b7 ,if there are more than four players they all draw1 and the four who draw the lowest cards play first4 7c7 ,when two or more candidates or players draw cards of equal value they draw again1 if necessary1 to determine their precedence4 ,,partners4 #h4--,the four who play first again draw to decide on partners4 ,the two lowest play against the two highest4 ,the lowest is the dealer and has choice of cards and seats1 and1 having once made his selection1 must abide by it4 #afh #i4--,two players drawing cards of equal value1 which are not the two highest1 draw again4 ,if the equal cards are not the two lowest1 the higher in the new draw plays with the highest in the original draw2 if the equal cards are the two lowest1 the new draw decides who is to deal4#di #aj4--,three players drawing cards of equal value draw again2 should the fourth 7or remaining7 card be the highest in the original draw1 the two lowest of the new draw are partners1 the lower of those two the dealer2 should the fourth card be the lowest1 the two highest are partners1 the original lowest the dealer4#ej ,,cutting ,,out4 #aa4--;,at the end of a rubber1 should admission be claimed by any one1 or by two candidates1 he who has1 or they who have1 played a greater number of consecutive rubbers than the others is1 or are1 out2 but when two or more have played the same number1 they must1 when necessary1 cut or draw to decide upon the outgoers2 the highest are out4 #afi ,,entry ,,and ,,re-,,entry4 #ab4--;,a candidate wishing to enter a table must declare such intention prior to any of the players having drawn a card1 either for the purpose of commencing a fresh rubber or of cutting out4 #ab;a4--,any candidate may declare into any table that is not complete4 ,if he do so he shall have priority over any candidate who has not previously declared in4 #ac4--;,in the formation of fresh tables1 those candidates who have not played at any other table have the prior right of entry2 the others decide their right of admission by drawing4 #ad4--;,any one quitting a table prior to the conclusion of a rubber may1 with consent of the other three players1 appoint a substitute in his absence during that rubber4 #ae4--;,a player cutting into one table1 whilst belonging to another1 loses his prior right of re-entry into that latter1 and takes his chance of cutting in1 as if he were a fresh candidate1 and last in the room4 #af4--;,if any one break up a table1 the remaining players have the prior right to him of entry into any other1 and should there not be sufficient vacancies at such other table to admit all those candidates1 they settle their precedence by drawing4 ,,shuffling4 #ag4--;,after the selection of cards for the first deal has been made1 it is the duty of an adversary to shuffle the pack selected1 and of the player who is about to deal1 or of his partner1 to shuffle the other pack4 #agj #ah4--,the pack must neither be shuffled below the table1 nor so that the face of any card be seen4 #ai4--,the pack must not be shuffled during the play of the hand4 #bj4--;,a pack1 having been played with1 must not be shuffled by dealing it into packets4 #ba4--;,each player has a right to shuffle once only1 except as provided by ,law #bd1 prior to a deal1 after a false cut1#ea or prior to a new deal4#eb #bb4--,the dealer's partner must collect the cards for the ensuing deal1 and has the first right to shuffle that pack4 #bc4--;,each player1 after shuffling1 must place the cards1 properly collected and face downwards1 to the left of the player about to deal them4 #bd4--,the dealer has always the right to shuffle last4 ,should a card or cards be seen during his shuffling or whilst giving the pack to be cut1 he may be compelled to re-shuffle4 ,,the ,,deal4 #be4--,the deal commences with the player who cut the original lowest card1 the next deal falls to the player on his left1 and so on until the rubber is finished4 #bf4--,when the pack has been finally shuffled1 the player about to deal shall present it to the adversary on his right1 who shall cut it1 and1 in dividing it1 must not leave fewer than four cards in either packet2 if in cutting1 or in replacing one of the two packets on the other1 a card be exposed1#ec or if there be any confusion of the cards1 or a doubt as to the exact #aga place in which the pack was divided1 there must be a fresh cut4 #bg4--,when the player whose duty it is to cut has once separated the pack1 he cannot alter his intention2 he can neither re-shuffle nor re-cut the cards4 #bh4--,when the pack is cut1 should the dealer shuffle the cards1 he loses his deal4 #bi4--,there must be a new deal by the same dealer#ed-- ,i4 ,if1 during a deal1 or during the play of a hand1 the pack be proved incorrect or imperfect4 ,,ii4 ,if any card1 excepting the last1 be faced in the pack4 ,,iii4 ,if a player takes up another player's hand4 #cj4--;,if1 whilst dealing1 a card be exposed on or below the table by the dealer or his partner1 should neither of the adversaries have touched the cards1 the latter can claim a new deal2 a card exposed by either adversary gives that claim to the dealer1 provided that his partner has not touched a card2 if a new deal does not take place1 the exposed card cannot be called4 #ca4--;,if1 during dealing1 a player touch any of his cards1 the adversaries may do the same1 without losing their privilege of claiming a new deal1 should chance give them such option4 #cb4--;,if1 in dealing1 one of the cards be exposed1 and the dealer turn up the trump before there is reasonable time for his adversaries to decide as to a fresh deal1 they do not thereby lose their privilege4 #cc4--;,if a player1 whilst dealing1 look at the trump card1 his adversaries have a right to see it1 and either may exact a new deal4 #cd4--;,any one dealing out of turn1 or with the #agb adversary's cards1 may be stopped before the trump card is turned up1 after which the game must proceed as if no mistake had been made4 #ce4--;,a player can neither shuffle1 cut1 nor deal for his partner1 without the permission of his opponents4 #cf4--;,if the adversaries interrupt a dealer whilst dealing1 either by questioning the score or asserting that it is not his deal1 and fail to establish such claim1 should a misdeal occur1 he may deal again4 ,a ,,misdeal4 #cg4--;,it is a misdeal#ee-- ,i4 ,unless the cards are dealt into four packets1 one at a time in regular rotation1 beginning with the player to the dealer's left4 ,,ii4 ,should the dealer place the last 7which is called the trump7 card1 face downwards1 on his own or on any other packet4 ,,iii4 ,should the trump card not come in its regular order to the dealer2 but he does not lose his deal if the pack be proved imperfect4 ,,iv4 ,should a player have fourteen or more cards1 and any of the other three less than thirteen2#ef unless the excess has arisen through the act of an adversary1 in which case there must be a fresh deal4 ,v4 ,should the dealer touch1 for the purpose of counting1 the cards on the table or the remainder of the pack4 ,,vi4 ,should the dealer deal two cards at once1 or two cards to the same hand1 and then deal a third2 but if1 prior to dealing that third card1 the dealer can1 by altering the position of one card only1 rectify such error1 he may do so1 except as provided by the second paragraph of this ,law4 #agc ,,vii4 ,should the dealer omit to have the pack cut to him1 and his adversaries discover the error1 prior to the trump card being turned up1 and before looking at their cards1 but not after having done so4 #ch4--,should a player take his partner's deal1 and misdeal1 the latter is liable to the usual penalty1 and the adversary next in rotation to the player who ought to have dealt then deals4 #ci4--;,a misdeal loses the deal2#eg unless1 during the dealing1 either of the adversaries touch the cards prior to the dealer's partner having done so2 but should the latter have first interfered with the cards1 notwithstanding either or both of the adversaries have subsequently done the same1 the deal is lost4 #dj4--,should three players have their right number of cards--the fourth have less than thirteen1 and not discover such deficiency until the first trick has been turned and quitted1 the pack shall be assumed to be complete1 and the deal stands good2 and he will be answerable for any revoke he may have made1 in the same way as if the missing card or cards had been in his hand4 #da4--;,if a pack1 during or after a rubber1 be proved incorrect or imperfect1 such proof does not alter any past score1 game1 or rubber2 that hand in which the imperfection was detected is null and void 7except in the case of such deficiency as is provided for by ,law #dj72 the dealer deals again4 ,,the ,,trump ,,card4 #db4--,the dealer1 when it is his turn to play to the first trick1 should take the trump card into his hand2 if left on the table after the second trick be #agd turned and quitted1 it is liable to be called4#eh ,his partner may at any time remind him of the liability4 #dc4--;,after the dealer has taken the trump card into his hand1 it must not be asked for2 a player naming it at any time during the play of that hand1 is liable to have his highest or lowest trump called4 ,such call cannot be repeated4 ,any player may at any time inquire what the trump suit is4 #dd4--;,if the dealer take the trump card into his hand before it is his turn to play1 he may be desired to lay it on the table2 should he show a wrong card1 this card may be called1 as also a second1 a third1 c41 until the trump card be produced4 #de4--;,if the dealer declare himself unable to recollect the trump card1 his highest or lowest trump may be called at any time during that hand1 and1 unless it cause him to revoke1 must be played2 the call may be repeated1 but not changed 7i4e4 from highest to lowest1 or vice versa7 until such card is played4 ,,the ,,rubber4 #df4--,the rubber is the best of three games4 ,if the first two games be won by the same players1 the third game is not played4 ,,scoring4 #dg4--;,a game consists of five points4 ,each trick1 above six1 counts one point4 #dh4--;,honours1 i4e4 ,ace1 ,king1 ,queen1 and ,knave of trumps1 are thus reckoned3 #age ,if a player and his partner1 either separately or conjointly1 hold-- ,i4 ,the four honours1 they score four points4 ,,ii4 ,any three honours1 they score two points4 #di4--,those players who1 at the commencement of a deal1 are at the score of four1 cannot score honours4 #ej4--,the penalty for a revoke#ei takes precedence of all other scores4 ,tricks score next4 ,honours last4 #ea4--;,honours1 unless claimed before the trump card of the following deal is turned up1 cannot be scored4 #eb4--,to score honours is not sufficient2 they must be claimed at the end of the hand2 if so claimed1 they may be scored at any time during the game4 ,if the tricks won1 added to honours held1 suffice to make game1 it is sufficient to call game4 #ec4--,the winners gain-- ,i4 ,a treble1 or game of three points1 when their adversaries have not scored4 ,,ii4 ,a double1 or game of two points1 when their adversaries have scored one or two4 ,,iii4 ,a single1 or game of one point1 when their adversaries have scored three or four4 #ed4--,the winners of the rubber gain two points 7commonly called the rubber points7 in addition to the value of their games4 #ee4--,should the rubber have consisted of three games1 the value of the losers' game is deducted from the gross number of points gained by their opponents4 #ef4--;,if an erroneous score be proved1 such mistake can be corrected prior to the conclusion of the game in which it occurred1 and such game is not #agf concluded until the trump card of the following deal has been turned up4 #eg4--;,if an erroneous score1 affecting the value of the rubber1#fj be proved1 such mistake can be rectified at any time during the rubber4 ,,cards ,,liable ,,to ,,be ,,called4 #eh4--,the following are exposed cards3-- ,i4 ,two or more cards played at once1 face upwards4 ,,ii4 ,any card dropped with its face upwards1 in any way on or above the table1 even though snatched up so quickly that no one can name it4 ,,iii4 ,every card named by the player holding it4 #ei4--;,all exposed cards are liable to be called1 and must be left or placed face upwards on the table4 ,if two or more cards are played at once1 the adversaries have a right to call which they please to the trick in course of play1 and afterwards to call the remainder4 ,a card is not an exposed card1 under the preceding ,law1 when dropped on the floor1 or elsewhere below the table4 ,an adversary may not require any exposed card to be played before it is the turn of the owner of the card to play2 should he do so1 he loses his right to exact the penalty for that trick4 #fj4--;,if any one play to an imperfect trick the winning card on the table1 and then lead without waiting for his partner to play1 or lead one which is a winning card as against his adversaries1 and then lead again1 without waiting for his partner to play1 or play several such winning cards1 one after the other1 without waiting for his partner to play1 the latter may be called on to win1 if he can1 the first or any #agg other of those tricks1 and the subsequent cards thus improperly played are exposed cards4 #fa4--;,if a player or players 7not being all7 throw his or their cards on the table face upwards1 such cards are exposed1 and liable to be called1 each player's by the adversary2 but no player who retains his hand can be forced to abandon it4 #fb4--;,if all four players throw their cards on the table face upwards1 the hands are abandoned2 and no one can again take up his cards4 ,should this general exhibition show that the game might have been saved or won by the losers1 neither claim can be entertained unless a revoke be established4 ,the revoking players are then liable to the following penalties3 they cannot under any circumstances win the game by the result of that hand1 and the adversaries may add three to their score1 or deduct three from that of the revoking players1 for each revoke4 #fc4--;,if a card be detached from the rest of the hand1 which an adversary at once correctly names1 such card becomes an exposed card2 but should the adversary name a wrong card1 he is liable to have a suit called when he or his partner next have the lead4 #fd4--;,if any player lead out of turn1 his adversaries may either call the card erroneously led1 or may call a suit from him or his partner when it is next the turn of either of them to lead4 ,the penalty of calling a suit must be exacted from whichever of them next first obtains the lead4 ,it follows that if the player who leads out of turn is the partner of the person who ought to have led1 and a suit is called1 it must be called at once from the right leader4 ,if #agh he is allowed to play as he pleases1 the only penalty that remains is to call the card erroneously led4 ,the fact that the card erroneously led has been played without having been called1 does not deprive the adversaries of their right to call a suit4 ,if a suit is called1 the card erroneously led may be replaced in the owner's hand4 #fe4--;,if it is one player's lead1 and he and his partner lead simultaneously1 the penalty of calling the highest or lowest card of the suit properly led may be exacted from the player in error1 or the card simultaneously led may be treated as a card liable to be called4 #ff4--;,if any player lead out of turn1 and the other three have followed him1 the trick is complete1 and the error cannot be rectified2 but if only the second1 or the second and third1 have played to the false lead1 their cards1 on discovery of the mistake1 are taken back2 there is no penalty against any one1 excepting the original offender1 whose card may be called--or he1 or his partner 7whichever of them next first has the lead71 may be compelled to play any suit demanded by the adversaries4 #fg4--;,in no case can a player be compelled to play a card which would oblige him to revoke4 #fh4--,the call of a card may be repeated at every trick1 until such card has been played4 #fi4--;,if a player called on to lead a suit have none of it1 the penalty is paid4 ,,irregular ,,play4 #gj4--;,if the third hand play before the second1 the fourth hand may play before his partner4 #ga4--,should the third hand not have played1 and #agi the fourth play before his partner1 the latter may be called on to win or not to win the trick4 #gb4--;,if any one omit playing to a trick1 and such error be not discovered until he has played to the next1 the adversaries may claim a new deal2 should they decide that the deal stand good1 the surplus card at the end of the hand is considered to have been played to the imperfect trick1 but does not constitute a revoke therein4 #gc4--;,if any one play two cards to the same trick1 or mix his trump1 or other card1 with a trick to which it does not properly belong1 and the mistake be not discovered until the hand is played out1 he is answerable for all consequent revokes he may have made4#fa ,if1 during the play of the hand1 the error be detected1 the tricks may be counted face downwards1 in order to ascertain whether there be among them a card too many2 should this be the case they may be searched1 and the card restored2 the player is1 however1 liable for all revokes which he may have meanwhile made4 ,if no revoke has been made1 the card can be treated as an exposed card4 ,,the ,,revoke4 #gd4--;,it is a revoke when a player1 holding one or more cards of the suit led1 plays a card of a different suit4 #ge4--,the penalty for a revoke-- ,i4 ,is at the option of the adversaries1 who1 at the end of the hand1 may either take three tricks from the revoking player1 and add them to their own tricks1 or deduct three points from his score1 or add three to their own score 7the adversaries may consult as to which penalty they will exact72 #ahj ,,ii4 ,can be claimed for as many revokes as occur during the hand1 and a different penalty may be exacted for each revoke2 ,,iii4 ,is applicable only to the score of the game in which it occurs2 ,,iv4 ,cannot be divided1 i4e4 a player cannot add one or two to his own score1 and deduct one or two from the revoking player2 ,v4 ,takes precedence of every other score--e4g41 ,the claimants two--their opponents nothing--the former add three to their score--and thereby win a treble game1 even should the latter have made thirteen tricks1 and held four honours4 #gf4--;,if a player who has become liable to have the highest or lowest of a suit called1 or to win or not to win a trick 7when able to do so71 fail to play as desired1 or if a player1 when called on to lead one suit1 lead another1 having in his hand one or more cards of that suit demanded1 he incurs the penalty of a revoke4 #gg4--;,a revoke is established1 if the trick in which it occur be turned and quitted1 i4e41 the hand removed from that trick after it has been turned face downwards on the table--or if either the revoking player or his partner1 whether in his right turn or otherwise1 lead or play to the following trick4 ,throwing down the hand1 or claiming game1 constitute acts of play within the meaning of leading or playing to the following trick4 #gh4--;,a player may ask his partner whether he has not a card of the suit which he has renounced1 or whether he has played as desired or demanded2 should the question be asked before the trick is turned and quitted1 subsequent turning and quitting by the adversaries does not establish the revoke1 and the error may be corrected1 unless the question be answered in the negative1 or unless the revoking player or his partner have led or played to the #aha following trick2 but if the revoking player or his partner has turned the trick before the question is answered1 the revoke is established4 #gi4--;,at the end of a hand1 the claimants of a revoke may search all the tricks4#fb #hj4--;,if a player discover his error in time to save a revoke1 the adversaries1 whenever they think fit1 may call the card thus played in error1 or may require him to play his highest or lowest card to that trick in which he has renounced2--any player or players who have played after him may withdraw their cards and substitute others2 the cards withdrawn are not liable to be called4 #ha4--;,if a revoke be claimed1 and the accused player or his partner1 after such claim has been made1 mix the cards before they have been sufficiently examined by the adversaries1 the revoke is established4 ,prior to such claim1 the mixing of the cards renders the proof of a revoke difficult1 but does not prevent the claim1 and possible establishment1 of the penalty4 #hb4--;,a revoke cannot be claimed after the cards have been duly cut for the following deal4 #hc4--,the revoking player and his partner may under all circumstances1 require the hand in which the revoke has been detected to be played out4 #hd4--;,if a revoke occur1 be claimed and proved1 bets on the odd trick1 or on amount of score1 must be decided by the actual state of the latter1 after the penalty is paid4 #he4--,should the players on both sides subject themselves to the penalty of one or more revokes1 neither can win the game1 and the revokes cancel each other4 #ahb #hf4--;,in whatever way the penalty be enforced1 under no circumstances can a player win the game by the result of the hand during which he has revoked2 he cannot score more than four4 ,,exaction ,,of ,,penalties4 #hg4--,where a player and his partner have an option of exacting from their adversaries one of two penalties1 they must agree who is to make the election1 and must not consult with one another which of the two penalties it is advisable to exact2 if they do so consult1 they lose their right to demand any penalty2 and if either of them1 with or without consent of his partner1 demand a penalty to which he is entitled1 such decision is final4 ,this rule does not apply in exacting the penalties for a revoke2 partners have then a right to consult4 #hh4--;,any player demanding a penalty which is not authorised for the offence committed1 forfeits all right to exact any penalty for the offence in question4 ,,general ,,rules4 #hi4--;,any one during the play of a trick1 or after the four cards are played1 and before1 but not after1 they are touched for the purpose of gathering them together1 may demand that the cards be placed before their respective players4 #ij4--;,if any one1 prior to his partner playing1 should call attention to the trick--either by saying that it is his1 or by naming his card1 or1 without being required so to do1 by drawing it towards him--the adversaries may require that opponent's partner #ahc to play the highest or lowest of the suit then led1 or to win or not to win the trick4 #ia4--;,in all cases where a penalty has been incurred1 the offender is bound to give reasonable time for the decision of his adversaries4 #ib4--;,if a bystander make any remark1 before the stakes have been paid1 which calls the attention of a player or players to an oversight affecting the score1 he is liable to be called on1 by the players only1 to pay the stakes and all bets on that game or rubber4 #ic4--;,a bystander1 by agreement among the players1 may decide any question4 #id4--,when a trick has been turned and quitted1 it must not again be looked at until the hand has been played out1 except as provided by ,law #gc4 ,a violation of this ,law renders the offender1 or his partner1 liable to have a suit called when it is the next turn of either of them to lead4 ,,the ,,etiquette ,,of ,,whist4 ,the following rules belong to the established ,etiquette of ,whist4 ,they are not called ,laws1 as it is difficult1 in some cases impossible1 to apply any penalty to their infraction4 ,any one having the lead should not draw a second card out of his hand until his partner has played to the trick1 such act being a distinct intimation that the former has played a winning card4 ,no intimation whatever1 by word or gesture1 should be given by a player as to the state of his hand or of the game4 ,a player who desires the cards to be placed1 or #ahd who asks what the trump suit is1 should do it for his own information only1 and not in order to invite the attention of his partner4 ,no player should object to refer to a bystander1 who professes himself uninterested in the game and able to decide1 any disputed question of facts2 as to who played any particular card1 whether honours were claimed1 though not scored1 or vice versa1 c4 c4 ,it is unfair to revoke purposely4 ,having made a revoke1 a player is not justified in making a second in order to conceal the first4 ,until the players have made such bets as they wish1 bets should not be made with bystanders4 ,bystanders should make no remark2 neither should they1 by word or gesture1 give any intimation of the state of the game1 nor should they walk round the table to look at the different hands4 ,no one should look over the hand of a player against whom he is betting4 ,,dummy ,is played by three players4 ,one hand1 called ,dummy's1 lies exposed on the table4 ,the ,laws are the same as those of ,whist1 with the following exceptions3-- #a4 ,dummy deals at the commencement of each rubber4 #b4 ,dummy is not liable to the penalty for a revoke1 as his adversaries see his cards4 ,should he revoke1 and the error not be discovered until the trick is turned and quitted1 it stands good4 ,if ,dummy's partner revokes1 he is liable to the usual penalties4 #ahe #c4 ,there is no misdeal4 #d4 ,dummy being blind and deaf1 his partner is not liable to any penalty for an error whence he can gain no advantage4 ,thus he may expose some or all of his cards1 or declare that he has the game or trick1 c41 without incurring any penalty2 if1 however1 he lead from ,dummy's hand when he should lead from his own1 or vice versa1 a suit may be called from the hand which ought to have led4 ,,double ,,dummy ,is played by two players1 each having a ,dummy or exposed hand for his partner4 ,the ,laws of the game do not differ from those of ,dummy ,whist4 ,,how ,,to ,,learn ,,whist1 ,,and ,,to ,,become ,a ,,good ,,player4 ,whist is a game that has been played during so many years1 and has occupied the attention of so many clear-headed men1 that certain principles of play have been established from long experience1 as those best suited to gain success4 ,the first step towards becoming a good whist-player is to learn the leads2 then what to play second and third in hand4 ,these systems of play ought to be so thoroughly known that there is never a moment's hesitation as to the card to lead1 or the card to play second or third in hand4 ,the leads1 c41 are merely what we may term #ahf the mechanical portions of the game1 and do not require any reasoning on the part of the player4 ,they have already been reasoned out by long and continued investigation4 ,immediately other cards have been played by the adversaries and the partner1 then reason and judgment come in1 so as to draw inferences from the cards played by each individual4 ,the object of a lead is--first1 to secure tricks2 secondly1 to give your partner as much information as is desirable of the cards which you possess in the suit you have led4 ,you may give him a very fair idea of the numerical strength or of the actual strength in high or court cards4 ,it is always correct to assume that a partner1 if even a moderately good player1 leads from his strongest suit4 ,then comes the question1 ,of what does this suit consist8 ,by the card led1 an approximate idea is conveyed4 ,by the cards played by the other players compared with those held in one's own hand1 a more accurate opinion may be formed4 ,a second round of the same suit often indicates exactly the cards held by the original leader4 ,such a conclusion1 however1 could be formed only when the original leader is a whist-player1 and is not one of those persons who lead at random1 according as their fancy at the time impels them4 ,in considering the lead1 the selection1 as a general rule1 should be from the strongest suit1 and the strongest suit is that consisting of the greatest number of cards4 ,thus five spades1 consisting of knave1 nine1 eight1 four1 and two1 is a stronger suit than is another consisting of king1 queen1 and one small card4 ,what card to lead of the strong suit is the next question1 one object being to convey to the partner as much useful information as is possible4 ,two #ahg forms of lead now come under consideration1 viz41 first1 when the cards led are winning cards of the suit2 second1 when the cards led are not winning cards4 ,winning cards will first be spoken of4 ,suppose a player led the ace of clubs4 ,his partner would at once be justified in concluding that the original leader did not hold the king of that suit2 and if this ace were trumped by the fourth player1 the partner would place the king in the hand of the original second player4 ,if1 however1 the king had been led originally1 and had been similarly trumped1 it would be right to conclude that the ace was in the hand of the original leader4 ,again1 if the king of a suit were led1 and won the trick1 and the queen were led1 and also won1 the ace would be placed in the hand of the original leader4 ,if1 however1 the king had been led originally1 and followed by the ace1 then the queen would be placed by the leader's partner in the hand of one of the adversaries4 ,these simple cases serve to show the general principle on which leads should be made4 ,the first lead gives a preliminary indication2 the second lead reveals the whole or nearly the whole secret4 ,this being the case1 it is most remarkable to find that there are certain persons at the present time who claim to be reasonable1 and to play scientific ,whist1 who yet strongly object to any extension of the principles of leads beyond those to which they have been accustomed4 ,these objectors admit that to lead the king1 with ace1 king1 is correct play1 as the lead of the king indicates that the leader holds the ace also4 ,they stop1 however1 at a certain point1 and assert that to lead the penultimate from #ahh a suit of five1 an anti-penultimate from a suit of six1 to call for trumps1 or to echo to a partner's lead of trumps1 is like kicking your partner under the table4 ,why is it not like kicking your partner under the table to lead the king1 with ace1 king1 instead of leading the ace8 ,the cases are exactly similar1 and are based on the same principles of play4 ,the whist-player who wishes to hold his own with modern players must learn the modern leads4 ,these leads are based on reason1 and convey1 by each card1 intimation to an intelligent partner as regards the number and strength of the suit from which the card was originally led4 ,as one among many examples of the information conveyed by a lead1 the following may be given3-- ,my partner being a good player1 ,i conclude he leads from his strongest suit4 ,he is original leader1 and leads the seven of spades1 hearts being trumps4 ,in my hand there are the ace1 queen1 five1 and two of spades4 ,the second player plays the three2 ,i play the queen2 fourth player plays the six4 ,what do these cards mean8 ,my right adversary is not asking for trumps1 because asking for trumps is playing an unnecessarily high card 7as will be fully explained further on72 and the two of spades being in my own hand1 the three is the next lowest card4 ,the three may be a single card1 but single cards are the exception oftener than the rule4 ,having won with the queen1 ,i return the ace of spades4 ,the second player plays the eight1 my partner plays the four1 and the fourth player plays the ten4 #ahi ,by these two rounds of spades ,i have obtained a considerable amount of information4 ,my partner led the seven1 and his four dropped to my ace on the second round4 ,he therefore led the penultimate of a five suit2 and he holds three more spades which ,i can name--that is1 the king1 knave1 and nine4 ,neither of the adversaries holds another spade1 because1 as there are two more in my hand1 three more in my partner's1 and eight spades played1 the thirteen of the suit are accounted for4 ,to lead another spade1 therefore1 would be folly1 as one adversary would make a small trump1 and the other would discard a worthless card of another suit4 ,my partner also would know that--as the eight was played by one adversary1 and the ten by the other1 whilst he held king1 knave1 and nine--the two other spades were in my hand4 ,when1 then1 my partner obtained the lead1 he would avoid playing his king of spades1 unless all the trumps were out1 or he wished to force out the best trump4 ,a bad player distinguishes himself by not noticing such details as those given above1 and then1 by jumping at erroneous conclusions1 comes to utter grief4 ,a bad player would not perceive why a third round of spades was not led by his partner1 and would almost to a certainty imagine that it must be because his partner held no more4 ,at the very first opportunity1 therefore1 he would lead his king of spades1 and then discover that the second player trumped with the two1 and the fourth player discarded from another suit4 ,now1 how was this information obtained8 ,it was obtained by the original leader starting from a #aij penultimate1 or lowest card but one of a five suit4 ,if this original leader had led the lowest card his partner could not have obtained the information described above4 ,to lead1 therefore1 the correct card1 according to the number and strength of a suit1 is one of the first and most important items connected with ,whist4 ,in the most modern game of ,whist the number of conventional leads has been considerably increased2 and1 although only a few of the more advanced players practise these at the present time1 those who do so must be reckoned with4 ,it is1 therefore1 necessary for a player to ascertain the amount of knowledge of the game possessed and practised by his partner1 otherwise he may be giving information as to the cards in his hand which his partner fails to comprehend1 but which is at once understood by the adversaries4 ,if the chance be offered1 the game of the players who are playing should be watched1 so as to ascertain whether they are modern or old-fashioned players4 ,this fact can be discovered by noting the cards they lead4 ,when joining a rubber with strangers1 it is uncertain what style of game they play1 and the first hand is played under great disadvantage4 ,after two or three hands have been played1 a partner's strength or weakness ought to be correctly estimated4 ,if you find that your partner does not understand the scientific game1 it is worse than useless to attempt to play first-class ,whist with him4 ,he fails to perceive the information you give him1 or draws erroneous conclusions from such information1 and does the very thing he ought not to do4 ,with a bad partner and #aia strong adversaries1 it is more likely that success will be gained by playing incorrect cards than by playing those which1 with a good partner1 would have been played4 ,having thus1 we hope1 established the importance of the lead1 we proceed to discuss the subject in detail4 ,,leads4 ,in selecting a card for a first and original lead1 this card should be from the longest suit as a rule4 ,numerical strength is the kind of strength which is most to be considered4 ,thus a suit of five1 though headed by a ten1 is a better suit than one containing ace1 king1 and one small card4 ,when a suit is headed by high court cards1 the leads are different from those which should be adopted when the highest card in the suit is a ten or a single court card 7not the ace74 ,in the case of a long suit not headed by the ace1 and with only one court card1 the lead should be the fourth best card of the suit1 that is1 the fourth card counting from the top downwards4 ,when the suit from which a lead has to be selected is of three cards only1 the highest card of this suit should be led1 unless such highest card be ace1 king1 or queen2 then lead the smallest4 ,it frequently happens that the leader holds four small trumps1 and an honour1 say king or ace1 has been turned up to his right4 ,the original leader cannot lead from his numerically strongest suit1 which is trumps1 up to this honour2 he must therefore open a weak suit1 and he should select that in which he is strongest4 ,one of the first principles in leads is to lead through #aib the strong up to the weak4 ,at the first lead it is impossible to tell where the strength and where the weakness may be1 except in trumps when an honour is turned up4 ,after the first round of a suit1 a fair idea may be formed as to the position of the strength and weakness4 ,when the original leader possesses two or more honours in a suit1 the order in which these are led conveys important information to an intelligent partner4 ,the second lead of the same suit will in some cases indicate the number of cards in the suit1 from which the original card was played4 ,for example1 original leader plays knave of spades1 which wins the trick4 ,he follows with king of spades4 ,the leader's partner now knows 7see ,table of ,leads1 post7 that the original lead was from king1 queen1 knave1 and at least two small spades2 because leading knave1 then king1 shows five at least in the suit4 ,if the leader held only four spades1 he would have commenced with the king4 ,another piece of valuable information may be gained by the lead of the knave from king1 queen1 knave1 and two others1 which is as follows4 ,the leader's partner1 if a good player1 and holding the ace and one other spade only1 will take his partner's knave with the ace1 and will then return the small spade4 ,he plays this ace to unblock1 or get out of the way of his partner4 ,if1 however1 he does not play his ace on the knave1 but does play it on the king1 it may be assumed that he holds a third spade1 and played his ace to prevent blocking his partner's suit4 ,only a very feeble player1 with ace and one other1 would fail to play this ace on the original lead of knave4 #aic ,the leader will now know whether either adversary holds another spade4 ,if he led from six spades1 neither adversary holds a spade4 ,if he led from five1 one adversary may hold a spade1 unless his partner originally held four2 and1 from the cards that fell from his partner's hand1 he can tell whether three or four were originally held4 ,the partner knows that1 as he held1 say1 three originally1 and the original leader showed five1 one of the adversaries1 after two rounds of the suit1 cannot hold a spade4 ,this is one among numerous cases proving the advantage of informing a partner1 by the lead1 of the number of cards in the suit from which the original lead was made4 ,when the accepted leads are known and practised1 a game of ,whist proceeds like a well-oiled machine1 the intelligence being employed to take advantage of the information given4 ,when the leads are not known1 and incorrect cards are played1 there are perpetual catastrophes1 losses and surprises1 which usually culminate in losing a rubber which ought to have been won4 ,after the ,laws of the game have been learnt1 the next proceeding is to learn the leads4 ,no man can ever hope to be more than a very indifferent player who does not know the leads2 yet1 from a long ,whist experience1 it can be stated that at least one-third of those who have played the game of ,whist1 probably during twenty or more years1 have never become familiar with them4 ,the following ,table gives the original leads now adopted1 and the second lead3#fc-- #aid ---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ,holding1 in plain suits-- ,first ,second lead4 lead4 ---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ,ace1 king1 queen1 knave king knave ,ace1 king1 queen king queen ,ace1 king1 and others king ace ,ace1 king only ace king ,king1 queen1 knave1 with one king knave small one ,king1 queen1 knave1 and more knave king1 if five2 queen1 than one other if more than five ,ace and four or more small ace fourth best of those remaining ,king1 queen1 and others king if king wins1 fourth best of those remaining ,ace1 queen1 knave1 with or ace queen without one small one ,ace1 queen1 knave1 with two ace knave or more ,king1 knave1 ten1 nine nine king1 if ace or queen falls ,king1 knave1 ten ten ,queen1 knave1 ten1 nine queen nine ,queen1 knave and one small queen ,queen1 knave1 and two or fourth more best ,in trumps4 ,ace1 king1 queen1 knave knave queen ,ace1 king1 queen queen king ,ace1 king1 and five others king ace ,ace1 king1 and fewer than fourth five small best ---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ,these leads give the majority of cases that occur2 there are many other combinations of the cards1 but the general principle will be understood from those which have been given4 ,to deviate from these leads is to court disaster1 since random leads tend #aie to puzzle a good partner1 and to conceal from him the number and value of the cards in the leader's hand4 ,these leads refer primarily to the first lead of the suit only4 ,when a second lead of that suit is adopted1 the card to be played may depend on the cards which fell in the first round4 ,the first lead of a suit1 and the card to lead1 belong to the mere elementary routine of ,whist4 ,these leads require no skill and no reason4 ,they may be learned as the alphabet is learned1 and committed to memory4 ,to know them renders ,whist a much more easy game to play than if they are not known4 ,a player whose turn it is to open the game with the lead ought to know at once what card to lead4 ,if he has to consider whether he ought to commence with this1 that1 or the other card1 he too often plays the game from beginning to end in opposition to the well-established principles1 which have been proved to be those best adapted for gaining success4 ,,return ,,leads4 ,when returning a partner's lead1 the card to return him is the higher of two remaining1 the lowest of three or more remaining4 ,thus1 if you held originally ace1 knave1 and the three1 and your partner led this suit1 you should play the ace third in hand1 and return the knave4 ,if you held ace1 knave1 four1 and three1 you win with the ace1 and return the three4 ,it does not follow that you should return your partner's lead immediately4 ,you may wish him to abandon his suit1 and to play for one of your own4 #aif ,if so1 the correct card of this suit should be led1 so that your partner may be informed of the change of policy which you advocate4 ,if he has confidence in you1 he will then abandon his own suit and play for yours4 ,to return your partner's lead at once means that you have no better game of your own4 ,although1 as a general rule1 it is advisable to lead from a numerically strong suit1 yet to continue this suit when the partner is found to hold no high card in it is not winning play4 ,for example1 a player holds six diamonds1 headed by the nine2 one trump1 the five 7clubs72 three spades1 headed by the queen2 three hearts1 headed by the knave4 ,he leads the fourth best diamond2 his partner1 third in hand1 plays knave2 fourth hand wins with queen4 ,the original leader may now feel confident that both the ace and king of diamonds are against him2 if1 therefore1 he win a trick with the queen of spades1 it would be useless to lead another diamond1 unless he is anxious to force his partner1 which1 with one trump only1 would not be sound play4 ,,second ,,in ,,hand4 ,after the lead1 the card to play second in hand is the most important item in ,whist4 ,the card played second hand may be to protect your partner1 or to inform him of the remaining cards of the suit in your hand4 ,the play second hand in trumps is different from what is adopted with other suits1 for the obvious reason that other suits may be trumped4 ,the following ,table shows the cards to be played second hand3-- #aig ---------------------------------------- ----------------- ,holding-- ,card led4 ,play1 second hand4 ---------------------------------------- ----------------- ,ace1 king1 queen small queen ,ace1 king1 knave small king ,ace1 king1 and others small king ,ace1 queen1 ten1 c4 small queen ,ace1 queen1 ten1 c4 knave ace ,in trumps small ten ,ace1 queen1 and small small small ,ace1 knave1 ten1 c4 small small ,in trumps small ten ,ace and small small small ,king1 queen1 knave1 c4 small knave ,king1 queen1 c4 small queen ,queen1 knave1 ten1 c4 small ten ,queen1 knave1 and small small knave ,ace and small queen ace ,king and others small queen small ,king and one other small small ,queen and one other small small ,queen and one other knave or ten queen ---------------------------------------- ----------------- ,when a card is led by the original leader1 the second player ought at once to draw conclusions as to the other cards in the leader's hand4 ,for example1 original leader plays the two of clubs1 spades being trumps4 ,the first conclusion is1 that the two is the lowest of a four suit4 ,if it were a five suit1 the lowest card would not have been led4 ,it may be a three suit2 if so1 the leader probably holds four trumps1 but considers he is not strong enough to lead these4 ,if he held a four suit1 not trumps1 he would have commenced with the lowest of this four suit4 ,judging from the lead1 as to the value of the suit from which the original lead has been made1 is the result first of observation1 then of reason4 #aih ,in order to be able to derive all the advantages from observing the first card led1 a player should practise sorting his cards rapidly1 so as to have these ready before a card is led4 ,some players sort each suit separately1 and thus go over their cards four times1 and take more than twice as long to arrange their cards as would be required if the four suits were sorted simultaneously4 ,in consequence of this delay1 they are looking at the cards in their hand when they ought to be looking at those on the table2 they are so much occupied with the sorting of their cards whilst the game is being played1 that they cannot observe and draw conclusions from the cards which fall from each player's hand4 ,,what ,,to ,,play ,,third ,,hand4 ,the play of the third hand is much more simple than is that of the second4 ,the third hand should play his best card1 save under one or other of the three following conditions1 viz43-- #a4 ,that the second hand plays a card higher than any card held by the third hand2 the lowest card is then played4 #b4 ,if a sequence be held1 such as king1 queen1 knave2 queen1 knave2 ace1 king2 c41 then play the lowest or lower card of the sequence4 #c4 ,when a finesse is considered desirable4 ,it is a remarkable fact1 but no less a truth1 that many persons who have played the game of ,whist during several years do not seem to realise what a finesse is4 ,to finesse is to play a card1 not the best in the hand1 on the chance that the higher card which #aii might win the trick is on the right of the third player4 ,to take the most simple example1 we will assume that the king of spades is turned up to the right of the player ,a2 ,b1 who is ,a's partner1 obtains the lead1 and plays a spade4 ,z1 who was the dealer1 plays a small spade2 ,a1 third player1 plays the queen1 holding ace and queen of spades4 ,if ,a did not know that ,z held the king1 he ought yet to play the queen third in hand1 on the chance that ,z held the king2 this would be finessing the queen4 ,if1 however1 the king had not been turned to ,a's right1 and ,a led a small spade1 which ,b1 ,a's partner1 won with the knave1 then ,a would know that the king of this suit could not be in the hand of his right adversary2 and if his partner returned this suit1 ,a must play his ace1 third in hand1 not his queen4 ,to play his queen would not be a finesse1 but would be playing the queen to be taken by the king2 when1 perhaps1 his ace1 if the suit were other than trumps1 might be trumped in the third round4 ,when it is known that a certain high card cannot be in the hand of the right-hand adversary1 it is worse than useless to play as though it might be there4 ,finesses are of two kinds1 speculative and obligatory4 ,the finesse speculative is as follows3--,you hold ace1 queen2 or ace1 queen1 knave of a suit1 which your partner leads4 ,third in hand1 you play the queen1 if you hold ace1 queen2 or knave if you hold ace1 queen1 knave4 ,this play is adopted on the chance that the king is to your right1 and is therefore a speculation4 ,the finesse obligatory is as follows3--,you hold king1 ten1 seven1 and three of a suit1 and you lead #bjj the three2 your partner plays the queen1 and wins the trick1 and returns a small card of the suit4 ,from the fact of the queen winning1 you know the ace is not held by your right-hand adversary2 you also know your partner does not hold the knave4 ,when your partner returns a small card of the suit1 you know he does not hold the ace4 ,if both the ace and knave are to your left1 it matters not whether you play king or ten third in hand4 ,if1 however1 the knave be to your right1 your ten draws the ace1 and you remain with the king1 the best card of the suit4 ,hence you are obliged to play the ten third in hand in order to give yourself one chance--viz41 that the knave is to your right2 consequently1 this is called the finesse obligatory4 ,before a speculative finesse is attempted1 the state of the score should be considered2 if only one trick is required to win the game1 and you hold ace1 queen of a suit1 the ace should be played1 unless there is a certainty of this ace being trumped4 ,also a player should consider whether it is specially desirable that he obtain the lead1 when he has the chance of a finesse4 ,if the lead is important1 the finesse should not be made2 if the lead would be detrimental1 it should generally be attempted4 ,what a finesse really is should now be comprehended4 ,it is not merely playing the queen third in hand when holding ace1 queen1 but it is playing the queen on the chance that the king may be in the hand of the second player4 ,if the second player hold none of the suit1 no finesse can be made2 the ace must be played by the third player1 if second hand has not trumped4 ,it is curious how often bad players will commit the error of playing queen third #bja hand1 holding ace1 queen1 when the second player has failed to follow suit1 and has refused to trump4 ,,the ,,play ,,of ,,the ,,fourth ,,hand4 ,the fourth player has to win the trick if he can1 with the lowest card in his hand4 ,if he cannot win the trick1 he plays his most worthless card4 ,,whist ,,conventions4 ,from an examination of the leads1 it will be seen that one main object is to convey information to your partner4 ,the king is led before the ace1 so that your partner may fairly conclude that1 if the king wins the trick1 you hold the ace4 ,if1 after the king1 the queen be led1 he obtains an additional piece of information4 ,the science of ,whist is in great measure based on this principle of giving information to your partner by means of the cards you play4 ,among the conventions now universally adopted1 perhaps the most important is-- ,,the ,,call ,,for ,,trumps4 ,if a player be desirous to obtain a lead of trumps from his partner1 he can intimate such desire by playing an unnecessarily high card to a trick4 ,it must be distinctly understood that the play of an unnecessarily high card means a demand on the partner to lead a trump4 ,what1 then1 is an unnecessarily high card8 ,if a player1 second or fourth in hand1 play1 say a six1 and on the second round of the same suit play a #bjb two1 three1 four1 or five1 he has played an unnecessarily high card1 and has called for trumps4 ,if a player third in hand win with the ace1 return the king1 and then play a small card1 he has intimated1 by playing the ace1 that he wishes his partner to lead a trump1 the ace being an unnecessarily high card4 ,the play by the second hand of a high1 then a low1 card may not indicate that an unnecessarily high card had been first played4 ,for example1 second hand holds queen1 knave1 and two of a suit2 the three is led1 second hand plays knave1 and1 on the return of the suit1 plays the two4 ,some unreasoning partners would at once jump at the conclusion that this was a call for trumps1 because a high1 then a low1 card was played by their partner4 ,if the second player wished to call for trumps1 he would play his queen1 not the knave1 under the above conditions4 ,some partners are so dense in these matters that it is dangerous to play a protecting card second hand for fear they may assume this to be a call for trumps4 ,if one holds knave1 ten1 and a small card1 and the ten1 which is the correct card to play second hand1 be put on1 a bad partner will conclude1 when he sees the small card played in the next round1 that his partner must have asked for trumps1 because a ten1 then a small card had been played4 ,this erroneous conclusion is usually arrived at when the partner is only superficially acquainted with the card that ought to be played second hand4 ,the player who calls for trumps intimates to his partner that he is so strong that if trumps are led to him he is prepared to undertake all responsibility for the consequences4 ,to ignore such a signal is unjustifiable4 #bjc ,it is a serious step to call for trumps1 even with five trumps and two honours1 if the other suits are very weak4 ,when1 however1 the player holds one or two queens1 with such other cards in those suits as to render it probable that the queen may be trumped in the third round by one of the adversaries1 then a call may be allowable4 ,when calling for trumps1 the card selected with which to call should1 if possible1 be a middle card1 so that1 if necessary1 the call may be temporarily concealed4 ,for example1 suppose one holds the six1 five1 and four of diamonds1 and five or six trumps 7clubs71 and one is second player4 ,original leader starts with the diamond suit2 second player1 wishing to call1 should play the five1 not the six2 third hand plays queen2 partner drops ten4 ,ace of diamonds is returned2 partner drops knave1 and thus shows no more diamonds2 original caller may now1 with advantage1 conceal his call by playing the six4 ,when the original caller obtains the lead1 he may play his four1 thus allowing his partner to make a small trump1 and1 at the same time1 showing that the five which he originally played was a call4 ,,the ,,echo ,,to ,,the ,,call4 ,if partner has called for trumps1 and you are able to lead trumps to him1 lead the highest of three1 the lowest of four1 unless the ace be one of the four1 when lead the ace1 then the lowest4 ,if your partner lead winning trumps1 and you hold four1 play to his leads1 first1 the lowest but one1 then the lowest4 ,this shows four trumps at least4 ,also if1 before either you or your partner obtain the lead1 you have #bjd the chance of playing an unnecessarily high card which does not damage your hand1 do so1 if you hold four or more trumps and your partner has called4 ,if the adversaries either call or lead trumps1 then1 conceal the fact that you hold four4 ,it is even sometimes advisable1 if you know your partner is weak in trumps1 and the adversaries are leading trumps1 and you hold only three1 to play these as though you held four2 the strong hand may then draw his partner's last trump1 under the impression that you hold it4 ,such false-carding1 however1 should not be attempted until one has acquired proficiency in the game4 ,,discarding4 ,it is a most important matter to know what to discard1 when you hold none of the suit led1 and either cannot or do not think it desirable to trump4 ,the discard may be grouped under three heads3-- #a4 ,when trumps have not been led1 nor have been called for by either adversary4 ,then discard the lowest of the weakest suit4 #b4 ,when your partner has led trumps1 and you have to discard on a winning card of his1 throw away the lowest card of your weakest suit4 #c4 ,if the adversaries have either led trumps or have called for trumps1 throw away the lowest card of the strongest suit4 ,simple as this system of discarding really is1 and sound as it is1 some players never seem to comprehend it4 ,they will too often do the very opposite1 and will throw away from their strong suit when their partner has led trumps1 and from their weak suit when the adversaries have led trumps4 #bje ,when a player has had the original lead1 and has shown strength in one suit1 it is unnecessary that he tell his partner that he is strong in that suit by discarding from it when the adversaries have led trumps2 he may then discard from a weak suit1 unless he has to keep it guarded4 ,towards the end of a hand1 and when only four or five cards remain1 the discard is often of vital importance1 and should be carefully attended to by a partner4 ,attention may be called to the occasional advisability of discarding falsely1 when one has mastered the principles of the game4 ,such false discard may be understood by the following example4 ,suppose you hold ace1 queen1 and two small clubs and two small spades4 ,the adversaries have led trumps1 and your left-hand player has drawn the last trump from your partner4 ,according to rule1 you ought to discard a club1 to show your partner your strong suit4 ,as1 however1 your left adversary has the lead1 he would at once lead a spade up to your indicated weak suit4 ,you may therefore discard a spade1 in the hope that he may lead a club up to your ace1 queen4 ,,the ,,use ,,and ,,abuse ,,of ,,trumps4 ,the suit that is trumps is the most powerful suit of all4 ,a two of trumps will beat the ace of another suit4 ,consequently1 it is of the utmost importance that trumps be treated with the greatest respect4 ,as a general rule1 the original leader with a strong numerical hand of trumps should lead them1 six or even five trumps being numerical strength1 even though no honour is held4 ,if the original leader #bjf hold six trumps1 there are only seven others against him2 and if these be divided as they most generally will be1 viz4 two each in two hands and three in one other1 three rounds of trumps will extract all the trumps except the three remaining in the leader's hand2 in which case three certain tricks are held by the leader4 ,if one player hold six trumps1 it is probable that his partner holds a long suit 7not trumps72 and if trumps be extracted1 his partner may make several tricks in this long suit4 ,there is no fear of the adversaries doing so1 as the long suit would be trumped by the leader who held originally five or six trumps4 ,if1 on the contrary1 partner has no good cards1 a valuable score can hardly be made by any method of play4 ,therefore1 to lead trumps1 if strong in them1 is almost imperative1 although the leader may hold no winning card in any other suit4 ,if the partner only hold one trump1 which will be discovered in the second round1 it is advisable to continue leading a trump in order to draw two of the adversaries' trumps together1 and thus to prevent them from making these separately4 ,one of the great difficulties which players only partially acquainted with the game experience1 is when to trump or not to trump a doubtful card4 ,it has been laid down as a law not to trump a doubtful card if strong in trumps1 and many players will never trump a doubtful card if they hold only four small trumps1 as they seem to consider such a hand is strong4 ,it must be remembered that refusing to trump a doubtful card is in reality declining to make certain of a trick1 in exchange for a possibility that one's partner may hold the winning card of the suit4 ,if #bjg the adversary hold the winning card1 then a trick has been actually lost by declining to trump4 ,how1 then1 can the loss of this trick be recovered8 ,it may be recovered if the player who refused to trump is able to extract the adversaries' trumps1 and bring in one or more cards of a long suit1 a proceeding which he would have been unable to accomplish had he trumped the doubtful card4 ,also1 the player who refused to trump may get rid of a worthless card of some other suit1 which he may then be able to trump should the winning card of that suit be against him4 ,when1 however1 no card that is worthless can be thrown away1 and when strength in trumps has been indicated against him1 a player can with advantage trump a doubtful card1 even though he hold four trumps1 one of which is an honour4 ,another important item in connection with trumping a doubtful card is whether one desires the lead1 or does not wish for it4 ,if the lead would be disadvantageous1 then the doubtful card should not be trumped1 and vice versa4 ,when one's partner has either led or has called for trumps1 then the doubtful card should be trumped without hesitation1 and the best trump led to the partner's call or lead of trumps4 ,one very common and oft-repeated error of the bad player is to refuse to trump a winning card merely because he holds four trumps with one honour4 ,he will refuse to trump more than once1 and imagines he is playing a strong winning game by discarding one or more worthless cards of a short suit1 which he believes he will be able to trump when this suit is led4 #bjh ,with a hand of trumps not sufficiently strong to make certain of extracting all the trumps and remaining with the lead1 it is advisable to consider how many tricks are likely to be won by the trumps in one's own hand4 ,for example1 the trumps held are queen1 nine1 four1 and two4 ,it is not likely that more than one trump will make a trick1 and possibly not one4 ,we have the chance of trumping a doubtful card1 and we refuse to make even one of our trumps1 and throw away a certain trick if our partner does not hold the winning card of that suit4 ,if our partner does hold the winning card of the suit1 he may not be obliged to play it on our trump2 and it is no severe loss to make one trump out of four1 even if the partner does hold the winning card4 ,it cannot be too strongly impressed on the young player that the great object of ,whist is to win tricks1 and to refuse to win a trick when you can do so is to accept a dangerous responsibility4 ,,underplay4 ,one of the worst forms of bad play is to repeatedly change the suit1 and thus1 by continuing to make your partner third player1 to incur the risk of sacrificing the best cards of each suit that are in his hand4 ,instead1 therefore1 of leading a fresh suit in which you may be very weak1 it is frequently safer to return the adversaries' lead1 especially if it is evident that you can lead through the strong hand up to the weak4 ,in order to take full advantage of this lead1 what is termed underplay may be attempted4 ,as an example of underplay1 the following is given4 ,a1 original leader1 leads the two of spades1 thus indicating #bji most probably a four suit2 ,a1 it is evident by this lead1 does not hold king1 queen of the suit4 ,y1 the second player1 plays the three of spades2 ,b1 third player1 plays the nine2 and ,z1 fourth player1 holding ace1 ten1 and four of spades1 wins the trick with the ten4 ,z1 having no court card in the three remaining suits1 fears to lead any one of these4 ,z knows that he possesses the ace of spades1 but this fact is not known to ,a4 ,z then underplays by leading back the four of spades4 ,a1 who holds king1 knave1 eight1 plays knave second hand2 ,y wins with queen1 and now knows that his partner holds the ace1 for had ,a held the ace he would have played it second in hand4 ,y1 now having the lead1 can show his strong suit1 and may fairly assume that his partner has no good suit1 because1 had he been strong in any suit1 he would have led a card of it1 instead of at once resorting to underplay4 ,,false ,,cards4 ,false cards are played either in consequence of ignorance1 or for the purpose of deception4 ,a player who has never troubled himself to learn the leads is perpetually playing false cards1 and deceiving his partner4 ,thus1 with a suit of five headed by one honour 7not the ace71 a player who leads the lowest of this suit1 instead of the fourth best1 has led a false card1 and has1 according to ,whist rules1 told his partner a falsehood1 viz4 that he holds only four instead of five cards in this suit4 ,a player who holds ace1 king1 and queen of a suit1 and leads king then ace1 also tells his partner a #baj falsehood1 inasmuch as he makes the cards say3 ,i don't hold the queen of this suit4 ,false cards1 played deliberately1 are those which a player knows he ought not to play according to rule2 such1 for example1 as winning a trick with the ace when it could have been won with the king1 or playing the queen of a suit on an adversary's king when the knave was held4 ,the cases in which false cards can be played with advantage are rare1 but sometimes1 especially in trumps1 success may follow the play of a false card4 ,the following is an example3--,a holds ace1 king1 ten1 and eight of diamonds 7trumps74 ,when ,y1 the left-hand adversary1 obtains the lead1 he plays a small diamond2 ,z1 the right-hand adversary1 plays queen third in hand4 ,a may now win with ace1 thus stating1 in effect1 that he does not hold the king4 ,y may now conclude that his partner probably holds the king1 and1 on again obtaining the lead1 may play another diamond up to king1 ten1 eight1 when ,a is certain to make both king and ten4 ,,how ,,to ,,play ,,whist4 ,when a player has learnt the leads1 and what to play second and third in hand1 he can play a fairly intelligent game4 ,in the present day1 when there are so many ably written books on ,whist1 there is no excuse for an habitual whist-player remaining ignorant of such elementary matters as the leads4 ,the skill and general principles of the game may then be studied4 ,the following suggestions should at this stage be attended to3-- ,sort your hand as quickly as possible1 so as to be #baa able to form some idea of the style of game you ought to play before a single card is led4 ,remember that an average hand contains four court cards1 of honours1 one in each suit4 ,if these four court cards be four knaves1 the hand is below the average2 if four kings1 or two kings1 two queens1 and a knave1 it is about the average4 ,when the hand has been sorted1 and the adversary's score his been examined1 a player can estimate his chances 7or the certainty7 of saving the game4 ,if the adversaries have nothing scored towards the game1 and you hold ace1 king1 queen of trumps1 you know that you must win three tricks1 and nothing but a revoke can lose you the game4 ,a bolder game may then be attempted than would be advisable if you had not the saving of the game in your own hand4 ,it is always desirable to make certain of saving the game before you attempt to win it4 ,we frequently hear rash players remark1 ,i never dreamed it possible that we could lose the game2 if ,i had thought so ,i could have easily saved it4 ,the safer plan is to always think it possible to lose the game1 unless you have the saving of it in your own hand4 ,although it is correct play to lead from the longest numerical suit1 especially when strong in trumps1 it is most detrimental to continue to do so when very weak in trumps1 and when you have found1 by the card your partner has played third in hand1 that he has no winning or protecting card in that suit4 ,it frequently happens1 if this lead be repeated1 that one adversary holds the winning cards of the suit2 the other falls short1 and is consequently able to get rid of worthless cards on his partner's winning cards4 ,as we have already had occasion to remark1 and #bab the fact should be persistently borne in mind1 the great object at ,whist is to win tricks4 ,many inexperienced players1 who have superficially learnt certain rules1 seem to imagine that it is better to refuse to win tricks in order to convey information to a partner1 or to deceive one or both of the adversaries4 ,this proceeding is most commonly adopted when the unskilled player holds four small trumps1 and is not provided with a long suit1 and believes it to be good play to decline to trump a doubtful card second in hand4 ,with four small trumps1 it is more than probable that not one of these will win a trick except by trumping4 ,to refuse to trump a doubtful card indicates strength in trumps1 and this strength ought not to be less than five trumps1 with or without an honour or honours1 or four trumps with two honours4 ,,unblocking4 ,one of the most important results of the modern system of leading is that a player may know when to unblock his partner's suit2 that is1 to avoid being left with the winning card of a suit of which his partner holds the remainder4 ,the disasters that may result from not unblocking are of frequent occurrence with those players who either do not know the leads1 or are incompetent to grasp the situation4 ,the following is a simple example3-- ,y holds the ace1 knave1 #c of clubs1 and four losing cards in spades and hearts4 ,z 7,y's partner7 has extracted all the trumps 7diamonds71 and leads the king of clubs2 ,a follows suit with the #b1 ,y plays the #c1 ,b plays the #e4 ,z then leads the #d of clubs2 ,a plays the #i4 ,z1 #bac knowing from his partner's lead that the latter has the queen of clubs1 ought to perceive at once that1 as regards winning the trick1 his ace and knave are equal cards2 but that the former may obstruct ,y's other clubs1 whereas the latter cannot4 ,if ,z mechanically plays his lower card 7perhaps being even deluded by the belief that he is finessing671 he has successfully blocked his partner's suit2 because1 when he has played out his ace1 he must lead another suit1 and his partner1 who had king1 queen1 #aj1 #h1 #d of clubs1 and two small hearts1 can never get in again to make his two remaining clubs4 ,if ,y had won the second round of clubs with his ace1 and returned the knave1 ,z would have taken the knave with his queen1 and would then have won tricks with his ten and four4 ,consequently1 ,y and ,z would have won five tricks in clubs1 instead of only three2 ,y therefore1 by not unblocking his partner's suit1 lost two tricks in that one hand4 ,another form of not unblocking is the following3--,y leads the knave of spades1 which wins2 he then leads the king of the same suit4 ,z1 his partner1 held originally ace1 three1 and two of that suit4 ,when ,y leads the king after the knave1 ,z ought to know that his partner led originally from five spades headed by king1 queen1 knave4 ,it is therefore ,z's duty to play his ace on his partner's king1 and thus unblock his partner's suit4 ,z now knows that1 as his partner led originally from five spades1 and he held originally three1 making eight1 a third round of spades must be trumped by one of the adversaries4 ,y1 if he knows his partner to be a sound player1 will feel certain that his partner holds one more spade2 because1 had his partner held ace and only one other spade1 he would #bad have played the ace on the knave1 in order to unblock his partner's suit4 ,to be able to thus aid a partner1 the leads must be thoroughly known1 so that from a partner's original lead it may be fairly estimated what other cards of the suit he holds in his hand1 and when1 consequently1 it is desirable to unblock his suit4 ,,on ,,placing ,,the ,,lead4 ,the player who has to play last has an advantage over the other players4 ,if this last player hold the king and one other card of a suit1 he is certain to make a trick with the king1 unless it be trumped4 ,if this last player hold ace1 queen of a suit1 he is certain to make them both1 unless one or the other is trumped4 ,towards the end of a hand1 and when a fairly correct estimate may be formed of where certain cards are located1 it is of the utmost importance to place the lead either to the right or left1 according as you wish your partner or yourself to be led up to as last player4 ,some simple examples such as the following will illustrate these cases4 ,a player1 ,y1 holds the king and one other trump 7spades71 and one trick is required to win the game2 he holds also a winning heart4 ,his partner ,z plays a thirteenth diamond1 which is not trumped by the second player1 who discards a heart4 ,the ace and queen of spades are in hand somewhere1 and may both be held by an adversary4 ,y must therefore play his winning heart on the thirteenth diamond1 when the left adversary1 after trumping1 must lead up to the king of spades guarded1 when consequently the king must win a trick1 and the game4 ,simple #bae at this proceeding is1 bad players will frequently fail to grasp the situation1 and will indulge in vain imaginations1 such as that their partner has played this thirteenth card in order to ask for the best trump to be played on it4 ,or that the partner holds the ace of trumps1 and fears to play it out1 lest he might catch his partner's king1 not perceiving that1 if that is so1 the game is a certainty in any case4 ,such singular ideas are by no means uncommon with the bad player4 ,each time a player leads a fresh suit in which he is weak1 he is playing a dangerous game1 inasmuch as he is giving an adversary the advantage of being last player4 ,it is a common error of the bad player to change the suit at random1 when he finds his partner possesses little strength in the one originally led by him4 ,he thus continues to sacrifice his partner1 and loses trick after trick4 ,the following is an example from actual play4 ,a held queen1 eight1 five1 and two of spades1 ten1 eight1 and three of diamonds 7trumps71 knave1 eight1 five1 and two of clubs1 the six and four of hearts4 ,b1 his partner1 held king1 and two small spades1 king1 and two small diamonds 7trumps71 king1 and three small clubs1 king1 and two small hearts4 ,a led two of spades1 ,b played king third in hand1 which was captured by ace in the fourth 7,z's7 hand4 ,z returned a spade1 which ,a won with the queen4 ,a now led two of clubs1 ,b played king1 which was also captured by ,z with ace4 ,z returned a small club1 which ,y1 his partner1 won with queen4 ,y then led a small heart1 which ,z won with queen1 and returned ace1 then a small heart4 ,a trumped the small heart1 and ,b's king fell4 ,a1 after due #baf consideration1 now led one of his two remaining trumps4 ,b's king was captured by the ace2 and thus1 by his partner's changes of suit and trumping1 ,b1 with four kings1 did not win a trick with any one of them4 ,it is an old and well-known maxim1 that a player should be cautious how he changes suits4 ,if the adversaries hold the best cards of a suit1 they must make these1 and it is far better to let them do so by playing a third round of that suit1 and thus placing the lead in the hand of one of the adversaries1 than to open another suit in which no high card is held4 ,the following examples of placing the lead are useful1 and should be remembered1 because either exactly such cases or others which are very similar are perpetually recurring towards the end of a hand4 ,you hold the losing trump--one other in against you and to your left 7trumps being spades7--the ace1 queen of clubs1 the ace1 queen of hearts4 ,the king of clubs and the king of hearts are somewhere in the other three hands4 ,three tricks are required to win or save the game4 ,the diamonds are all out4 ,to make a certainty of winning three tricks1 play the losing trump2 you must then be led up to either in clubs1 or hearts1 and must win three tricks out of your own hand4 ,it is sometimes advisable to throw away what would be the best card in your hand in order to place the lead1 or at least to attempt to place it4 ,the following is an example of such a case4 ,you hold four cards1 the ace1 queen of spades 7trumps71 the king and one other heart4 ,the king of spades was turned up to your right1 and you know #bag another trump guards the king2 no trumps are in the other hands4 ,your left adversary leads the ace of hearts2 when he leads another heart you must win with the king and must lead up to the king of trumps1 when you win only two tricks4 ,if you throw your king of hearts on the ace1 you avoid obtaining the lead1 and your partner may hold the queen1 and your ace1 queen of trumps will then both win tricks4 ,should your partner not hold the queen1 you lose nothing by this play1 as you must make your ace1 queen of trumps if you have not the lead1 and if you retained the king of hearts you could not by any possibility win more than two tricks4 ,sometimes one holds what is called a trump too many2 such a case is the following4 ,you hold ace1 queen1 and one small trump 7spades71 and a losing diamond2 your partner holds the best diamond4 ,the king of spades is on your right and is guarded1 and this adversary has but two trumps4 ,your partner has no trump1 and leads the ace of hearts4 ,if you discard your diamond on this ace of hearts1 you must trump the best diamond1 and must then lead up to the king of trumps1 when you win only three tricks out of the four4 ,if1 however1 you trump your partner's ace of hearts1 and lead the diamond1 you again transfer the lead to your partner1 and you make all four tricks1 as the king of trumps cannot win4 ,in order to thoroughly master these simple problems1 it is advisable to place the cards on the table before you1 and examine such cases4 ,they frequently occur1 and are1 more frequently than not1 quite overlooked by bad players1 who would think #bah it quite absurd to trump a partner's ace1 and who omit to notice the importance of placing the lead4 ,it is by the manner in which the last four or five cards in a hand are played that skill in ,whist is shown2 two and sometimes three or four tricks are lost by bad play1 when only five or six cards remain in each hand4 ,,the ,,play ,,of ,,the ,,twelfth ,,and ,,thirteenth ,,cards4 ,the play of a twelfth or a thirteenth card is one requiring careful consideration4 ,a player may hold the twelfth card1 and he may know that his partner does not hold the thirteenth4 ,he may know1 and ought to know1 whether his card is the higher or lower of the two remaining4 ,he ought also to know1 from the leads and return leads1 whether the right or left adversary holds the other card of the suit4 ,a player who does not note such details would be better employed in a game of ,beggar-my-neighbour than at ,whist1 the former game being more suited to his intellectual capacity4 ,the least dangerous form in which the twelfth card can be played is when it is the better of the two1 and when the thirteenth is in the hand of the adversary on the right4 ,the most dangerous1 except when placing the lead for a specific purpose1 is when the twelfth card is the lower of the two1 and the best is held by the left-hand adversary4 ,when the right adversary holds the better card1 to play the losing card affords the left-hand adversary the opportunity of discarding a worthless card4 ,a trick #bai is frequently lost by the eagerness of an inexperienced player to play his losing twelfth card in order to allow his partner to make a trump4 ,before playing this twelfth card1 winning cards should be played in order to prevent the second player getting rid of a loser and then trumping the winning card4 ,for example1 two rounds of hearts have been played1 ace and king being out4 ,a holds the queen of hearts and a losing twelfth card4 ,left-hand adversary holds small heart and small trump4 ,when the losing twelfth card is played1 he discards his heart1 and is thus enabled to trump the queen4 ,if the queen of hearts had been played first1 an extra trick would have been won4 ,the play of a thirteenth card means one of two things4 ,it is either a demand on your partner to trump with his best trump1 or it is an attempt to place the lead4 ,it is for the partner to use his judgment as to which of these proceedings should be adopted4 ,to lead a thirteenth card merely because1 as some persons assert1 they did not know what else to do1 is an exhibition of feebleness of intelligence4 ,,maxims4 ,those persons who desire to become whist-players1 and not mere players at ,whist1 should bear in mind that ,whist is a combination of well-established rules1 which should be obeyed2 of observation1 which is usually misnamed memory1 and of reason1 which is one of the most essential items towards becoming a whist-player4 ,in order to put as little strain as possible on the reasoning powers1 it is advisable to #bbj become acquainted with certain maxims which can be committed to memory like proverbs1 and can then be acted on during the game4 ,the following will be found useful3-- #a4 ,note whether you hold a sufficient number of winning cards in your hand to make certain of saving the game4 ,if you do1 you may run risks in order to win it4 #b4 ,be very careful that you do not make a mistake and imagine that the game cannot be lost1 when1 by some unusual combination of cards1 it may be lost4 #c4 ,immediately your partner leads a card1 examine the cards of the suit in your own hand1 and form a preliminary opinion of the strength of the suit from which he led4 ,for example1 your partner leads the six of spades2 you hold ace1 queen1 and five4 ,the second hand plays the two1 you play the queen1 fourth hand plays the seven4 ,you thus find the three and four have not been played4 ,where are they8 ,if the fourth player hold either1 he is calling for trumps4 ,you return the ace of spades1 the then second player plays the ten1 your partner plays the three1 and the last player plays the eight4 ,you ought now to know just as well as if you had seen it1 that your partner led from king1 knave1 nine1 six1 four1 and three1 and started with the fourth best card4 ,to take a third round of this suit would be childish1 as one adversary would make a small trump1 the other get rid of a worthless card1 and thus show his partner his weak suit4 #d4 ,if very strong in two suits1 and your partner lead from the third suit1 in which you are weak1 lead him a trump immediately you gain the lead1 although you hold only one or two small trumps4 #bba #e4 ,never hesitate to give your partner the chance of a ruff1 unless he has led trumps1 or has called4 ,to refuse to give him this chance merely because you are weak in trumps1 is to play a losing game4 #f4 ,at the end of a hand1 consider the importance of placing the lead4 ,for example1 you hold the losing1 your partner the winning1 trump 7clubs71 and you hold ace1 queen1 ten of diamonds4 ,right-hand adversary leads a small diamond1 you play your ten1 and it wins the trick2 there are other diamonds in your partner's hand1 the value of which you do not know4 ,lead your losing trump1 and your partner wins this and returns a diamond1 and you win all four tricks4 ,if the king of diamonds be to your right1 you would lose a trick by playing ace then queen of diamonds4 ,feeble players1 however1 would be certain to lead the ace of diamonds1 hoping that their partner would trump the queen1 and that thus the trumps would make separately4 ,they give up a certainty for a chance1 and consider it safe play to do so4 #g4 ,do your best to help your partner1 not to play in opposition to him4 ,thus1 if your partner call for trumps1 lead him your best if you have less than four1 your lowest if you hold four1 and your fourth best if you hold more than four--the exception being when you hold the ace1 which always lead to your partner's call4 ,do not refuse to lead a trump to your partner's call merely because there is a chance of your ruffing a suit4 ,this is selfish play1 and usually results in a loss1 the suit you wish to trump not unusually being your partner's strong suit4 ,when your partner1 by his discard 7or otherwise71 has declared strength in one suit and weakness in another1 lead the best card of the suit in which he #bbb has declared strength4 ,it is a criminal act to lead his weak suit1 unless you hold all the winning cards of that suit4 ,it is towards the end of a hand that bad players display the greatest ingenuity in selecting cards1 which1 when led or played1 can alone lose the game4 ,also revokes are more commonly committed by a player who holds only two or three cards1 than they are when he has in his hand seven or eight cards4 ,never dash out a card1 after you have won a trick1 without examining the card that both you and your partner have just previously played4 ,when you have the game in your hand1 play as calmly as though you had a difficult hand to play4 ,time is rarely1 if ever1 saved by throwing down your cards4 ,the adversaries examine these deliberately as their only chance1 and too often it is found that1 had the player played in the usual manner1 he must have won the game1 but1 in consequence of his cards being called1 he has just missed winning it4 ,,books ,,on ,,whist4 ,if the reader is ambitious to become a genuine whist-player1 the following should be studied--not glanced at and forgotten1 but thoroughly mastered--and their principles systematically practised3 ,a ,,treatise ,,on ,,short ,,whist4 ,by ,james ,clay4 ,,cavendish ,,on ,,whist4 ,,the ,,art ,,of ,,practical ,,whist4 ,by ,major-,general ,drayson4 ,,the ,,philosophy ,,of ,,whist4 ,by ,dr4 ,w4 ,pole4 ,,whist3 7,the ,club ,series74 ,by ,dr4 ,w4 ,pole4 ,,the ,,principles ,,and ,,practice ,,of ,,whist4 ,by ,ernest ,bergholt and ,leonard ,leigh 7,philadelphia74 99 99 99 99 99 #bbc ,,bridge4 ,this is a recent development of the grand old game of ,whist4 ,though differing widely in many particulars from its prototype1 it is still essentially ,whist1 the innovations1 while introducing a new speculative element1 affording even larger opportunities for the exercise of the judgment and skill which ,whist proper demands2 and the best proof of its merit lies in the fact that even by the old stagers of the ,london clubs it is now generally played in preference to the classic game4 ,the main elements of novelty in ,bridge1 as distinguished from ,whist1 may be classed under the following heads3-- #a4 ,the manner of deciding the trump suit4 #b4 ,different values of tricks and honours according to the suit made trumps4 #c4 ,licence to each party in turn to double and re-double the normal value of tricks4 #d4 ,the dealer playing two hands1 his partner becoming a dummy4 ,before proceeding to the ,laws in detail1 it should be premised that ,bridge1 like ordinary ,whist1 is played by four persons1 two against two1 with the full pack of fifty-two cards 7two such packs being #bbd used alternately74 ,the players cut for partners and for deal2 the cards are shuffled1 cut1 and dealt in the usual way1 thirteen to each player2 but no card is turned up1 the trump suit being named by the dealer1 or by his partner1 as hereafter explained4 ,before perusing the following general remarks1 the reader should study the ,club code of ,laws1 which will be found at the end of this chapter1 and which contains full particulars as to naming the trump suit1 doubling and re-doubling1 revoke penalty1 mode of reckoning up points1 c4 ,,the ,,score ,,in ,,actual ,,practice4 ,this is usually kept upon a scoring block1 ruled as shown upon the following page4 ,each column is intended to receive the score of one rubber4 ,it will be observed that the column is divided midway by a horizontal line4 ,the portion below this is for recording the value of the tricks won2 the portion above for the scoring of honours and the other subsidiary elements affecting the ultimate value of the rubber4 ,a practical example will best illustrate the working of the plan4 ,a and ,b1 we will suppose1 are playing against ,c and ,d4 ,diamonds have been declared to be trumps1 and ,a and ,b have won in the first deal nine tricks4 ,the value of each trick1 when diamonds are trumps1 being #f points1 ,a and ,b score in their own column1 immediately below the central line1 #ah4 ,they have also together held four honours1 value in diamonds1 #bd4 ,they accordingly mark #bd above the line4 #bbe ,,bridge ,,scoring ,,block4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,a4 ,b4 ,c4 ,d4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,,hon,,ours -- #h -- #ajj #af -- ---------------------------------------- -------- -- #af -- #cj #bd -- ,,tri,,cks #ah -- -- #bd #af -- ------------------------ #d -- #bd -- #b -- ------------------------ #ajd #agh #ajj ------------ #bjd #agh ------------ #bf ---------------------------------------- -------- ,,note4--,scoring ,blocks of this pattern1 but usually of larger size1 are issued by all card-making stationers at low prices4 #bbf ,the next deal is played sans atout4 ,c and ,d are the winners by two tricks1 and between them hold three aces4 ,the value of the two tricks is #bd1 which is scored below the line1 and the value of the three aces #cj1 which is scored above the line4 ,in the third deal1 hearts are trumps4 ,a and ,b win two tricks1 value #af points4 ,this1 added to their previous #ah1 makes them #cb1 and therefore gives them the game4 ,but ,c and ,d hold three honours1 value in hearts #af3 these they score above their previous #cj4 ,the points are not yet added up1 but a pencil line is drawn above and below the scores of both parties1 to indicate that they represent a completed game4 ,in the next deal1 clubs are trumps4 ,a and ,b win the odd trick1 value #d points4 ,they have also four honours 7divided71 value in clubs #af4 ,the next hand is played sans atout4 ,a and ,b win two tricks1 value #bd1 but ,d holds four aces1 value #ajj4 ,in the next hand1 spades are trumps1 and ,a and ,b make the odd trick1 value #b points4 ,this makes them game1 giving them the rubber as well1 but ,c and ,d hold between them four honours1 value in spades #h1 which number is accordingly placed to their credit4 ,we are now in a position to assess the value of the rubber4 ,each column is added up4 ,the total of ,a and ,b's score is #ajd1 while that of ,c and ,d is #agh4 ,but the #ajj points for the rubber have yet to be taken into consideration4 ,these are accordingly added to the score of ,a and ,b1 bringing it up to #bjd4 ,from this total is deducted the #agh standing to the credit of ,c and ,d1 and the difference1 #bbg #bf1 is the number of points by which ,a and ,b are the gainers4 ,as the points at ,bridge frequently run into high figures1 it is as well to keep their individual value small1 or a loser may find himself let in for an amount which he had not intended risking4 ,,hints ,,for ,,play4 ,so far as the science of the game is concerned1 the main point1 in so far as it differs from ,whist1 is to be able to judge correctly what suit should be made trumps2 whether to play without trumps2 or1 lastly1 whether to pass the option to one's partner4 ,hands are1 of course1 capable of almost infinite variety1 and it is difficult to lay down rules which shall govern all cases4 ,the novice may1 however1 safely take to heart the following maxims3-- #a4 ,holding four aces1 the dealer plays sans atout1 inasmuch as he thereby secures four certain tricks1 besides one hundred for his aces4 #b4 ,holding three aces1 he should do likewise1 unless he has a strong red suit1 giving assurance of a high score without risk1 while the ,no-trump call involves dangerous weakness in one suit4 ,in this case1 the strong red suit should be declared4 #c4 ,early in the game1 if he cannot safely declare ,no-trumps or a red suit1 and is not exceptionally strong in clubs1 he should pass the option to his partner4 #d4 ,when the score of the dealer and his partner is approaching game1 if the dealer can make game a certainty by declaring a black suit trumps1 he should usually do so4 #bbh ,for more detailed advice as to ,bridge tactics1 the reader may be referred to two handy little works by ,w4 ,dalton1 entitled ,bridge at a ,glance and ,bridge ,abridged1 published by ,messrs4 ,de la ,rue ,co4 ,by the courtesy of these gentlemen1 we are enabled to reprint the authoritative ,laws of the game1 as revised by a joint committee of the ,portland and ,turf ,clubs4 ,it will be observed that they follow very closely the ,laws of ,whist2 but the special features of ,bridge have been minutely considered and provided for1 and a careful study of the ,laws will form the best possible introduction to a knowledge of the game4 ,,the ,,laws ,,of ,,bridge 7#aijd74 7,reprinted1 by permission1 verbatim from the ,club ,code47 ,,the ,,rubber4 #a4 ,the ,rubber is the best of three games4 ,if the first two games be won by the same players1 the third game is not played4 ,,scoring4 #b4 ,a game consists of thirty points obtained by tricks alone1 exclusive of any points counted for ,honours1 ,chicane1 ,or ,slam4 #c4 ,every hand is played out1 and any points in excess of the thirty points necessary for the game are counted4 #d4 ,each trick above six counts two points when spades are trumps1 four points when clubs are trumps1 six points when diamonds are trumps1 eight points when hearts are trumps1 and twelve points when there are no trumps4 #bbi #e4 ,honours consist of ace1 king1 queen1 knave1 and ten of the trump suit4 ,when there are no trumps they consist of the four aces4 #f4 ,honours in trumps are thus reckoned3 ,if a player and his partner conjointly hold-- ,i4 ,the five honours of the trump suit1 they score for honours five times the value of the trump suit trick4 ,,ii4 ,any four honours of the trump suit1 they score for honours four times the value of the trump suit trick4 ,,iii4 ,any three honours of the trump suit1 they score for honours twice the value of the trump suit trick4 ,if a player in his own hand holds-- ,i4 ,the five honours of the trump suit1 he and his partner score for honours ten times the value of the trump suit trick4 ,,ii4 ,any four honours of the trump suit1 they score for honours eight times the value of the trump suit trick4 ,in this last case1 if the player's partner holds the fifth honour1 they also score for honours the single value of the trump suit trick4 ,the value of the trump suit trick referred to in this ,law is its original value1 e4g4 two points in spades and six points in diamonds2 and the value of honours is in no way affected by any doubling or re-doubling that may take place under ,laws #ec to #ef4 #g4 ,,honours1 when there are no trumps1 are thus reckoned3 ,if a player and his partner conjointly hold-- ,i4 ,the four aces1 they score for honours forty points4 ,,ii4 ,any three aces1 they score for honours thirty points4 ,if a player in his own hand holds-- ,the four aces1 he and his partner score for honours one hundred points4 #bcj #h4 ,,chicane is thus reckoned3 ,if a player holds no trump1 he and his partner score for ,chicane twice the value of the trump suit trick4 ,the value of ,chicane is in no way affected by any doubling or re-doubling that may take place under ,laws #ec to #ef4 #i4 ,,slam is thus reckoned3 ,if a player and his partner make1 independently of any tricks taken for the revoke penalty-- ,i4 ,all thirteen tricks1 they score for ,grand ,slam forty points4 ,,ii4 ,twelve tricks1 they score for ,little ,slam twenty points4 #aj4 ,honours1 ,chicane1 and ,slam are reckoned in the score at the end of the rubber4 #aa4 ,at the end of the rubber1 the total scores for tricks1 honours1 ,chicane and ,slam obtained by each player and his partner are added up2 one hundred points are added to the score of the winners of the rubber1 and the difference between the two scores is the number of points won1 or lost1 by the winners of the rubber4 #ab4 ,if an erroneous score affecting tricks be proved1 such mistake may be corrected prior to the conclusion of the game in which it occurred1 and such game is not concluded until the last card of the following deal has been dealt1 or1 in the case of the last game of the rubber1 until the score has been made up and agreed4 #ac4 ,if an erroneous score affecting honours1 ,chicane1 or ,slam be proved1 such mistake may be corrected at any time before the score of the rubber has been made up and agreed4 #bca ,,cutting4 #ad4 ,the ace is the lowest card4 #ae4 ,in all cases1 every player must cut from the same pack4 #af4 ,should a player expose more than one card1 he must cut again4 ,,formation ,,of ,,table4 #ag4 ,if there are more than four candidates1 the players are selected by cutting1 those first in the room having the preference4 ,the four who cut the lowest cards play first1 and again cut to decide on partners2 the two lowest play against the two highest2 the lowest is the dealer1 who has choice of cards and seats1 and1 having once made his selection1 must abide by it4 #ah4 ,when there are more than six candidates1 those who cut the two next lowest cards belong to the table1 which is complete with six players2 on the retirement of one of those six players1 the candidate who cut the next lowest card has a prior right to any after-comer to enter the table4 #ai4 ,two players cutting cards of equal value1 unless such cards are the two highest1 cut again2 should they be the two lowest1 a fresh cut is necessary to decide which of those two deals4 #bj4 ,three players cutting cards of equal value cut again2 should the fourth 7or remaining7 card be the highest1 the two lowest of the new cut are partners1 the lower of those two the dealer2 should the fourth card be the lowest1 the two highest are partners1 the original lowest the dealer4 #bcb ,,cutting ,,out4 #ba4 ,at the end of a rubber1 should admission be claimed by any one1 or by two candidates1 he who has1 or they who have1 placed a greater number of consecutive rubbers than the others is1 or are1 out2 but when all have played the same number1 they must cut to decide upon the out-goers2 the highest are out4 ,,entry ,,and ,,re-,,entry4 #bb4 ,a candidate1 whether he has played or not1 can join a table which is not complete by declaring in at any time prior to any of the players having cut a card1 either for the purpose of commencing a fresh rubber or of cutting out4 #bc4 ,in the formation of fresh tables1 those candidates who have neither belonged to nor played at any other table have the prior right of entry2 the others decide their right of admission by cutting4 #bd4 ,any one quitting a table prior to the conclusion of a rubber may1 with consent of the other three players1 appoint a substitute in his absence during that rubber4 #be4 ,a player joining one table1 whilst belonging to another1 loses his right of re-entry into the latter1 and takes his chance of cutting in1 as if he were a fresh candidate4 #bf4 ,if any one break up a table1 the remaining players have the prior right to him of entry into any other2 and should there not be sufficient vacancies at such other table to admit all those candidates1 they settle their precedence by cutting4 #bcc ,,shuffling4 #bg4 ,the pack must neither be shuffled below the table1 nor so that the face of any card be seen4 #bh4 ,the pack must not be shuffled during the play of the hand4 #bi4 ,a pack1 having been played with1 must neither be shuffled by dealing it into packets1 nor across the table4 #cj4 ,each player has a right to shuffle once only 7except as provided by ,law #cc7 prior to a deal1 after a false cut1 or when a new deal has occurred4 #ca4 ,the dealer's partner must collect the cards for the ensuing deal1 and has the first right to shuffle that pack4 #cb4 ,each player1 after shuffling1 must place the cards1 properly collected and face downwards1 to the left of the player about to deal4 #cc4 ,the dealer has always the right to shuffle last2 but should a card or cards be seen during his shuffling1 or whilst giving the pack to be cut1 he may be compelled to re-shuffle4 ,,the ,,deal4 #cd4 ,each player deals in his turn2 the order of dealing goes to the left4 #ce4 ,the player on the dealer's right cuts the pack1 and1 in dividing it1 must not leave fewer than four cards in either packet2 if in cutting1 or in replacing one of the two packets on the other1 a card be exposed1 or if there be any confusion of the cards1 or a doubt as to the exact place in which the pack was divided1 there must be a fresh cut4 #bcd #cf4 ,when a player1 whose duty it is to cut1 has once separated the pack1 he cannot alter his intention2 he can neither re-shuffle nor re-cut the cards4 #cg4 ,when the pack is cut1 should the dealer shuffle the cards1 the pack must be cut again4 #ch4 ,the fifty-two cards shall be dealt face downwards4 ,the deal is not completed until the last card has been dealt face downwards4 ,there is no misdeal4 ,a ,,new ,,deal4 #ci4 ,there must be a new deal-- ,i4 ,if1 during a deal1 or during the play of a hand1 the pack be proved to be incorrect or imperfect4 ,,ii4 ,if any card be faced in the pack4 ,,iii4 ,unless the cards are dealt into four packets1 one at a time and in regular rotation1 beginning at the player to the dealer's left4 ,,iv4 ,should the last card not come in its regular order to the dealer4 ,v4 ,should a player have more than thirteen cards1 and any one or more of the others less than thirteen cards4 ,,vi4 ,should the dealer deal two cards at once1 or two cards to the same hand1 and then deal a third2 but if1 prior to dealing that card1 the dealer can1 by altering the position of one card only1 rectify such error1 he may do so4 ,,vii4 ,should the dealer omit to have the pack cut to him1 and the adversaries discover the error prior to the last card being dealt1 and before looking at their cards2 but not after having done so4 #dj4 ,if1 whilst dealing1 a card be exposed by either of the dealer's adversaries1 the dealer or his partner may claim a new deal4 ,a card similarly exposed by the dealer or his partner gives the same claim to each adversary4 ,the claim may not be made by a player #bce who has looked at any of his cards4 ,if a new deal does not take place1 the exposed card cannot be called4 #da4 ,if1 in dealing1 one of the last cards be exposed1 and the dealer completes the deal before there is reasonable time to decide as to a fresh deal1 the privilege is not thereby lost4 #db4 ,if the dealer1 before he has dealt fifty-one cards1 look at any card1 his adversaries have a right to see it1 and may exact a new deal4 #dc4 ,should three players have their right number of cards--the fourth have less than thirteen1 and not discover such deficiency until he has played any of his cards1 the deal stands good2 should he have played1 he is as answerable for any revoke he may have made as if the missing card or cards had been in his hand2 he may search the other pack for it1 or them4 #dd4 ,if a pack1 during or after a rubber1 be proved incorrect or imperfect1 such proof does not alter any past score1 game1 or rubber2 that hand in which the imperfection was detected is null and void2 the dealer deals again4 #de4 ,any one dealing out of turn1 or with the adversary's cards1 may be stopped before the last card is dealt1 otherwise the deal stands good1 and the game must proceed as if no mistake had been made4 #df ,a player can neither shuffle1 cut1 nor deal for his partner without the permission of his opponents4 ,,declaring ,,trumps4 #dg4 ,the dealer1 having examined his hand1 has the option of declaring what suit shall be trumps1 #bcf or whether the hand shall be played without trumps4 ,if he exercise that option1 he shall do so by naming the suit1 or by saying ,no trumps4 #dh4 ,if the dealer does not wish to exercise his option1 he may pass it to his partner by saying ,i leave it to you1 ,partner1 and his partner must thereupon make the necessary declaration1 in the manner provided in the preceding ,law4 #di4 ,if the dealer's partner make the trump declaration without receiving permission from the dealer1 the eldest hand may demand3 ,i4 ,that the declaration so made shall stand4 ,,ii4 ,that there shall be a new deal4 ,but if any declaration as to doubling or not doubling shall have been made1 or if a new deal is not claimed1 the declaration wrongly made shall stand4 ,the eldest hand is the player on the left of the dealer4 #ej4 ,if the dealer's partner pass the declaration to the dealer1 the eldest hand may demand3 ,i4 ,that there shall be a new deal4 ,,ii4 ,that the dealer's partner shall himself make the declaration4 #ea4 ,if either of the dealer's adversaries makes the declaration1 the dealer may1 after looking at his hand1 either claim a fresh deal or proceed as if no such declaration had been made4 #eb4 ,a declaration once made cannot be altered1 save as provided above4 ,,doubling ,,and ,,re-,,doubling4 #ec4 ,the effect of doubling and re-doubling1 and so on1 is that the value of each trick above six is doubled1 quadrupled1 and so on4 #bcg #ed4 ,after the trump declaration has been made by the dealer or his partner1 their adversaries have the right to double4 ,the eldest hand has the first right4 ,if he does not wish to double1 he shall say to his partner1 ,may ,i lead8 ,his partner shall answer1 ,yes1 or ,i double4 #ee4 ,if either of their adversaries elect to double1 the dealer and his partner have the right to re-double4 ,the player who has declared the trump shall have the first right4 ,he may say1 ,i re-double1 or ,satisfied4 ,should he say the latter1 his partner may re-double4 #ef4 ,if the dealer or his partner elect to re-double1 their adversaries have the right to again double4 ,the original doubler has the first right4 #eg4 ,if the right-hand adversary of the dealer double before his partner has asked ,may ,i lead8 the declarer of the trump shall have the right to say whether or not the double shall stand4 ,if he decide that the double shall stand1 the process of re-doubling may continue as described in ,laws #ee1 #ef1 #eh4 #eh4 ,the process of re-doubling may be continued until the limit of #ajj points is reached--the first right to continue the re-doubling on behalf of a partnership belonging to that player who has last re-doubled4 ,should he1 however1 express himself satisfied1 the right to continue the re-doubling passes to his partner4 ,should any player re-double out of turn1 the adversary who last doubled shall decide whether or not such double shall stand4 ,if it is decided that the re-double shall stand1 the process of re-doubling may continue as described in this and foregoing ,laws 7#ee and #ef74 ,if any double or re-double out of turn be not accepted1 there shall #bch be no further doubling in that hand4 ,any consultation between partners as to doubling or re-doubling will entitle the maker of the trump or the eldest hand1 without consultation1 to a new deal4 #ei4 ,if the eldest hand lead before the doubling be completed1 his partner may re-double only with the consent of the adversary who last doubled2 but such lead shall not affect the right of either adversary to double4 #fj4 ,when the question1 ,may ,i lead8 has been answered in the affirmative1 or when the player who has the last right to continue the doubling expresses himself satisfied1 the play shall begin4 #fa4 ,a declaration once made cannot be altered4 ,,dummy4 #fb4 ,as soon as a card is led1 whether in or out of turn1 the dealer's partner shall place his cards face upwards on the table1 and the duty of playing the cards from that hand1 which is called ,dummy1 and of claiming and enforcing any penalties arising during the hand1 shall devolve upon the dealer1 unassisted by his partner4 #fc4 ,after exposing ,dummy1 the dealer's partner has no part whatever in the game1 except that he has the right to ask the dealer if he has none of the suit in which he may have renounced4 ,if he call attention to any other incident in the play of the hand1 in respect of which any penalty might be exacted1 the fact that he has done so shall deprive the dealer of the right of exacting such penalty against his adversaries4 #fd4 ,if the dealer's partner1 by touching a card1 or #bci otherwise1 suggest the play of a card from ,dummy1 either of the adversaries may1 but without consulting with his partner1 call upon the dealer to play or not to play the card suggested4 #fe4 ,when the dealer draws a card1 either from his own hand or from ,dummy1 such card is not considered as played until actually quitted4 #ff4 ,a card once played1 or named by the dealer as to be played from his own hand or from ,dummy1 cannot be taken back1 except to save a revoke4 #fg4 ,the dealer's partner may not look over his adversaries' hands1 nor leave his seat for the purpose of watching his partner's play4 #fh4 ,dummy is not liable to any penalty for a revoke1 as his adversaries see his cards4 ,should he revoke1 and the error not be discovered until the trick is turned and quitted1 the trick stands good4 #fi4 ,dummy being blind and deaf1 his partner is not liable to any penalty for an error whence he can gain no advantage4 ,thus1 he may expose some1 or all of his cards1 without incurring any penalty4 ,,exposed ,,cards4 #gj4 ,if after the deal has been completed1 and before the trump declaration has been made1 either the dealer or his partner expose a card from his hand1 the eldest hand may claim a new deal4 #ga4 ,if after the deal has been completed1 and before a card is led1 any player shall expose a card1 his partner shall forfeit any right to double or re-double which he would otherwise have been entitled to exercise2 and in the case of a card being so exposed by the leader's partner1 the dealer may1 instead of calling the card1 #bdj require the leader not to lead the suit of the exposed card4 ,,cards ,,liable ,,to ,,be ,,called4 #gb4 ,all cards exposed by the dealer's adversaries are liable to be called1 and must be left face upwards on the table2 but a card is not an exposed card when dropped on the floor1 or elsewhere below the table4 #gc4 ,the following are exposed cards3-- ,i4 ,two or more cards played at once4 ,,ii4 ,any card dropped with its face upwards1 or in any way exposed on or above the table1 even though snatched up so quickly that no one can name it4 #gd4 ,if either of the dealer's adversaries play to an imperfect trick the best card on the table1 or lead one which is a winning card as against the dealer and his partner1 and then lead again1 without waiting for his partner to play1 or play several such winning cards1 one after the other1 without waiting for his partner to play1 the latter may be called on to win1 if he can1 the first or any other of those tricks1 and the other cards thus improperly played are exposed cards4 #ge4 ,should the dealer indicate that all or any of the remaining tricks are his1 he may be required to place his cards face upwards on the table2 but they are not liable to be called4 #gf4 ,if either of the dealer's adversaries throws his cards on the table face upwards1 such cards are exposed1 and liable to be called by the dealer4 #gg4 ,if all the players throw their cards on the table face upwards1 the hands are abandoned1 and the score must be left as claimed and admitted4 ,the hands may be examined for the purpose of establishing a revoke1 but for no other purpose4 #bda #gh4 ,a card detached from the rest of the hand of either of the dealer's adversaries1 so as to be named1 is liable to be called2 but should the dealer name a wrong card1 he is liable to have a suit called when first he or his partner have the lead4 #gi4 ,if a player1 who has rendered himself liable to have the highest or lowest of a suit called1 or to win or not to win a trick1 fail to play as desired1 though able to do so1 or if when called on to lead one suit1 lead another1 having in his hand one or more cards of that suit demanded1 he incurs the penalty of a revoke4 #hj4 ,if either of the dealer's adversaries lead out of turn1 the dealer may call a suit from him or his partner when it is next the turn of either of them to lead1 or may call the card erroneously led4 #ha4 ,if the dealer lead out of turn1 either from his own hand or from ,dummy1 he incurs no penalty2 but he may not rectify the error after the second hand has played4 #hb4 ,if any player lead out of turn1 and the other three have followed him1 the trick is complete1 and the error cannot be rectified2 but if only the second1 or the second and third1 have played to the false lead1 their cards1 on discovery of the mistake1 are taken back2 and there is no penalty against any one1 excepting the original offender1 and then only when he is one of the dealer's adversaries4 #hc4 ,in no case can a player be compelled to play a card which would oblige him to revoke4 #hd4 ,the call of a card may be repeated until such card has been played4 #he4 ,if a player called on to lead a suit have none of it1 the penalty is paid4 #bdb ,,cards ,,played ,,in ,,error1 ,,or ,,not ,,played ,,to ,a ,,trick4 #hf4 ,should the third hand not have played1 and the fourth play before his partner1 the latter 7not being ,dummy or his partner7 may be called on to win1 or not to win1 the trick4 #hg4 ,if any one 7not being ,dummy7 omit playing to a former trick1 and such error be not discovered until he has played to the next1 the adversaries may claim a new deal2 should they decide that the deal stand good1 or should ,dummy have omitted to play to a former trick1 and such error be not discovered till he shall have played to the next1 the surplus card at the end of the hand is considered to have been played to the imperfect trick1 but does not constitute a revoke therein4 #hh4 ,if any one play two cards to the same trick1 or mix a card with a trick to which it does not properly belong1 and the mistake be not discovered until the hand is played out1 he 7not being ,dummy7 is answerable for all consequent revokes he may have made4 ,if1 during the play of the hand1 the error be detected1 the tricks may be counted face downwards1 in order to ascertain whether there be among them a card too many3 should this be the case they may be searched1 and the card restored2 the player 7not being ,dummy7 is1 however1 liable for all revokes which he may have meanwhile made4 ,,the ,,revoke4 #hi4 ,is when a player 7other than ,dummy71 holding one or more cards of the suit led1 plays a card of a different suit4 #bdc #ij4 ,the penalty for a revoke-- ,i4 ,is at the option of the adversaries1 who1 at the end of the hand1 may1 after consultation1 either take three tricks from the revoking player and add them to their own--or deduct the value of three tricks from his existing score--or add the value of three tricks to their own score2 ,,ii4 ,can be claimed for as many revokes as occur during the hand2 ,,iii4 ,is applicable only to the score of the game in which it occurs2 ,,iv4 ,cannot be divided--i4e4 a player cannot add the value of one or two tricks to his own score and deduct the value of one or two from the revoking player4 ,v4 ,in whatever way the penalty may be enforced1 under no circumstances can the suit revoking score ,game1 ,grand ,slam or ,little ,slam1 that hand4 ,whatever their previous score may be1 the side revoking cannot attain a higher score towards the game than twenty-eight4 #ia4 ,a revoke is established1 if the trick in which it occurs be turned and quitted--i4e4 the hand removed from that trick after it has been turned face downwards on the table--or if either the revoking player or his partner1 whether in his right turn or otherwise1 lead or play to the following trick4 #ib4 ,a player may ask his partner whether he has not a card of the suit which he has renounced2 should the question be asked before the trick is turned and quitted1 subsequent turning and quitting does not establish the revoke1 and the error may be corrected1 unless the question be answered in the negative1 or unless the revoking player or his partner have led or played to the following trick4 ,,note4--,a negative answer to the question does not in itself establish the revoke1 apart from turning and quitting the trick1 or some subsequent act of play4--,,ed4 #bdd #ic4 ,at the end of the hand1 the claimants of a revoke may search all the tricks4 #id4 ,if a player discover his mistake in time to save a revoke1 any player or players who have played after him may withdraw their cards and substitute others1 and their cards withdrawn are not liable to be called4 ,if the player in fault be one of the dealer's adversaries1 the dealer may call the card thus played in error1 or may require him to play his highest or lowest card to that trick in which he has renounced4 #ie4 ,if the player in fault be the dealer1 the eldest hand may require him to play the highest or lowest card of the suit in which he has renounced1 provided both of the dealer's adversaries have played to the current trick2 but this penalty cannot be exacted from the dealer when he is fourth in hand1 nor can it be enforced at all from ,dummy4 #if4 ,if a revoke be claimed1 and the accused player or his partner mix the cards before they have been sufficiently examined by the adversaries1 the revoke is established4 ,the mixing of the cards only renders the proof of a revoke difficult1 but does not prevent the claim1 and possible establishment1 of the penalty4 #ig4 ,a revoke cannot be claimed after the cards have been cut for the following deal4 #ih4 ,if a revoke occur1 be claimed and proved1 bets on the odd trick1 or on amount of score1 must be decided by the actual state of the score after the penalty is paid4 #ii4 ,should the players on both sides subject themselves to the penalty of one or more revokes1 neither can win the game by that hand2 each is punished at the discretion of his adversary4 #bde ,,calling ,,for ,,new ,,cards4 #ajj4 ,any player 7on paying for them7 before1 but not after1 the pack be cut for the deal1 may call for fresh cards4 ,he must call for two new packs1 of which the dealer takes his choice4 ,,general ,,rules4 #aja4 ,any one during the play of a trick1 or after the four cards are played1 and before1 but not after1 they are touched for the purpose of gathering them together1 may demand that the cards be placed before their respective players4 #ajb4 ,if either of the dealer's adversaries1 prior to his partner playing1 should call attention to the trick--either by saying that it is his1 or by naming his card1 or1 without being required so to do1 by drawing it towards him--the dealer may require that opponent's partner to play his highest or lowest of the suit then led1 or to win or lose the trick4 #ajc4 ,should the partner of the player solely entitled to exact a penalty1 suggest or demand the enforcement of it1 no penalty can be enforced4 #ajd4 ,in all cases where a penalty has been incurred1 the offender is bound to give reasonable time for the decision of his adversaries4 #aje4 ,if a bystander make any remark which calls the attention of a player or players to an oversight affecting the score1 he is liable to be called on1 by the players only1 to pay the stakes and all bets on that game or rubber4 #ajf4 ,a bystander1 by agreement among the players1 may decide any question4 #bdf #ajg4 ,a card or cards torn or marked must be either replaced by agreement1 or new cards called at the expense of the table4 #ajh4 ,once a trick is complete1 turned1 and quitted1 it must not be looked at 7except under ,law #hh7 until the end of the hand4 ,,books ,,on ,,bridge4 ,the greater number of these have come into existence quite unnecessarily4 ,all that the student need know will be found in the following3-- ,,badsworth4--,the ,laws and ,principles of ,bridge1 with ,cases and ,decisions reviewed and explained4 7,g4 ,p4 ,putnam's ,sons47 ,,bergholt1 ,,ernest4--,double ,dummy ,bridge3 an exhaustive collection of card-problems by living composers4 7,thos4 ,de la ,rue ,co41 ,ld47 ,,dalton1 ,,william4--,bridge at a ,glance3 an ,alphabetical ,synopsis4 7,thos4 ,de la ,rue ,co41 ,ld47 ---- ,bridge ,abridged2 or1 ,practical ,bridge4 7,do47 ---- ,saturday ,bridge4 7,the ,west ,strand ,publishing ,co41 ,ld47 ,,doe1 ,,john4--,the ,bridge ,manual4 7,frederick ,warne and ,co47 ,,hoffmann1 ,professor4--,bridge4 7,chas4 ,goodall ,son1 ,ld47 ,for ,american ,views on the ,game4 ,,elwell1 ,j4 ,b4--,bridge4--,advanced ,bridge4--,practical ,bridge4 7,chas4 ,scribner's ,sons1 ,new ,york2 and ,george ,newnes1 ,ld41 ,london47 ,,street1 ,c4 ,s4--,bridge ,up to ,date4 ,dodd1 ,mead ,co41 ,new ,york4 ,for ,anglo-,indian ,views4 ,,hellespont4--,the ,laws and ,principles of ,bridge4 7,de la ,rue1 ,london7 ,,ace ,,of ,,spades4--,the ,theory and ,practice of ,bridge4 7,times of ,india ,press1 ,bombay47 ,,lynx4--,bridge ,topics4 7,w4 ,newman ,co41 ,calcutta47 ,,robertson and ,,wollaston4--,the ,robertson ,rule and other ,bridge ,axioms4 7,calcutta47 99 99 99 99 99 #bdg ,,auction ,,bridge4 ,a lively offshoot from the preceding game1 which has recently become very popular in some of the ,london ,clubs4 ,so highly is it ranked in many quarters1 that a well-known player has given it as his opinion that in a year or two we shall only remember ,bridge as the son of ,whist and the father of ,auction4 ,having in view the strong element of gambling which the latter game contains1 and the expectedly heavy losses which may be incurred by the unwary player1 the writer opines that a good many impecunious folk are likely to remember it only as being connected with their uncle4 ,it is1 in fact1 a combination of ,bridge and ,poker4 ,in all that takes place after the declaration has been finally determined1 it is pure ,bridge1 with an extra infusion of double dummy1 due to inferences from the course of the bidding4 ,in the bidding itself1 which leads up to the final declaration1 the qualities of the ,poker-player are pre-eminent--cool but rapid judgment1 shrewd reading of character1 a happy instinct when to lie low and when to bluff2 when to make a spurt forward for game1 and when to egg the opponents on beyond the limits of discretion1 and to leave them in the lurch6 ,by the adherents of the new game--who are head #bdh over ears in love with it1 and are consequently blind to all its weak points--it is contended that the gambling argument brought against it is as fallacious as it was when urged against ,bridge proper1 and that1 to redress the balance1 it is only necessary to readjust the value of the points4 ,this is not true4 ,poker is an excellent game1 but no readjustment of values will ever place it on the same plane as games of science1 because the qualities of brain and temperament upon which it is based are essentially distinct from the qualities of analysis and combination such as go to the making of 7say7 a first-class ,chess-player4 ,there is1 undoubtedly1 a greater difference in kind between ,auction ,bridge and ,bridge than there is between ,bridge and ,whist2 whether that difference renders ,auction inferior or superior1 however1 is a moot question which every card-player must decide for himself4 ,there are many who regard the additional spice of hazard1 not as a defect1 but as a merit4 ,the ,laws of the game1 which for some time were in a state of flux1 have now been settled as authoritatively as those of ,bridge or ,whist4 ,it will only be necessary to set out verbatim those ,laws which differ from the ,laws of ,bridge4 ,as regards the remainder1 the reader is referred to the preceding ,bridge ,code4 ,,the ,,laws ,,of ,,auction ,,bridge4 7,framed by a ,joint ,committee of the ,portland and ,bath ,clubs1 #aijh2 and reprinted1 by permission1 so far as they differ from the ,laws of ,bridge47 #a4 ,as in ,bridge4 #b4 ,a game consists of thirty points obtained by #bdi tricks alone1 when the declarer fulfils his contract1 which are scored below the line1 exclusive of any points counted for ,honours1 ,chicane1 ,slam1 or under-tricks1 which are scored above the line4 #c4 ,as in ,bridge4 #d4 ,when the declarer fulfils his contract1 each trick above six counts1 c4 7as in ,bridge74 #e to #aj4 ,as in ,bridge4 #aa4 ,at the end of the rubber1 the total scores for tricks1 ,honours1 ,chicane1 and ,slam obtained by each player and his partner are added up1 #bej points are added to the score of the winners of the rubber1 and the difference between the two scores is the number of points won1 or lost1 by the winners of the rubber4 #ab to #df4 ,as in ,bridge4 #dg4 ,the dealer1 having examined his hand1 must declare to win at least one odd trick1 either with a trump suit1 or at no trumps4 #dh4 ,after the dealer has made his declaration1 each player in turn1 commencing with the player on the dealer's left1 has the right to pass the previous declaration1 or to double1 or re-double1 or to overcall the previous declaration by making a call of higher value4 ,a call of a greater number of tricks in a suit of lower value1 which equals the previous call in value of points1 shall be considered a call of higher value--e4g4 a call of two tricks in ,spades overcalls one trick in ,clubs1 or ,two ,diamonds overcalls ,one ,no ,trump4 #di4 ,a player may overbid the previous call any number of times1 and may also overbid his partner4 ,the play of the two combined hands shall rest with the partners who make the final call4 ,where two partners have both made calls in the same suit1 the #bej one who made the first such call shall play the hand1 his partner becoming ,dummy4 #ej4 ,when the player of the two hands 7hereafter termed the declarer7 wins the number of tricks which were declared1 or a greater number1 he scores below the line the full value of the tricks won 7see ,laws #b and #d74 ,when he fails1 his adversaries score1 above the line1 #ej points for each under-trick1 i4e4 each trick short of the number declared2 or1 if the declaration was doubled or re-doubled1 #ajj or #bjj points respectively for each such trick4 ,neither the declarer nor the adversaries score anything below the line for that hand4 #ea4 ,the loss on the declaration of ,one ,spade shall be limited to #ajj points in respect of tricks1 whether doubled or not4 #eb4 ,if a player makes a trump declaration out of turn1 the adversary on his left may demand a new deal1 or may allow the declaration so made to stand1 when the bidding shall continue as if the declaration had been in order4 #ec4 ,if a player1 in bidding1 fails to call a sufficient number of tricks to overbid the previous declaration1 he shall be considered to have declared the requisite number of tricks in the call which he has made1 and his partner shall be debarred from making any further declaration1 unless either of his adversaries overcall1 or double4 #ed4 ,after the final declaration has been accepted1 a player is not entitled to give his partner any information as to a previous call1 whether made by himself or by either adversary2 but a player is entitled to inquire1 at any time during the play of the hand1 what was the value of the final declaration4 #bea #ee4 ,doubling and re-doubling affect the score only1 and not the value in declaring--e4g4 ,two ,diamonds will still overcall ,one ,no ,trump1 although the no trump declaration has been doubled4 #ef4 ,any declaration can be doubled1 and re-doubled once1 but not more4 ,a player cannot double his partner's call1 or re-double his partner's double1 but he may re-double a call of his partner's which has been doubled by an adversary4 #eg4 ,the act of doubling re-opens the bidding4 ,when a declaration has been doubled1 any player1 including the declarer or his partner1 can in his proper turn make a further declaration of higher value4 #eh4 ,when a player1 whose declaration has been doubled1 fulfils his contract by winning the declared number of tricks1 he scores a bonus of #ej points above the line1 and a further #ej points for every additional trick which he may make4 ,if he1 or his partner1 have re-doubled1 the bonus is doubled4 #ei4 ,if a player doubles out of turn1 the adversary on his left may demand a new deal4 #fj4 ,when all the players have expressed themselves satisfied1 the play shall begin1 and the player on the left of the declarer shall lead4 #fa4 ,a declaration once made cannot be altered1 unless it has been overcalled or doubled4 #fb4 ,as soon as a card is led1 whether in or out of turn1 the declarer's partner shall place his cards face upwards on the table1 c4 7as in ,bridge74 #fc to #fi4 ,as in ,bridge4 #gj4 ,if1 after the cards have been dealt1 and before the trump declaration has been finally determined1 any player exposes a card from his hand1 the adversary #beb on his left may demand a new deal4 ,if the deal is allowed to stand1 the exposed card may be picked up1 and cannot be called4 #ga4 ,if1 after the final declaration has been accepted1 and before a card is led1 the partner of the player who has to lead to the first trick exposes a card from his hand1 the declarer may1 instead of calling the card1 require the leader not to lead the suit of the exposed card4 #gb to #hi4 ,as in ,bridge4 #ij4 ,the penalty for each revoke shall be-- 7a7 ,when the declarer revokes1 his adversaries add #aej points to their score above the line1#fd in addition to any liability which the revoking player may have incurred for failure to fulfil his contract4 7b7 ,when either of the adversaries revokes1 the declarer may add #aej points to his score above the line1#fd or may take three tricks from his opponents and add them to his own4 ,such tricks1 taken as penalty1 may assist the declarer to fulfil his contract1 but they shall not entitle him to score any bonus above the line1 in the case of the declaration having been doubled or re-doubled4 ,under no circumstances can a side score anything1 either above or below the line1 except for ,honours or ,chicane1 on a hand in which one of them has revoked4 #ia to #ajh4 ,as in ,bridge4 ,,hints ,,to ,,players4 ,the ,one-,spade ,convention4 ,in certain club circles where the game has been somewhat extensively played1 a fixed idea has arisen that to be the first to make an effectual declaration is a positive disadvantage4 ,hence the convention #bec has been established that 7except in certain cases defined below7 the dealer must begin with a nominal or fictitious call of ,one ,spade1 in order to obtain information from the opponents' calls as to the contents of their hands1 or to induce them to undertake a contract which they are unable to carry out4 ,as it would never do for the dealer1 under such a convention1 to be left to play the hand at ,one ,spade--which may be the very last thing that he desires--it is a further understanding that the dealer's partner must never fail to overcall4 ,if he has nothing better to say1 he must call ,two ,spades1 thus re-opening the bidding for the dealer to make a fresh start1 in case the opponents also lie low4 ,the effect of this convention1 plainly1 is as follows3-- ,the second player 7by which is meant the player on the dealer's left7 is quite certain that the bidding will come round to him again2 therefore he never opens his mouth unless he is sure that it is to his advantage to do so4 ,all that the dealer has done1 therefore1 is to shift on to his partner's shoulders the onus of opening1 which is disadvantageous for the double reason that the new opener is debarred from ,one ,spade1 and that the second player has been given an unnecessary option4 ,the exceptional cases in which1 under the convention1 it is agreed that the dealer shall make a genuine call are 7#a7 when he has a moderate or guarded ,no-trumper1 when he is to declare ,one ,no-trumps2 7#b7 when he has a strong suit to the ace1 king1 of ,spades or ,clubs1 when he is to declare two in the strong suit as an invitation to partner to make a ,no-trumper4 ,now1 as it is conceded that to call first under such #bed circumstances is an advantage1 why give second player the option of enjoying the same advantage1 which he might not otherwise have had8 ,by this convention1 if it be adopted1 the limitation of loss1 under ,law #ea1 is voluntarily annulled4 ,,general ,,remarks4 ,it will be noticed that1 if the player of ,dummy fulfils his contract1 his reward increases as in ordinary ,bridge with the value of the declaration4 ,if he fails1 however1 by the same number of tricks1 he loses no more on a declaration of ,no-trumps than on a declaration of ,spades1 the penalty for failure being always #ajj or #ej per trick1 according as the opponents have1 or have not1 doubled4 ,assuming that your chance of winning tricks is the same1 it is always better to play a high call than a low one4 ,conversely1 it is very frequently wiser to leave the opponents to play out a black call1 which you think you can defeat1 than to incur risk of failure yourself by overbidding4 ,do not forget that to double a call is to warn the opponents of their danger and to drive them to make another call which may not suit you so well4 ,if dealer declares ,one ,no-trumps1 and you1 being second player1 have eight clubs to tierce major1 and you keep your mouth shut1 and let ,no-trumps be played1 you may be pretty sure of #ajj above for two tricks under4 ,if you double1 and they make it ,two ,hearts and win the odd trick1 you are #ej points to the bad4 ,a high declaration 7,four1 or even ,three1 in a red suit71 which the opponents cannot get out of1 may be doubled more freely1 though the penalty under ,law #eh must be borne in mind4 ,such doubles are often advisable on #bee high-card strength in the plain suits1 even when weak in trumps4 ,still more politic is what is known as a free double1 that is1 the double of a call which in any case will give the opponents game if they fulfil their contract4 ,conversely1 a double which gives the opponents a game that they would not otherwise have secured is the worst double of all4 ,the most important point of all in the game is to remember that1 in the majority of cases1 it is more profitable to let your opponents fail than to score below the line yourself4 ,the efforts of the skilled player are being always directed to driving the other side into a contract which they cannot bring off1 and then leaving them to play it4 ,it is in this kind of strategy that the ,poker-player is pre-eminent3 to know when to bluff the enemy into an indiscretion1 and when to avoid a similar snare set for oneself1 are gifts of nature not to be acquired from a book4 ,suppose you have a strong hand1 and call ,two ,no-trumps1 and win the first game from love with four by cards1 and score #cj ,aces1 you have won #ff points1 and have improved your chance of winning the #bej points for the rubber4 ,if we reckon your chance of the rubber as #e to #c on 7it certainly is not more71 it is worth about #fc points more--say #acj in all4 ,this you may think a great success4 ,but if you can get the opponents to overbid your ,two ,no-trumps with ,three ,hearts1 and you see that they can only get the odd trick1 you will be better off if you double and let them play1 even if they score #af for honours4 ,for #bjj less #af leaves you #ahd points--and you are still #ed to the good4 ,as player of ,dummy1 aim first at fulfilling your #bef contract4 ,when this is accomplished1 you may try for game4 ,as player against ,dummy1 aim first at saving the game4 ,when there is no risk of that being lost1 devote yourself to defeating the dealer's contract4 99 99 99 99 99 #beg ,,five ,,hundred4 ,this is a game largely played in the ,united ,states and in ,canada1 but not so well known in this country as it deserves to be1 though one variety of it has been played in ,london clubs4 ,it is primarily and specifically a game for three players2 and this is one of its greatest merits1 for good three-handed games are rare4 ,five ,hundred has been characterised as a patchwork or mosaic game2 but such expressions do not do it justice1 as tending to create the impression that it is a thing of shreds picked up here and there1 and indifferently joined together4 ,it does1 indeed1 borrow its elements from sundry older games3 ,euchre1 ,loo1 ,nap1 and ,auction ,bridge3 but by combining these elements into a new and harmonious whole1 it achieves a sum total that produces the effect of novelty without taxing our brains to assimilate unfamiliar and bizarre ideas4 ,it appears to many people to contain all the merits of ,auction ,bridge without the patent defects of the latter--the interminable length of the rubber1 the undefined limits of loss1 and the supersession of skill by bluff4 ,in the following description1 the typical form of the game is assumed1 in which three players take part1 each being opposed to both the others4 ,the pack used is the piquet pack of thirty-two cards 7cards below the seven being omitted7 plus the ,joker--thirty-three cards in all4 #beh ,those who are not ,euchre-players must begin by familiarising themselves with the functions of the ,joker1 and with the peculiar rank and attributes of the ,right and ,left ,bower4 ,when there are trumps1 the ,joker is the master trump2 then follows the knave of trumps 7the ,right ,bower72 then the other knave of the same colour 7the ,left ,bower72 after which come the ace1 king1 queen1 ten1 nine1 eight1 seven of trumps1 in descending order4 ,the trump suit thus consists of ten cards2 the plain suit of the same colour consists of seven only2 the other two plain suits consist of eight each4 ,the knaves of the latter two suits take their ordinary ,whist and ,bridge rank1 between the queen and the #aj4 ,when there are no trumps1 all the cards1 except the ,joker1 rank as in ,whist or ,bridge4 ,the ,joker remains the master card of the pack2 if it is led1 the leader names the suit which he elects it to represent1 and the other players must follow suit accordingly4 ,in cutting for deal1 the ,joker is the lowest card1 and an ace the next higher4 ,after which come the #g1 c41 upwards to the king4 ,after shuffling and cutting1 the dealer distributes three rounds of three cards each to the three players1 followed by one round of one card each4 ,the remaining three cards are laid face downwards on the table1 and constitute the widow4 ,the bidding then begins4 ,the eldest hand has the first right to declare how many tricks 7not fewer than six7 he will contract to win4 ,at the same time1 he must either name a trump suit or declare ,no-trumps4 ,the eldest hand is not bound to bid1 but may pass4 ,each successive player1 in the usual ,bridge order1 may #bei either overbid1 or may also pass4 ,a player who has once passed cannot subsequently bid4 ,with this exception1 the bidding and overbidding continue1 until every one is content4 ,if no player bids1 the cards are played ,no-trumps1 and in this case the widow remains unappropriated1 the eldest hand has the first lead1 and each player scores #aj points for each trick that he may make4 ,when the bidding1 if any1 is completed1 the player who bid the highest1--thenceforward known as the bidder1--has the first lead4 ,the bidder1 before playing1 takes the widow into his own hand1 and then discards any three cards out of the thirteen4 ,these rejected cards are to be laid face downwards on the table1 and may not be inspected by any one4 ,there are penalties for discarding too many or too few cards1 and for illegally looking at the discard4 ,the value of any bid depends1 as in ,auction ,bridge1 partly on the number of tricks contracted for1 and partly on the declaration as to trumps4 ,the best and most modern schedule 7known as the ,avondale7 is as follows3-- ---------------------------------------- -------------- #f #g #h #i #aj ,bids ,tricks ,tricks ,tricks ,tricks ,tricks ---------------------------------------- -------------- ,in ,spades #dj #adj #bdj #cdj #ddj ---------------------------------------- -------------- ,in ,clubs #fj #afj #bfj #cfj #dfj ---------------------------------------- -------------- ,in ,diamonds #hj #ahj #bhj #chj #dhj ---------------------------------------- -------------- ,in ,hearts #ajj #bjj #cjj #djj #ejj ---------------------------------------- -------------- ,in ,no-trumps #abj #bbj #cbj #dbj #ebj ---------------------------------------- -------------- #bfj ,the scale is uniform1 and easy to remember4 ,the numbers increase downwards by #bj at a time1 and horizontally by #ajj at a time4 ,it will be noticed that no two bids are numerically equal4 ,there are certain restrictions on the power of the ,joker in the case of ,no-trumps4 ,the leader of it cannot nominate it to be of a suit in which he has previously renounced2 and if he plays it 7not being the leader7 to the lead of a suit in which he has previously renounced1 it has no winning value4 ,when there are trumps1 the ,joker and both ,bowers form part of the trump suit in the order of precedence already explained4 ,if the bidder fulfils his contract1 or makes any greater number of tricks fewer than ten1 he scores the number of points set out in the above table1 but no more4 ,if he wins all the ten tricks1 he scores a minimum of #bej2 but if his bid be worth more than #bej1 he scores nothing extra4 ,should he fail in his contract1 the value of his bid is set down in his minus column1 and has to be deducted from his past or future plus score4 ,in every case1 each opponent of the bidder scores #aj points for every trick that he wins4 ,the winner of the game is he who first scores #ejj points 7hence the title of the game74 ,if two players score more than #ejj each in the same deal1 one of them being the bidder1 the latter is the winner4 ,if neither is the bidder1 he who first makes the trick that brings his score over #ejj is the winner4 ,each player keeps his score in three columns1 one for plus points 7headed ,,won71 one for minus points 7headed ,,lost71 and the third for the net total4 #bfa ,,revokes4 ,the ,american rule is as follows3-- ,upon the revoke being claimed and proved1 the hands shall be immediately abandoned4 ,if it is an adversary of the bidder who has revoked1 the bidder scores the full amount of his bid1 while the side in error scores nothing4 ,professor ,hoffmann's rule is as follows3-- ,if the bidder be the offender1 he shall be set back the amount of his bid i4e4 the amount shall be scored in his minus column1 each of the opponents scoring as usual for any trick or tricks he may have made1 including any which1 but for the revoke1 would have fallen to him4 ,if one of the opponents be the offender1 the cards of the trick in which the revoke occurred1 and of any subsequent trick1 shall be taken back by their respective holders1 and the hand played anew from that point4 ,the bidder and the opponent not in fault shall each score according to the result of the play1 but the offender can score nothing for that hand1 and shall further be set back #ajj points4 ,if a player finds that he holds the ,joker1 two knaves of the same colour1 and any two other cards of the same suit as one of the knaves1 he has four tricks certain1 by declaring the three-suit trumps1 unless all the other five trumps be in the same hand4 ,should he hold two more tricks in the side suits1 he will be quite justified in bidding six4 ,the chances of getting another trump1 by taking in the widow1 are an important element in arriving at sound decisions4 ,the odds evidently vary with the number of trumps already held by the player4 #bfb ,the following figures should be carefully borne in mind3 ,if a player holds four trumps1 it is #h to #e on his finding one more at least in the widow4 ,if he holds five trumps1 the odds are only #g to #f in favour4 ,if he has six1 he must not reckon on getting another1 the odds being #f to #e against4 ,,book ,,on ,,five ,,hundred4 ,,hoffmann1 ,,professor4--,five ,hundred3 the popular ,american ,card ,game4 ,goodall ,son1 ,ld4 99 99 99 99 99 #bfc ,,quinto4 ,this game is the invention of ,professor ,hoffmann4 ,it has achieved immediate popularity in circles where it has been experimentally introduced1 and it has been thought that it may even be destined to supplant ,bridge4 ,waiving discussion1 however1 of the question whether ,bridge is on the point of immediate deposition from its throne1 no impartial person would deny that games could be devised that might run it very close1 and bid fair to imperil its popularity4 ,to invent such a game ,professor ,hoffmann1 with his long and close experience of social pastimes of every kind1 is exceptionally well qualified2 and1 whether or no we shall all leave off being ,bridge-players and become ,quinto-players1 there is no denying that in the latter game there are several new and interesting elements1 that it carefully avoids the fatal error of excessive complexity--the ruin of ,vint and ,skat1 for instance--and that it is compounded of skill and chance in very happy proportions4 ,it is a game of two partners against two1 as at ,bridge and ,whist4 ,the pack1 however1 consists of fifty-three cards instead of fifty-two4 ,the place of the extra card 7five crowns--known as ,quint ,royal7 which is included by ,messrs4 ,goodall ,son in their ,quinto packs can be supplied equally well by the ,joker1 which all ordinary packs now contain4 ,similarly1 the score-sheets 7which resemble #bfd those of ,bridge1 except that no horizontal division is necessary7 may be dispensed with1 and their place supplied by ordinary paper and pencil1 or by an ordinary cribbage-board4 ,after settling partners and deal in the usual way1 the cards are shuffled and cut1 and the dealer then lays aside the five top cards1 face downwards1 to form what is known as the cachette4 ,the remaining forty-eight cards are dealt out as at ,whist1 so that each hand contains twelve cards2 but no trump card is turned up4 ,the players in rotation1 commencing with the eldest hand1 have then the option of once doubling the value of each trick1 and of once re-doubling an opponent's double4 ,the option passes round the table once only1 and does not affect the value of the quints1 as defined below4 ,the normal value of each trick1 reckoned irrespective of its contents1 and counting to the side which wins it1 is five points4 ,each side scores the number of tricks that it actually wins4 ,if ,a ,b win #aa tricks1 and ,y ,z #b1 ,a ,b score #ee1 and ,y ,z #aj4 ,these values may1 however1 be doubled or quadrupled before the play begins1 as previously explained4 ,the winners of the twelfth trick take the cachette1 which itself counts as an extra trick4 ,thus the winning of the twelfth trick bears a double value4 ,so far as regards trick scoring4 ,the honours are known as ,quints1 and are 7#a7 ,the five of any suit1 a fifth honour being the ,joker or ,quint ,royal2 7#b7 ,an ace and four1 or a deuce and trey1 of the same suit1 falling to the same trick4 ,quints count not to the side to which they are originally dealt1 but to the side that wins the trick containing #bfe them4 ,they are marked as they occur in course of play1 according to the following scale3 ,quint ,royal1 #be2 ,quint in ,hearts1 #bj2 in ,diamonds1 #ae2 in ,clubs1 #aj2 in ,spades1 #e4 ,the contents of the cachette 7if of any value7 are similarly scored by the side that takes it4 ,the play of ,quint ,royal is peculiar4 ,it has no trick-taking value at all1 and can be scored by the holder only if he can throw it on a trick won by his partner4 ,this he is always allowed to do1 whether he holds one of the suit led or not4 ,with the preceding exception1 every player1 having one of the suit led1 must follow4 ,if he has not1 he may trump or over-trump4 ,no selection is made of any particular suit for trumps1 but for trumping purposes the suits ascend in power1 in ,bridge order1 from spades to hearts4 ,thus any spade may be trumped by the deuce of clubs1 which may be over-trumped by any other club or by the deuce of diamonds--and so on up to the one card1 the ace of hearts1 which is a winner against all the rest4 ,game is #bej up4 ,a distinction between quints and tricks is that the former are marked up as they occur in course of play1 and that1 as soon as the scoring of them brings either side up to or beyond #bej1 that game is at an end1 and the rest of the hand is abandoned4 ,the value of the cachette may make the winners of it game2 if so1 the tricks are not counted4 ,if neither side is #bej up after counting all quints1 the value of the tricks won is added in4 ,should such addition bring both parties beyond #bej1 the higher of the two totals wins4 ,those who first win two games win the rubber1 and score #ajj points extra therefor4 ,there is another method of scoring--by single1 #bff double1 and treble games--but the former way has been preferred wherever the writer has seen the game played4 ,before ,quint ,royal has been played1 a player who does not hold it should be always on the alert to give his partner the chance of making it4 ,the original leader1 therefore 7not holding ,quint ,royal himself71 is always expected to start with the ace of spades1 if he has it4 ,if not1 with the ace of clubs4 ,the ace of hearts is certainly1 and the ace of diamonds probably1 too valuable to be led out in this way4 ,the establishment of a black suit is obviously a hopeless task1 for both red suits cannot be got out of the way4 ,hearts1 however1 may sometimes be extracted for the benefit of a good long suit of diamonds4 ,,dummy 7,,or ,,three-,,handed7 ,,quinto4 ,in the case of three players only1 one plays a ,dummy hand in combination with his own4 ,this being a very decided advantage1 the ,dummy-player is handicapped #be1 that number of points being scored to his opponents' credit before the game begins4 ,rubbers are not played1 each game being settled for separately1 and the three players take ,dummy in rotation1 game by game4 ,the partner of ,dummy always takes first deal of each game4 ,when either of ,dummy's opponents deals1 the ,dummy-player must look first at the hand from which he has to lead1 and must double or re-double from his knowledge of that one hand only4 ,,book ,,on ,,quinto4 ,,hoffmann1 ,,professor4--,quinto3 ,a new and original card game4 ,goodall ,son1 ,ld4 99 99 99 99 99 #bfg ,,poker ,,patience4 ,this game1 which has recently come into favour among card-players1 consists essentially of the task of laying out twenty-five cards face upwards on the table1 in five rows of five cards each4 ,a full whist pack of #eb cards is shuffled and cut1 and the cards are dealt by the player1 one by one1 in order from the top4 ,each card1 after the first1 must be laid down1 as it is dealt1 next to one already on the table1 either vertically1 horizontally1 or diagonally4 ,that is to say1 it must be placed immediately above1 or below2 to the right1 or to the left2 or corner to corner4 ,the resultant oblong is considered as comprising ten ,poker hands 7of five cards each71 five hands being reckoned horizontally 7which we will call the rows7 and five vertically 7which we will call the columns74 ,the object is to lay out the cards so that the aggregate total score of the ten ,poker hands shall be as large as possible4 ,the score-table is as follows 7for definition of terms1 see page #abd73-- ,straight flush #cj ,threes #f ,fours #af ,flush #e ,straight #ab ,two pairs #c ,full #aj ,one pair #a 7,it will be noticed that the relative values differ from those in ,poker proper47 #bfh ,the game may be played by two or more players1 each against all4 ,each player is provided with a separate pack4 ,one is appointed dealer2 his pack is shuffled and cut in the ordinary way4 ,the packs of the other players should1 for convenience1 be sorted out previously into suits4 ,as a card is dealt1 the dealer names it aloud2 each of the other players then selects the same card from his own pack4 ,every one uses his own judgment as to the laying-out of the cards2 and when the twenty-five are all played1 and the tableaux are complete1 the total scored by each player is added up1 and the losers pay the winners on an agreed scale4 ,supposing five players have scored as follows4-- ,a1 #hg2 ,b1 #ha2 ,c1 #gh2 ,d1 #gh2 ,e1 #fe4 ,a is paid #f1 #i1 #i1 #bb points by ,b1 ,c1 ,d1 ,e respectively4 ,b is paid #c1 #c1 #af points by ,c1 ,d1 ,e respectively4 ,c and ,d are each paid #ac points by ,e4 ,thus ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d win #df1 #af1 #a1 #a points respectively2 and ,e loses #fd4 ,or we may proceed by adding all the scores together 7making #chi71 multiplying each player's score by #e 7the number of players71 and paying for the differences1 above or below the total4 ,if we multiply each player's total1 as given above1 by #e1 we get ,a1 #dce2 ,b1 #dje2 ,c and ,d1 #cij2 ,e1 #cbe4 ,the differences 7by excess or defect7 between these and #chi give the same result as before4 ,,serpent ,,poker ,,patience4 ,this is a problem variety of the above game introduced by ,ernest ,bergholt4 ,in the preceding game1 #bfi the cards are dealt blind--that is to say1 when we lay down any given card1 we are in ignorance of those that are to follow4 ,in ,serpent ,poker ,patience1 the twenty-five cards are dealt1 in fixed order1 face upwards1 and are all known to the player before he begins to lay them out4 ,this is a pastime for one player only4 ,if there were no limitation of the rule for laying out the cards1 the analysis would be too complicated to be practicable2 hence the added restriction1 which forbids the corner to corner contact1 and enjoins that each card must be laid vertically or horizontally next to the one last played4 ,we have1 in fact1 to make a rook's path on a chess-board of twenty-five squares1 beginning and ending where we please4 ,while analysis is thus simplified1 there still remains considerable scope for variation in the total score obtained4 ,the art of play often consists in the sacrifice of valuable combinations in order to obtain others which1 in the aggregate1 will count a higher number of points2 and curious results may thus be sometimes exhibited4 ,i give the following by way of illustration3 it is not difficult4 ,the twenty-five cards are dealt in the order specified3-- ,d4#f1 ,s4#e1 ,c4,q1 ,d4,q1 ,h4,q1 ,h4#aj1 ,c4#aj1 ,h4#f1 ,c4#c1 ,h4,j1 ,h4 ace1 ,h4#e1 ,h4#h1 ,h4,k1 ,s4,q1 ,h4#d1 ,c4#b1 ,d4#b1 ,h4#g1 ,s4,j1 ,s4#c1 ,h4#c1 ,d4#c1 ,s4#f1 ,h4#b4 ,what is the highest score that can be made by laying out the above cards in serpentine order8 ,a few trials will suggest the following arrangement1 with two straight flushes1 intersecting in the ace of hearts1 whereby a total of #gh may be secured3-- #bgj ------------------------- ,h4#h ,h4#e ,c4#c ,h4#f ,c4#aj ------------------------- ,h4,k ,h4,a ,h4,j ,h4,q ,h4#aj ------------------------- ,s4,q ,h4#d ,c4#b ,d4,q ,c4,q ------------------------- ,s4#f ,h4#b ,d4#b ,h4#g ,s4#e ------------------------- ,d4#c ,h4#c ,s4#c ,s4,j ,d4#f ------------------------- ,the rows count a straight flush 7#cj71 threes 7#f71 a pair 7#a71 threes 7#f72 the columns count a straight flush 7#cj71 two pairs 7#c71 pair 7#a71 pair 7#a74 ,total1 #gh4 ,but the correct solution is as follows 7abandoning one of the straight flushes73-- ------------------------- ,h4#h ,h4#e ,c4#c ,h4#f ,c4#aj ------------------------- ,h4,k ,h4,a ,h4,j ,h4,q ,h4#aj ------------------------- ,s4,q ,s4,j ,s4#c ,d4,q ,c4,q ------------------------- ,h4#d ,h4#g ,h4#c ,d4#f ,s4#e ------------------------- ,c4#b ,d4#b ,d4#c ,s4#f ,h4#b ------------------------- ,the rows count a straight flush 7#cj71 threes 7#f71 a straight 7#ab71 threes 7#f74 ,the columns count fours 7#af71 full hand 7#aj71 pair 7#a74 ,total1 #ha4 99 99 99 99 99 #bga ,,backgammon4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,backgammon is played by two persons1 on a special board with thirty men1 fifteen white and fifteen black 7or red71 similar to those used for the game of ,draughts4 ,the board 7see ,fig4 #a7 is square1 usually of wood1 lined with leather1 and is divided into two equal compartments1 each with a raised wall or border4 ,it is usually made in two portions1 #bgb hinged so as to fold together1 and bearing on their outward surfaces the necessary squares for draughts or chess1 so that the one board may answer both purposes4 ,the board is so placed in use that the two compartments1 known as tables1 shall lie longitudinally between the players4 ,one of these is known as the outer1 the other as the inner or home table4 ,which of the two is for the time being the inner and which the outer table is governed by the arrangement of the men at starting4 ,with the men placed as in ,fig4 #a1 the right hand is the inner or home table1 and the left hand consequently the outer table4 ,the portions of the two latter nearest to each player are known as his inner and outer tables respectively4 ,each table is marked with twelve points1 six at either end4 ,they are alternately of black and white1 black and red1 or other distinctive colours4 ,the two points in the inner table farthest from the dividing partition or bar are known as the ace points1 and those next in order as the two or deuce points1 followed in succession by the three or trois points1 the four or quatre points1 the five or cinque points1 and finally the six#fe points1 next the bar4 ,the points in the outer tables are designated in like manner1 but starting in this case from the dividing partition4 ,the ace point in the outer table is more commonly known as the bar point4 ,a pair of dice 7or sometimes a pair for each player7 and a couple of dice-boxes complete the apparatus of the game4 ,the men are arranged at starting as shown in #bgc ,fig4 #a--viz41 two of ,white's men are placed on the ace point in ,black's inner table1 five are placed on the six point in ,black's outer table1 three on the deuce point in ,white's outer table1 and five on the six point in ,white's inner table4 ,black's men are placed in like manner on the points immediately facing these4 ,,playing4 ,the game is commenced by each player throwing on the centre of the board a single die1 the higher throw of the two giving the right to begin4 ,in the event of a tie1 the players throw again4 ,all subsequent throws are with both dice4 ,the thrower of the higher number may either adopt the points shown by the two dice as his own throw1 or throw again4 ,after throwing1 he calls the number of the throw1 the higher number first1 as six deuce1 cinque trois1 quatre ace1 or as the case may be1 and then proceeds to make his move in accordance with it4 ,the movement of the men of each player is from the ace point in his opponent's home table towards the like point in his own1 though for many purposes it suffices if he can play them into his own table1 independently of their reaching any particular point therein1 the object of the game being first to get all the player's men into his own inner table1 and then to play them out of it again1 according to certain rules to be hereafter stated4 ,the number uppermost on each die entitles the player to move one man forward a corresponding number of points4 ,thus if he threw six trois1 he is entitled to move one man six points onward1 and then the same or another man #bgd three points onward4 ,in the event of his throwing the same points with both dice 7known as doublets71 he is entitled to play the throw twice over4 ,suppose1 for example1 that he throws two aces2 he may move one or more men forward to an aggregate extent of four points4 ,if he throw double deuces1 he may move to an aggregate extent of eight points2 if double threes1 twelve points1 and so on4 ,the right to move is subject to a certain qualification--viz41 that a man can only be played to a point which is either vacant or occupied by one or more men of the player1 or by one man only of the adversary4 ,a player getting two men on a given point is said to make such point1 and as he thereby secures such men from capture1 and at the same time impedes the onward march of the enemy1 it is always an object to do this4 ,a single man on a given point is known as a blot1 and not only does not prevent the enemy playing to that point1 but in the event of its being hit--i4e41 reached by an adverse throw1 it is taken up 7placed on the bar between the two tables71 and1 however far advanced it may have been1 has to begin its journey anew from the inner table of the adversary4 ,nor can such man again start on its journey until its owner is fortunate enough to make a throw corresponding with a vacant point or blot in such table4 ,until he does this1 the play of his other men is suspended4 ,if the adverse player's home table is completely full--i4e41 each point occupied by two or more men1 his play is altogether suspended1 the adversary continuing to throw and move until the course of play again throws open one or more points in his table4 #bge ,any part of a throw which cannot be played is lost to the thrower1 but every player is compelled to play the whole of his throw if it is possible to do so4 ,,bearing ,,off ,,the ,,men4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,when either player has succeeded in getting all his men into his home table1 he proceeds to bear them off--i4e41 to remove them from the board4 ,when the game has reached this stage1 each throw entitles the player either to move forward a man or men 7to the extent indicated by the throw7 within the limits of his own table1 or to remove men from the corresponding points4 ,thus1 suppose that the player's men are thus distributed in his table3 five men on the cinque point1 three on the quatre point1 three on the deuce1 and four on the ace point1 the trois and six points being unoccupied 7see ,fig4 #b74 ,suppose that the player throws quatre trois4 ,for the quatre1 he may either remove a man from the quatre point or advance a man from the cinque #bgf to the ace point4 ,in the case of the trois1 he has no man on that point1 and therefore must play forward1 either by advancing a man from the cinque to the deuce1 or from the quatre to the ace point4 ,if1 however1 he throws a number which he cannot deal with after either of these fashions--e4g41 a six1 he is entitled to bear off a man from his highest occupied point1 in this case the cinque4 ,doublets have1 as in the earlier stage of the game1 a twofold value1 and may be played either wholly by moving men forward1 wholly by bearing off1 or partly by the one method and partly by the other1 as may be desirable4 ,suppose1 for instance1 that the player1 having his men as shown in the figure1 throws deuces2 having only three men on the deuce point1 he can only bear off that number2 the fourth man must be played forward1 either from the cinque or quatre point4 ,the player who first succeeds in removing all his men from the board wins the game1 but the value of the game depends upon the stage reached by the adverse player1 as follows3-- ,if the adversary has got all his men into his own home table1 and has begun to bear off1 the game of the winner is known as a hit4 ,if the winner has borne off all his men before his adversary has begun to do the same1 the game is known as a gammon4 ,the loser is said to be gammoned1 and pays double the agreed stake4 ,if the winner has borne off all his men while the adversary has still a man or men up 7i4e41 on the bar7 or in his 7the winner's7 home table1 the game is a backgammon1 and the loser pays #bgg either thrice or four times 7as may have been agreed7 the amount of the single stake4 ,where several games are played in succession1 the winner of a hit throws first in the game next following4 ,after a gammon or backgammon1 the players throw again for the right to begin1 as at starting4 ,,hints ,,for ,,play4 ,a leading principle is to make points whenever you fairly can1 especially in or close to your home table4 ,a second general principle is to avoid the leaving of blots1 particularly where they are likely to be hit by the adversary4#ff ,this latter principle is1 however1 subject to many qualifications4 ,the advantages of spreading your men1 in readiness to make points1 may more than counterbalance the risk1 and in certain critical conditions of the game it is sometimes even desirable to be hit1 inasmuch as it enables you to make a fresh start from your adversary's home table1 and so get the opportunity in turn of taking him up4 ,at the opening of a game the men on both sides are in a uniform position1 and it is1 consequently1 possible to lay down specific rules as to the best method of playing any given throw4 ,we will go seriatim through all the possible throws4 ,in some instances alternative methods will be given1 according as the player aims merely at securing a hit1 and is content1 therefore1 to play for safety1 or elects to #bgh play a more risky game upon the chance of securing a gammon4 ,this case often arises where the player has already lost the first hit of a rubber1 in which case1 if he loses the next game1 he has lost the rubber also2 but if he can secure a gammon 7reckoning as a double game71 he becomes the winner of the rubber4 ,,aces4--7,the best possible throw at starting47 ,play two men on your bar point1 and two on your cinque point4#fg ,,deuce ,,ace4--,for a hit1 play the deuce from the five men in your adversary's outer-table1 and the ace from the ace point in his inner table4 ,for a gammon1 play the ace from the six to the ace point in your own table4 ,,deuces4--,for a hit1 play two from the six to the quatre point in your own table1 and the other two from the ace to the trois point in your opponent's inner table4 ,for a gammon1 play the second pair from the five men in his outer table4 ,,trois ,,ace4--,make your cinque point4 ,,trois ,,deuce4--,the approved play is to carry two men from the five in your adversary's outer table to the quatre and cinque points in your own outer table4 ,this1 of course1 makes two blots4 ,to avoid this1 some1 for a hit1 play one man from the same #bgi point to the deuce point in the above-mentioned table1 but the bolder play is to be preferred4 ,,double ,,trois4--,there are three ways of playing this throw4 ,some players make the bar point4 ,the more usual play is1 for a hit1 to play two to the cinque point in the player's own1 and the other two to the quatre point in the adversary's table4 ,for a gammon1 play the last two from the six to the trois point in your own table4 ,,quatre ,,ace4--,play the quatre from the five men in your opponent's outer table1 and the ace from his ace point4 7,timid players1 fearing to leave two blots1 sometimes play the whole throw from the first-mentioned point1 but the plan is not to be recommended47 ,,quatre ,,deuce4--,make your quatre point4 ,,quatre ,,trois4--,play two men from the five in your adversary's outer table4 ,,double ,,quatre4--,play two men from the ace to the cinque point in the adversary's inner table1 and two from the five in his outer table4 ,for a gammon1 play two men only1 from the point last mentioned to the cinque point in your own table4 ,,cinque ,,ace4--,play the cinque from the five men in your adversary's outer table1 and the ace from the ace point in his inner table4 ,for a gammon1 play the ace from the six to the cinque point in your own table4 ,,cinque ,,deuce4--,play both men from the five in your adversary's outer table4 ,,cinque ,,trois4--,make your trois point4 ,,cinque ,,quatre4--,move one man from your adversary's ace point to the trois point in his outer table4 #bhj ,,double ,,cinque4--,carry two men from the five in the adversary's outer table1 and make your trois point4 ,,six ,,ace4--,make your bar point4 ,,six ,,deuce4--,move a man from the five in your adversary's outer table to the cinque point in your own table4 ,,six ,,trois1 ,,six ,,quatre1 ,,six ,,cinque4--,carry one man from your adversary's ace point as far as the throw will permit4 ,,sixes4--,place two men on your adversary's bar point1 and two on your own4 ,of the above throws 7at the outset of the game71 double aces are reckoned the best1 and double sixes next best4 ,double trois comes third1 followed by trois ace and six ace4 ,doublets1 if playable1 are good1 as covering greater distance4 ,any throw in which the higher of the two numbers is two in advance of the other 7as cinque trois1 trois ace7 is also good1 as enabling you to make a point in your table4#fh 99 99 99 99 99 #bha ,,bagatelle4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4--;,arrangement of the ,holes4 ,bagatelle is played with nine ivory balls on a special table or board1 oblong in shape1 from #f to #aj ft4 long1 and in width about one-fourth of its length1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,at that end of the board which in use is farthest from the player are sunk nine hemispherical holes or cups1 one as a #bhb centre1 with the others in a circle round it4 ,each hole bears a number1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4--;,bagatelle ,board4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4--,playing off the ,cushion4 ,of the nine balls one is black1 four are white1 and four are red4 ,whatever the diameter of the balls1 that of the cups must exactly correspond with it4 #bhc ,the sides of the board are furnished with a continuous cushion1 such cushion at the upper end forming a semi-circle1 concentric with the circle made by the cups4 ,the upper edge of each side of the board is pierced with a double row of small holes1 sixty in each row1 arranged in groups of five4 ,the score is marked by inserting little ivory pegs in these holes1 each player using one side of the board4 ,to score the number obtained1 the player removes his hinder peg for the time being1 and places it the required number of holes in front of the foremost peg4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4--,the ,cue4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e4--,the ,mace4 ,the balls are propelled1 at the option of the player1 either with a cue 7,fig4 #d7 or with the mace 7,fig4 #e74 ,the cue is a reproduction in miniature of that used at ,billiards4 ,the mace consists of an oblong shoe1 or block of wood1 slightly curved1 attached to a long thin tapering handle4 ,the cue is used as at ,billiards4 ,the mace is handled in a different manner4 ,the shoe at its foot is placed in actual contact with the ball1 the handle pointing over the right shoulder of the player1 grasped1 about one-third from the top1 between the thumb and second and third fingers of the right hand4 ,the ball is then pushed forward in the desired direction4 ,at best the mace is but a clumsy implement1 and would never be used by any one who had acquired #bhd even the most elementary skill in handling the cue4 ,at starting1 the black ball is placed on the spot marked a 7,fig4 #b74 ,the player1 taking the remaining balls1 places one of them on the spot marked b1 and impels it in the direction of the black ball4 ,if he hits this latter1 the stroke is good1 and he plays another ball1 continuing till the whole eight have been played4 ,if1 however1 the first ball played miss the black1 it is removed from the table 7whether it fall into a hole or not71 and is lost to the player for that turn1 as also any succeeding ball until the black ball is hit1 after which the obligation to strike it ceases4 ,if any ball is so struck as to be driven back towards the player more than half-way down the board1 it is in like manner removed4 ,after the black ball is once struck1 the player is no longer obliged to place his own ball on the spot b1 but may place it at any point behind such spot4 ,he continues till the whole of the eight balls have been played4 ,the object of the player is to hole as many of his balls as possible1 preferably in the cups bearing the higher numbers4 ,the black ball counts double1 and a good player will1 therefore1 endeavour to get this into the centre hole4 ,this1 however1 is somewhat difficult1 for1 if struck directly towards the #i1 it must pass over the #a1 and is very likely to hole itself therein4 ,it is1 therefore1 safer play to strike it lightly on the right side1 and so drive it towards the #h1 into which it may probably be coaxed by a subsequent ball4 ,when the black ball has found a resting-place1 the efforts of the player are directed to place his remaining balls to the best advantage4 #bhe ,the approved methods of play for doing this1 as to holes #d1 #e1 #f1 #g1 #h1 #i1 are indicated by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #c1 the ball being so struck as to go off the cushion into the desired hole4 ,the best mode of playing a given ball will1 however1 be greatly governed by the positions occupied by preceding balls4 ,it frequently happens that a number of balls lie at distances less than their own diameter from the semicircular cushion at top4 ,in such case1 a ball sent slowly round the cushion will strike them all in succession1 and1 driving them towards the centre1 may hole one or more of them4 ,if1 on the other hand1 the balls in question are more than their own diameter from the cushion1 the ball sent in pursuit of them will run harmlessly round1 and very probably be lost by overpassing the half-way line4 ,or1 again1 the balls may be lying close under the cushion1 and the impact of the ball in play may simply drive them further round4 ,it frequently happens that a ball lies just on the brink of a hole1 and that a discreet touch in the right place will cause it to drop therein4 ,for such strokes as these the instructions given for securing winning hazards at ,billiards may be studied with advantage4 ,the game is usually #abj points--i4e41 up and down the board4 ,this number1 is1 however1 not absolute1 the player who first reaches it continuing to play until the whole of his eight balls are exhausted1 and scoring the whole number obtained4 ,if he be the second player1 the game is then at an end1 but if he was the first to play1 the second player is entitled to #bhf play his eight balls also1 and the player attaining the larger total is the winner4 ,if1 when the game is won1 the loser has not turned the corner--i4e41 begun to score on the downward journey1 the game is a double1 and if there was any stake1 the loser pays double accordingly4 ,where four persons take part1 two play as partners against the two others1 one of each side playing alternately the whole of the eight balls4#fi 99 99 99 99 99 #bhg ,,billiards4 ,the best introduction to an account of ,billiards will be a brief explanation of the implements of the game and the terms used in connection with it4 ,the bed of a full-sized table 7see ,fig4 #a7 is #ab ft4 long1 and #f ft4 #a-a_/b inches wide4 ,the pockets are #c-e_/h inches across4 ,the billiard spot1 ,s1 is #ab-c_/d inches from the centre of the top cushion1 opposite to the baulk4 ,the pyramid spot1 ,p1 is placed at the intersection of two lines drawn from the two middle pockets to the opposite top pockets4 ,the centre spot1 ,m1 is exactly between the middle pockets4 ,the baulk is the space behind a line drawn across the table1 #bi inches from the face of the bottom cushion1 and parallel to it4 ,the half-circle1 or ,d1 is #bc inches in diameter1 its centre1 ,k1 coinciding with the centre of the baulk-line4 ,the game is played with three balls of equal size and weight1 one red1 one white1 and one spot-white4 ,the diameter of a ball must be not less than #b-a_/af inches1 nor more than #b-c_/cb inches4 ,the diameter of a match ball1 under ,national ,rules1 is #b-e_/fd inches4 #bhh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 #bhi ,the choice of balls and order of play is1 unless mutually agreed upon1 determined by stringing 7i4e41 playing from baulk up the table1 so as to strike the top cushion74 ,the striker whose ball stops nearest the lower cushion may take which ball he likes1 and play1 or direct his opponent to play1 as he may deem expedient4 ,in stringing1 under ,national ,rules1 the players must both play at the same time4 ,the red ball is1 at the opening of every game1 placed on the billiard spot1 and must be replaced after being pocketed or forced off the table4 ,if the billiard spot be occupied1 the red ball must be placed on the pyramid spot1 or1 if that also be occupied1 on the centre spot4 ,when any player plays from baulk1 he must place his ball within the half-circle1 or on the line that contains it4 ,whoever breaks the balls 7i4e41 leads off7 must play out of baulk1 though it is not necessary that he shall strike the red ball1 and he may give a miss in or out of baulk4 ,but1 if in baulk1 he must first strike a cushion out of baulk4 ,no player who is in hand is allowed to strike any ball in baulk1 or on the baulk-line1 unless his ball has first struck a cushion out of baulk4 ,should1 however1 a ball be out of baulk1 the player in hand may strike any part of that ball without his own ball necessarily going out of baulk4 ,the player continues to play until he ceases to score1 when his opponent follows on4 ,the various strokes are as under3 #a4--;,a winning hazard is made by the player causing his own ball to hit an object ball and forcing the latter into a pocket4 #b4--;,a losing hazard is made by the player causing his own ball to hit an object ball and forcing his own ball into a pocket4 #bij #c4--;,a cannon is made by causing the player's ball to strike the two object balls4 ,by ,billiard ,association rules1 when two object balls are struck simultaneously1 the stroke shall be scored as if the white had been struck first4 ,under ,national ,rules1 such a stroke counts as if the red were struck first4 #d4--;,a coup is made by forcing the player's own ball into a pocket without first striking another ball4 ,a miss counts one1 a coup three1 to the opposite player4 ,the scores are counted as follows3-- ,a4--,a two stroke is made by pocketing an opponent's ball--i4e41 a winning hazard2 or by pocketing the striker's ball off his opponent's--i4e41 a losing hazard2 or by making a cannon4 ,b4--,a three stroke is made by pocketing the red ball--i4e41 a red winning hazard2 or by pocketing the striker's ball off the red--i4e41 a red losing hazard4 ,c4--,a four stroke may be made by pocketing the white and spot-white balls2 or by making a cannon and pocketing an opponent's ball2 or by making a cannon and pocketing the striker's ball1 the opponent's ball having been first hit4 ,d4--,a five stroke may be made by scoring a cannon and pocketing the red ball2 or by a cannon and pocketing the striker's ball1 after having struck the red ball first or both balls simultaneously2 or by pocketing the red ball and the opponent's ball without cannoning1 or by making a losing hazard off the white and pocketing the red ball4 ,e4--,a six stroke is made by the red ball being struck first1 and the striker's and the red ball #bia pocketed2 or by a cannon off an opponent's ball on to the red and pocketing the two white balls4 ,f4--,a seven stroke is made by striking an opponent's ball first1 pocketing it1 making a cannon1 and pocketing the red also2 or by making a cannon and pocketing the red and an opponent's ball2 or by playing at an opponent's ball first and pocketing all the balls without making a cannon2 or by playing at the red first1 cannoning1 and pocketing your own and the opponent's ball4 ,g4--,an eight stroke is made by striking the red ball first1 pocketing it1 making a cannon1 and pocketing the striker's ball2 or by hitting the red first and pocketing all the balls without making a cannon4 ,h4--,a nine stroke is made by striking an opponent's ball first1 making a cannon1 and pocketing all the balls4 ,i4--,a ten stroke is made by striking the red ball first1 making a cannon1 and pocketing all the balls4 ,reverting to the terms used in the game1 the cue is the stick with which the player strikes the ball4 ,it varies in length from #d ft4 #f inches to #e ft4 ,the thick end or butt has a diameter of about #a-a_/b inches4 ,the small end or tip varies from #a_/b to #a_/d inch in diameter4 ,the average is about #c_/h of an inch4 ,the tip is formed of two pieces of leather glued together4 ,when the tip gets greasy or too smooth1 it should be rubbed with a piece of chalk4 ,,the ,,rest4--,the real rest1 that is1 the support on which the cue is raised in order to strike the ball1 is the left hand4 ,this1 however1 is more #bib generally termed the bridge2 what is known as the rest1 or jigger1 is a cross of wood fixed at right angles to a handle about the same length as the cue1 in order to enable a player to strike a ball when it is too far away to allow him to use his hand as a bridge4 ,special rests1 and cues of extra length1 are made to meet exceptional positions of the balls4 ,,in ,,hand4--,a ball is said to be in hand when it is off the table1 and the player has to play from the half-circle or ,d4 ,,breaking ,,the ,,balls4--,whoever plays1 being in hand1 when the red ball is on the spot and the other ball also is in hand1 is said to break the balls4 ,,in ,,baulk4--,a ball is said to be in baulk when it is between the baulk-line and the bottom cushion4 ,,break4--,the series of scores terminating with the stroke in which the player fails to score is called a break4 ,,screw ,,and ,,screw-,,back4--,this is putting a rotatory motion on a ball1 causing it to spin on a horizontal axis backwards4 ,screw is put on by striking the ball below the centre4 ,,following ,,stroke4--,this is putting a rotatory motion on a ball1 causing it to spin on a horizontal axis forwards instead of backwards4 ,the stroke is made by striking the ball high up above the centre4 ,,side4--,this is a rotatory motion put on a ball1 making it spin on a perpendicular axis4 ,in each of the foregoing cases the ball is made to take1 after striking another ball1 or a cushion1 a direction different from that which it would take did no such rotatory motion exist4 ,in order that the learner may the better understand the meaning of screw1 screw-back1 following stroke1 #bic and side1 we will illustrate them by means of a diagram4 ,in ,fig4 #a we will suppose the red ball to be placed on the middle spot in the table1 ,m4 ,the player places his own ball in the centre spot in the baulk-line1 ,k1 and aims his ball1 first of all1 so as to strike the object ball with the ordinary ,,half-,,ball ,,stroke--that is1 the centre of his ball advances towards the extreme edge of the object ball4 ,in ,fig4 #b1 ,o is the object ball2 ,s1 the striker's ball4 ,in order to play the half-ball stroke1 it is necessary that the player should aim at the point ,e1 the extreme edge of the horizontal diameter of the object ball4 ,of course1 as the diagram shows1 he will not strike the ball in the point at which he aims 7this is never done save in the case of the ball being struck exactly in the centre71 but as ,s#a1 in the point ,c4 ,when the object ball is thus struck1 the striker's ball1 supposing there is no screw on the ball1 will take the direction indicated in ,fig4 #b as ,s#b4 ,this angle is called the natural angle2 about this natural angle we shall have to say more by-and-by4 ,suppose the stroke played thus4 ,after playing1 the ball will follow the line ,m ,p 7,fig4 #a74 ,now suppose some strong screw had been put on the ball by hitting it low down4 ,the ball1 owing to the hit1 and to its after-contact with the ball at ,m1 would follow the line ,m ,p2 but1 owing to the rotatory motion making the ball revolve or spin backwards1 it has a tendency to run back again towards ,k1 the point from which it started4 ,under the influence of these two forces1 the ball takes the medium course shown by the dotted line ,m ,p#a4 ,in other words1 the striker1 although he hits the object ball a half-ball stroke1 screws into the middle pocket4 #bid ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,now suppose1 instead of hitting the ball below the centre1 he hits it high up above the centre1 so as to make the ball rotate forwards4 ,after the balls have come in contact1 the rotatory motion forwards has a tendency to make the striker's ball run onwards #bie towards the top cushion and away from ,k1 the point from which it started2 but the contact with the object ball would--did no rotatory motion exist--cause it to follow the direction of the line ,m ,p4 ,under the influence of these two forces the ball takes a medium course1 and follows the line ,m ,p#b4 ,if the player hit the ball at ,m full1 that is1 played at it quite straight and hit the ball at ,m in its nearest point1 then1 if he put on screw1 his own ball would1 after striking the ball at ,m1 stop and run back towards ,k1 fast or not according to the amount of rotatory motion he succeeded in putting on his own ball when he struck it4 ,if the player hit the ball at ,m full1 and hit his own ball high up and above the centre--the following stroke--his ball1 after striking the ball at ,m1 would follow on1 and1 if he hit it exactly1 would go on in the direction of the spots1 ,p and ,s4 ,in putting on side1 the ball is caused to rotate on a perpendicular axis4 ,for instance 7vide ,fig4 #a71 suppose the player places his ball on the centre spot in baulk1 ,k1 and hits the cushion in the point ,t without putting on any side1 then the ball would rebound in the direction of ,t ,r1 just as the angles of incidence and reflection are equal4 ,suppose1 however1 the player strikes his ball on the right-hand side1 causing it to rotate on a perpendicular axis4 ,when the ball touches the cushion at ,t1 this rotation1 owing to the friction between the ball and the cushion1 causes the ball to take the direction shown in the diagram by the line ,t ,r#a4 ,if1 on the other hand1 the player hits his ball on the left-hand side1 the ball will rebound in the contrary direction shown by line ,t ,r#b4 ,this latter stroke is what every player #bif has to make when he wishes to give a miss in baulk4 ,when a great deal of side is put on a ball1 this side has but little effect till the ball touches a cushion4 ,,fluke4--,when a player plays for one thing1 misses it1 and gets another1 the stroke is called a fluke4 ,thus1 if a man plays for a cannon1 misses the cannon and his ball runs into a pocket off the other ball instead1 it is a fluke4 ,if1 however1 he plays for the cannon and makes it1 and then his ball runs into a pocket1 it is not regarded as a fluke1 although he gets what he did not play for4 ,a ,,jenny is a losing hazard into one of the middle pockets off a ball near to one of the lower-side cushions4 ,a long jenny is a losing hazard off a ball similarly placed into one of the top pockets4 ,,spot ,,stroke4--,a stroke by which a player pockets the red ball from the billiard spot1 at the same time bringing his own ball into position to pocket the red again1 when the latter is replaced on the billiard spot4 ,,all-,,in ,,game4--,a game in which1 by prior agreement1 any number of spot strokes may be consecutively scored4 ,,spot-,,barred ,,game4--,by the ,billiard ,association ,rules1 if the red ball be pocketed from the billiard spot twice in consecutive strokes by the same player1 and not in conjunction with any other score1 it shall be placed on the centre spot2 if a ball prevent this1 then on the pyramid spot1 and if both centre and pyramid spots be covered1 then on the billiard spot4 ,when the red ball is again pocketed it shall be placed on the billiard spot4 ,furthermore1 if when the billiard spot is #big occupied1 a player pocket the red ball from the pyramid spot twice in consecutive strokes1 and not in conjunction with any other score1 it shall be placed on the centre spot4 ,should the player1 with his next stroke1 pocket it again1 it shall be placed on the pyramid spot4 ,,to ,,get ,,on ,,the ,,spot4--,when a player gets his own ball into an easy position for playing the spot stroke1 he is said to get on the spot4 ,,kiss4--,when the balls come in contact a second time they are said to kiss4 ,a ,,nursery4--,a series of cannons made when all three balls are very close together is called a nursery of cannons4 ,,safety4--,when any one plays simply to leave the balls in such a position that his opponent cannot score by his next stroke1 he is said to play for safety4 ,,twist4--,another name for screw4 ,,stab1 ,,or ,,stick-,,shot4--,when any one plays to put a ball in and leave his own ball exactly on the spot where the object ball was1 or only a very little way beyond it1 the stroke is called a stab4 ,,line ,,ball4--,a ball whose centre is exactly on the baulk-line4 ,,foul4--,a stroke which infringes any rule of the game4 ,,object ,,ball4--,the ball upon which the striker's own ball impinges4 ,,jammed4--,when the two object balls touch in the jaws of a pocket1 and each touches a different cushion at the same time4 ,,steeplechase ,,stroke4--,when the striker's own ball is forced off the surface of the table on to1 or over1 #bih one or both of the object balls4 ,by the ,billiard ,association ,rules1 this stroke1 if properly made1 is fair1 and the referee is the proper person to decide the matter4 ,one of the most important points for the beginner1 as well as for the more experienced player1 is the selection of a thoroughly good and reliable cue4 ,strangely enough1 this matter generally receives very little attention1 the neophyte being content to take the first that comes to hand4 ,what is even worse1 he will change about from day to day1--or from hour to hour1--using cues of different shapes1 weight1 and balance2 and is then surprised that he does not make the progress that he expected4 ,reverting to the subject of the half-ball stroke1 it is of the greatest importance that all beginners should understand how much depends upon their being able to hit the object ball in the way shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,their whole future success as billiard-players will depend upon the accuracy with which they learn to hit the object ball in this particular manner4 ,first of all1 the beginner must learn to hit his own ball freely4 ,we would recommend him to take his first practice-lesson by learning simply how to hit a ball hard--i4e41 have only one ball to play with4 ,after he has gained a certain amount of what is called freedom of cue1 he must next learn to aim at the object ball1 so that he always hits it in what we have described as the half-stroke4 ,to ascertain whether he has acquired sufficient freedom of cue1 let him see how many times he can send his own ball up and down the table4 #bii ,in learning to simply strike your own ball1 it is important to learn to strike it hard without putting on side4 ,place your ball in baulk1 say nearly in the centre of the half-circle2 now play straight up at the top cushion hard4 ,if you hit your ball fairly in the centre1 the ball will come back straight2 if you don't you will put on side1 and you can tell how much by the angle at which the ball will rebound from the top cushion4 ,commence learning1 therefore1 by hitting your own ball hard enough to send it four to five times up and down the table without side4 ,this is not so easy as many persons would think4 ,having learnt to hit his own ball fairly in the centre1 the beginner must next learn to hit the object ball a half-ball stroke2 and for this purpose it is a very good exercise1 at the commencement1 to place the red ball on the spot1 ,s 7vide ,fig4 #c71 and the striker's ball in position ,a1 that is1 just in front of the middle pocket1 an inch or two along an imaginary line drawn from the centre of the middle pocket to the edge of the object ball placed on the spot4 ,the losing hazard off the red into the right-hand top pocket ought now to be a certainty1 it being a simple half-ball stroke4 ,after making the hazard1 the red ball should1 after striking the top cushion1 rebound in a line right down the centre of the table 7as shown by the dotted line ,w ,w74 ,by watching the direction of the red ball after striking1 the beginner will be able to see if he has struck the ball correctly4 ,if he hits it too fine1 the red ball will come down the table on the left of the centre line1 ,w ,w4 ,should he strike the red ball too full1 the red will come down the table on the right-hand side of the line ,w ,w4 #cjj ,when the beginner has practised this stroke till he can make a certainty of it1 he may then begin to learn how to play what may be called forcing hazards4 ,for this purpose he can gradually place his own ball lower and lower down the table1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,suppose1 for instance1 he places his own ball at ,b4 ,there is still an easy losing hazard off the red into the top corner pocket1 the only difference being that the stroke must be played harder4 ,when the ball was placed at ,a1 the losing hazard could be made by simply what is called dropping on to the ball4 ,in fact1 the stroke could be played so slowly1 that the red ball1 after striking the top cushion1 would not rebound more than a foot down the table4 ,as1 however1 the striker's ball is placed lower and lower down the table in the positions shown by the letters ,b and ,c1 so the stroke must be played harder and harder4 ,another perfect half-ball stroke that can be played either slowly or fast1 is shown by the two lines1 in ,fig4 #c1 drawn from the spot ,s to the two top pockets4 ,suppose a ball to be placed in the centre of either top pocket1 or a few inches along the line drawn from the pocket to the spot4 ,then it is a simple half-ball stroke to go in off the red into the other top pocket4 ,place the white ball an inch or two away from the top pocket along the line drawn1 and place the red ball on the spot4 ,then drop on to the ball quietly4 ,the hazard is easy1 and1 supposing you play from1 say1 the left-hand top pocket1 you will not only make the losing hazard1 but you will leave the red ball in a position for another easy hazard into the middle pocket4 ,your own ball1 the white1 for the next stroke will be in baulk2 the red ball will1 if you play the stroke correctly1 travel along the dotted line shown in the diagram1 and stop somewhere about ,r1 thus leaving an easy hazard next time into the right-hand middle pocket4 #cja ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 #cjb ,having thus practised the half-ball stroke with slow strength and fast strength1 the next point to be considered is losing hazards into the top pockets from baulk4 ,these losing hazards may be called the very backbone of the game4 ,the chief difficulty experienced by a beginner will be to know where to spot his ball in baulk4 ,this will only come with practice4 ,the eye will gradually accustom itself to the angle4 ,a good player can tell at a glance whether or not a stroke is easy4 ,we would recommend any one learning the game to make one or two spots on the table as follows4 ,first place a card or thin piece of wood upright against the top cushion1 and then measure down the table #c ft4 #i-a_/b in4 ,make a mark on the cloth 7a little cross is best71 and then place the red ball on this spot4 ,next let him place the white ball at ,k 7,fig4 #d71 the centre spot in baulk4 ,the red ball is placed on the spot ,a1 which1 as we have said1 is just #c ft4 #i-a_/b in4 from the face of the top cushion4 ,now there is an easy losing hazard1 if the stroke be played with the ordinary half-ball stroke1 into either top pocket off the red ball4 ,this stroke is capital practice for the beginner1 as it gets his eye used to the angle which we have called the natural angle4 ,the advantage of playing the natural angle is that1 supposing you fail to hit the ball exactly as you intended1 a very slight error in aiming does not alter materially the direction of your own ball after it has come in contact with the object ball4 #cjc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4 #cjd ,suppose1 now1 the beginner has succeeded in going into first one top pocket and then the other several times1 let him take the red ball off the spot marked ,a in ,fig4 #d1 and place it on ,m1 the centre spot in the table4 ,now let him place his own ball in baulk on the proper spot to go into1 say1 the left-hand top pocket off ,m4 ,the proper spot is ,b in the diagram1 but then1 where is ,b8 ,b ought to be seven and a half inches from ,k1 the centre spot in baulk4 ,similarly1 if the player wished to go into the right-hand top pocket off the red ball at ,m1 he would have to spot his own ball on a spot seven-and-a-half inches to the right of ,k4 ,as a rule1 beginners all make the same mistake4 ,they will1 as a rule1 spot their ball too near to ,k1 and1 of course1 the further they are out in their reckoning1 the more they have to learn4 ,it would be as well1 however1 to let a beginner play the stroke4 ,suppose1 for instance1 that instead of spotting his ball at ,b1 seven and a half inches to the left of ,k1 he spots his ball only five inches to the left of ,k4 ,let him play his stroke1 and instead of going into the left-hand top pocket1 his ball will strike the left-hand upper cushion several inches below the pocket4 ,now let him measure the correct seven and a half inches1 and1 although he will think he is going to miss the stroke1 to his own surprise he will make it4 ,it is very good practice to go in off a ball placed on the middle spot ,m1 first into one top pocket1 and then into another1 being careful always to watch the direction taken by the red ball after the stroke1 with #cje an eye to playing the right strength to leave an easy losing hazard next time4 ,we next come to-- ,,middle-,,pocket ,,hazards4 ,we will suppose that the beginner has now fairly learned how to play losing hazards in the top pockets1 and also how to spot his ball for the natural angle4 ,in playing losing hazards into the middle pockets1 it is quite as important that this angle1 and this only1 should be used4 ,in ,fig4 #e we give two illustrations of simple hazards into the middle pockets4 ,the hazards themselves are1 comparatively speaking1 easy2 but the chief point to be borne in mind is position--that is1 having made the hazard1 how can we leave the red ball so that there shall be another easy hazard next time8 ,the endeavour should be to keep the red ball in the centre of the table as much as possible4 ,as a rule1 the game is to play to bring down the red ball over the middle pocket again4 ,now1 in ,fig4 #e1 suppose the player at ,h tries to go into the right-hand middle pocket off a ball at ,d1 the proper play would be to strike the red ball so that it goes up the table1 and1 following the dotted lines1 returns to ,d#a4 ,if the player hits the red a trifle too fine the red ball would travel to the left of this dotted line1 and a losing hazard would be left off the red into one of the top pockets4 ,if1 however1 in playing the stroke1 the player hits his ball a trifle too full1 the red ball would then probably travel along the dotted line terminating in ,d#b1 and there would be no score left next time4 #cjf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e4 #cjg ,a similar stroke is shown in the left-hand middle pocket4 ,the striker spots his ball at ,b1 and goes into the middle pocket off a ball at ,a4 ,the endeavour should be to send the red ball up the table in the direction shown by the dotted line ,a ,c4 ,if the red is sent up the table to the left of this line1 unless very accurate strength is played1 there will be probably no score left next time4 ,if1 however1 the player is careful not to hit the ball at ,a too full1 the ball will travel rather to the right of the line ,a ,c1 and then1 being in the middle of the table1 if the strength is insufficient to bring the ball over the middle pocket1 there will still be a losing hazard left into one of the top pockets4 ,this is the chief point to be considered in making losing hazards in the middle pockets1 and naturally introduces that all-important subject for consideration in learning to play ,billiards1 viz4-- ,,position4 ,there are thousands of men who have played ,billiards all their lives1 but are still very poor players1 because in learning to play they never studied position4 ,they play simply for the stroke1 and never give a thought to what will happen in the next stroke4 ,if you watch a first-class player make a break1 you will probably see him make a long series of very easy strokes1 any one of which you yourself could have made with the greatest ease4 ,the one difference1 in fact1 between your play and his would have been this--that you would make the easy stroke1 and fail to leave another easy stroke next time1 whereas he would not fail2 hence his break--a series of easy strokes2 hence your break--one easy stroke1 and a breakdown4 ,space will not allow us to give a long series of #cjh diagrams1 explaining the various ways of playing for position1 but we will indicate a few general principles4 ,first-- ,,losing ,,hazards4 ,in playing for any losing hazard1 it should be remembered that the position of one ball after the stroke is fixed3 the striker's own ball will be in hand4 ,hence1 he has only to consider the position of the object ball1 which we will suppose to be the red4 ,now1 the object of the player is to leave an easy stroke next time4 ,as a rule1 the red ball must be hit in a certain spot to ensure the hazard1 the only exception being when the red ball is close to the pocket1 and the player's ball close to the red4 ,in this latter case it is often the best plan to just touch or graze the red ball so as hardly to move it1 and--supposing1 of course1 it is not one of the bottom pockets--to leave the red ball over the pocket where it is4 ,if1 however1 you are some way off the red ball1 you will have to hit it in one place in order to make certain of the hazard4 ,consequently1 position will simply depend upon strength4 ,it is as well to remember that if a ball is left anywhere near the middle of the table1 there is always an easy hazard left next time4 ,no player can leave a ball on a certain spot exactly4 ,the greatest expert cannot do more than leave it there or thereabouts4 ,in fact1 very often1 in playing a losing hazard1 all we have to do is not so much to play where to leave the red1 but where not to leave the red4 ,sometimes it may be the best play to try and leave the red ball close to the white ball1 so that the #cji next stroke will be an easy cannon4 ,as a rule1 however1 the best play is to leave the red ball over a pocket1 so that you can go in off it again next time4 ,all the best all-round breaks are made by a series of losing hazards with occasional cannons4 ,it is in playing cannons that the chief difficulty arises in getting position1 but before we discuss cannons1 a few words about-- ,,winning ,,hazards4 ,it is evident that after playing a winning hazard the position of the object ball is known--viz41 as a rule1 on the spot4 ,should the player put in the white1 his only excuse must be to make a baulk2 otherwise it is bad play4 ,his opponent1 next time he plays1 can spot his ball anywhere he likes in the semicircle1 and if the other balls are out of baulk1 he is almost certain to score4 ,consequently1 the only winning hazards worth discussing are red winning hazards4 ,in making a winning hazard1 the player1 as a rule1 should try and get near the spot himself1 so as to play for the spot1 or else play to leave his own ball where there would be an easy losing hazard off the red on the spot next time4 ,in ,fig4 #f we give two illustrations4 ,suppose1 first of all1 the red ball is over the right-hand middle pocket at ,h4 ,the proper professional play would be to put the ball in the pocket1 and then run up the table towards ,l1 and try and get into position for the spot1 but the ordinary amateur1 who1 when he gets into position for the spot1 can only make one hazard and then breaks down1 had better not play for the spot at all4 ,in the position given in the diagram1 it would be better play to put the red ball in the pocket1 and try and leave your own ball at ,h#a2 then there is a certain losing hazard next time off the red into the left-hand top pocket4 #caj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f4 #caa ,again1 suppose the balls are left in the position ,w 7the white ball71 and ,x 7the red ball71 many beginners would play for the six stroke1 but it would be very bad play1 as the red ball would be on the spot1 and the striker in hand4 ,the proper play is to put the red ball in the pocket and leave your own ball in the jaws of the pocket1 thus leaving a certain losing hazard--in off the red into the opposite top pocket--next time2 a stroke1 too1 in which it is always easy to leave the red ball over the middle pocket in the stroke following4 ,however1 as we have said1 the chief difficulty in getting good position is when playing-- ,,cannons4 ,here the player has to consider the position of all three balls at the end of the stroke4 ,there are two ways of getting position in playing a cannon4 ,we can leave the red over a pocket1 or play to bring the balls together4 ,it is obvious that when all the balls are close together1 it is almost a certainty that there is an easy score left4 ,suppose1 in ,fig4 #f1 the red ball is on the spot ,s1 the white ball at ,b1 and the player in hand4 ,there is1 of course1 an easy cannon left1 but how ought he to play it so as to leave an easy score next time8 ,the game here is to leave the balls together at the end of the stroke4 ,the striker spots his ball at ,a in baulk1 so as to strike ,b the ordinary half-ball stroke4 ,the stroke should be played slowly1 so that the white ball rebounds off the left-hand upper side cushion at ,c1 and travels towards ,d4 ,the player's own ball hits the red gently1 and all three balls are left close together1 near the top of the table1 one of the best positions possible4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h4 #cad ,in playing to leave the red ball over a pocket1 a good deal depends upon whether you play a cannon off the red on to the white1 or off the white on to the red4 ,for instance1 in ,fig4 #g1 suppose the striker in hand1 and the two other balls stationed at ,a and ,r4 ,if ,a is the red ball1 the stroke is played one way1 and if ,a is the white ball it is played another way4 ,if ,a is the red you should play to make the cannon with just sufficient strength to double the red across the table1 and leave it in position ,a#a1 over the middle pocket4 ,if ,r was the red ball1 you ought to play with just sufficient strength1 and also sufficiently accurately1 to hit the red ball full and leave it in position ,r#a1 over the left-hand top pocket4 ,another important point in playing cannons is to play what is called outside the balls when they are close together4 ,suppose1 in ,fig4 #g1 the balls are in the position shown in ,c1 ,d1 and ,e4 ,c is the player's ball4 ,if he hits ,d and makes the cannon hitting ,e full1 he separates the balls1 but if he plays so as to just touch ,d and ,e1 hitting them on the extreme edge1 he keeps them together4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #i4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aj4 #cag ,we will1 in conclusion1 give a brief explanation of the spot stroke in the all-in game4 ,this is in fact1 as we have already seen1 a series of spot hazards4#gj ,we must1 however1 warn the beginner that though nothing looks more simple1 nothing really is more difficult4 ,the simplest position for the spot stroke is when the striker's ball is in a direct line with the red ball and the pocket 7,fig4 #h74 ,of course1 the proper play is to screw back and bring your own ball into the same place4 ,were this a certainty1 the striker would go on scoring for ever4 ,sooner or later1 however1 he will find his ball will not come back quite straight4 ,it will come back slightly nearer the top cushion1 or rather more away from it4 ,in the first of these cases 7position #b1 ,fig4 #i71 the best plan is to follow through the red ball4 ,this can be done simply by a following stroke4 ,a is the striker's ball2 ,b the position of the striker's ball after the stroke4 ,when the balls are nearly1 but not quite straight1 this is done by means of a stab shot4 ,in position #c 7,fig4 #aj7 the striker's ball is at ,a4 ,the play now is to drop on to the red ball with sufficient strength to put it in1 and get position at ,b off the top cushion4 ,sometimes a little side is necessary4 ,in position #d 7,fig4 #aa7 the striker's ball ,a is nearly1 but not quite1 in a line with the red ball and the opposite pocket4 ,when this is the case1 the only way to get position is to run through the red and get position off the two cushions4 ,you must play to hit your ball very high and with a great deal of freedom of cue4 ,it is a stroke in which a beginner would probably fail4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aa4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ab4 #cbj ,it is as well to know within what limits the spot stroke can be played4 ,suppose we draw a line1 ,x ,y 7,fig4 #ab71 through the spot ,s1 parallel with the top cushion4 ,if the striker's ball is within this line or nearer to the top cushion1 it is no use putting in the red gently1 as position would be lost4 ,the only plan to recover position is to play all round the table4 ,suppose the striker's ball is within the line at ,a1 he now plays to put the red ball in the right-hand top pocket and recover position by going right round the table till his ball stops at ,b4 ,this is a very difficult stroke1 but is often played for and obtained by a first-class player4 ,,the ,,billiards ,,control ,,club ,,rules4 ,these ,rules 7issued in ,february1 #aiji7 are specially applicable to professional matches1 and1--like the ,rimington-,wilson ,code1 on which they are based1--have particularly in view the reduction of safety misses to a minimum and the imposition of one definite penalty for each and every kind of foul stroke or illegitimate miss4 ,in issuing the ,code1 the ,secretary lays stress on the following provisions3-- ,a player may not make two misses in successive innings1 unless he or the opponent scores after the first miss1 or a double baulk intervenes4 7,rule #i47 ,when striker's ball remains touching another ball1 red ball shall be spotted1 and non-striker's ball1 if on the table1 shall be placed on the centre spot2 striker shall play from the ,d2 if non-striker's ball is in hand1 red shall be spotted1 and striker shall break the balls4 7,rule #aj47 ,consecutive ball-to-ball cannons are limited to #be2 on the completion of this number the break shall only be continued by the intervention of a hazard or indirect cannon4 7,rule #ac47 ,,penalties4 ,if1 after contact with another ball1 striker's or any other ball is forced off the table1 the non-striker shall add two points to his score4 7,rule #ah47 #cba ,for a foul stroke the striker cannot score1 and his opponent plays from hand4 ,his ball shall be placed on the centre spot1 the red ball shall be spotted1 and his opponent shall play from the ,d4 ,for refusing to continue the game when called upon by the referee or marker to do so1 or for conduct which1 in the opinion of the referee or marker1 is wilfully or persistently unfair1 a player shall lose the game4 7,rule #ah47 ,,pyramids4 ,this game is played by two persons with sixteen balls1--one white1 and fifteen red4 ,the latter are arranged in the form of a solid triangle1 with its apex on the ,pyramid spot 7,p in ,fig4 #a71 and its base towards the top cushion and lying parallel thereto4 ,at the commencement of the game1 one player leads off from the half-circle1 and plays at any one of the red balls4 ,should he pocket one or more balls1 he scores one for each red ball pocketed4 ,he continues playing till he fails to score4 ,if a player gives a miss1 or pockets the white ball1 a point is taken off his score and he must replace one of the red balls he has previously pocketed2 on the ,pyramid spot1 if unoccupied1 or1 if that be occupied1 as near to it as possible in a line directly behind it4 ,if he has not previously pocketed a ball1 he owes one1 and must pay it by replacing the first ball that he pockets later on4 ,after a miss1 the opponent follows on from where the white ball stopped2 but after a pocketing of the white ball1 the opponent follows on from the #cbb half-circle4 ,in playing at a red ball1 baulk is no obstacle4 ,if a striker pockets the white ball1 and at the same time pockets one or more of the red balls1 he gains nothing by the stroke1 but one is deducted from his score2 the red balls pocketed must be spotted on the table1 as well as one of the striker's red balls previously pocketed4 ,the opponent follows on from the half-circle4 ,when the red balls have all been pocketed but one1 the player making the last score continues playing with the white ball1 and his opponent uses the other4 ,if a striker now make a miss1 or pocket the ball he is playing with1 the opponent adds one to his score1 and the game is over4 ,,shell ,,out4 ,this is a name given to ,pyramids when played by more than two persons4 ,when a striker pockets a red ball he receives from each of the other players a stake previously agreed on4 ,no ball is ever replaced on the table after a miss1 or after pocketing the white4 ,should any player miss or pocket the white1 he pays for each of the other players as well as for himself whenever the next red ball is pocketed4 ,when only one red ball is left in play1 each player continues playing with the white4 ,pocketing the red is now paid double all round2 and if a striker miss1 or pocket the white1 he pays double all round4 ,the order of play is drawn for at the beginning of each game4 #cbc ,,works ,,of ,,reference4 ,,billiards ,,expounded4 ,by ,j4 ,p4 ,mannock1 assisted by ,s4 ,a4 ,mussabini4 ,grant ,richards1 #b vols41 #aes4 ,,practical ,,billiards4 ,by ,c4 ,dawson4 ,to be had from the author1 ,thorns1 ,hook ,road1 ,surbiton1 ,surrey4 #abs4 #f;d4 ,,hints ,,on ,,billiards4 ,by ,j4 ,buchanan4 ,geo4 ,bell and ,sons4 ,,modern ,,billiards4 ,by ,j4 ,roberts4 ,c4 ,arthur ,pearson1 ,limited4 ,,billiards ,,for ,,everybody 7,oval ,series74 ,by ,charles ,roberts4 ,routledge4 #as4 ,,billiards4 ,by ,joseph ,bennett4 ,edited by ,cavendish4 ,de la ,rue and ,co4 #ajs4 #f;d4 ,,billiards 7,badminton ,library74 ,by ,major ,w4 ,broadfoot1 ,r4,e41 and others4 ,longmans4 #ajs4 #f;d4 ,,pyramids ,,and ,,pool 7,oval ,series74 ,by ,j4 ,buchanan4 ,routledge4 #as4 99 99 99 99 99 #cbd ,,pool4 ,the game of ,pool is the most sociable form of ,billiards1 as any number of persons can take part in it4 ,there are several varieties of the game4 ,the rules which we append 7by kind permission of ,messrs4 ,burroughes ,watts7 are those of ordinary ,pool4 ,these rules sufficiently describe the game1 but a few words of warning may be necessary to beginners4 ,it is obvious that1 as only the two players left in at the finish win the pool1 it is of far greater consequence to save your own life than take another's4 ,consequently1 the chief point for consideration is how to play for safety--that is1 how to play to leave your own ball so that the player who follows on cannot put you in4 ,at starting1 for instance1 the white ball is placed on the spot4 ,the red plays from baulk4 ,now red has no chance of putting white in1 consequently he plays gently to drop on to the white ball1 and leave his own ball1 the red1 under the top cushion4 ,if1 however1 white were close over the pocket1 then the proper play1 supposing the winning hazard was a certainty1 would be to put white in and play for a position1 so that you could take another life4 ,in other words1 you play to put white in1 and get into some position where there is another easy #cbe hazard on another ball4 ,after putting that in1 another1 and so on4 ,a good pool-player1 if he has a certain hazard1 will sometimes what is called clear the table2 that is1 put in every ball4 ,the most common stroke in ,pool is a chance of taking a life--i4e41 where there is a difficult winning hazard left off the ball you play on4 ,in this case never hesitate4 ,play1 if you can1 for the chance of the hazard and to get safe4 ,if you cannot do both1 simply play for safety1 and for nothing else4 ,,the ,,national ,,rules ,,of ,,pool4 #a4 ,this game is played with coloured balls1 which 7or small duplicate ones7 are dealt out from a pool basket or bag indiscriminately to the players at the beginning of each game4 ,cues and rests of any description may be used4 #b4 ,the players must play progressively1 as the colours are placed on the pool marking-board1 and the first stroke of each player--excepting ,white--is made from the half-circle1 as also the succeeding strokes of every player when in hand4 #c4 ,each player has three lives at starting1 the object being throughout the game to pocket the ball played on4 ,white places his ball on the upper spot2 ,red plays at ,white1 ,yellow at ,red1 and so on1 each player playing at the last ball1 unless it be in hand2 in that case the player plays at the nearest ball4 #d4 ,each player pays into the pool the amount decided on and starts with three lives 7excepting a less number is agreed on for any particular player74 ,each pays forfeit for each life lost4 #cbf #e4 ,when the striker takes a life1 he must continue to play on the nearest ball as long as he can take a life1 till all the other balls are off the table2 his own must then be placed on the spot1 as at the commencement4 #f4 ,the first player who loses his three lives is entitled to purchase a star by paying into the pool the same sum as at the commencement1 for which he receives lives equal in number to the lowest number on the board4 ,the player1 however1 must decide whether he will star or not before the next stroke is played4 #g4 ,if the first player out refuse to star1 the second may do so2 if the second refuse1 the third may do so2 and so on1 until only two are left in the pool1 in which case the privilege ceases4 #h4 ,if before a star two or more balls be pocketed by the same stroke1 including the ball played at1 each having one life1 the owner of the ball first struck has the option of starring2 but if he refuse1 and more than one remain1 the persons to whom they belong must draw lots for the star4 ,if the balls pocketed do not include the ball played at1 their owners must draw lots for the star4 #i4 ,only one star is allowed in a pool up to six4 #i;a4 ,only two stars are allowed in a pool up to seven or more4 #aj4 ,the two last players cannot star4 #aa4 ,if a life is lost1 the next player plays at the nearest ball to his own2 but if the next player's ball be in hand1 he plays at the nearest ball to the centre spot of the half-circle4 #ab4 ,if a doubt arise respecting the distance of balls1 the distance must1 if the player's ball be in #cbg hand1 be measured from the centre spot on the half-circle2 but if the player's ball be not in hand1 the measurement must be made from his ball to the other2 and in both cases the doubt must be decided by the majority of the players2 but if the distance be equal1 then the owners of the balls at equal distances must draw lots4 #ac4 ,the baulk is no protection4 #ad4 ,a life is lost by a ball being pocketed by the player in its proper turn4 #ae4 ,the player loses a life by any one of the following means4--,by pocketing his own ball2 by running a coup2 by missing a ball2 by forcing his own ball off the table2 by playing with a wrong ball2 by playing out of his turn2 by stopping or touching his own ball before it has done rolling2 or by his ball striking another ball before hitting the one he ought to have played at4 #af4 ,if the striker pocket a ball1 and by the same stroke lose a life in any way1 the player whose ball is pocketed does not lose a life4 #ag4 ,a player losing a life in any way pays forfeit to the player whose ball he plays upon or should have played upon4 ,if a player plays out of turn or with the wrong ball1 he loses a life to the player who precedes him4 #ah4 ,if the striker miss the ball he ought to play at and strike another ball and pocket it1 he loses a life1 and his ball must be taken off the table1 and both balls must remain in hand until it be their turn to play4 #ai4 ,fouls are also made thus3 striking a ball twice with the cue1 lifting both feet from the floor when striking2 touching another ball1 either in the #cbh act of striking or before the balls have become stationary1 the penalty being that the player cannot take a life4 #bj4 ,if the player1 either in taking aim or in any manner whatever1 except when in hand1 touch his own ball1 it is a foul4 ,if the striker pocket a ball by a foul stroke1 the owner of that ball does not lose a life1 but the ball remains in hand until it is his turn to play4 #ba4 ,if the striker's ball touch the one he has to play at1 he is at liberty either to play at it or at any other ball on the table2 and he may take a life by pocketing any balls so played on4 #bb4 ,if a ball or balls touch the striker's ball1 or be in line between it and the ball he has to play at1 so as to prevent him hitting any part of the object ball he wishes1 it or they1 whether nearer to the striker's ball than the object ball or not1 may be taken up until the stroke has been played2 and after the balls have ceased running those taken up must be replaced1 but a ball cannot be taken up in order to strike a ball from off a cushion1 except in the case of ,rule #bd4 #bc4 ,if the ball or balls be in the way of a striker1 or the striker's cue1 so that he cannot play at his ball without a reasonable chance of making a foul1 he can have them taken up4 #bd4 ,if the corner of the cushion prevent the striker from playing in a direct line1 he can have any ball removed for the purpose of playing at a cushion first1 or he may have the ball moved out a few inches1 but cannot then take a life4 ,if1 however1 only two players be left in1 as in ,rule #cb1 the ball cannot be moved out4 #cbi #be4 ,if the striker have a ball removed1 and any other than the next player's ball stop on the spot it occupied1 the ball removed must remain in hand till the one on its place be played1 unless it should happen to be the turn of the one removed to play before the one on its place2 in which case that ball must give place to the one originally taken up2 after which it must be replaced4 ,if two balls were taken up from the same spot1 the one last taken up has to be replaced first4 #bf4 ,if the striker have the next player's ball removed1 and his ball stop on the spot the other occupied1 the next player must give a miss from the baulk to any part of the table he thinks proper1 for which miss he does not lose a life4 #bg4 ,if the striker's ball stop on the spot of a ball removed1 the ball which has been removed must remain in hand until the spot is unoccupied1 and then be replaced4 #bh4 ,if information be required by the player as to which is his ball1 or when it is his turn to play1 or which ball he ought to play at1 or which ball is to follow his1 he has a right to an answer2 should he be misinformed he does not lose a life2 the balls must in this case be replaced1 and the stroke played again4 #bi4 ,if the player be misled as to which ball is to play on him by a ball which is dead being wrongly marked on the board as still alive1 he does not lose a life to his player4 #cj4 ,if the striker force another ball off the table1 neither he nor the owner of that ball loses a life1 but the ball remains in hand until it is the owner's turn to play4 #ccj #ca4 ,if the striker's ball miss the ball played at1 no person is allowed to stop it till it has ceased running1 whether it has struck another ball or not4 #cb4 ,should the player preceding the two last players make a miss1 coup1 or losing hazard1 and decline to star1 they divide the pool if they have an equal number of lives4 ,the exception to this rule is when a pool originally consisted of not more than three players4 #cc4 ,all disputes must be decided by the referee1 whose decision upon being appealed to by the players is final4 #cd4 ,the charge for the play is to be taken out of the pool before it is delivered up to the winners4 99 99 99 99 99 #cca ,,snooker ,,pool4 ,this increasingly popular version of the game of ,pool is in fact a combination of ,pool and ,pyramids4 ,the fifteen coloured ,pyramid balls are placed on the table by means of the triangle1 in the same way as for ,pyramids1 whilst the white ball is used by each player as the cue-ball throughout the game4 ,six ,pool balls are used1 viz41 the ,black1 ,pink1 ,blue1 ,brown1 ,green and ,yellow balls1 the positions and values of which are set out in ,rule #b 7vide infra74 ,each player is bound to play at a ,red ball first1 and1 having taken it 7or another ,red ball or balls71 then at a ,pool ball1 and again1 if successful1 at a ,red ball1 and so on4 ,whilst any ,red balls remain on the table the ,pool balls1 after having been pocketed1 are replaced on their respective spots2 but after all the ,red balls have been taken1 the players play at each ,pool ball in rotation in their order as coloured on the marking board1 viz41 ,yellow1 ,green1 ,brown1 ,blue1 ,pink1 and ,black1 until every ball has been pocketed1 when the game is ended4 ,much amusement is often caused by a player being snookered--in other words1 by his ball being so obstructed by other balls that he cannot hit a ,pool or ,pyramid ball direct1 but has to play it off a cushion1 when1 in the event of a miss1 the value of the ball played at is counted to each of the other players' scores4 7,vide ,rules #g and #aa47 #ccb ,at ,snooker safety-play is of little or no use4 ,a player must try to get on the ,pool balls1 particularly on those of highest value1 as often as he can4 ,still1 safety-play can be indulged in to some extent at the end of the game1 when only the ,pool balls are left on the table1 and a player should remember to play for hazards with a fair amount of strength1 and thus avoid leaving a ball over a pocket for an opponent to profit by4 ,bad hazard strikers should think twice before joining in ,snooker ,pool1 even for small stakes1 with better players than themselves1 as1 with the high values of the ,pool balls1 large scores can be run up by an expert1 and those players who own the lowest scores at the end of the game have to make heavy disbursements1 as they have to pay every one whose score is higher than their own4 ,the scores are best kept on a slate4 ,,the ,,national ,,rules ,,of ,,snooker ,,pool4 7,reprinted verbatim1 by permission of ,messrs4 ,burroughes and ,watts1 ,limited47 #a4 ,this game is played on a ,billiard ,table1 and may be played by any number of players4 ,any one wishing to join after the commencement of the game may do so at the end of a round1 but does not play until last4 ,any player wishing to leave off during the game must declare his intention of doing so in lieu of playing1 when it shall be his turn to play1 but shall be counted as a player until another round be played4 #b4 ,fifteen red balls are placed on the table as in #ccc ,pyramids1 and six coloured#ga balls1 placed thus3 ,yellow on left-hand spot of ,d the half-circle1 ,green on centre spot of ,d1 ,brown on right-hand spot of ,d1 ,blue on middle spot of table1 ,pink at apex of triangle1 ,black on the billiard spot4 ,the value of the balls shall be3 ,red #a1 ,yellow #b1 ,green #c1 ,brown #d1 ,blue #e1 ,pink #f1 ,black #g4 #c4 ,the player must first play at a ,red ball1 and may not play at a coloured ball until he shall have first pocketed a ,red ball1 but after taking a coloured ball1 shall again play on and take a ,red ball before he can again play on any coloured ball4 #d4 ,a player having taken a ,red ball1 and then pocketed a coloured ball1 must replace the latter on the original spot before playing another stroke4 ,for every coloured ball not replaced each player shall pay a penalty of one point for each stroke made by him1 until such ball be replaced4 #e4 ,a player is responsible that all the balls are in their proper place before he plays4 ,he is liable to a penalty of one point for every ball not in its right place previous to making a stroke4 ,the striker may be called upon to replace any ball not in its right place4 #f4 ,when all the ,red balls have been pocketed1 the coloured balls shall be played at according to their value4 7,vide ,rule #b47 #g4 ,for each ball pocketed by the striker he shall receive its value from each player1 all forfeits having been first deducted2 and if he has incurred any penalties pay their value to each player4 #h4 ,if the player shall strike one or more balls1 and #ccd then pocket his own ball1 he shall pay the value of the ball first struck1 and shall forfeit any points he may have gained during that stroke4 #i4 ,if a striker shall pocket a ball1 and then cannon on to one or more coloured balls and pocket them1 he shall receive the value of the ball he originally played at1 and shall pay the value of the highest coloured ball he may have pocketed in the same stroke4 ,this does not apply in the case of ,red balls1 any number of which may be pocketed in the same stroke4 #aj4 ,if a ,red ball is covered by a coloured ball1 and such coloured ball be pocketed1 it shall count1 provided the player was entitled to play at that coloured ball4 ,only the coloured ball aimed at may be taken4 ,it counts even if it goes in off other balls4 ,only one coloured ball may be taken at the same stroke4 #aa4 ,for making a miss1 or making a miss and running in1 the striker shall lose one point1 except when he must play on a coloured ball1 when he loses the value of that ball4 #ab4 ,when playing on a ,red ball1 if the striker misses1 and hits a coloured ball1 and at the same stroke accidentally pockets one or more ,red balls1 he loses the value of the coloured ball first hit1 and cannot score4 ,the ,red balls so pocketed shall be replaced on the table4 #ac4 ,for striking a wrong ball1 the striker shall pay the value of the ball hit4 #ad4 ,when the ,red balls are all pocketed1 if the player shall pocket a coloured ball1 and then cannon on to one or more coloured balls and pocket them1 he shall receive the value of the ball he first played at1 and shall pay the value of the highest coloured ball he may have pocketed in the same stroke4 #cce #ae4 ,when the ,red balls are all pocketed1 if the player pocket his own ball as well as the coloured ball played at1 the ball which is pocketed shall be placed on the table1 and the player shall lose the value of the coloured ball4 #af4 ,if the ,white ball be touching a coloured ball1 the striker cannot score2 he must play his stroke and shall be liable to any penalties incurred4 #ag4 ,if more than one error be committed in the same stroke1 the highest penalty only shall be exacted4 ,penalties shall not hold good after one complete round shall have been played4 #ah4 ,if a player force a ball off the table1 he shall pay the value of that ball1 or1 in the case of the ,white ball1 as if he had made a coup4#gb #ai4 ,for making a foul stroke1 or fouling another ball1 a player cannot score4 #bj4 ,for playing out of turn1 the striker shall pay one point to each player besides any penalties incurred1 but shall not receive any points he may have won4 #ba4 ,no ball may be temporarily taken up4 ,no ,red ball shall be replaced on the table except when forced off1 or for a foul stroke1 or under ,rules #ab and #ae4 #bb4 ,when it is required to replace a coloured ball and its spot is occupied1 it is to be placed on the nearest vacant spot4 ,in the case of the ,brown1 if the green and yellow spots are vacant1 it is to be put on the green spot2 if all the spots are occupied1 then as near as possible to its own spot in the direction of the top of the table4 #bc4 ,all disputes are to be decided by a majority of the players or by the referee4 99 99 99 99 99 #ccf ,,chess4#gc ,the game of ,chess is a battle between two armies1 numerically equal1 of which the two players are the generals4 ,the battle-field upon which this mimic warfare takes place is called the chess-board4 ,this is a square board divided into sixty-four equal alternate white and black squares1 and should be so placed that each player shall have a white square at his right4 ,,the ,,men4 ,the forces consist of thirty-two men1 each side having eight ,pieces and eight ,pawns1 of a light and dark colour 7known as white and black71 to distinguish the opposing forces from each other4 ,in print the pieces and pawns are pictorially represented as on p4 #ccg4 ,at the commencement of the game1 the pieces are placed as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is to be noticed #ccg that the white king occupies a black square1 and the black king a white square4 ,the horizontal divisions are called rows1 and the vertical divisions are called files4 ,,white',s ,,forces4 ,,black',s ,,forces4 ,k ,one ,king ,k4 ,k ,q ,one ,queen ,q4 ,q ,r ,r ,two ,castles1 or ,rooks ,r4 ,r ,r ,b ,b ,two ,bishops ,b4 ,b ,b ,kt ,kt ,two ,knights ,kt4 ,kt ,kt ,eight ,pawns ,p4 ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,,the ,,movements ,,of ,,the ,,men ,,and ,,their ,,power ,,to ,,take4 ,a piece or pawn has the power to take any adverse piece or pawn1 according to the laws which govern its movements4 ,the ,king alone1 as will presently be seen1 is inviolable4 ,if the ,king is attacked1 the fact must be notified by the warning #cch ,check1 and if the ,king cannot by some means escape from the attack1 the game is at an end4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,r ,kt ,b ,q ,k ,b ,kt ,r --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,r ,kt ,b ,q ,k ,b ,kt ,r --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #a4--,the ,men in ,position4 #a4 ,,the ,,king4 ,the ,king1 as the name denotes1 is the most important piece on the board1 inasmuch as the object of the game is to capture the ,king4 ,it is1 however1 never actually taken1 the game ending whenever 7the opposing player having the move7 the ,king #cci remains liable to capture4 ,the ,king may move from any square upon which it stands to any adjoining square not occupied by any piece or pawn of its own colour4 ,if one of such adjoining squares is occupied by an undefended piece or pawn of the opposite colour1 it may take such piece or pawn4 ,an additional privilege of the ,king 7castling7 will be explained in its proper place4 #b4 ,,the ,,rook4 ,the ,rook 7or ,castle7 moves upon straight lines only1 in a horizontal or vertical direction1 to any square not occupied by any piece or pawn of its own colour4 ,if the line on which it operates terminates in a piece or pawn of the opposite colour1 it can take such piece or pawn4 #c4 ,,the ,,bishop4 ,the ,bishops move and take upon diagonals only3 the ,king's ,bishop upon the diagonals of its own colour1 the ,queen's ,bishop on those of the opposite colour2 stopping short1 however1 when it reaches a square occupied by any piece or pawn of its own colour4 #d4 ,,the ,,queen4 ,the ,queen combines the power of ,rook and ,bishop--i4e41 the ,queen may move and take horizontally or vertically like a ,rook1 or upon diagonals like a ,bishop4 ,it is1 therefore1 the most powerful piece on the board1 because not only has it the power of ,rook and ,bishop1 but it has also the privilege to move like either of the two ,bishops1 according to the colour of the diagonal it may for the time being stand upon4 #cdj #e4 ,,the ,,knight4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,q#f ,kt --------------------------------------- ,,qb#e ,r ,q ,p ,k,kt#e --------------------------------------- ,r ,kt ,p --------------------------------------- ,,qb#c ,b ,p ,b ,p --------------------------------------- ,q ,,kb#b --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #b4--,the ,knight's ,move4 ,the movement of the ,knight is more complicated than that of any other piece4 ,one move of the ,knight combines two ,king's moves3 one square straight1 and one square diagonally to any but the adjoining squares to its starting-point4 ,unlike any other piece1 it may leap over any piece or pawn of its own or the opposite colour intervening between #cda its starting-point and the square to which it moves4 ,thus1 in ,fig4 #b1 the white ,knight may move to ,k ,b #b1 ,k ,kt #e1 ,q #f1 ,q ,b #e1 or ,q ,b #c1 but not to ,q #b1 that square being occupied by a piece of its own colour4#gd ,it may take the black pawn at ,k ,kt #c1 or the black ,knight at ,k ,b #f4 ,it will be noticed that with every move the ,knight changes colour--viz41 from a white to a black square1 and vice versa4 #f4 ,,the ,,pawn4 ,the pawn1 in spite of its limited power of movement1 plays a most important role amongst the forces4 ,the pawns are the rank and file of the array4 ,the pawn1 is1 so to speak1 the tirailleur2 it engages the enemy1 advances into the opponent's camp1 and clears the road for the officers who follow in its wake to the attack2 the pawn is mostly the first victim1 and in the large majority of cases the pawn decides the game4 ,like the private soldier1 who is supposed to carry the marshal's baton in his knapsack1 the pawn may be promoted to the highest rank4 ,if it reaches the eight square1 it may be converted1 according to the choice of the player1 into a ,bishop1 ,knight1 ,rook1 or ,queen4 ,even though the player has still his full complement of pieces1 any pawn may be so converted4 ,thus a player may have at the end of a game as many new pieces as pawns reach the eight squares4 ,the pawn may only move one square at a time1 straight forward on the file on which it is placed1 with the option of moving two squares at first starting4 ,thus in ,fig4 #c1 section a1 the pawn at ,k #b has the #cdb choice of moving either to ,k #c or at once to ,k #d4 ,but the pawn takes on diagonals only2 thus1 in section b of the same figure1 the pawn at ,k #g1 having the move1 can take either the black ,bishop at ,k ,b #h or the black ,queen at ,q #h1 and in either case it must be converted into some piece of its own colour 7other than a ,king71 according to the choice of the player1 when the converted piece will act immediately in its new capacity4 ,it is against the laws of the game to leave it still a pawn4 ,black4 ---------------------------------------- ------- 99 99 ,q ,k#h ,b -----------99-----99-------------------- --------- 7c7 99 99 ,p 7b7 -----------99-----9999999999999999999999 99999999999999999999999999999999999999 ,,qr#f 99 -----------99--------------------------- -------- ,p ,p 99 999999999999999999999999-----------99999 9999999999999999999999999999999999999999 999 99 ,k#d 999999999999999999999999999999999999---- -99----------------------- ,p 99 99 ,k#c 7a7 -----------------99-----99-------------- --------- ,p ,p 7d7 99 99 ,p -----------------99-----99-------------- --------- 99 99 ---------------------------------------- ------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #c4--,the ,pawn's ,moves4 #cdc ,the pawn cannot move backwards nor sideways1 but only forward along the file on which he stands4 ,the pawn is also restricted in his power of taking4 ,thus any adverse piece or pawn standing on the adjacent squares to a pawn 7other than forward diagonals7 cannot be taken4 ,pawns placed as shown in section c or d of ,fig4 #c could not take each other4 ,the pawn may also take en passant1 which means that if a pawn moves two squares at starting1 thus passing an adverse pawn which could have taken it had it moved only one square1 such adverse pawn has the option of taking it as if it had moved one square only2 but the taking en passant must form the next move of the adversary4 ,thus in section c of the diagram1 supposing the black pawn to have just moved from ,q ,r #b to ,q ,r #d1 it may be taken by the white pawn at ,q ,kt #e2 the white pawn standing1 after the move1 at ,q ,r #f4 ,such a move would be recorded thus3 ,p takes ,p e4p4 ,,chess ,,notation4 ,it is necessary that the novice be thoroughly familiar with the original position of each piece1 this being the foundation of what is called ,chess ,notation1 or the system by which moves are recorded1 and without which it would be impossible to convey written instruction in the game4 ,various systems are employed in different countries1 but what is called the ,english notation is the only one with which our readers need trouble themselves4 #cdd ,each square in the two outer rows is named 7see ,fig4 #d7 after the piece which occupies it1 and the other squares by reference to these4 ,for instance1 the square upon which the ,king stands is called the ,black4 ---------------------------------------- ------- ,,qr#h ,q,kt#h ,,qb#h ,q#h ,k#h ,,kb#h ,k,kt#h ,,kr#h ---------------------------------------- ------- ,,qr#g ,q,kt#g ,,qb#g ,q#g ,k#g ,,kb#g ,k,kt#g ,,kr#g ---------------------------------------- ------- ,,qr#f ,q,kt#f ,,qb#f ,q#f ,k#f ,,kb#f ,k,kt#f ,,kr#f ---------------------------------------- ------- ,,qr#e ,q,kt#e ,,qb#e ,q#e ,k#e ,,kb#e ,k,kt#e ,,kr#e ---------------------------------------- ------- ,,qr#d ,q,kt#d ,,qb#d ,q#d ,k#d ,,kb#d ,k,kt#d ,,kr#d ---------------------------------------- ------- ,,qr#c ,q,kt#c ,,qb#c ,q#c ,k#c ,,kb#c ,k,kt#c ,,kr#c ---------------------------------------- ------- ,,qr#b ,q,kt#b ,,qb#b ,q#b ,k#b ,,kb#b ,k,kt#b ,,kr#b ---------------------------------------- ------- ,q,rsq,q,ktsq,q,bsq ,qsq ,ksq ,k,bsq,k,ktsq,k,rsq ---------------------------------------- ------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #d4--;,english ,notation 7shown for white - for black invert each file74 ,king's ,square1 or more shortly ,k sq41 or ,k #a4 ,the square in front of it is ,k #b2 the next ,k #c1 and so on throughout the file4 ,in like manner with the other files4 ,the pieces on the right side of the ,king are called the ,king's pieces--i4e41 ,king's ,bishop1 #cde ,k ,b2 ,king's ,knight1 ,k ,kt2 ,king's ,rook1 ,k ,r2 and the pieces on the left of the ,queen are called ,queen's pieces--i4e41 ,queen's ,bishop1 ,q ,b2 ,queen's ,knight1 ,q ,kt2 ,queen's ,rook1 ,q ,r4 ,the same rule applies to the black pieces2 so that each square has two names1 as it may be necessary to describe it with reference to the one or the other player4 ,thus ,white's ,king's square would be ,black's ,king's eight 7,k #h71 whilst ,black's ,king's square would be ,white's ,king's eight 7,k #h71 and so on with all the other squares4 ,,method ,,of ,,recording ,,games4 ,the following are the abbreviations in use in scoring with the aid of the ,english notation3 ,k ,king2 ,q ,q2 ,r ,rook2 ,k ,r ,king's ,rook2 ,q ,r ,queen's ,rook2 ,b ,bishop2 ,k ,b ,king's ,bishop2 ,q ,b ,queen's ,bishop2 ,kt ,knight2 ,k ,kt ,king's ,knight2 ,q ,kt ,queen's ,knight2 ,p ,pawn2 ch4 check2 dis4 ch4 discovered check2 e4p4 en passant2 ,castles1 or o--o ,castles on the ,king's side2 and ,castles ,q ,r1 or o--o--o ,castles on the ,queen's side4 ,to take may be noted takes1 or shorter thus1 x2 767 indicates a good move2 787 a bad or indifferent move2 the better game2 - the inferior game2 an even game4 ,to familiarise himself with the system the reader is recommended to study1 with the aid of the board1 the following example1 a ,ruy ,lopez game1 recorded according to the ,english notation4 #cdf ,,white4 ,,black4 ,x4 ,z4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,b to ,kt #e #c4 ,p to ,q ,r #c #d4 ,b to ,r #d #d4 ,kt to ,b #c #e4 ,castles #e4 ,p to ,q ,kt #d #f4 ,b to ,kt #c #f4 ,b to ,k #b #g4 ,p to ,q #d #g4 ,p to ,q #c #h4 ,p to ,b #c #h4 ,b to ,kt #e #i4 ,b to ,k #c #i4 ,castles #aj4 ,q ,kt to ,q #b #aj4 ,p to ,q #d #aa4 ,k ,p takes ,p #aa4 ,k ,kt takes ,p #ab4 ,q to ,b #b #ab4 ,p takes ,p #ac4 ,b takes ,p #ac4 ,kt takes ,b #ad4 ,kt takes ,kt #ad4 ,q to ,q #b #ae4 ,q ,kt to ,b #c #ae4 ,b to ,b #c #af4 ,q to ,k #d #af4 ,k ,b takes ,kt #ag4 ,b takes ,kt #ag4 ,b takes ,kt #ah4 ,q takes ,q ,b #ah4 ,resigns4 ,a variation of this is the fractional notation1 in which ,white's move is recorded above the line1 and ,black's below the line--e4g43 ,p to ,k #d ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,b to ,kt #e #a4 -------- #b4 ----------- #c4 ---------- c4 ,p to ,k #d ,kt to ,q ,b #c ,p to ,q ,r #c ,the moves may be recorded in columns or in lines1 according to individual choice4 ,to is frequently represented by a dash--e4g41 instead of ,p to ,k #d1 ,p--,k #d4 ,a single move of ,black is recorded thus3 #a4 444 ,p to ,k #d 7or1 ,p--,k #d72 #af4 444 ,k ,b takes ,kt 7or1 ,k ,b x ,kt72 the dots standing in lieu of ,white's preceding move4 ,having mastered the notation1 the student should next familiarise himself with-- #cdg ,,the ,,technical ,,terms ,,used ,,in ,,the ,,game4 ,the more important of these are as under3 ,,check ,,and ,,checkmate4--,the whole object of the game is the capture of the opponent's ,king1 though1 as we have said1 the ,king is never actually taken1 the game coming to an end when the next move1 if made1 would result in his capture4 ,if the ,king is attacked1 the attack must be accompanied with the warning1 ,check4 ,a check may be met in three different ways4 ,the player may either interpose one of his own pieces#ge 7or pawns7 between the ,king and the attacking piece2 he may move it out of the range of the attacking piece2 or he may take the attacking piece with the ,king or any other of his forces which may be available for that purpose4 ,if he cannot resort to either of these three defences1 he is checkmated1 or more shortly1 mated1 and the game is lost4 ,discovered check is given when1 by moving a piece1 another piece is unmasked which attacks the adversary's ,king4 ,,drawn ,,game4--,beside the more decided issue of checkmate1 there is another possible termination of a game--viz41 the drawn game1 or draw4 ,a draw ensues3 #a4 ,if neither side can give checkmate4 #b4 ,if both sides remain with ,king only1 or with a single ,bishop1 or single ,knight only in addition4 #c4 ,if both players repeat the same series of moves three times1 thereby tacitly admitting that they are #cdh not strong enough to give checkmate1 or that they do not intend to venture upon another line of play4 #d4 ,if a player under certain specified conditions is unable to give mate in fifty moves4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- ,q ,p ,b --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,p ,b --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- ,k ,kt --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #e4 7,drawing by perpetual check47 #e4 ,through perpetual check2 for instance1 if a player1 having otherwise a lost game1 can save it by constantly forcing the opponent to move his ,king by repeated checks4 ,in ,fig4 #e ,black is threatened with checkmate by ,q to ,r #h1 or ,q to ,kt #g4 ,but1 #cdi it being ,black's move1 he would play ,kt to ,kt #f3 ch42 ,white must play ,k to ,r #b2 ,black returns to his old position again1 checking1 and as there is nothing to prevent his repeating these two moves ad infinitum1 the game is drawn4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #f4 7,illustration of stalemate47 #f4 ,in case of a stalemate--i4e41 when the player whose turn it is to move cannot make a move without violating the laws of the game4 ,for instance1 in ,fig4 #f1 ,black 7having the move7 would be #cej stalemate1 as his ,king 7his only piece7 cannot move without placing itself in check1 the white pawn guarding the squares ,q ,b #h and ,q ,r #h1 and the ,king guarding the squares ,q ,b #g and ,q ,r #g4 ,,castling4--,once in the game the ,king has the privilege of making a double move in conjunction with either ,rook4 ,this move is called ,castling4 ,in castling on the ,king's side1 the ,king is moved to ,k ,kt square1 and the ,rook is placed next to it on ,k ,b square2 in castling on the ,queen's side1 the ,king is moved to ,q ,b square1 and the ,queen's ,rook placed next to it upon ,q square4 ,the right to castle is subject to the following conditions3 #a4 ,that no piece of its own or the opponent's colour be between the ,king and the ,rook with which the ,king is to be castled4 #b4 ,that neither the ,king nor the ,rook with which it is to castle has yet moved4 #c4 ,the ,king cannot castle if in check1 or into check2 neither can he cross a square which is commanded by any of the opponent's pieces4 ,,command4--,a piece is said to command a given square if it can take any adverse piece placed on such square4 ,,develop4--,to move a piece from its original position is to develop it or bring it into play4 ,the quicker the development of the pieces the better4 ,if a player can concentrate upon a given point a greater number of pieces than his opponent is enabled to develop for its defence1 he must obtain an advantage4 ,,double ,,pawn4--,two pawns on the same file4 ,a double pawn is weaker than two pawns in the #cea same row1 because in the former case they must be independently defended1 whilst in the latter case either can be made to defend the other4 ,,en ,,prise4--,a piece or pawn is en prise if so placed as to be liable to be taken by any other4 ,sometimes the same phrase is applied to a piece or pawn insufficiently defended4 ,,to ,,exchange4--,is to give up a piece or pawn for another of equal value4 ,,the ,,exchange4--,a player gaining a ,rook for a minor piece 7,bishop or ,knight7 is said to win the exchange4 ,his opponent loses the exchange4 ,,forced ,,move4--,is where the player has only one move at his disposal2 for instance1 in case of a check with a ,knight1 where the ,knight cannot be taken1 and the ,king has only one square to which he can move4 ,,fork4--,this term is chiefly used where1 by advancing a pawn1 two pieces are attacked4 7,in ,fig4 #c1 b1 the white pawn forks ,k ,b47 ,but it may also be used to express that any one piece attacks two others simultaneously4 ,,isolated ,,pawn4--,is a single pawn1 the pawns of same colour on the right and left being off the board4 ,a pawn is said to be passed when there is no pawn of the opposite colour which can bar its progress4 ,,gambit4#gf--;,any opening in which a pawn is sacrificed by the first player in order to obtain a quicker development of his pieces is called a gambit4 ,the pawn so sacrificed is called the gambit-pawn4 ,a counter-gambit is where the second player sacrifices a pawn with a similar object4 #ceb ,j',,adoube4--7,i adjust7 is said by a player1 to inform his opponent1 before touching a piece or pawn of his own or his adversary's1 that such piece or pawn is only to be adjusted1 but not played4 ,,pin4--,a piece is said to be pinned if it is attacked by an adverse piece in such manner that1 by moving the attacked piece1 a more valuable piece would be unmasked1 and left en prise2 but chiefly if it is unable to move because it guards the ,king from being in check4 ,,value ,,of ,,the ,,pieces4 ,the approximate value of the pieces1 as they stand on their respective squares at the beginning of a game1 is estimated to be as follows3 ,taking the pawn as unit1 the value of the ,knight is #c4je2 of the ,bishop1 #c4je2 of the ,rook1 #e4dh2 and of the ,queen1 #i4id4 ,german authorities estimate 7taking also the pawn as unit71 ,bishop #c2 ,knight #c2 ,rook #d-a_/b2 and ,queen #i4 ,the ,king in the ,end game is worth #d4 ,obviously the value of piece or pawn changes as the game advances1 according to the position it occupies for the time being4 ,there are1 however1 general principles which hold good in a large majority of cases4 ,for instance1 two ,bishops are more serviceable than two ,knights in the ,end game4#gg ,bishop and ,knight are also preferable to two ,knights1 but a single ,knight is more serviceable1 in most cases1 in the ,end game than a single ,bishop4 #cec ,,the ,,openings4 ,a game of ,chess consists of three phases3 the ,opening2 the ,middle game2 and the ,end game4 ,it need not1 however1 pass through all three stages1 but may come to a conclusion at either of them4 ,,the ,,opening is the development of the pieces4 ,a quick and judicious development of the forces is half the battle won4 ,from a mistake in the beginning of a game--assuming both players to be of equal strength--it is difficult to recover4 ,the ,openings1 therefore1 should be studied carefully4 ,,the ,,middle ,,game is entirely a matter of practice1 and its proper management can only be acquired by experience4 ,both players are here thrown upon their own resources1 as the analysis does not reach beyond the opening4 ,,the ,,end ,,game is a study in itself1 and one which will repay the most careful attention4 ,there are certain positions which occur frequently at the end of a game2 these have been systematically arranged by eminent specialists1 and may be committed to memory2 but the larger number 7like the ,middle game7 depend upon ingenuity and individual skill4 ,the ,openings are divided into ,open ,games--i4e41 where ,white plays #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 and ,black replies #a4 444 ,p to ,k #d2 and ,close ,games--i4e41 where ,white's first move is any other than #a4 ,p to ,k #d4 ,the ,open ,games will be first dealt with4 ,the first opening which we shall describe is the ,giuoco ,piano1 the slow1 or steady1 opening1 so #ced called because it is a quiet strategical development of the forces4 ,the game is presented to the reader just as if it were played over1 and explained by the professor over the board4 ,the reasons for each move are given in language adapted to the perception of the student who plays a game of chess for the first time4 ,,the ,,giuoco ,,piano4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d 444 ,this move allows most scope for the development of two pieces4 ,p to ,q #d also allows this1 but it gives less scope to the ,queen4 444 #a4 ,p to ,k #d ,the same observations apply to ,black's first move4 #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c 444 ,the aim of the player being a quick development of his forces1 it is advisable to bring each piece into play by attacking an adverse piece or ,pawn immediately1 if possible4 ,the ,kt here attacks ,black's ,k ,p4 444 #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c ,this move not only defends the attacked ,pawn1 but at the same time brings a piece into play1 and thus establishes an equilibrium in the development4 #b4 444 ,q or ,k #b1 or #b4 444 ,q to ,b #c1 would be unfavourable defences1 because the former move would prevent the development of the ,k ,b1 and the latter the sortie of the ,knight1 besides exposing #cee the ,queen to attack4 ,it may be taken as a general rule that it should be avoided as much as possible to defend pieces of less value with pieces of greater value4 ,black could also play here #b4 444 ,p to ,q #c1 which is called ,philidor's ,defence1 or reply1 by #b4 444 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 with an attack upon ,white's ,k ,p1 which is called ,petroff's ,defence4 ,these will be treated later on4 #c4 ,b to ,b #d 444 ,clearing the ,king's side for castling1 and posting the ,bishop ready for attacking the present weakest point in ,black's position--viz41 the ,k ,b ,p2 weakest because defended by the ,king only4 444 #c4 ,b to ,b #d ,no immediate danger being apprehended1 ,black brings a piece into play4 ,these three moves on either side constitute the opening called the ,giuoco ,piano1 whatever be the moves that may follow4 #d4 ,p to ,q #c #d4 ,p to ,q #c #e4 ,b to ,q #c #e4 ,b to ,kt #c ,better than #e4 444 ,b takes ,b1 because in that case ,white would obtain an open ,bishop's file1 and double his ,rooks upon it after castling2 and the double pawn1 which is in the majority of positions a weakness1 is strong in the centre4 #f4 ,q ,kt to ,q #b 444 ,the object being to play this ,knight to ,k ,b sq41 and then to ,kt #c4 ,this could also be done if ,white had played #f4 ,kt to ,b #c1 then ,kt to ,k #b1 and ,kt to ,kt #c4 ,the manoeuvre in the text is generally adopted1 because if #f4 ,kt to ,b #c1 ,black could pin it with #f4 444 ,b to ,r #d4 #cef 444 #f4 ,kt to ,b #c #g4 ,p to ,b #c 444 ,intending to advance the ,q ,p1 and thus prepare the formation of a strong centre4 444 #g4 ,b to ,q #b ,threatening to attack and exchange ,white's ,bishop1 by playing upon his next move1 if feasible1 #h4 444 ,kt to ,q ,r #d4 ,he could not have done so before1 because of ,white's reply1 #h4 ,b to ,kt #e3 ch41 forcing the ,knight back to ,b #c1 or leaving it at ,r #d out of play4 #h4 ,b to ,kt #c 444 ,white1 who does not want to exchange his ,bishop for ,knight1 retires it1 so that he may play1 should ,black attack it 7with #h4 444 ,kt to ,r #d71 #i4 ,b to ,b #b4 444 #h4 ,q to ,k #b ,in the ,giuoco ,piano it is not advisable for either player to castle early1 and ,black wisely makes a waiting move4 ,he is now able to castle on either side1 according to circumstances4 #i4 ,q to ,k #b #i4 ,p to ,k ,r #c ,this move is strictly defensive4 ,black might also have played #i4 444 ,q ,kt to ,q sq41 and then from ,q sq4 to ,k #c1 which would have been a better manoeuvre4 #aj4 ,kt to ,b sq4 #aj4 ,b to ,k #c #aa4 ,b to ,r #d #aa4 ,b to ,q #b #ab4 ,kt to ,kt #c #ab4 ,p to ,kt #c ,black's defence is somewhat timid4 ,at a previous stage he intended to exchange his ,q ,kt against ,white's ,b1 and now when ,white pins the #ceg ,knight with #aa4 ,b to ,r #d1 he retires the ,bishop1 so as to avoid a double pawn4 ,now he has to prevent ,white's ,knight from moving to ,b #e1 attacking the ,queen1 but in doing so he weakens his ,king's position for the purpose of castling on the ,king's side4 ,the student should bear in mind that these pawns are strongest in their original position4 #ac4 ,b to ,b #b 444 ,the ,bishop is better placed now at ,b #b4 ,at ,r #d it was1 owing to the changed position1 less useful4 ,at its new post it strengthens the centre4 444 #ac4 ,p to ,q #d ,black anticipates ,white's possible ,p to ,q #d by himself advancing4 #ad4 ,castles #ad4 ,p takes ,p #ae4 ,p takes ,p #ae4 ,kt to ,q sq4 ,black now executes the manoeuvre which was suggested at his ninth move4 ,but it is not so good at this stage4 ,the position is now as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,r ,kt ,k ,r --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,b ,q ,p --------------------------------------- ,b ,kt ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- ,p ,b ,kt ,kt --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,b ,q ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,r ,r ,k --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #g4 ,,position ,,after ,,black',s #ae,,th ,,move4 #af4 ,q ,r to ,q sq4 444 ,it is always good to occupy an open file with a ,rook4 444 #af4 ,k to ,b sq4 ,black cannot play #af4 ,kt to ,k #c1 because he would thereby leave his ,k ,p en prise2 he cannot castle1 because then his ,k ,r ,p would be en prise2 and if he were to return with the ,kt to ,b #c1 he would have lost a move4 ,therefore he has nothing better than to move his ,king into safety to ,b sq41 and then to ,kt #b4 #ag4 ,q to ,q #b 787 #ag4 ,k to ,kt #b #ah4 ,p to ,k ,r #c 444 #ceh ,to prevent ,black from playing #ah4 444 ,b takes ,b2 ,q takes ,b1 ,kt to ,kt #e1 attacking the ,queen4 444 #ah4 ,kt to ,b #c #ai4 ,kt to ,r #d #ai4 ,q ,r to ,q sq4 ,occupying the open file and defending the ,bishop1 so as to free his ,k ,kt1 which was before fixed1 as it had to defend the ,bishop4 #bj4 ,b takes ,b #bj4 ,r ,p takes ,b #cei ,it is1 in the majority of these cases1 better to take with the ,r ,p1 because it gives an additional open file for the entry of the ,rook4 #ba4 ,q to ,k #b 444 ,white has now lost the attack1 and is virtually on the defensive4 ,he is obliged to move his ,queen1 because ,black threatens #ba4 444 ,b takes ,p1 discovering an attack upon the ,queen with his ,rook4 444 #ba4 ,b to ,k #c #bb4 ,r takes ,r #bb4 ,r takes ,r #bc4 ,b to ,kt #c #bc4 ,k to ,r #b ,a good move1 because ,white threatens1 in case ,black should exchange ,bishops1 to win the ,queen with either ,kt to ,b #e3 ch41 ,p takes ,kt2 ,kt takes ,p3 ch41 ,k moves2 ,kt takes ,q4 #bd4 ,b takes ,b #bd4 ,q takes ,b ,white1 having failed in his attack1 exchanges pieces1 so as to simplify the position1 hoping thus to be able to draw the game4 #be4 ,p to ,r #c #be4 ,q to ,q #c ,doubly occupying the open file1 and so preventing ,white from moving #bf4 ,r to ,q sq41 and forcing his ,rook off the file1 or an exchange of ,rooks4 ,but he would have done better to play #be4 444 ,q to ,q #b1 as ,white's next move will show4 #bf4 ,q to ,b #c #bf4 ,q to ,k #c ,black has lost a move by not playing #be4 444 ,q to ,q #b1 for now he cannot move his ,queen away from the protection of the ,knight1 and the ,knight #cfj he cannot move1 because his ,k ,b ,p would then remain en prise4 ,if he moved #bf 444 ,k to ,kt #b1 defending ,kt and ,p1 ,white would win his ,queen by playing either ,kt to ,b #e3 ch41 c41 as pointed out after ,black's #bcrd move2 he is consequently forced to move as in the text4 #cfa #bg4 ,q to ,k #c 444 ,to prevent ,black from playing #bg4444 ,r to ,q #g1 which would be a powerful move1 as it would attack ,white's pawns on the ,queen's side4 444 #bg4 ,q to ,b #e 787 #bh4 ,kt 7,r #d7 to ,b #e 444 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,r --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,k --------------------------------------- ,p ,kt ,kt ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,p ,kt --------------------------------------- ,q ,p --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,q ,kt ,p --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,r ,k --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #h4 ,,position ,,after ,,white',s #bh,,th ,,move4 7,the position being highly instructive1 it is illustrated in ,fig4 #h4 ,white sacrifices a piece on the chance of ,black not seeing the right defence4 ,in which case the subtle threat is as follows-- 444 #bh4 ,p takes ,kt #bi4 ,kt takes ,p #bi4 ,kt to ,kt sq4 ,defending the threatened ,r ,p4 #cj4 ,q to ,kt #c 444 ,and wins1 as the mate with ,q to ,kt #g cannot be prevented47 444 #bh4 ,p takes ,kt ,black would have done better not to take the ,knight1 but to play #bh4 444 ,kt to ,kt sq4 #bi4 ,kt takes ,p #bi4 ,kt to ,k sq4 767 7,as pointed out above1 if ,black had made what seems to be the obvious move1 viz41 to defend the ,r ,p with #bi4444 ,kt to ,kt sq41 ,white would win with #cj4 ,q to ,kt #c and mate to follow at ,kt #g with the ,queen47 #cj4 ,q takes ,p3 ch4 #cj4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #ca4 ,q to ,kt #e3 ch4 #ca4 ,k to ,r #b ,and the game is drawn by ,white giving ,perpetual check4 ,that is the utmost he can hope1 being a piece minus4 #cfb ,,second ,,variation4 ,,third ,,variation4 ,first three moves as before4 ,first three moves as before4 ,p to ,b #cgh ,castles #d4 ------------- #d4 --------- ,kt to ,b #cgi ,kt to ,b #c ,p to ,q #d ,p to ,q #c #e4 --------- #e4 --------- ,p takes ,p ,p to ,q #c ,p takes ,p ,b to ,k ,kt #e 787 #f4 ------------------ #f4 --------------- ,b to ,kt #e3 ch4 767 ,p to ,k ,r #c ,b to ,q #b 767 ,b to ,r #d #g4 -------------- #g4 ---------- ,b takes ,b3 ch4 ,p to ,k ,kt #d ,q ,kt takes ,b ,b to ,k ,kt #c #h4 ------------ #h4 ------------ ,p to ,q #dhj ,p to ,k ,r #d ,p takes ,p ,kt takes ,kt ,p #i4 ------------ #i4 ------------- ,k ,kt takes ,p ,p to ,r #e ,q to ,kt #c ,kt takes ,p #aj4 ----------- #aj4 ----------- ,q ,kt to ,k #b ,p takes ,b ,castles ,kt takes ,q#ha #aa4 ------- #aa4 -------------- ,castles ,b to ,k ,kt #e ,with an even game4 ,kt to ,b #g #ab4 --------- ,r to ,r #d ,q takes ,b #ac4 ---------- ,kt takes ,q ,r ,p takes ,p #ad4 ----------- ,kt to ,q #e ,kt to ,b #c #ae4 --------- ,p to ,b #c #cfc ,and ,black should win1 as he threatens to play #af4 444 ,p to ,q #d1 attacking ,bishop with pawn and ,knight with ,king1 c4 ,,fourth ,,variation4 ,first three moves as before4 ,p to ,b #c ,p takes ,kt #d4 --------- #i4 ---------- ,kt to ,b #c ,b takes ,p ,p to ,q #d ,q to ,kt #c #e4 --------- #aj4 --------- ,p takes ,p ,b takes ,r ,p takes ,p ,b takes ,p3 ch4 #f4 -------------- #aa4 -------------- ,b to ,kt #e3 ch4 ,k to ,b sq4 ,kt to ,b #c #ab4 ,b to ,kt #e #g4 ------------ ,kt takes ,k ,p ,castles #h4 ----------- ,kt takes ,kt ,and wins1 for ,black can only play #ab4 444 ,kt to ,k #b1 to which ,white replies #ac4 ,r takes ,b1 or ,r to ,k sq41 or ,kt to ,k #e1 c4 ,this variation should be carefully studied1 for ,black will frequently fall into the trap thus laid for him4 ,from considerations of space1 it is only possible to give two or three variations of each opening1 and these in a very condensed form4 ,for further examples the reader is referred to ,hoffer's ,chess 7see note on first page of this article74 ,,the ,,evans ,,gambit4 ,the ,evans ,gambit is in reality only a sub-variation of the ,giuoco ,piano1 but might aptly be called1 #cfd in contradistinction to it1 ,giuoco ,presto1 the former being slow1 the latter lively4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,b to ,b #d #c4 ,b to ,b #d #d4 ,p to ,q ,kt #d 444 ,the first three moves are those of the ,giuoco ,piano4 ,the last move constitutes the ,evans ,gambit4 ,the object of sacrificing the ,kt ,p is to establish a centre through the advance of the ,q ,b ,p and ,q ,p2 to open an outlet for the ,q and ,q ,b1 and so obtain a quick development of the pieces1 and consequently a powerful attack4 #d4 ,b takes ,p ,if #d4 444 ,kt takes ,p1 ,white replies with #e4 ,p to ,b #c1 and after #e4 444 ,kt to ,q ,b #c the position is the same4 #e4 ,p to ,b #c #e4 ,b to ,q ,b #d ,the ,bishop may also retire to ,r #d1 to ,q #c1 or to ,k #b4 ,the two last mentioned moves cannot be recommended1 and may be dismissed2 but it is desirable to know the variations arising from #e4 444 ,b to ,r #d1 which is preferred by many eminent players4 #f4 ,p to ,q #d #f4 ,p takes ,p #g4 ,castles 444 ,white may also play here #g4 ,p takes ,p1 to which ,black's best reply is #g4 444 ,b to ,kt #c1 and not #g4 444 ,b to ,kt #e2 ch4 444 #g4 ,p to ,q #c ,this is the only safe move in this variation4 #g4 444 ,p takes ,p1 would be bad unless1 on the fifth move1 ,black had played ,b to ,r #d1 when the so-called compromised defence would have ensued4 #cfe #g4 444 ,kt to ,b #c1 which seems a plausible move here1 would involve the probable loss of the game--e4g43 #g4 444 #g4 ,kt to ,b #c #h4 ,p takes ,p #h4 ,b to ,kt #c #i4 ,p to ,k #e #i4 ,p to ,q #d #aj4 ,p takes ,kt #aj4 ,p takes ,b #aa4 ,r to ,k sq43 ch4 #aa4 ,k to ,b sq4 #ab4 ,b to ,r #c3 ch4 #ab4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #ac4 ,p to ,q #e #ac4 ,kt to ,r #d #ad4 ,b to ,k #g #ad4 ,q to ,q #b #ae4 ,p takes ,p #ae4 ,k takes ,p #af4 ,q to ,q #b #af4 ,q to ,kt #e #ag4 ,q to ,b #c3 ch4 #ag4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #ah4 ,q takes ,r3 ch4 #ah4 ,k takes ,q #ai4 ,b to ,b #f3 ch4 #ai4 ,k to ,kt sq4 7or ,q to ,kt #b7 #bj4 ,r to ,k #h3 checkmate #h4 ,p takes ,p #h4 ,b to ,kt #c #i4 ,p to ,q #e #i4 ,kt to ,r #d ,the best move4 ,it is the ,normal ,defence to the previous move1 which constitutes the ,normal ,attack4 #i4 444 ,kt to ,k #d would be unfavourable1 because of #aj4 ,kt takes ,kt1 ,p takes ,kt2 #aa4 ,b to ,r #c1 ,b to ,q #e 7872 #ab4 ,kt to ,q #b1 ,b takes ,r2 #ac4 ,q takes ,b1 ,p to ,k ,b #c2 #ad4 ,p to ,b #d1 and should win4 ,the alternative ,knight's move--viz41 #i4 444 ,q ,kt to ,k #b1 is also inferior1 because of #aj4 ,p to ,k #e1 ,kt to ,r #c 7672 #aa4 ,kt to ,b #c1 ,castles2 #ab4 ,kt to ,k #d1 with a good attack4 #aj4 ,b to ,kt #b #aj4 ,kt to ,k #b 767 ,one of the chief points of the ,evans ,gambit is that ,black's ,q ,kt is driven to ,q ,r #d1 and has to remain there for some time inactive1 so that ,black is1 for the time being1 practically a piece minus for the defence4 ,white must1 therefore prevent as long as possible this ,knight from coming into play4 ,it will be seen that ,black could not have played #aj4 444 ,kt takes ,b1 because in such case #aa4 ,b takes ,k ,kt ,p1 winning the exchange4 #aa4 ,b to ,q #c 444 #cff ,if ,white had here played #aa4 ,b takes ,p instead of the text move1 the continuation might probably have been-- #aa4 ,b takes ,p #aa4 ,r to ,k ,kt sq4 #ab4 ,b to ,b #f #ab4 ,kt takes ,b #ac4 ,q to ,r #d3 ch4 #ac4 ,q to ,q #b #ad4 ,q takes ,kt #ad4 ,r takes ,p3 ch4 #ae4 ,k takes ,r #ae4 ,q to ,kt #e3 ch4 #af4 ,k to ,r sq4 #af4 ,q takes ,kt3 ch4 #ag4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #ag4 ,b to ,r #f1 and wins4 444 #aa4 ,castles #ab4 ,kt to ,b #c #ab4 ,kt to ,kt #c #ac4 ,kt to ,k #b #ac4 ,p to ,q ,b #d ,white concentrates his forces for an attack on the ,king's side1 whilst ,black1 being stronger on the ,queen's side1 must try to create a diversion on that side4 #ad4 ,q to ,q #b #ad4 ,p to ,b #c #ae4 ,k to ,r sq4 444 ,the ,king's move is necessary1 else ,black could play #ae4444 ,kt to ,k #d2 #af4 ,kt takes ,kt1 ,b ,p takes ,kt1 and ,white could not reply #ag4 ,p to ,b #d 7an essential move for the attack71 because ,black would then win a piece with #ag4444 ,p to ,b #e2 discovering check1 and attacking the ,bishop at the same time4 444 #ae4 ,b to ,b #b ,this ,bishop being now comparatively useless at ,kt #c1 since the ,white ,king has quitted the black diagonal1 retires1 in order to make room for the advance of the pawns4 #af4 ,q ,r to ,b sq4 #af4 ,r to ,kt sq4 ,to support the advance of the ,kt ,p4 #ag4 ,kt to ,kt #c #ag4 ,p to ,kt #d #ah4 ,kt to ,b #e #ah4 ,p to ,b #e ,it is an essential point in the defense to prevent ,white's ,knight from being posted at ,k #f4 ,if ,white is able to #cfg accomplish this1 his attack becomes so powerful that it cannot be withstood4 ,it would1 therefore1 be bad for ,black to play1 instead of the move given in the text1 #ah4444 ,b takes ,kt1 because of #ai4 ,p takes ,b1 ,kt to ,k #d2 #bj4 ,b takes ,kt1 ,b ,p takes ,b2 #ba4 ,kt to ,kt #e1 followed by #bb4 ,kt to ,k #f 7the dangerous move just pointed out74 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,r ,b ,q ,r ,k --------------------------------------- ,p ,b ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,kt --------------------------------------- ,kt ,p ,p ,kt --------------------------------------- ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,kt --------------------------------------- ,p ,b ,q ,b ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,r ,r ,k --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #i4 ,,position ,,after ,,white',s #ai,,th ,,move4 #ai4 ,b to ,k #b 444 ,not #ai4 ,b to ,kt sq4 ,white wants to keep a pressure upon ,black's pawns4 ,the position is now as shown in ,fig #i4 ,neither side has as yet gained any marked advantage4 #cfh ,,second ,,variation4 ,repeat ,opening to ,black's eighth move inclusive4 ,kt to ,b #c #i4 ------------- ,b to ,kt #ehb ,b to ,q ,kt #e #aj4 -------------- ,k to ,b sq4#hc ,b to ,k #c #aa4 -------- ,k ,kt to ,k #b ,p to ,q ,r #dhd #ab4 -------------- ,kt to ,r #dhe ,p to ,q #e #ac4 --------- ,b takes ,b ,p takes ,b #ad4 ---------- ,kt to ,kt #c ,k to ,r sq4#hf #ae4 -------------- ,p to ,k ,r #c ,kt to ,k #b #af4 ---------- ,p to ,q ,b #d ,with the better game4 ,,third ,,variation4 ,repeat ,second ,variation up to ,white's ninth move inclusive4 444 ,b takes ,kt #i4 --------- #af4 ---------- ,kt to ,r #d ,r takes ,kt ,b to ,kt #e ,kt takes ,r #aj4 ---------- #ag4 ---------- ,kt to ,kt #b ,q takes ,b ,kt to ,q #e ,kt to ,kt #e #aa4 ---------- #ah4 ---------- ,p to ,k ,b #c ,k to ,kt #c ,b takes ,p ,kt to ,b #c #ab4 --------- #ai4 --------- ,p takes ,b ,b to ,kt #e ,kt takes ,p3 ch4 ,kt to ,k #e3 ch4 #ac4 --------------- #bj4 -------------- ,k to ,b sq4 ,k to ,r #d ,kt to ,kt #e ,kt takes ,b #ad4 ------------ #ba4 ---------- ,kt to ,kt sq4 ,q takes ,kt ,kt7,kt#e7 takes ,p3 ch4 ,even game4 #ae4 -------------------- ,k to ,kt #b #cfi ,,fourth ,,variation4 ,repeat ,third ,variation up to ,black's tenth move inclusive4 ,b takes ,p3 ch4 ,q to ,r #e #aa4 -------------- #ae4 ---------- ,k takes ,b ,p to ,k ,r #c ,kt to ,q #e ,q to ,kt #f #ab4 ---------- #af4 ---------- ,r to ,k sq4 ,p takes ,kt ,b takes ,kt ,kt to ,b #f3 ch4 #ac4 ---------- #ag4 -------------- ,r takes ,b ,k to ,b sq4 ,kt to ,kt #e3 ch4 ,kt to ,r #g3 ch4 #ad4 --------------- #ah4 -------------- ,k to ,kt sq4 ,k to ,kt sq4 ,and ,white draws by perpetual check4 ,,the ,,compromised ,,defence ,,to ,,the ,,evans ,,gambit4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,b to ,b #d #c4 ,b to ,b #d #d4 ,p to ,q ,kt #d #d4 ,b takes ,p #e4 ,p to ,b #c #e4 ,b to ,r #d ,by retiring the ,bishop to ,r #d1 instead of to ,b #d as in the previous variations1 ,black reserves the option of adopting either the ,compromised or the ,normal ,defence4 #cgj #f4 ,p to ,q #d #f4 ,p takes ,p #g4 ,castles #g4 ,p takes ,p ,the capture of this1 the third ,pawn1 constitutes the ,compromised ,defence1 so called because it was formerly considered that this capture compromised ,black's game4 #h4 ,q to ,kt #c #h4 ,q to ,b #c #i4 ,p to ,k #e #i4 ,q to ,kt #c ,if #i4 444 ,kt takes ,p1 ,white would win with #aj4 ,r to ,k sq41 ,p to ,q #c4 #aa4 ,kt takes ,kt1 ,p takes ,kt4 #ab4 ,q to ,r #d1 or ,kt #e3 ch41 winning a piece4 #aj4 ,kt takes ,p #aj4 ,k ,kt to ,k #b #aa4 ,b to ,r #c #aa4 ,castles #ab4 ,kt to ,q #e #ab4 ,kt takes ,kt #ac4 ,b takes ,kt 444 ,if ,white were to capture the ,rook1 the course of the game would probably be as follows-- #ac4 ,b takes ,r #ac4 ,kt to ,b #e 767 #ad4 ,kt to ,r #d #ad4 ,q to ,kt #e #ae4 ,q to ,kt #c #ae4 ,p to ,q #d #af4 ,q takes ,q #af4 ,b takes ,q ,and ,white must lose one of the two attacked ,bishops4 444 #ac4 ,p to ,q #c #ad4 ,p takes ,p #ad4 ,p takes ,p #ae4 ,q ,r to ,q sq4 #ae4 ,r to ,q sq4 #af4 ,q to ,r #d 444 ,threatening to win a piece with #ag4 ,b takes ,kt4 444 #ag4 ,b to ,kt #c #ah4 ,b takes ,kt #ah4 ,p takes ,b #ai4 ,q takes ,b ,p #ai4 ,r to ,kt sq4 #bj4 ,r takes ,p #bj4 ,b to ,k #c ,the only defence1 for ,queen and ,rook are #cga attacked1 and he cannot play #bj4 444 ,r takes ,r1 because of #ba4 ,q to ,k #h mate4 #ba4 ,k ,r to ,q sq4 ,threatening #bb4 ,r takes ,r3 ch41 ,r takes ,r3 #bc4 ,r takes ,r3 ch41 ,b takes ,r2 #bd4 ,q to ,k #h3 mate4 444 #ba4 ,p to ,k ,r #c ,the position being perfectly even1 the game should result in a draw4 ,there is no danger now for ,black to lose a piece1 because after #bb4 ,r takes ,r3 ch41 ,r takes ,r3 #bc4 ,r takes ,r3 ch41 ,b takes ,r2 #bd4 ,q to ,k #h3 ch41 ,k to ,r #b1 ,white cannot play #be4 ,q takes ,b1 because of #be4 444 ,q to ,kt #h3 mate4 ,,second ,,variation4 ,repeat the opening from preceding game up to ,white's #ith move4 ,b to ,kt #ehg ,q takes ,b #i4 ------------- #aa4 ------------ ,q to ,kt #c ,p to ,b #chh ,kt takes ,p ,b to ,b #d #aj4 ---------- #ab4 -------- ,b takes ,kt ,p to ,q #c ,with the better game4 ,,the ,,evans ,,gambit ,,declined4 ,from the foregoing illustrations of the ,evans ,gambit1 it will be seen that this opening is exceedingly complicated both for the attack and the defence4 ,it is safer for ,black to decline accepting the gambit1 which is done by playing #d4 444 ,b to #cgb ,kt #c4 ,the opening is then reduced to a ,giuoco ,piano1 ,white having 7theoretically speaking7 compromised his pawns on the ,queen's side by having advanced them prematurely1 which advance may prove a weakness in the ending4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,b to ,b #d #c4 ,b to ,b #d #d4 ,p to ,q ,kt #d #d4 ,b to ,kt #c #e4 ,p to ,q ,r #d ,the best move4 #e4 ,p to ,kt #e is inferior1 as shown exhaustively in the following variations3-- #e4 ,p to ,kt #e #e4 ,kt to ,r #d #f4 ,kt takes ,p #f4 ,kt to ,r #c 767 #g4 ,p to ,q #d #g4 ,p to ,q #c #h4 ,b takes ,kt #h4 ,p takes ,b ,not #h4 444 ,p takes ,kt1 because of #i4 ,b takes ,p1 ,r to ,k ,kt sq42 #aj4 ,b takes ,p3 ch41 ,k takes ,b2 #aa4 ,b takes ,p1 ,q to ,kt #d2 #ab4 ,p to ,kt #c1 ,b to ,kt #e2 #ac4 ,p to ,b #c1 with four pawns for a piece1 which is more than an equivalent4 #i4 ,kt takes ,p 444 ,not #i4 ,b takes ,p3 ch41 because of #i4 444 ,k to ,k #b2 #aj4 ,q to ,b #c1 ,r to ,b sq4 7672 #aa4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c1 ,b to ,k #c2 #ab4 ,q to ,b #e1 ,b takes ,b 7if #ab4 444 ,b takes ,q2 #ac4 ,kt to ,q #e1 mate71 and wins2 or #ab4 ,q to ,r #e1 then ,p takes ,kt1 and wins4 444 #i4 ,q to ,b #c #aj4 ,q to ,r #e 444 ,not #aj4 ,kt takes ,r1 became of #aj4 444 ,b takes ,p2 #aa4 ,q to ,r #e3 ch41 ,k to ,k #b2 #ab4 ,q to ,b #g3 ch41 ,q takes ,q2 #ac4 ,b takes ,q1 ,b takes ,r1 and wins4 ,equally bad would be #aj4 ,p to ,k #e1 ,p takes ,p2 #aa4 ,kt takes ,p1 ,kt takes ,b2 #ab4 ,kt takes ,kt1 ,b takes ,p1 and wins4 444 #aj4 ,castles 7quite legal7 #aa4 ,kt takes ,r ,p3 dble4 ch4 #aa4 ,k to ,kt #b #ab4 ,kt to ,kt #d #ab4 ,b takes ,kt #ac4 ,q takes ,b3 ch4 #ac4 ,k to ,r sq4 #ad4 ,q to ,k #b #ad4 ,b takes ,p1 and wins4 #cgc 444 #e4 ,q ,p to ,r #c ,not #e4 444 ,kt takes ,p1 which would be met by #f4 ,p to ,r #e1 with a winning attack4 ,and not #e4 444 ,p to ,q ,r #d1 which is inferior to the text move1 and weakens the pawns on the ,queen's side for the ,end game4 #f4 ,castles #f4 ,p to ,q #c #g4 ,p to ,b #c #g4 ,kt to ,b #c #h4 ,p to ,q #c ,the position is now equivalent to the ,giuoco ,piano1 except that ,white has advanced his ,queen's side pawns1 which is a slight disadvantage4 ,,the ,,two ,,knights' ,,defence4 ,reverting to the opening moves of the ,giuoco ,piano1 in answer to #c4 ,b to ,b #d1 ,black may play 7instead of #c4 444 ,b to ,b #d71 #c4 444 ,kt to ,b #c4 ,this constitutes the ,two ,knights' ,defence4 ,white may continue with #d4 ,p to ,q #c1 or ,kt to ,b #c1 or adopt a more spirited line of play with #d4 ,kt to ,kt #e4 ,black's defences being #d4 444 ,p to ,q #d4 or #d4 444 ,kt takes ,p4 ,we append one or two leading variations3 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,b to ,b #d #c4 ,kt to ,b #c #d4 ,kt to ,kt #e 444 ,in the ,giuoco ,piano1 where ,black's ,knight would be still at ,kt sq41 this advance would be bad1 because ,black could reply #d4 444 ,kt to ,r #c1 #cgd defending the ,k ,b ,p4 ,here1 however1 it is the best move4 ,black's best defence is 444 #d4 ,p to ,q #d #e4 ,p takes ,p #e4 ,kt4 takes ,p 787 ,not to be recommended4 ,the best move is #e4 444 ,kt to ,q ,r #d4 #f4 ,kt takes ,b ,p 767 #f4 ,k takes ,kt #g4 ,q to ,b #c3 ch4 #g4 ,k to ,k #c #cge ,in order to defend the ,knight1 which is twice attacked4 #g4 444 ,q to ,b #c would be bad policy1 for in such case ,white would play #h4 ,b takes ,kt3 ch41 ,b to ,k #c2 #i4 ,b takes ,kt1 ,p takes ,b2 #aj4 ,q takes ,p1 with three ,pawns ahead4 #h4 ,kt to ,b #c #h4 ,kt to ,k #b ,white attacking the ,knight once more1 and ,black defending it again4 #i4 ,p to ,q #d #i4 ,p to ,b #c ,and we have the position depicted in ,fig4 #aj4 ,black could not play #i4 444 ,p takes ,p1 for fear of #aj4 ,q to ,k #d3 ch41 winning back the piece4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,r ,b ,q ,b ,r --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,kt ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,p ,k --------------------------------------- ,kt ,p --------------------------------------- ,b ,p --------------------------------------- ,kt ,q --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,r ,b ,k ,r --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #aj4 ,,position ,,after ,,black',s #i,,th ,,move4 #aj4 ,b to ,k ,kt #e 444 ,pinning the ,knight1 so as to take off one of the defences of the ,kt at ,q #d4 444 #aj4 ,k to ,q #b #aa4 ,p takes ,p #aa4 ,k to ,k sq4 #ab4 ,castles ,q ,r #ab4 ,b to ,k #c #ac4 ,kt takes ,kt #ac4 ,b takes ,kt #ad4 ,r takes ,b #ad4 ,p takes ,r #ae4 ,b to ,kt #e3 ch4 #ae4 ,kt to ,b #c #af4 ,b takes ,q #af4 ,r takes ,b #ag4 ,p to ,k #f1 and wins4 ,,second ,,variation4 ,repeat as far as ,white's #hth move inclusive4 ,should ,black play1 instead of #h4 444 ,kt to ,k #b1 #h4 444 ,kt to ,kt #e1 the following variations may ensue3 #cgf #i4 ,q to ,k #d #i4 ,p to ,q ,kt #d #aj4 ,b to ,kt #c #aj4 ,p to ,b #d #aa4 ,kt takes ,p #aa4 ,b to ,r #c #ab4 ,p to ,q ,r #d #ab4 ,r to ,b sq4 #ac4 ,p to ,q #c #ac4 ,b to ,k #b #ad4 ,castles 444 ,white threatens now a formidable attack with #ae4 ,p to ,k ,b #d1 to be followed by attacking the ,knight with the ,q ,b ,p1 and so to win back the piece4 444 #ad4 ,b to ,kt #b #ae4 ,p to ,q ,b #c #ae4 ,p to ,q ,r #c ,if #ae4 444 ,kt to ,r #c1 ,white would win with #af4 ,p to ,k ,b #d4 #af4 ,q to ,kt #d3 ch4 #af4 ,k to ,b #b #ag4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #ag4 ,r to ,b sq4 7best7 #ah4 ,p takes ,p3 dis4 ch4 #ah4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #ai4 ,b to ,r #f 767 #ai4 ,r takes ,r3 ch4 #bj4 ,r takes ,r #bj4 ,b to ,b sq4 #ba4 ,kt to ,q #f1 and wins4 ,for the immediate threat1 #bb4 ,q to ,k #f3 ch41 or ,kt takes ,b1 is fatal4 ,,third ,,variation4 ,repeat the ,opening up to ,black's #eth move4 #cgg 444 ,q to ,k #b #e4 --------------- #ad4 -------- ,kt to ,q ,r #dhi ,castles ,b to ,kt #e3 ch4 ,p takes ,b #f4 -------------- #ae4 ---------- ,p to ,b #c ,r to ,k sq4 ,p takes ,p ,castles #g4 --------- #af4 --------- ,p takes ,p ,r takes ,p ,b to ,k #bij ,b to ,k ,b #d #h4 ------------ #ag4 -------------- ,p to ,k ,r #c ,q to ,kt #c3 ch4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,q to ,b #b #i4 ----------- #ah4 -------------- ,p to ,k #e ,q takes ,q3 ch4 ,kt to ,k #e ,r takes ,q #aj4 --------- #ai4 ------------- ,q to ,b #b ,r to ,k #h3 ch4 ,p to ,k ,b #d ,r to ,b sq4 #aa4 ---------- #bj4 -------------- ,b to ,q #c ,r takes ,r3 ch4 ,p to ,q #d ,k takes ,r1 c4 #ab4 ---------------- #ba4 -------------- ,p takes ,p e4p4 444 ,b takes ,p ,white has the better pawn #ac4 ---------- position on the ,queen's side4 ,b takes ,kt ,,the ,,ruy ,,lopez4 ,this ,opening1 invented by the ,spaniard ,ruy ,lopez in the sixteenth century1 is still resorted to in tournaments and matches1 where caution and safety are essential4 ,instead of developing the ,bishop to ,q ,b #d with the intention of an attack upon ,black's weakest point--viz41 the ,k ,b ,p1 ,white plays #c4 ,b to ,q ,kt #e1 threatening #d4 ,b takes ,kt1 and #e4 ,kt takes ,p4 ,in answer to #c4 ,b to ,kt #e1 ,black may play #c4 444 ,p to ,q ,r #c2 #c4 444 ,k ,kt to ,b #c 7best72 #c4 444 ,k ,kt to ,k #b 7not so good72 #c4 444 ,b to ,b #d2 #c4 444 ,kt to ,q #e 7not to be recommended72 #c4 444 ,p to ,q #c 7a safe1 but dull defence72 #c4 444 ,p to ,b #d 7risky72 and #c4 444 ,p to ,k ,kt #c1 the latter involving the development of the ,k ,b to ,kt #b4 ,white's replies are1 in answer to #c4 444 ,p to ,q ,r #c2 #d4 ,b takes ,kt2 or #d4 ,b to ,r #d4 ,and in answer to #c4 444 ,kt to ,b #c2 #d4 ,kt to ,b #c2 #d4 ,p to ,q #c2 #d4 ,q to ,k #b2 #d4 ,p to ,q #d1 or #d4 ,castles4 #cgh ,the main defences are #c4 444 ,p to ,q ,r #c1 and #c4 444 ,kt to ,b #c4 ,the latter is to be preferred2 for to a certain extent the ,white ,bishop is not in such a favourable position at ,kt #e as at ,r #d2 it should1 therefore1 not be driven into a better one4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,b to ,kt #e ,these moves complete the ,ruy ,lopez ,opening4 444 #c4 ,p to ,q ,r #c #d4 ,b to ,r #d 444 ,white could here temporarily win a pawn with #d4 ,b takes ,kt1 ,q ,p takes ,b1 #e4 ,kt takes ,p4 ,but #e4 444 ,q to ,q #e wins it back for ,black2 it is1 therefore1 useless to exchange the powerful ,king's ,bishop4 444 #d4 ,kt to ,b #c #e4 ,p to ,q #c #e4 ,p to ,q #c ,this is the quietest form of the ,lopez and may be adopted with safety4 #f4 ,kt to ,b #c #f4 ,b to ,q #b #g4 ,castles #g4 ,b to ,k #b #h4 ,p to ,q #d #h4 ,p to ,q ,kt #d #i4 ,p takes ,p #i4 ,q ,kt takes ,p #aj4 ,kt takes ,kt #aj4 ,p takes ,kt #aa4 ,b to ,kt #c #aa4 ,castles #ab4 ,b to ,kt #e #ab4 ,p to ,q ,r #d ,a good move1 as it anticipates ,white's advance of the ,q ,r ,p1 and thus renders the ,queen's side safe4 #ac4 ,b takes ,kt #ac4 ,b takes ,b #ad4 ,p to ,q ,r #d #ad4 ,p to ,kt #e ,it would be bad to play here #ad4 444 ,p takes ,p1 #cgi because it not only would give ,white an open ,rook's file1 but also isolate ,black's ,r ,p and ,q ,b ,p1 a weakness from which he could not recover against the best play4 ,neither side has so far gained any material advantage4 ,,second ,,variation4 ,repeat the first five moves on either side4 ,p to ,b #c ,kt to ,kt #c #f4 ----------- #i4 ----------- ,p to ,k ,kt #c ,p to ,q ,kt #d ,q ,kt to ,q #b ,b to ,b #b #g4 ----------- #aj4 -------- ,b to ,kt #b ,p to ,q #d ,kt to ,b sq4 ,castles #h4 ----------- #aa4 -------- ,castles ,q to ,q #c ,even game4 ,,third ,,variation4 ,repeat first four moves on either side4 ,p to ,q #c ,b takes ,kt #e4 -------- #i4 ------------ ,b to ,b #d ,kt ,p takes ,b ,p to ,b #c ,kt takes ,p #f4 ------------ #aj4 ---------- ,q to ,k #b 767 ,kt takes ,p ,castles ,r to ,k sq4 #g4 ------- #aa4 ---------- ,castles ,p to ,k ,b #d ,p to ,q #d ,kt to ,q #b #h4 --------- #ab4 --------- ,b to ,kt #c ,q to ,b #c ,even game4 ,,fourth ,,variation4 ,repeat first four moves as above4 ,castles #e4 ---------- ,kt takes ,p ,p to ,q #d #f4 ----------- ,p to ,q ,kt #d #chj ,kt takes ,p #g4 --------------- ,kt takes ,kt#ia ,p takes ,kt #h4 ------------ ,p to ,q #cib ,p takes ,p #i4 -------------- ,kt takes ,p#ic ,b to ,kt #c #aj4 --------- ,b to ,k #b ,q to ,b #c #aa4 ------------- ,r to ,q ,kt sq4 ,not #aa4 444 ,b to ,kt #b1 because of #ab4 ,b takes ,p ch41 ,kt takes ,b2 #ac4 ,q takes ,b1 c4 ,about an even game4 ,at the present day1 however1 as we have said1 the defence of #c4 444 ,p to ,q ,r #c is discarded by the best authorities in favour of #c4 444 ,kt to ,k ,b #c4 ,the game may then proceed as follows3 #d4 ,castles #d4 ,kt takes ,p #e4 ,p to ,q #d #e4 ,b to ,k #b #f4 ,q to ,k #b #f4 ,kt to ,q #c 767 #g4 ,b takes ,kt #g4 ,kt ,p takes ,b 767 ,if #g4 444 ,q ,p takes ,b1 ,white would obtain an advantage by #h4 ,p takes ,p1 ,kt to ,b #d2 #i4 ,r to ,q sq41 ,b to ,q #b2 #aj4 ,p to ,k #f 7671 ,p takes ,p2 #aa4 ,kt to ,k #e1 ,kt to ,q #c 7or ,b to ,q #c72 #ab4 ,q to ,r #e2 ch41 ,p to ,kt #c2 #ac4 ,kt takes ,kt ,p1 and wins4 #h4 ,p takes ,p #h4 ,kt to ,kt #b 767 #i4 ,kt to ,b #c #i4 ,kt to ,b #d #aj4 ,kt to ,q #d #aj4 ,castles ,the tempting move #aj4 444 ,b to ,r #c1 winning the exchange1 would be unsound1 because of ,white's reply #aa4 ,q to ,kt #d1 ,castles2 #ab4 ,b to ,r #f1 c4 ,another variation proceeds as follows3 #cha #d4 ,p to ,q #d #d4 ,p takes ,p #e4 ,castles #e4 ,b to ,k #b #f4 ,p to ,k #e #f4 ,kt to ,k #e #g4 ,r to ,k sq4 #g4 ,kt to ,b #d #h4 ,b takes ,kt #h4 ,q ,p takes ,b 767 #i4 ,kt takes ,p #i4 ,castles #aj4 ,b to ,k #c #aj4 ,r to ,k sq4 #aa4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #aa4 ,kt to ,k #c #ab4 ,kt to ,b #e #ab4 ,kt to ,b sq4 ,even game4 ,the remaining ,openings1 though not less important1 we shall be compelled to deal with more briefly4 ,it must1 however1 be remembered that it is only the first three or four moves on either side 7or even less7 which constitute a given ,opening4 ,all beyond these are optional1 though in many instances the best moves in continuation on either side have been ascertained by careful analysis1 and these are consequently known1 among players1 as book moves4 ,,philidor',s ,,defence4 ,after #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d2 #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 ,black may defend the attacked ,king's pawn with #b4444 ,p to ,q #c1 and this constitutes ,philidor's ,defence4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,p to ,q #c #c4 ,p to ,q #d #c4 ,p takes ,p #d4 ,kt takes ,p 444 ,if #d4 ,q takes ,p1 ,black replies #d4444 ,kt to ,q ,b #c 7best72 #e4 ,b to ,q ,kt #e1 ,b to ,q #b2 #f4 ,b takes ,kt1 ,b takes ,b2 #g4 ,b to ,kt #e1 ,kt to ,b #c2 #h4 ,b takes ,kt4 #chb ,q takes ,b2 #i4 ,q takes ,q1 ,p takes ,q2 #aj4 ,kt to ,b #c1 and ,black has two ,bishops against two ,knights1 and an open ,kt and ,k file for his ,rooks1 and consequently the advantage4 444 #d4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #e4 ,b to ,q ,b #d #e4 ,b to ,k #b ,equal game4 ,,second ,,variation4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 -------- ,p to ,k #d ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ----------- ,p to ,q #c ,b to ,b #d #c4 -------------- ,p to ,k ,b #did ,p to ,q #d #d4 ----------- ,k ,p takes ,p ,kt to ,kt #e #e4 ----------- ,kt to ,k ,r #c ,kt takes ,p #f4 ------------ ,q to ,k #bie ,q to ,r #e3 ch4 #g4 ------------- ,k to ,q #b ,b to ,kt #e #h4 -------------- ,q takes ,p3 ch4 ,k to ,q #b #i4 --------- ,q to ,kt #e ,q to ,kt #f #aj4 ---------- ,r takes ,kt ,b to ,q #e #aa4 ------------ ,p to ,b #cif ,p to ,k ,r #c #ab4 -------------- ,winning the ,q4 ,,third ,,variation4 ,repeat the opening of second variation up to ,black's fourth move4 #chc 444 #d4 ----------- ,b ,p takes ,p ,kt takes ,p #e4 ---------- ,p takes ,kt ,q to ,r #e3 ch4 #f4 ------------- ,k to ,q #b ,q to ,b #e3 ch4 #g4 ------------- ,k to ,b #c ,q takes ,p 7,k #d7ig #h4 ------------------- ,p to ,q ,r #c ,p to ,q #e3 ch4 #i4 ------------- ,k to ,kt #c ,b to ,k #c3 ch4 #aj4 ------------- ,b to ,b #dih ,b takes ,b3 ch4 #aa4 -------------- ,k takes ,b ,q to ,r #e3 ch4 #g4 ------------- ,k to ,q #b ,b to ,kt #e #h4 -------------- ,q takes ,p3 ch4 ,k to ,q #b #i4 --------- ,q to ,kt #e ,p to ,kt #d3 ch4 #ab4 -------------- ,k takes ,p #ii ,kt to ,q #b #ac4 --------- ,q to ,b #c ,r to ,kt sq43 ch4 #ad4 ---------------- ,k to ,r #e ,p to ,q ,b #c #ae4 --------------- ,p to ,q ,r #dajj ,b to ,kt #e3 ch4 #af4 -------------- ,k to ,r #f ,kt to ,b #d3 ch4 #ag4 -------------- ,k takes ,p ,r to ,kt #b3 ch4 #ah4 -------------- ,k to ,r #h ,castles3 checkm4 #ai4 ---------------- ,this variation has been selected to illustrate mate being given by castling4 ,,three ,,knights' ,,game4 ,the ,three ,knights' ,game is brought about if1 after #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d2 #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 ,kt to ,q ,b #c1 ,white plays #c4 ,kt to ,b #c1 ,the following is an example3 #chd ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,kt to ,b #c #c4 ,b to ,kt #e #d4 ,b to ,kt #e #d4 ,k ,kt to ,k #b #e4 ,p to ,q #d #e4 ,p takes ,p #f4 ,kt takes ,p #f4 ,castles ,even game4 ,,four ,,knights' ,,game4 ,if ,black moves #c4 444 ,kt to ,b #c1 the previous moves being the same as in the ,three ,knights' ,game1 it is called the ,four ,knights' ,game4 ,it is convertible into a ,ruy ,lopez1 if ,white plays #d4 ,b to ,kt #e2 and into a ,double ,ruy ,lopez1 if ,black replies #d4 444 ,b to ,kt #e4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #c4 ,kt to ,b #c #c4 ,kt to ,b #c #d4 ,b to ,kt #e #d4 ,b to ,kt #e #e4 ,castles #e4 ,castles #f4 ,kt to ,q #e #f4 ,kt takes ,kt #g4 ,p takes ,kt #g4 ,p to ,k #e #h4 ,p takes ,kt #h4 ,p takes ,kt #i4 ,q takes ,p ,if ,white had played #i4 ,p takes ,q ,p1 ,black's best reply would have been #i4 444 ,p takes ,p1 attacking the ,rook2 if #i4 ,p takes ,kt ,p1 ,black replies #i4 444 ,b takes ,kt ,p1 with a promising attack4 444 #i4 ,q ,p takes ,p #aj4 ,b to ,k #b #aj4 ,b to ,q #c ,even game4 #che ,,the ,,vienna ,,opening4 ,if1 after #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d1 ,white plays #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c1 the ,vienna ,opening is the result4 ,the ,q ,kt does not act immediately1 but rather seems to relinquish the advantage of the first move2 but this is only apparently so4 ,for in all ,openings the ,q ,kt plays an important role1 and1 having this piece in play1 ,white soon resumes the attack1 and with increased vigour in certain variations4 ,the defences for ,black are--#b4 444 ,b to ,b #d2 #b4 444 ,b to ,kt #e2 #b4 444 ,kt to ,q ,b #c2 #b4 444 ,kt to ,k ,b #c4 ,the latter yields the most satisfactory results4 #b4 444 ,kt to ,q ,b #c may lead to the ,steinitz ,gambit1 a difficult game for both sides2 whilst #b4 444 ,b to ,kt #e is the least satisfactory variation of all4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,b #d #c4 ,p to ,q #d 7best7 ,in this variation it is not advisable to take the offered ,gambit pawn1 though ,black might have done so if he had played #b4 444 ,kt to ,q ,b #c instead of #b4 444 ,kt to ,k ,b #c4 #d4 ,b ,p takes ,p #d4 ,kt takes ,p #e4 ,q to ,b #c #e4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #f4 ,b to ,kt #e 444 ,if #f4 ,kt takes ,kt1 ,black would win with #f4 444 ,kt to ,q #e2 #g4 ,q to ,q #c 7best71 ,p takes ,kt2 #h4 ,q takes ,p1 ,b to ,k ,b #d1 to be followed by ,kt takes ,p3 ch4 c4 #chf 444 #f4 ,kt takes ,kt #g4 ,kt ,p takes ,kt 767 #g4 ,b to ,k #b #h4 ,p to ,q #d #h4 ,b to ,k #c #i4 ,kt to ,k #b #i4 ,castles #aj4 ,castles ,with a very good game4 ,,second ,,variation4 ,,third ,,variation4 ,p to ,k #d ,p to ,k #d #a4 -------- #a4 -------- ,p to ,k #d ,p to ,k #d ,kt to ,q ,b #c ,kt to ,q ,b #c #b4 ----------- #b4 ----------- ,b to ,b #d ,kt to ,q ,b #c ,p to ,b #d ,p to ,k ,kt #c #c4 -------- #c4 ----------- ,p to ,q #c ,b to ,b #d ,kt to ,b #c ,b to ,kt #b #d4 ----------- #d4 --------- ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,p to ,q #c ,b to ,b #d ,kt to ,r #d #e4 --------- #e4 --------- ,kt to ,b #c ,b to ,kt #c ,p to ,q #c ,kt takes ,b #f4 ----------- #f4 ------------ ,b to ,k ,kt #e ,r ,p takes ,kt ,kt to ,q ,r #d ,kt to ,k #b #g4 ----------- #g4 --------- ,b to ,kt #c ,p to ,b #d ,kt takes ,b ,p to ,q #c #h4 ------------ #h4 --------- ,r ,p takes ,kt ,kt to ,b #c ,even game4 ,even game4 ,,the ,,steinitz ,,gambit4 ,this gambit is an offshoot of the ,vienna ,opening4 ,it leads to a very difficult game1 and the student will be well advised to avoid it4 ,it is1 however1 desirable that he should know the moves of the ,opening4 #chg ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,b #d #c4 ,p takes ,p #d4 ,p to ,q #d 444 ,this constitutes the ,steinitz ,gambit4 ,the ,white ,king becomes exposed to a violent attack2 but if the attack fails1 ,white is able to exchange pieces1 and so obtain a superior ,end game1 his ,king 7an essential factor in the ending7 being in better play than the ,black ,king4 ,,the ,,scotch ,,game ,,and ,,scotch ,,gambit4 ,next in importance to the ,ruy ,lopez and the ,vienna ,opening is the ,scotch1 an ,opening very frequently adopted in matches and tournaments4 ,if after #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d2 #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 ,kt to ,q ,b #c2 ,white plays #c4 ,p to ,q #d1 it is called the ,scotch ,game4 ,black's best move is #c4 444 ,p takes ,p 7not #c4 444 ,kt takes ,p71 and ,white can either retake the ,pawn or leave it4 ,in the latter case the ,opening becomes the ,scotch ,gambit4 ,the former ,opening is considered sounder than the latter1 and for that reason is met with more frequently nowadays4 ,formerly1 when ,gambits generally were more in vogue1 the ,scotch ,gambit enjoyed corresponding popularity4 ,a few of the most essential variations of this interesting ,opening follow4 ,first1 of the ,scotch game4 #chh ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,q #d #c4 ,p takes ,p #d4 ,kt takes ,p #d4 ,kt to ,b #c #e4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #e4 ,b to ,kt #e #f4 ,kt takes ,kt #f4 ,kt ,p takes ,kt #g4 ,q to ,q #d #g4 ,q to ,k #b #h4 ,p to ,b #c #h4 ,p to ,b #d #i4 ,q to ,k #c #i4 ,castles4 ,even game4 ,,second ,,variation4 ,repeat the ,opening up to ,black's #dth move4 444 ,p takes ,b #d4 -------- #h4 --------- ,b to ,b #d ,p to ,q #d ,b to ,k #c ,kt to ,b #c #e4 -------- #i4 --------- ,q to ,b #c ,p takes ,p ,p to ,q ,b #c ,p to ,q #e #f4 ----------- #aj4 ------------ ,k ,kt to ,k #b ,kt to ,kt sq4 ,q to ,q #b ,kt takes ,p #g4 ---------- #aa4 ---------- ,b takes ,kt 444 ,even game4 ,,third ,,variation4 ,repeat ,opening as before4 444 ,b to ,k #c #d4 ----------- #g4 --------- ,kt takes ,kt ,q takes ,q ,q takes ,kt ,b takes ,q #e4 ---------- #h4 --------- ,q to ,b #c 444 ,p to ,k #e #f4 ----------- ,q to ,q ,kt #c ,even game4 #chi ,,the ,,scotch ,,gambit4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,q #d #c4 ,p takes ,p #d4 ,b to ,q ,b #d 444 ,the ,pawn not being re-taken1 as in the ,scotch ,game1 constitutes the ,scotch ,gambit4 444 #d4 ,b to ,b #d #e4 ,kt to ,kt #e #e4 ,kt to ,r #c ,not #e4 444 ,kt to ,k #d1 which most beginners are in the habit of playing1 because ,white would still proceed exactly as after the move given in the text1 and after the exchanges ,black would have the ,k ,kt not developed4 #f4 ,kt takes ,b ,p #f4 ,kt takes ,kt #g4 ,b takes ,kt3 ch4 #g4 ,k takes ,b #h4 ,q to ,r #e3 ch4 #h4 ,p to ,kt #c #i4 ,q takes ,b #i4 ,p to ,q #d 7best7 #aj4 ,p takes ,p 444 ,if #aj4 ,q takes ,p3 ch41 then #aj4 444 ,q takes ,q2 #aa4 ,p takes ,q1 ,kt to ,kt #e2 #ab4 ,kt to ,r #c1 ,r to ,k sq43 ch42 #ac4 ,k to ,q sq41 ,kt takes ,q ,p1 c4 444 #aj4 ,r to ,k sq43 ch4 #aa4 ,k to ,q sq4 444 ,forming the position shown in ,fig4 #aa4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,r ,b ,q ,r --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,k ,p --------------------------------------- ,kt ,p --------------------------------------- ,q ,p --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,r ,kt ,b ,q ,r --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #aa4 ,,position ,,after ,,white',s #aa,,th ,,move4 444 #aa4 ,r to ,k #d #ab4 ,p to ,q ,b #d #ab4 ,q to ,r #e #ac4 ,q to ,r #c #ac4 ,q takes ,b ,p #ad4 ,q to ,b #c3 ch4 #ad4 ,q takes ,q #ae4 ,p takes ,q 444 ,black has the better game4 #cij ,,second ,,variation4 ,repeat the ,opening up to ,white's #fth move4 ,q to ,r #e ,p to ,k ,r #c #f4 -------- #i4 ---------- ,q to ,k #b ,b to ,q #b ,castles ,p to ,k ,b #d #g4 --------- #aj4 ---------- ,kt to ,k #d ,kt to ,b #c ,b to ,kt #c ,and1 after ,black has castled #h4 --------- ,q ,r1 he has the better game4 ,p to ,q #c #cia ,,the ,,danish ,,and ,,centre ,,gambits4 ,the opening moves in each case are #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d2 #b4 ,p to ,q #d1 ,p takes ,p4 ,if ,white continue #c4 ,p to ,q ,b #c1 it is called the ,danish ,gambit1 which is rarely played now4 ,the ,centre ,gambit is a modification of the ,scotch1 and similar to it in many of the continuations4 #c4 ,q takes ,p constitutes this ,gambit4 7,strictly speaking1 it is not a ,gambit1 the pawn not being sacrificed47 ,latterly the ,centre ,gambit has been somewhat neglected4 ,,the ,,danish ,,gambit4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,q #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,p to ,q ,b 444 ,these moves constitute the ,danish ,gambit4 444 #c4 ,p takes ,p #d4 ,b to ,q ,b #d #d4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #e4 ,kt takes ,p #e4 ,b to ,kt #e #f4 ,kt to ,k #b #f4 ,castles #g4 ,p to ,k #e #g4 ,kt to ,k #e 7,or #g4 444 ,p to ,q #d1 equally good1 and leading to a livelier game47 #h4 ,castles #h4 ,kt takes ,kt #i4 ,p takes ,kt #i4 ,b to ,b #d ,and ,white is better developed1 for the pawn minus4 ,still ,black has a tangible advantage4 ,,the ,,centre ,,gambit4 #cib ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,q #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,q takes ,p #c4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #d4 ,q to ,k #c 444 ,formerly the continuation was #d4 ,q to ,q sq41 ,kt to ,b #c2 #e4 ,b to ,q #c1 ,p to ,q #d1 c41 but the text-move is now considered superior to the retreat of a developed piece1 especially as from ,k #c the range of the ,queen's action on both sides should prove more advantageous to ,white4 444 #d4 ,kt to ,b #c #e4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #e4 ,b to ,kt #e ,if #e4 ,p to ,k #e1 ,black's best reply is #e4 444 ,kt to ,k ,kt #e2 #f4 ,q to ,k #d1 ,p to ,q #d2 #g4 ,p takes ,p e4p43 ch41 ,b to ,k #c2 #h4 ,p takes ,p1 ,q to ,q #h3 ch41 followed by #i4 444 ,kt takes ,p3 ch4 and #aj4 444 ,kt takes ,q1 with the better game4 ,,petroff',s ,,defence4 ,here1 after #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d2 #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 ,black1 instead of defending the ,k ,p with #b4 444 ,kt to ,q ,b #c1 plays ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 attacking the opponent's ,k ,p4 ,this mode of defence is sometimes adopted if the second player wishes to avoid the ,ruy ,lopez1 ,scotch ,opening1 or ,evans ,gambit4 ,on the whole it yields a safe defence1 although somewhat tame in the majority of variations4 ,,the ,,king',s ,,gambits4 ,the reader has already had several examples of ,gambits1 but others still remain to be described4 ,a pawn is sacrificed in order to get a compensating advantage in a rapid development of the pieces1 and an immediate attack4 ,formerly the ,gambits were played very frequently1 but more perfect knowledge of the possible defences has caused the less speculative ,openings to be resorted to in preference--a #cic tacit admission that the ,gambits are for the most part hazardous for the first player1 though they give rise to ingenious combinations and interesting positions4 ,the principal ,gambits 7apart from the ,evans7 are the ,king's ,knight's and ,king's ,bishop's ,gambits4 ,from the former spring other well-known ,gambits1 such as the ,kieseritzky1 ,allgaier1 ,muzio1 c4 ,,the ,,king',s ,,knight',s ,,gambit4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c 444 ,this move completes the ,gambit4 444 #c4 ,p to ,k ,kt #d ,this move has a double object4 ,first1 it protects the ,gambit pawn1 which would be attacked after ,white's necessary ,p to ,q #d1 and then it enables ,black to post his ,b at ,kt #b1 which is essential1 as in some variations ,white might play ,p to ,k ,r #d1 when without the ,b at ,kt #b1 ,black could not reply ,p to ,k ,r #c1 because his ,rook would not then be protected1 and his pawns on the ,king's side would be broken up4 #d4 ,b to ,b #d #d4 ,b to ,kt #b #e4 ,p to ,q #d #e4 ,p to ,q #c #f4 ,p to ,k ,r #d #f4 ,p to ,k ,r #c ,see previous remark4 ,of course1 were ,black now to advance the attacked pawn1 he would weaken the ,gambit pawn4 #cid #g4 ,p takes ,p #g4 ,p takes ,p #h4 ,r takes ,r #h4 ,b takes ,r #i4 ,q to ,q #c 444 ,the intention being to play ,p to ,k #e and ,q to ,r #g1 attacking two pieces1 and threatening mate4 ,black prevents this by-- 444 #i4 ,kt to ,k ,r #c ,white has not as yet gained any marked advantage to compensate for the sacrificed pawn4 ,black's best defence in the ,king's ,knight's ,gambit is to play #d4 444 ,p to ,kt #e1 thereby forcing ,white to adopt either the ,muzio or the ,salvio attack1 in either of which cases ,black should get the best of the game1 as we proceed to show4 ,,the ,,muzio ,,gambit4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,k ,kt #d #d4 ,b to ,b #d #d4 ,p to ,kt #e #e4 ,castles 444 ,the ,knight cannot go back to ,kt sq41 consequently ,white must either give it up or play ,kt to ,k #e1 which will be treated in the ,salvio ,gambit4 ,leaving the ,knight en prise constitutes the ,muzio ,gambit4 444 #e4 ,p takes ,kt ,the position is now as represented in ,fig4 #ab4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,r ,kt ,b ,q ,k ,b ,kt ,r --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,b ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p ,p --------------------------------------- ,r ,kt ,b ,q ,r ,k --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #ab4 ,,position ,,after ,,black',s #e,,th ,,move4 #f4 ,q takes ,p #f4 ,q to ,b #c #g4 ,p to ,k #e 444 #cie ,this further sacrifice may be regarded as compulsory4 ,white gains time to develop his pieces1 as ,black has1 after the capture of the ,k ,p1 both ,king and ,queen in an exposed position4 444 #g4 ,q takes ,p #h4 ,p to ,q #c #h4 ,b to ,r #c #i4 ,b to ,q #b 444 #cif ,threatening #aj4 ,r to ,k sq42 or if ,black plays #i4 444 ,q takes ,p2 #aj4 ,b to ,b #c1 c4 ,white has gained no material advantage4 ,,second ,,variation4 ,reverting to the position after ,black's #eth move 7,fig4 #ab71 instead of1 as in the preceding variation1 #f4 ,q takes ,p1 let ,white play-- #f4 ,p to ,q #d 444 ,this attack1 if not properly met1 is extremely embarrassing for ,black2 but1 against the correct play1 it is inferior to the one already given4 444 #f4 ,p to ,q #d 7best7 #g4 ,b takes ,p #g4 ,q ,b to ,kt #e #h4 ,r to ,b #b #h4 ,p to ,q ,b #c #i4 ,b to ,b #d #i4 ,b to ,kt #b #aj4 ,p to ,b #c #aj4 ,b to ,r #c #aa4 ,kt to ,q #b #aa4 ,kt to ,k #b #ab4 ,kt takes ,p #ab4 ,kt to ,kt #c ,and ,black even without ,castling may assume the counter-attack with ,r to ,kt sq41 bringing the ,queen into play as soon as feasible4 ,,the ,,salvio ,,gambit4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,k ,kt #d #d4 ,b to ,b #d #d4 ,p to ,kt #e #e4 ,kt to ,k #e 444 ,this move constitutes the ,salvio attack4 ,white #cig attacks ,black's ,k ,b ,p1 intending to obtain a compensating advantage for being compelled to move his ,king without castling4 444 #e4 ,q to ,r #e3 ch4 #f4 ,k to ,b sq4 #f4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #g4 ,b takes ,p3 ch4 #g4 ,k to ,k #b ,better here1 as in most cases1 than #g4444 ,k to ,q sq41 for it keeps an attack upon the ,b in case the ,kt has to move4 #h4 ,kt takes ,kt3 ch4 #h4 ,q ,p takes ,kt #i4 ,b to ,kt #c #i4 ,kt to ,b #c #aj4 ,p to ,q #c #aj4 ,kt to ,r #d ,black has by far the better position4 ,,the ,,kieseritzky ,,gambit4 ,here the opening moves are again3 #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d2 #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d1 ,p takes ,p2 #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 ,p to ,k ,kt #d4 ,if ,white plays #d4 ,b to ,b #d1 ,black can play either #d4 444 ,b to ,kt #b1 thus consolidating his ,king's pawns1 which are difficult to break up1 or #d4 444 ,p to ,kt #e1 with the consequences shown in the ,muzio and ,salvio4 ,to obviate this1 ,white plays now #e4 ,p to ,k ,r #d4 ,black's ,knight's pawn cannot be defended with ,p to ,k ,r #c1 the ,bishop not being yet at ,kt #b4 ,therefore ,black's best course 7,b to ,k #b not being good7 is #e4 444 ,p to ,kt #e1 to which ,white replies #f4 ,kt to ,k #e--the ,kieseritzky1 or #f4 ,kt to ,kt #e1 the ,allgaier1 to be considered subsequently4 #cih ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,k ,kt #d #d4 ,p to ,k ,r #d #d4 ,p to ,kt #e #e4 ,kt to ,k #e #e4 ,b to ,kt #b ,black has various defences here1 the best being the text-move and #e4 444 ,kt to ,k ,b #c4 #f4 ,p to ,q #d 444 ,if #f4 ,kt takes ,kt ,p1 ,black replies #f4 444 ,p to ,q #d2 #g4 ,kt to ,b #b1 ,kt to ,k #b2 #h4 ,p takes ,p1 ,castles2 #i4 ,b to ,k #b1 ,kt to ,b #d1 with the better game4 444 #f4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #g4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #g4 ,p to ,q #c #h4 ,kt to ,q #c #h4 ,kt to ,r #d #i4 ,kt takes ,p #i4 ,kt to ,kt #f #aj4 ,r to ,r #b #aj4 ,castles #aa4 ,q to ,q #c #aa4 ,kt takes ,b #ab4 ,k takes ,kt #ab4 ,kt to ,b #c ,and ,black has a good game4 ,,the ,,allgaier ,,gambit4 ,here1 as in the ,muzio1 a piece is sacrificed for an early and strong attack4 ,the opening moves are-- ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,k ,kt #d #d4 ,p to ,k ,r #d #d4 ,p to ,kt #e #e4 ,kt to ,kt #e 444 ,this move involves the sacrifice of the ,knight1 and constitutes the ,allgaier4 #cii 444 #e4 ,p to ,k ,r #c #f4 ,kt takes ,k ,b ,p #f4 ,k takes ,kt #g4 ,b to ,b #d3 ch4 #g4 ,p to ,q #d ,black gives up this pawn to free his ,bishop and protect the pawn at ,kt #e4 #h4 ,b takes ,p3 ch4 #h4 ,k to ,kt #b #i4 ,b takes ,q ,kt ,p #i4 ,b takes ,b #aj4 ,q takes ,p3 ch4 #aj4 ,k to ,b #b #aa4 ,q to ,r #e3 ch4 #aa4 ,k to ,k #b #ab4 ,q to ,k #e3 ch4 #ab4 ,k to ,q #b #ac4 ,q takes ,r #ac4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,threatening to win the ,queen by #ad4 444 ,q to ,k #b1 and #ae4 444 ,b to ,kt #b4 #ad4 ,p to ,q ,kt #c 444 ,to be able to play1 in reply to #ad4 444 ,q to ,k #b2 #ae ,b to ,r #c4 ,this avoids the immediate danger1 but ,white has no tangible advantage4 ,an important modification of this is the ,allgaier-,thorold1 in which ,white at move #g advances the ,queen's pawn1 instead of at once checking after the sacrifice of the ,knight4 ,the following is an example of this ,gambit1 and a probable continuation4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,k ,kt #d #d4 ,p to ,k ,r #d #d4 ,p to ,kt #e #e4 ,kt to ,kt #e #e4 ,p to ,k ,r #c #f4 ,kt takes ,p #f4 ,k takes ,kt #g4 ,p to ,q #d #g4 ,p to ,b #f #h4 ,b to ,b #d3 ch4 #h4 ,p to ,q #d #i4 ,b takes ,p3 ch4 #i4 ,k to ,kt #b #aj4 ,p takes ,p #aj4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,black has slightly the advantage4 #djj ,,the ,,cunningham ,,gambit4 ,this should rather be called the ,cunningham ,defence to the ,king's ,knight's ,gambit4 ,the opening moves are3 #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d2 #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d1 ,p takes ,p2 #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 ,b to ,k #b4 ,this defence is less favourable than either the ,muzio or the ,salvio4 ,the game may proceed as follows-- ,,white4 ,,black4 #d4 ,b to ,b #d #d4 ,b to ,r #e3 ch4 #e4 ,k to ,b sq4 444 ,this is the best move1 which should give the advantage to ,white4 ,less favourable is ,cunningham's own line of play3 #e4 ,p to ,k ,kt #c1 ,p takes ,p2 #f4 ,castles1 ,p takes ,p3 ch42 #g4 ,k to ,r sq41 ,p to ,q #d1 #h4 ,b takes ,p1 ,kt to ,k ,b #c2 #i4 ,b takes ,p4 ch41 ,k takes ,b2 #aj4 ,kt takes ,b1 ,r to ,b sq42 #aa4 ,p to ,q #d1 ,k to ,kt sq41 with a good game for ,black4 #e4 444 #e4 ,p to ,q #d #f4 ,b takes ,p #f4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,,the ,,bishop',s ,,gambit4 ,here the opening moves are3 #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 ,p to ,k #d2 #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d1 ,p takes ,p2 #c4 ,b to ,b #d4 ,the ,bishop being developed at this stage1 instead of the ,king's ,knight1 gives the ,opening its name4 ,its special feature is that ,white exposes himself to a check1 which compels him to move his ,king1 and thus loses the privilege of castling without gaining such an immediate attack as in the ,salvio4 ,but though ,white thus gives up the attack temporarily1 he is able to reassume it with intensified vigour1 owing to the exposed position of the ,black ,queen4 ,the check with the ,queen is therefore now only #dja resorted to in conjunction with #d4 444 ,p to ,q #d1 a counter-gambit which furthers ,black's development4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p takes ,p #c4 ,b to ,b #d #c4 ,p to ,q #d ,or #c4 444 ,q to ,r #e3 ch41 followed by #d4 444 ,p to ,q #d4 #d4 ,b takes ,p 444 ,not #d4 ,p takes ,p1 because of #e4 444 ,q to ,r #e3 ch42 #f4 ,k to ,b sq41 ,b to ,q #c2 #g4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 ,q to ,r #d2 #h4 ,p to ,q #d1 ,kt to ,k #b2 #i4 ,kt to ,b #c1 ,castles1 with the better game4 444 #d4 ,q to ,r #e3 ch4 #e4 ,k to ,b sq4 #e4 ,p to ,k ,kt #d #f4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #f4 ,q to ,r #d #g4 ,p to ,k ,r #d 444 ,upon the same principle as in the other ,gambits 7or1 indeed1 as in every strong pawn position71 viz41 to attempt to break the force of the united pawns4 444 #g4 ,b to ,kt #b ,,second ,,variation4 ,reverting to the position after ,black's #eth move1 ,white has two other attacks here--viz41 #f4 ,q to ,b #c1 and #f4 ,p to ,k ,kt #c4 ,q to ,b #c #f4 ---------- ,p to ,q ,b #c ,q to ,q ,b #caja #g4 --------------- ,p to ,b #c ,b takes ,kt #h4 ---------- ,r takes ,b ,q takes ,p #i4 --------- ,b to ,k #b #djb ,q to ,b #c #aj4 --------- ,p to ,kt #e ,p to ,q #dajb #aa4 ------------- ,p to ,b #f ,b to ,k #cajc #ab4 ------------- ,b to ,k #c ,kt to ,q #b #ac4 --------- ,kt to ,q #b ,with advantage for ,black4 ,,third ,,variation4 7,first five moves as before47 ,p to ,k ,kt #c ,kt to ,k ,b #c #f4 ----------- #aa4 ------------- ,p takes ,p ,b to ,r #f3 ch4 ,k to ,kt #bajd ,k takes ,b #g4 -------------- #ab4 -------------- ,b to ,q #c ,p to ,kt #e3 ch4 ,p to ,k #e ,k to ,kt #b #h4 --------- #ac4 --------------- ,b takes ,p ,p takes ,kt3 ch4 ,q to ,k sq4 ,k takes ,p #i4 ---------- #ad4 ----------- ,q to ,q #e ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,b takes ,p3 ch4 ,and wins4 #aj4 -------------- ,k takes ,b ,two other continuations for ,black should be noted by the student--viz41 #c4 444 ,p to ,k ,b #d1 and #c4 444 ,kt to ,k ,b #c4 ,,fourth ,,variation4 #djc 444 ,p to ,q #d #c4 ---------- #g4 ----------- ,p to ,k ,b #d ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,q to ,k #b ,q takes ,b ,p #d4 ------------- #h4 ----------- ,q to ,r #e3 ch4 ,q takes ,q ,k to ,q sq4 ,b takes ,q #e4 ---------- #i4 --------- ,p takes ,p 444 ,q takes ,p3 ch4 ,even game4 #f4 -------------- ,b to ,k #b ,,fifth ,,variation4 444 ,p to ,q #c #c4 ----------- #g4 --------- ,kt to ,k ,b #c ,kt to ,k #d ,kt to ,q ,b #c ,b to ,kt #c #d4 ----------- #h4 --------- ,kt to ,b #c ,b to ,kt #e ,kt to ,b #c ,q ,b takes ,p #e4 --------- #i4 ----------- ,b to ,kt #e 444 ,castles ,even game4 #f4 -------- ,p to ,q #c ,,the ,,gambit ,,declined4 ,although1 in the majority of ,gambits1 the defence should obtain1 if not an advantage1 at least an even game1 some players 7fearing to give their opponent the chance of a sudden and vigorous attack7 decline to accept the ,gambit4 ,there are various modes of refusing the ,gambit2 the one most frequently resorted to being by playing ,b to ,b #d4 ,the game may proceed as under3 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,b to ,b #d #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,q #c #d4 ,p to ,b #c 444 #djd ,intending to establish a centre with #e ,p to ,q #d4 444 #d4 ,b to ,k ,kt #e #e4 ,b to ,k #b 444 #e4 ,p to ,k ,r #c1 ,b takes ,kt2 #f4 ,q takes ,b1 may also be played4 444 #e4 ,b takes ,kt #f4 ,b takes ,b #f4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #g4 ,p to ,q ,kt #d #g4 ,b to ,kt #c #h4 ,p to ,kt #e #h4 ,q ,kt to ,k #b #i4 ,p to ,q #d 444 ,and ,white has1 so far1 carried out his plan of establishing a centre4 ,the position is about even4 ,the following defence is known as the ,falkbeer ,counter-,gambit1 after its author3 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #d #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p to ,q #d #c4 ,k ,p takes ,p 444 ,not #c4 ,b ,p takes ,p1 because of #c4 444 ,q to ,r #e3 ch41 which would give ,black a winning game4 444 #c4 ,p to ,k #e ,black gives up a pawn for the attack1 and a spirited game4 ,it would be disadvantageous for ,black to play #c4 444 ,q takes ,p1 because ,white would then develop his pieces quicker1 which it is the object of ,black's counter-gambit to prevent4 #d4 ,b to ,kt #e3 ch4 #d4 ,p to ,b #c ,both ,white's and ,black's moves are the best available4 #e4 ,p takes ,p #e4 ,p takes ,p #dje ,black takes with the pawn in order to maintain the attack1 for which he gave up a pawn4 #f4 ,b to ,b #d #f4 ,kt to ,b #c ,again the best moves for both sides4 ,black could not play #f4 444 ,b to ,q ,b #d1 because of #g4 ,b takes ,p3 ch41 ,k takes ,b2 #h4 ,q to ,r #e3 ch41 ,p to ,kt #c2 #i4 ,q takes ,b1 c4 ,,close ,,games4 ,all games which commence with any other move than #a4 ,p to ,k #d1 or in which ,black replies with any other move than #a4 444 ,p to ,k #d1 are called ,close ,games4 ,these ,openings are resorted to either by the first player1 if he has to meet an opponent who is well versed in book knowledge1 or by the second player1 if he is afraid to trust himself in the wide field of the ,open ,games1 with all the numerous variations and combinations1 which the first player1 knowing what ,opening he proposes to adopt1 might have prepared4 ,the ,close ,games require a considerable knowledge of pawn-play1 which is a specialty1 only to be acquired by long experience4 ,in the ,open ,games the attack is mostly made with pieces1 while in close or irregular games the pawns are pushed forward1 and the pieces are posted behind them in strategical positions1 and only come into action after the dispositions of the plan of campaign are matured4 ,any attempt at full treatment at the ,close ,games would therefore be out of place in an elementary treatise4 ,the ,french ,defence and the ,sicilian ,defence are1 however1 exceptions4 ,they are very frequently played4 ,to these1 therefore1 it will be necessary to devote special attention4 #djf ,,the ,,french ,,defence4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #c ,this move of ,black constitutes the ,french ,defence4 ,it gives a safe but dull game1 with the exception of a few variations4 ,the game may continue as follows3 #b4 ,p to ,q #d #b4 ,p to ,q #d #c4 ,p to ,k #e #c4 ,p to ,q ,b #d ,to prevent the establishment of a centre4 ,it may be taken as a principle--always try to prevent or break the formation of a centre4 #d4 ,p to ,q ,b #c #d4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #e4 ,p to ,k ,b #d 444 ,in anticipation of ,black's probable #e4 444 ,q to ,kt #c1 when ,white would have to develop his ,k ,kt4 444 #e4 ,q to ,kt #c #f4 ,kt to ,b #c #f4 ,b to ,q #b #g4 ,p to ,q ,kt #c 444 ,in order to play his ,bishop to ,k #c1 which he cannot do now1 because the ,kt ,p would be en prise4 444 #g4 ,r to ,b sq4 #h4 ,b to ,k #c #h4 ,kt to ,r #c #i4 ,b to ,q #c 444 ,to prevent #i4 444 ,kt to ,b #d1 attacking ,bishop and ,queen's ,pawn4 #i4 444 ,kt to ,k ,kt #e would be loss of time1 as ,white would play #aj4 ,b to ,kt sq41 and then drive the ,knight back4 #djg 444 #i4 ,p takes ,p #aj4 ,p takes ,p #aj4 ,kt to ,q ,kt #e #aa4 ,p to ,k ,r #c 444 ,the ,white ,bishop cannot move1 because of ,kt to ,b #g3 ch41 and if #aa4 ,castles1 ,black would win the exchange with #aa4 444 ,kt takes ,b2 #ab4 ,q takes ,kt1 ,b to ,kt #d4 444 #aa4 ,kt takes ,b3 ch4 #ab4 ,q takes ,kt #ab4 ,b to ,kt #e3 ch4 #ac4 ,k to ,b #b 7or ,q ,kt to ,q #b7 444 ,with a very good game for ,black4 ,,second ,,variation4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k #c #b4 ,p to ,q #d #b4 ,p to ,q #d #c4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #d4 ,p to ,k #e ,p to ,k #e on ,white's third move having been found unsatisfactory1 the modified form here given is now fashionable4 444 #d4 ,k ,kt to ,q #b #e4 ,p to ,b #d #e4 ,p to ,q ,b #d ,again the attempt to break the centre4 #f4 ,p takes ,p #f4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c ,as the pawn cannot be defended1 ,black utilises his time by bringing an additional piece into play4 #g4 ,kt to ,b #c #g4 ,b takes ,p #h4 ,b to ,q #c #h4 ,p to ,b #c ,again an attack upon the centre4 #djh #i4 ,p takes ,p #i4 ,kt takes ,p #aj4 ,q to ,k #b #aj4 ,castles #aa4 ,p to ,q ,r #c #aa4 ,p to ,q ,r #c ,the game is so far even4 ,,the ,,sicilian ,,defence4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,q ,b #d ,this move of ,black constitutes the ,sicilian ,defence1 its main object being to prevent ,white from establishing a centre4 #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c #b4 ,kt to ,q ,b #c ,white might also play #b4 ,b to ,b #d1 or #b4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c2 the development of the ,q ,kt is1 however1 generally adopted4 #c4 ,kt to ,b #c #c4 ,p to ,k #c #d4 ,p to ,q #d #d4 ,p takes ,p #e4 ,kt takes ,p #e4 ,kt to ,b #c #f4 ,kt 7,q #d7 to ,kt #e #f4 ,b to ,kt #e #g4 ,p to ,k ,r #c #g4 ,b takes ,kt3 ch4 #h4 ,kt takes ,b #h4 ,p to ,q #d ,black remains with an isolated ,queen's pawn after the exchanges which follow2 but as in most forms of the ,sicilian ,defence1 ,black's ,queen's pawn is weak1 the position arising from ,black's text-move is not inferior to any other he can obtain4 #i4 ,p takes ,p #i4 ,kt takes ,p #aj4 ,kt takes ,kt #aj4 ,q takes ,kt #aa4 ,q takes ,q #aa4 ,p takes ,q #ab4 ,b to ,k ,b #d #ab4 ,castles #ac4 ,castles #ac4 ,b to ,k #c ,even game4 #dji ,,the ,,queen',s ,,gambit4 ,the ,queen's ,gambit1 #a4 ,p to ,q #d1 ,p to ,q #d2 #b4 ,p to ,q ,b #d1 ,p takes ,p2 #c4 ,p to ,k #c1 or #c4 ,p to ,k #d1 or #c4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c1 c41 is rarely played1 because the ,gambit pawn cannot1 as in the ,king's ,gambit1 be defended by ,black with the ,knight's pawn2 therefore the offered ,gambit is usually declined 7say1 by #b4 444 ,p to ,k #c71 and the games take the form of close openings4 ,the ,queen's ,gambit ,declined is a very popular ,opening in tournaments4 ,,the ,,fianchetto4#aje ,the ,fianchetto takes various form--viz41 the ,king's ,fianchetto1 wherein ,white commences with #a4 ,p to ,k ,kt #c1 and #b4 ,b to ,kt #b2 and the ,queen's ,fianchetto1 where ,white plays #a4 ,p to ,q ,kt #c1 and #b4 ,b to ,kt #b2 the ,king's ,fianchetto ,defence1 where ,black defends with #a4 444 ,p to ,k ,kt #c1 and #b4 444 ,b to ,kt #b2 and the ,queen's ,fianchetto ,defence1 where ,black defends with #a4 444 ,p to ,q ,kt #c1 and #b4 444 ,b to ,kt #b4 ,the ,double ,fianchetto is where either ,white or ,black develops both ,bishops at ,kt #b4 ,the shape of ,white's development against either ,fianchetto defence should be as under3 #daj ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,p to ,k #d #a4 ,p to ,k ,kt #c #b4 ,p to ,k ,b #d #b4 ,p to ,k #c #c4 ,p to ,q #d #c4 ,b to ,kt #b #d4 ,kt to ,k ,b #c #d4 ,p to ,kt #c #e4 ,p to ,b #c #e4 ,b to ,kt #b #f4 ,b to ,q #c #f4 ,kt to ,k #b #g4 ,b to ,k #c #g4 ,p to ,q #d #h4 ,p to ,k #e #h4 ,kt to ,q #b #i4 ,q ,kt to ,q #b1 c4 ,all kindred ,openings should be treated after this manner--viz41 the opposing player should aim at the formation of a strong centre1 so as to close the diagonal occupied by the ,bishop4 ,,the ,,end ,,game4 ,as before stated1 the game of ,chess consists of three parts3 ,the ,,opening1 i4e41 the strategical disposition of the forces2 the ,,middle ,,game1 i4e41 the campaign1 and the ,,end ,,game4 ,the ,middle part of the game commences where the ,opening ceases1 and here the player is thrown upon his own resources4 ,the ,end ,game commences where the ,middle ,game ceases1 and this latter stage of the game is a study in itself4 ,in the majority of cases the treatment of the ,end ,game is a matter of intuition4 ,the student may1 however1 be assisted by the knowledge of general principles1 and by familiarity with certain standard positions1 which frequently occur in practice4 ,examples of these positions1 and the methods of dealing with them1 will be given in the following pages4 ,,king ,,and ,,pawn ,,against ,,king4 #daa ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,r --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,q --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,p ,k --------------------------------------- ,r --------------------------------------- ,q ,k --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #ac4 ,,black ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,draw4 ,in the majority of games1 either one or the other player remains at the close with a pawn1 which has to be queened4 ,fig4 #ac illustrates an ending in which ,white is a pawn ahead1 and if he had the move1 would win with #a4 ,r to ,r #b1 checkmate4 ,it being1 however1 ,black's turn to move1 he is able to exchange both ,queen and ,rook1 and if he can stop ,white's pawn from reaching the #hth square and becoming a ,queen1 he may draw the game4 ,there #dab is a simple method of ascertaining this at a glance without calculation 7by means of the imaginary square depicted in ,fig4 #ad74 ,black forces the exchange of pieces thus3 #dac ,,white4 ,,black4 444 #a4 ,q to ,b #c3 ch4 #b4 ,q to ,kt #b3 ch4 #b4 ,q takes ,q3 ch4 #c4 ,r takes ,q #c4 ,r to ,r #h3 ch4 #d4 ,r to ,kt sq4 #d4 ,r takes ,r3 ch4 #e4 ,k takes ,r 444 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- ,p------------------ ,k --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #ad4 ,,black ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,draw4 ,producing the position shown in ,fig4 #ad2 and ,black draws2 for the ,black ,king can reach the pawn before the ,white ,king can approach to defend it4 ,consequently ,white can only advance the pawn2 but the ,black ,king will be able to stop it from queening1 for his next move will bring him within #dad the square 7indicated above7 in which the pawn stands1 and in such case he can always overtake it4 ,thus-- ,,white4 ,,black4 444 #e4 ,k to ,kt #f #f4 ,p to ,kt #d #f4 ,k to ,b #e #g4 ,p to ,kt #e #g4 ,k to ,k #d #h4 ,p to ,kt #f #h4 ,k to ,q #c #i4 ,p to ,kt #g #i4 ,k to ,b #b ,and the pawn is lost4 ,it will be seen that the ,black ,king remains with every move within the square of the pawn4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- ,p --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #ae4 ,,white ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 ,fig4 #ae illustrates a position in which the pawn can be supported by the ,king4 ,here if ,white were at once to advance the pawn1 the ,black ,king would move within the square of the pawn and capture it4 ,therefore the ,king must go to protect it4 #a4 ,k to ,q #b #a4 ,k to ,b #e #b4 ,k to ,k #c #b4 ,k to ,q #d #c4 ,k to ,b #d #c4 ,k to ,k #c #d4 ,k to ,kt #e #d4 ,k to ,b #b #e4 ,k to ,r #f #e4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #f4 ,p to ,kt #d #f4 ,k to ,r sq4 #g4 ,p to ,kt #e #g4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #h4 ,k to ,kt #f #h4 ,k to ,r sq4 #i4 ,k to ,b #g 444 ,if ,black had played #h4 444 ,k to ,b sq41 ,white would have played #i4 ,k to ,r #g4 444 #i4 ,k to ,r #b #aj4 ,p to ,kt #f3 ch4 ,and the pawn cannot be prevented from queening4 #dae ,,king ,,and ,,queen ,,against ,,king4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k ,q --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #af4 ,the position being as in ,fig4 #af1 the shortest way to checkmate the ,black ,king is as given below3 #daf ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,k to ,kt #b #a4 ,k to ,q #d #b4 ,k to ,b #c #b4 ,k to ,k #d #c4 ,q to ,k ,kt #f #c4 ,k to ,b #e #d4 ,k to ,q #d #d4 ,k to ,b #f #e4 ,q to ,kt #e #e4 ,k to ,b #g #f4 ,q to ,kt #d #f4 ,k to ,k #h #g4 ,k to ,k #c #g4 ,k to ,b #h #h4 ,q to ,kt #g 444 ,not #h4 ,q to ,kt #c1 because ,black would then be stalemate1 a contingency which ,white must carefully guard against in similar positions4 444 #h4 ,k to ,k #h #i4 ,q mates at ,kt sq4 or ,r sq4 #dag ,,two ,,rooks ,,and ,,king ,,against ,,king4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k ,r ,r --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #ag4 ,fig4 #ag shows the most unfavourable position for ,white's two ,rooks4 ,the shortest way to checkmate the ,black ,king is as follows3 #dah ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,r to ,k sq4 #a4 ,k to ,q #e #b4 ,r 7,kt sq47 to ,q sq43 ch4 #b4 ,k to ,b #f #c4 ,r to ,k #b #c4 ,k to ,b #d4 ,r to ,b #b3 ch4 #d4 ,k to ,kt #f #e4 ,r to ,b #h #e4 ,k to ,r #f #f4 ,r to ,q ,kt sq4 #f4 ,k to ,r #e #g4 ,r to ,r #h1 mate4 ,,king ,,and ,,rook ,,against ,,king4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,r --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #ah4 ,fig4 #ah represents the most unfavourable position for ,white4 ,the shortest way to checkmate the ,black ,king is-- ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,k to ,b #d #a4 ,k to ,k #e #b4 ,r to ,k sq43 ch4 #b4 ,k to ,b #d #c4 ,k to ,q #d #c4 ,k to ,b #e #d4 ,r to ,b sq43 ch4 #d4 ,k to ,kt #d #e4 ,k to ,k #d 444 ,it will be noticed that the ,white ,king always approaches at the distance of a ,knight's move1 whilst the ,black ,king moves either on diagonals1 or takes the opposition to the ,white ,king4 444 #e4 ,k to ,kt #c #f4 ,k to ,k #e #f4 ,k to ,kt #d #g4 ,r to ,kt sq43 ch4 #g4 ,k to ,r #e #h4 ,k to ,b #e #h4 ,k to ,r #f #i4 ,k to ,b #d #i4 ,k to ,r #g #aj4 ,r to ,kt #c #aj4 ,k to ,r #h #aa4 ,k to ,b #c #aa4 ,k to ,r #g #ab4 ,k to ,b #b #ab4 ,k to ,r #h #ac4 ,r to ,r #c1 mate4 ,n4,b4--,the ,rook can only checkmate on an outer row or file of the board4 #dai ,,king ,,and ,,two ,,bishops ,,against ,,king4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k ,b ,b --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #ai4 ,,white ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 ,to checkmate with two ,bishops is comparatively easy4 ,fig4 #ai illustrates the most unfavourable position for ,white1 and the solution given is the shortest attainable4 #dbj ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,b to ,q sq4 #a4 ,k to ,k #f #b4 ,k to ,kt #b #b4 ,k to ,q #g #c4 ,b to ,q ,b #b #c4 ,k to ,k #f #d4 ,k to ,b #c #d4 ,k to ,b #f #e4 ,k to ,q #d #e4 ,k to ,kt #e #f4 ,b to ,k sq4 #f4 ,k to ,b #f #g4 ,b to ,q #c #g4 ,k to ,b #e #h4 ,b to ,k #d #h4 ,k to ,kt #d #i4 ,k to ,k #e #i4 ,k to ,kt #e #aj4 ,b to ,k ,b #b #aj4 ,k to ,kt #d #aa4 ,b to ,k ,b #e #aa4 ,k to ,r #c #ab4 ,k to ,b #f #ab4 ,k to ,r #d #ac4 ,b to ,k #f #ac4 ,k to ,r #c #ad4 ,b to ,kt #d #ad4 ,k to ,r #b #ae4 ,k to ,b #g #ae4 ,k to ,r #c ,white must he careful not to stalemate the ,black ,king4 ,for instance1 if ,black were to play here #ae4 444 ,k to ,r sq41 ,white could not play #af4 ,b to ,k ,b #e2 but must play #af4 ,b to ,k #c1 ,k to ,r #b2 #ag4 ,b to ,b #e3 ch41 ,k to ,r sq42 #ah4 ,b to ,q #d mate4 #af4 ,b to ,k #c3 ch4 #af4 ,k to ,r #b #ag4 ,b to ,b #e3 ch4 #ag4 ,k to ,r sq4 #ah4 ,b to ,q #d1 checkmate4 ,,king1 ,,bishop1 ,,and ,,knight ,,against ,,king4 #dba ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,k ,k ,b --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,kt --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #bj4 ,,white ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 ,to checkmate with ,bishop and ,knight is a very difficult process4 ,checkmate can only be forced if the ,black ,king is driven to one of the ,rook squares of the same colour as the ,bishop4 ,in the position shown in ,fig4 #bj the ,black ,king must be driven either to ,q ,r sq41 or ,k ,r #h4 ,frequently the ,bishop and ,knight are separated from the ,white ,king2 in that case the ,black ,king cannot be prevented from moving to a ,rook square of the opposite colour to the ,bishop4 ,then the forces must be brought together to act in concert with the ,white ,king2 when1 by combined action1 the ,black ,king can be forced on to a corner square of the same colour as ,white's ,bishop1 and checkmated as shown in the appended solution4 ,mate can be forced in the most #dbb unfavourable position 7see ,fig4 #bj7 in about thirty or thirty-one moves4 ,,white4 ,,black4 #a4 ,kt to ,kt #c3 ch4 #a4 ,k to ,b #c ,if #a4 444 ,k to ,b #e2 then #b4 ,b to ,q sq41 ,k to ,b #f2 #c4 ,k to ,kt #e1 ,k to ,q #f2 #d4 ,k to ,b #e1 ,k to ,k #e2 #e4 ,b to ,b #b3 ch41 ,k to ,k #d2 #f4 ,kt to ,q #d1 ,k to ,b #c2 #g4 ,k to ,q #f1 ,k to ,b #b2 #h4 ,kt to ,b #c1 ,k to ,b #c2 #i4 ,kt to ,k #e1 ,k to ,kt #b2 #aj4 ,k to ,k #f1 and the ,king is gradually forced on to the last row4 #b4 ,k to ,kt #d #b4 ,k to ,q #d #c4 ,b to ,b #c3 ch4 #c4 ,k to ,q #c #d4 ,kt to ,q #d #d4 ,k to ,k #d #e4 ,k to ,b #e #e4 ,k to ,b #c #f4 ,k to ,q #e #f4 ,k to ,b #b #g4 ,kt to ,b #e #g4 ,k to ,b #c #h4 ,kt to ,q #f #h4 ,k to ,kt #c #i4 ,k to ,k #e #i4 ,k to ,kt #b #aj4 ,b to ,k #d #aj4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #aa4 ,k to ,b #f #aa4 ,k to ,r sq4 ,the ,king is now on the ,rook square of opposite colour to the ,bishop1 and must be driven to ,k ,r #h1 or ,q ,r square1 in order to be checkmated4 #ab4 ,kt to ,b #g3 ch4 #ab4 ,k to ,kt sq4 #ac4 ,b to ,b #e 444 ,purposely losing a move 7coup de repos72 it is immaterial where the ,bishop moves to so long as it remains on the same diagonal1 the object being to force ,black to move1 without altering ,white's position4 444 #ac4 ,k to ,b sq4 #ad4 ,b to ,r #g 444 ,to prevent the ,king from returning to ,kt sq4 if the ,kt moves4 #dbc 444 #ad4 ,k to ,k sq4 #ae4 ,kt to ,k #e #ae4 ,k to ,q sq4 #af4 ,b to ,k #d #af4 ,k to ,b #b #ag4 ,kt to ,b #d 444 ,the ,black ,king is now gradually forced on to the fatal ,white corner4 444 #ag4 ,k to ,q #b #ah4 ,k to ,b #g #ah4 ,k to ,q sq4 #ai4 ,b to ,b #f #ai4 ,k to ,b #b #bj4 ,b to ,kt #e 444 ,not to ,r #d1 because at ,kt #e the ,bishop guards the additional square ,r #f4 444 #bj4 ,k to ,q sq4 #ba4 ,k to ,k #f #ba4 ,k to ,b sq4 #bb4 ,k to ,q #f #bb4 ,k to ,q sq4 #bc4 ,kt to ,r #e #bc4 ,k to ,b sq4 #bd4 ,b to ,q #g3 ch4 #bd4 ,k to ,kt sq4 ,if #bd4 444 ,k to ,q sq41 then #be4 ,kt to ,b #f1 checkmate4 #be4 ,k to ,b #f #be4 ,k to ,r #b #bf4 ,kt to ,b #d #bf4 ,k to ,r #c #bg4 ,k to ,b #g #bg4 ,k to ,r #b #bh4 ,b to ,b #h #bh4 ,k to ,r sq4 #bi4 ,kt to ,r #e #bi4 ,k to ,r #b #cj4 ,kt to ,b #f3 ch4 #cj4 ,k to ,r sq4 #ca4 ,b to ,kt #g1 checkmate4 ,,end ,,game ,,with ,,two ,,knights4 ,with two ,knights alone no mate can be forced1 except through incorrect play on the part of the defence4 ,consequently the remaining with two #dbd ,knights should be avoided4 ,if the player has the option to change off pieces1 he should keep ,bishop and ,knight rather than two ,knights4 ,,general ,,observations4 ,a good system for the student is to practise one ,opening only1 attack and defence alternately1 till it is thoroughly well mastered1 and so on with every other ,opening4 ,the student should not get into the habit of playing with one colour only1 or he will find himself at a disadvantage when he cannot have his favourite colour4 ,he must not make a move without carefully weighing the possible replies4 ,if he finds a good move1 let him still try to find a better one4 ,when his opponent makes a move1 he must try to discover the object of such move1 whether it is immediately menacing1 or only indirectly so4 ,in the first case1 a suitable defence must be found2 in the latter case1 he may profit by the respite to bring a piece into play4 ,the first principle is to develop the pieces quickly1 and never to commence an attack with insufficient forces4 ,if a player is able to bring more pieces into play than his opponent1 it is obvious that he must be stronger4 ,the ,opening correctly played is frequently half the battle won4 ,avoid useless checks4 ,avoid useless exchanges4 ,bear in mind that it is disadvantageous to be left with two ,knights only1 as mate cannot be given with them4 ,if the player has the better game1 he should avoid remaining with a ,bishop of different colour from a like piece of his opponent1 as ,bishops of different colour frequently lead to a draw4 #dbe ,the student should further accustom himself to an elegant style of play--viz41 strictly to adhere to the laws of the game2 never to take back a move2 never to touch a man until he has determined where to move it2 and to move his pieces quietly4 ,,bibliography ,,of ,,chess4 ,the literature of chess is very extensive1 but many of the best works would be practically useless to a beginner1 as too advanced for his capabilities4 ,any of the works mentioned next below may be studied with advantage by the learner4 ,,chess#ajf 7,oval ,series74 ,by ,l4 ,hoffer4 ,routledge1 #as4 ,,common ,,sense ,,in ,,chess4 ,by ,e4 ,lasker4 ,bellairs ,co4 #bs4 #f;d4 nett4 ,,chess4 ,by ,r4 ,f4 ,green4 ,bell ,sons4 #as4 ,,the ,,chess-,,player',s ,,mentor4 ,by ,f4 ,j4 ,lee and ,g4 ,h4 ,d4 ,gossip4 ,ward ,downey4 #as4 ,,the ,,chess-,,player',s ,,vade ,,mecum4 ,by ,g4 ,h4 ,d4 ,gossip4 ,ward ,downey4 #as4 ,,the ,,chess ,,openings4 ,by ,i4 ,gunsberg4 ,bell ,sons1 #as4 ,,the ,,chess-,,player',s ,,pocket ,,book4 ,by ,james ,mortimer4 ,sampson ,low ,co4 #as4 ,,six ,,practical ,,chess ,,openings4 ,anon4 ,british ,chess ,company4 #f;d4 ,,six ,,chess ,,lessons ,,for ,,junior ,,players4 ,by ,s4 ,tinsley4 ,british ,chess ,company4 #f;d4 ,,fifty ,,pawn ,,puzzles4 ,anon4 ,british ,chess ,company4 #d;d4 ,to more advanced players may be recommended1 in addition-- ,,the ,,chess-,,player',s ,,handbook4 ,by ,howard ,staunton4 ,bell ,sons4 #es4 #dbf ,,the ,,chess-,,player',s ,,companion4 ,by ,howard ,staunton4 ,bell ,sons4 #es4 ,,morphy',s ,,games ,,of ,,chess4 ,by ,j4 ,lowenthal4 ,bell and ,sons4 #es4 ,,chess ,,openings1 ,,ancient ,,and ,,modern4 ,by ,e4 ,freeborough and ,c4 ,e4 ,ranken4 ,kegan ,paul ,co4 #hs4 ,,chess ,,endings4 ,by ,e4 ,freeborough4 ,kegan ,paul ,co4 #gs4 #f;d4 ,,select ,,chess ,,end-,,games4 ,by ,e4 ,freeborough4 ,kegan ,paul ,co4 #as4 #f;d4 nett4 ,,chess ,,studies ,,and ,,end ,,games4 ,by ,j4 ,kling and ,b4 ,horwitz4 ,bell ,sons4 #gs4 #f;d4 ,,synopsis ,,of ,,the ,,chess ,,openings4 ,by ,william ,cook4 ,simpkin1 ,marshall ,co4 #ds4 ,,the ,,chess-,,player',s ,,manual4 ,by ,g4 ,h4 ,d4 ,gossip4 ,routledge4 #gs4 #f;d4 ,,the ,,principles ,,of ,,chess4 ,by ,james ,mason4 ,horace ,cox4 #bs4 #f;d4 ,,the ,,art ,,of ,,chess4 ,by ,james ,mason4 ,horace ,cox4 #es4 nett4 ,,chess ,,openings4 ,by ,james ,mason4 ,horace ,cox4 #bs4 net4 ,,chess ,,masterpieces4 ,by ,h4 ,e4 ,bird4 ,dean ,sons4 #cs4 ,,chess ,,practice4 ,by ,h4 ,e4 ,bird4 ,sampson ,low ,co4 #bs4 #f;d4 ,,chess ,,novelties4 ,by ,h4 ,e4 ,bird4 ,warne ,co4 #cs4 #f;d4 ,,modern ,,chess ,,brilliancies4 ,by ,g4 ,h4 ,d4 ,gossip4 ,ward ,downey4 #as4 ,,the ,,hastings ,,chess ,,tournament ,,book 7#ahie74 ,edited by ,horace ,cheshire4 ,chatto ,windus4 #gs4 #f;d4 net4 99 99 99 99 99 #dbg ,,draughts4 ,in friendly contention1 the old men ,laughed at each lucky hit or unsuccessful manoeuvre-- ,laughed when a man was crowned1 or a breach was made in the king-row4 ,,longfellow--,evangeline4 ,the game of ,draughts is played on a board of sixty-four squares of alternate colours1 and with twenty-four pieces1 called men 7twelve on each side71 also of opposite colours4 ,it is played by two persons2 the one having the twelve black or red pieces is technically said to be playing the first side1 and the other1 having the twelve white1 to be playing the second side4 ,each player endeavours to confine the pieces of the other in situations where they cannot be played1 or both to capture and fix1 so that none can be played2 the person whose side is brought to this state loses the game4 ,the essential rules of the game are as under-- ,the board shall be so placed that the bottom corner square on the left hand shall be black4 ,the men shall be placed on the black squares4#ajg #dbh ,the black men shall be placed upon the supposed first twelve squares of the board2 the white upon the last twelve squares4 ,each player shall play alternately with black and white men4 ,lots shall be cast for the colour at the commencement of a match1 the winner to have the choice of taking black or white4 ,the first move must invariably be made by the person having the black men4 ,at the end of five minutes ,time may be called2 and if the move be not completed on the expiry of another minute1 the game shall be adjudged lost through improper delay4 ,when there is only one way of taking one or more pieces1 ,time shall be called at the end of one minute2 and if the move be not completed on the expiry of another minute1 the game shall be adjudged lost through improper delay4 ,after the first move has been made1 if either player arrange any piece without giving intimation to his opponent1 he shall forfeit the game2 but1 if it is his turn to play1 he may avoid the penalty by playing that piece1 if possible4 ,after the pieces have been arranged1 if the person whose turn it is to play touch one1 he must either play that piece or forfeit the game4 ,when the piece is not playable1 he is penalised according to the preceding law4 ,if any part of a playable piece be played over an #dbi angle of the square on which it is stationed1 the play must be completed in that direction4 ,a capturing play1 as well as an ordinary one1 is completed the moment the hand is withdrawn from the piece played1 even though two or more pieces should have been taken4 ,when taking1 if a player remove one of his own pieces1 he cannot replace it1 but his opponent can either play or insist on his replacing it4 ,either player making a false or improper move shall forfeit the game to his opponent1 without another move being made4 ,the ,huff or ,blow is1 before one plays his own piece1 to remove from the board any of the adverse pieces that might or should have taken4 ,the ,huff does not constitute a move4 ,the player has the power either to huff1 compel the take1 or to let the piece remain on the board1 as he thinks proper4#ajh ,when a man first reaches any of the squares on the opposite extreme line of the board1 it becomes a ,king4 ,it must be crowned 7by placing a man of the same colour on the top of it7 by the opponent1 and can afterwards be moved backwards or forwards as the limits of the board permit4 ,a ,draw is when neither of the players can force a win4 ,when one of the sides appears stronger than the other1 the stronger party may be required to #dcj complete the win1 or to show a decided advantage over his opponent within forty of his own moves--counted from the point at which notice was given--failing in which1 he must relinquish the game as a draw4 ,white4 --------------------------------------- ,w ,w ,w ,w --------------------------------------- ,w ,w ,w ,w --------------------------------------- ,w ,w ,w ,w --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,b ,b ,b ,b --------------------------------------- ,b ,b ,b ,b --------------------------------------- ,b ,b ,b ,b --------------------------------------- ,black4 ,,fig4 #a4 ,the above diagram 7,fig4 #a7 shows the board set for play1 and ,fig4 #b shows the draught-board numbered for the purpose of recording moves4 #dca ,white4 --------------------------------------- #cb #ca #cj #bi --------------------------------------- #bh #bg #bf #be --------------------------------------- #bd #bc #bb #ba --------------------------------------- #bj #ai #ah #ag --------------------------------------- #af #ae #ad #ac --------------------------------------- #ab #aa #aj #i --------------------------------------- #h #g #f #e --------------------------------------- #d #c #b #a --------------------------------------- ,black4 ,,fig4 #b4 ,the men being placed as shown in ,fig4 #a1 the game is begun by each player moving alternately one of his men along the diagonal on which it is situated4 ,the men can only move forward either to right or left one square at a time1 unless they have attained one of the four squares on the extreme further side of the board 7technically termed the crown-head74 ,this done1 they become ,kings1 and can move either forward or backward4 ,the #dcb pieces take in the direction they move1 by leaping over any opposing man that may be immediately contiguous1 provided there be a vacant square behind it4 ,if several men should be exposed by having open spaces behind them alternately1 they may be all taken at one capture1 and the capturing piece is then placed on the square beyond the last man4 ,to explain the mode of capturing by a practical illustration1 let us begin by placing the men as for a game4 ,you will perceive that ,black1 who always plays first1 can only move one of the men placed on #i1 #aj1 #aa1 or #ab2 supposing him1 then1 to play the man on #aa to #ae1 and ,white to answer this by playing #bb to #ah1 ,black can take the white man on #ah by leaping from #ae to #bb1 and removing the captured piece from the board4 ,should ,black not take the man on #ah1 but make another move--say #ab to #af1 for instance--he is liable to be huffed2 that is1 ,white may remove the man 7that on #ae7 with which ,black should have taken1 off the board for not taking4 ,when one party huffs the other in preference to compelling the take1 he does not replace the piece his opponent moved1 but simply removes the man huffed from the board1 and then plays his own move4 ,,general ,,advice4 ,it is generally better to keep your men in the middle of the board than to play them to the side squares1 as in the latter case one-half of their power is curtailed4 ,when you have once gained an advantage in the number of your pieces1 you increase the proportion by exchanges1 but in forcing them you must take care not to damage your position4 ,open your game #dcc at all times upon a regular plan2 by so doing you will acquire method in both attack and defence4 ,accustom yourself to play slowly at first1 and1 if a beginner1 prefer playing with better players than yourself4 ,note their methods of opening a game1 and follow them when opportunity presents itself4 ,if playing against an inferior1 it is as well to keep the game complicated2 if with a superior1 to simplify it4 ,avoid scattering your forces2 as they get fewer1 concentrate them as much as possible4 ,never touch the squares of the board with your fingers2 and accustom yourself to play your move off-hand1 when you have once made up your mind4 ,do not lose time in studying when you have only one way of taking1 but take quickly4 ,pay quite as much attention to the probable plans of your adversary as to your own4 ,remember that the science of the game consists in so moving your pieces at the commencement as to obtain a position which will compel your adversary to give his men away4 ,one man ahead with a clear game should be a certain win4 ,in conclusion1 the student is strongly advised to study and master the theory and practice of the play embraced in the ,first1 ,second1 ,third1 and ,fourth ,positions 7see post74 ,these endings1 in different forms1 are of very frequent occurrence1 and should be thoroughly mastered4 ,,the ,,names ,,of ,,the ,,various ,,openings ,,and ,,how ,,formed4 #a4 ,the ,ayrshire ,lassie is formed by the first four moves 7counting the play on both sides73 #aa to #ae1 #bd to #bj1 #h to #aa1 #bh to #bd4 #dcd #b4 ,the ,bristol is formed by the first three moves3 #aa to #af1 #bd to #bj1 #af to #ai4 ,it was so named in compliment to the players of that city for services rendered to the late ,andrew ,anderson1 one of the greatest masters of the game4 #c4 ,the ,cross is formed by the first two moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ah4 ,it is so named because the second move is played across the direction of the first4 #d4 ,the ,defiance is formed by the first four moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ai1 #i to #ad1 #bg to #bc4 ,it is so named because it defies or prevents the formation of the ,fife game4 #e4 ,the ,dyke is formed by the first three moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bb to #ag1 #ae to #ai4 #f4 ,the ,fife is formed by the first five moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ai1 #i to #ad1 #bb to #ag1 #e to #i4 ,it has been so called since #ahdg1 when ,wyllie1 hailing from ,fifeshire1 played it against ,anderson4 #g4 ,the ,glasgow is formed by the first five moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ai1 #h to #aa1 #bb to #ag1 #aa to #af4 ,it has been known by this name since ,sinclair1 of ,glasgow1 played it against ,anderson at a match in #ahbh4 #h4 ,the ,laird and ,lady is formed by the first five moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ai1 #h to #aa1 #bb to #ag1 #i to #ac4 ,it was so called from its having been the favourite opening of ,laird and ,lady ,cather ,cambusnethan1 ,lanarkshire4 #i4 ,the ,maid of the ,mill is formed by the first five moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bb to #ag1 #h to #aa1 #ag to #ac1 #ae to #ah4 ,it was so named in compliment to a miller's daughter1 who was an excellent player1 and partial to this opening4 #dce #aj4 ,the ,old ,fourteenth is formed by the first five moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ai1 #h to #aa1 #bb to #ag1d to #h4 ,it was so named through being familiar to players as the fourteenth game in ,joshua ,sturge's ,guide to the ,game of ,draughts1 published in #ahjj1 which for many years was the leading authority on the game4 #aa4 ,the ,second ,double ,corner is formed by the first two moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bd to #ai4 ,it is so named because the first move of the second player is from the one double corner towards the other4 #ab4 ,the ,single ,corner is formed by the first two moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bb to #ah4 ,it is so named from the fact of each of these moves being played from one single corner towards the other4 #ac4 ,the ,souter is formed by the first five moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ai1 #i to #ad1 #bb to #ag1 #f to #i4 ,the game was so named owing to its being the favourite of an old ,paisley shoemaker 7,scottice1 souter74 #ad4 ,the ,whilter is formed by the first five moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ai1 #i to #ad1 #bb to #ag1 #g to #aa4 ,whilter or ,wholter1 in ,scotch1 signifies an overturning1 or a change productive of confusion4 #ae4 ,the ,will-o'-the-,wisp is formed by the first three moves3 #aa to #ae1 #bc to #ai1 #i to #ac4 ,n4,b4--,the reader should observe1 in studying the position following1 that the numbering of the squares always starts from the black side of the board1 whether black occupy the upper or the lower rows4 #dcf ,,end ,,games4 ,,two ,,kings ,,to ,,one4 ,position4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,,bb --------------------------------------- ,,ww --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,,ww --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #c4 ,,white ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 ,to win with two ,kings against one in the double corner 7see ,fig4 #c7 is often a source of difficulty to the learner1 and yet1 once known1 nothing is more simple4 ,the following shows how to force the win3 #dcg ,solution4 #bb4ah #a4e #a4e #e4i #aj4f #i4ac #aa4ae #e4a #aj4ae #i4f #ad4aj #ac4ag #ah4ad #a4e #ae4ah #f4a #f4a #ag4ac #ae4aj #e4i #ah4bb ,w4 wins4 ,,three ,,kings ,,to ,,two4 ,this1 again1 is a state of things of very frequent occurrence1 and the novice1 even with the stronger game1 may find it somewhat difficult to deal with4 ,the proper course for ,white is either to pin one of ,black's men1 and then go for the other1 or to force an exchange1 so as to be left with two ,kings to one1 when the game1 as we have seen1 is a foregone conclusion4 ,to avoid this1 ,black naturally endeavours to reach the two double corners1 so as to have his men as far apart as possible1 and to divide the attacking force4 ,where ,black adopts these tactics the proper play1 on the part of ,white1 is to get his three ,kings in a line on the same diagonal as ,black's two4 ,thus1 if ,black is at #cb and #e1 ,white must manoeuvre to place his men upon squares #bc1 #ah and #ad4 ,if ,black occupies #bh and #a1 ,white must secure #ai1 #ae and #aj4 ,in this position1 however ,black may play1 he is compelled1 on ,white's next move1 to accept the offer of an exchange4 ,white has then two ,kings to one1 and the game is practically at an end4 #dch ,position4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,,bb --------------------------------------- ,,ww --------------------------------------- ,,ww --------------------------------------- ,,ww --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,,bb --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #d4 ,,white ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 ,,the ,,elementary ,,positions4 ,there are four often recurring situations known as the ,first1 ,second1 ,third1 and ,fourth ,positions4 ,it is highly desirable that the student should make himself well acquainted with them4 #dci ,,first ,,position4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,,ww --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,b --------------------------------------- ,b --------------------------------------- ,w --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #e4 ,,black ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 #ddj ,solution4 #bg4cb #f4a #ad4ah #i4ad #h4aa #bb4ah #i4f #a4e #cb4bg #a4f #ah4ae #ad4ag #aa4g #ah4ae #cj4be ,s--#ae4aj #bg4bc #f4a #ae4ah #ag4bb #g4aj #ae4aj #f4aj #aj4ad #bb4bf #a4e #e4a #bb4be ,v4#a--aj4f #aj4f #be4ba #e4a #bf4ca #e4a #a4e #be4bb #f4i #ad4ac #aj4f #a4f #ca4bf #a4e #ah4ae #bb4be #i4f #f4a #ba4ag #f4aj #bf4bb #e4i #e4a #be4bb #f4aj #a4e #f4i #aj4ae #bc4ah #i4ac #ae4ah #bb4be #aj4f #aj4ad #ag4ac #ae4ah #ah4ad #ac4i #ah4ae #be4ba ,b4 wins4 ,,variation #a4 #cj4be #bb4ah #e4i #ae4ah #bc4ah #a4e #aj4ae #i4e #aj4f #ah4ae ,v4#b--i4e #ah4bb #ah4ad #e4a #ae4ah #ag4ad #f4a #ae4aj #e4i #a4f #bf4cj #a4e #a4e #e4a #be4ba #aj4f #i4f #f4b #cj4be #e4a #ah4ae #a4e #a4e #ad4aj #ba4ag #bb4ag #be4bb #a4e #e4a #ad4i #e4a #f4a #f4i ,b4 wins4 ,,variation #b4 #i4ad #ag4ac ,continue as #a4e #a4e trunk at #ba4ag #ad4ag ,s4 #e4a #ae4aj ,b4 wins4 #dda ,,second ,,position4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- ,b --------------------------------------- ,,bb ,b --------------------------------------- ,,ww ,w --------------------------------------- ,w --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #f4 ,,black ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 #ddb ,solution4 #e4i #bc4ah #ad4aj #aa4ae #bh4bd #ai4bd #i4ad #ah4ad #aj4ae #ae4aa #bd4ai #bd4bh #ad4ah #f4aj #ae4ai #aa4af #ai4bc #bh4cb #ah4ae #aj4ae #ai4bd #af4bj #bc4bg #cb4bh #ae4aa #ae4ai #aa4af #bj4bd #bg4cb #bh4ai #c4g #ai4bd #af4bc #bd4ai #cb4bh #ab4h #g4aj #bd4bg #bc4ah #ai4bc #bh4bd #h4d #aj4ae #bg4cb #ah4ad #bc4bg #bd4bh #d4h #ae4ai #cb4bg #f4a #bg4cb #bh4cb #h4aa #ai4bd #bg4bd #ad4i #cb4bh #cb4bh #ac4f #bd4bg #bd4ai #a4aj #bh4cb #bh4cb #aa4af #bg4ca #ai4ae #aj4ae #cb4bh #cb4bh #af4bj #ca4bg #ae4aj #ae4ai #bh4cb #bh4bd ,b4 wins4 #bg4bc #aj4f #cb4bh #bd4ai #ddc ,,third ,,position4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,b --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,,bb ,,ww --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,,bb ,,ww --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #g4 ,,black ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 ,solution4 #ddd #ac4i #ad4ah #aa4ae #bb4ah #e4i #be4bb #i4f #aj4f #bc4bg #ah4bb #i4ac #bb4bf #f4a #f4aj #bg4bd ,v4#a--bb4ah #bf4ca #bf4bb #ba4be #aj4ad #bd4bj ,v4#b--ah4ae #ca4bg #bb4bf #a4f #ah4bb #bj4af #ad4ag #bg4bc #bf4bb #f4b ,v4#c--bb4be #af4ab #ag4ad #b4g #bb4bf #be4bb #be4bb #ab4h #ae4aj #g4aa #bf4bb #bb4bf ,v4#d--bb4be #h4c ,,variation #a4 #ad4ah #aj4ae #bf4ca #e4i #cj4bf #ah4bb #ah4bc #ae4ai #ca4bg #a4f #bf4cj #ba4ag #bc4bf #ai4bc #bg4ca #f4aj #bb4bf #i4ad #bf4cj #bc4ah ,b4 wins4 ,,variation #b4 #ad4ag #e4ad #be4ba #e4i #cj4bf #ag4bb ,a--#ag4ba #ad4ah #ba4ag #i4ad ,b4 wins4 #bb4f #ah4i -- #a4ai #a4e ,a ,b4 wins4 #ba4cj #ah4ae ,,variation #c4 #ad4aj #aj4ad #ad4i #bc4ai #ai4ae #ae4aj ,b4 wins4 #dde ,,variation #d4 #bb4ah #bb4bf #bb4bf #bc4bg #bg4bd #bj4af #ah4bb #bf4bb #bf4bb #aa4ae #bd4bj #af4ab ,b4 wins4 ,very critical1 and requires extreme care in forcing the win4 ,,fourth ,,position4 ,black4 --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ,b ,,bb ,,bb --------------------------------------- ,,bb --------------------------------------- ,w ,,ww ,,ww --------------------------------------- ,white4 ,,fig4 #h4 ,,black ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,white ,,to ,,move ,,and ,,win4 ,,draw4 #ddf ,solution4 ,black to move4 ,white to move4 #bh4bd #cb4bg #ca4bg #bb4ah #cb4bh #bd4bh #bc4ai #ca4bg #bd4bj #bg4cb #bg4ca #bh4bd #bh4cb #ah4bb #ai4bd #bg4ca #bb4ah #ca4bg #cb4bg #ah4bc #ca4bg #bb4bf #bd4bj #ca4bf #bc4ai #cj4bc #bg4cb ,drawn4 #bg4ca #bh4bd #ai4bd ,b4 wins4 ,for further information as to the science of the game1 see the article ,draughts in ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games1 of which the above account is an abridgment4 ,the reader desirous of still more minute information will find it in ,the ,game of ,draughts ,simplified1 by ,andrew ,andersen4 ,the fifth edition 7#ahhg7 of this standard work 7,james ,forrester1 #bs4 #f;d47 is edited by ,mr4 ,robert ,mc,culloch1 the writer of the above-mentioned article4 ,mr4 ,mc,culloch has also produced a book of his own1 ,the ,guide to the ,game of ,draughts 7,bryson ,co41 ,glasgow1 #bs4 #f;d474 ,these are thoroughly up-to-date publications4 ,we may mention in addition the ,american ,draughtplayer1 by ,h4 ,spayth1 the accepted authority in ,america1 and two valuable works by ,mr4 ,joseph ,gould1 ,the ,problem ,book1 and ,match ,games4 99 99 99 99 99 #ddg ,,roulette ,,as ,,played ,,at ,,monte ,,carlo4 ,,by ,,captain ,,browning4 7,slambo of ,the ,westminster ,gazette47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,the ,roulette table1 which is covered with a green padded cloth1 and marked out as shown in ,fig4 #a1 is divided into two portions1 the ,roulette1 or ,wheel as it is commonly called1 itself being let into the centre of the table between these two portions4 ,fig4 #a is an illustration of one-half of the table1 the other half being marked in exactly a similar manner4 ,it will be seen that the cloth is divided into three long columns of figures1 marked from #a to #cf4 ,at the bottom end of these columns there are three spaces1 representing all the numbers in the first1 second1 and third column respectively4 ,there are three similar spaces both on the right and on the left1 marked #ab ,d1 #ab ,m1 #ab ,p1 indicating the third 7,derniere71 the second 7,milieu71 and first 7,premiere7 twelve 7,douzain7 numbers4 ,on either side of the column of figures are further spaces to mark the ,rouge 7or ,red numbers72 ,impair 7or odd numbers71 ,manque 7all numbers from #a to #ah inclusive7 on the one side2 and the ,noir 7or ,black numbers71 ,pair 7or even numbers71 and ,passe 7all #ddh numbers from #ai to #cf inclusive7 on the other side2 at the top of all is the space reserved for zero4 ,the ,roulette1 or ,wheel1 itself 7,fig4 #b7 consists of a narrow circular ledge 7,a4 ,a47 fixed in the table1 and sloping downwards4 ,within this ledge is a brass cylinder 7,c4 ,c471 suspended on a pin at its centre1 and capable of being made to revolve by means of a cross-head or handle 7,h4 ,h474 ,the outer edge of the brass cylinder is divided into thirty-seven small compartments1 numbered in irregular order from #a to #cf1 and coloured alternately ,red and ,black2 the #cgth compartment being the zero4 ,the game is played in the following manner4 ,a croupier--styled the ,tourneur--calls out1 ,messieurs1 faites vos jeux1 when the players place their stakes on that portion of the cloth which indicates the chance they wish to play upon4 ,the tourneur then says1 ,les jeux sont fait1 and throws a small ivory ball round the inclined ledge 7,a4 ,a47 in one direction and turns the cylinder in the opposite direction4 ,when the ball is coming to rest the croupier calls out1 ,rien ne va plus1 after which no further stakes can be made4 ,as the ball comes to rest it gradually slips down the ledge1 and finally lodges in one of the compartments in the cylinder4 ,the number of this compartment is the winning number1 and upon its colour1 figure1 c41 depend the results played for4 ,it is announced by the tourneur in this way1 ,onze1 noir1 impair1 et manque1 which means that number #aa1 the ,black1 the uneven1 and the manque 7numbers #a to #ah7 win4 ,the losing stakes are first raked into the ,bank1 then the winnings are paid1 after which the tourneur again says1 ,messieurs1 faites vos jeux1 and the game proceeds as before4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 #ddi ,there are no less than eight different methods of staking at ,roulette4 ,besides the three even chances3 ,red1 ,black2 ,pair1 ,impair2 ,passe or ,manque1 one single number may be backed4 ,this is called staking en plein4 ,or two numbers may be coupled 7a cheval72 or three numbers 7transversale pleine72 or four numbers 7carre72 or six numbers 7transversale simple1 or sixaine74 ,in addition1 the first1 second1 or third dozens of numbers 7,douzaine ,premiere1 ,milieu1 or ,derniere71 and the first1 second1 or third column each of twelve numbers may be staked upon4 ,the odds offered by the ,bank against backing a single number en plein is #ce to #a1 and the odds against the other chances in proportion3 thus against either of two numbers appearing #ag to #a is paid2 against either of three numbers1 #aa to #a2 against either of four1 #h to #a1 and so on2 while obviously against each dozen1 or column1 #b to #a is paid2 the ,red1 ,black1 ,pair1 ,impair1 ,passe1 or ,manque being even money chances4 ,a player wishing to stake on any of the even chances1 or the dozens1 or the columns1 places his money on the portion of the cloth marked out for that chance4 ,to back a single number1 the stake is placed where that number is painted on the cloth2 to back both of two numbers1 the stake is placed a cheval--that is1 on the line between these two numbers4 ,to stake on three numbers with one coin1 the amount is placed on the border-line of the outside number of three numbers4 ,four numbers are backed when the coin is so placed that it touches all four numbers1 and six numbers are combined in one bet by placing the stake on the outside of the line dividing these six numbers4 ,zero may also be staked upon by placing the coin in the zero area2 also zero1 #dej #a1 #b1 #c 7quatre premieres71 by putting the stake on the outside of the line dividing zero from #a1 #b1 #c2 or zero coupled with #a and #b2 or #b and #c in a similar manner4 ,in the illustration 7,fig4 #a7 an example is given of staking in all these various ways4 ,it will be noticed that consecutive numbers on the table can only be staked upon in combination1 not consecutive numbers on the ,wheel4 ,thus to combine the three voisins1 or adjacent numbers1 #j1 #bf1 #ae on the ,wheel1 three separate stakes would be required4 ,any two dozens may be combined1 or any two columns1 by placing the stake on the line between the two2 and the player1 when successful1 receives one-half of the amount risked4 ,also any two even chances1 such as ,rouge and ,impair1 whose position is adjacent on the cloth1 may be combined with one stake by placing the coin on the dividing line between the two2 the player is paid even money when both events turn up1 and he only loses when neither event appears4 ,but to bet on both ,passe and ,noir or ,rouge and ,manque at the same time1 two separate states would be required4 ,the maximum stake allowed on the even chances is #fjjj francs 7,l#bdj7--on a single number #ahj francs is the highest possible stake2 the maximum stakes on the other chances are in proportion--thus #cjjj francs on a dozen or column1 and #gbj francs on a carre of four numbers4 ,in each case the minimum stake is #e francs1 except when two dozens or two columns are combined with one stake1 when at least #aj francs must be risked4 ,each table is presided over by two chefs-de-partie1 who sit on elevated chairs on either side of the ,wheel4 ,there are four croupiers1 who sit at the ,banque 7one #dea being the tourneur71 whose duty it is to pay out the winners and rake in the losings4 ,in addition1 there is a croupier sitting at either end of the table1 who looks after the interests both of the players and of the ,bank generally4 ,there being thirty-seven compartments in the ,wheel1 and as the odds of #ce to #a only are paid on the winning number1 it follows that on all stakes on numbers1 or combination of numbers1 the ,bank has one chance in thirty-seven1 or a percentage of slightly under #c per cent4 in its favour4 ,the percentage in favour of the ,bank on all monies staked on the even chances1 however1 is only one-half of this amount4 ,on the appearance of zero1 all the money at stake is swept into the ,bank1 with the exception of that on zero itself--which is paid at the same rate as any other number--and the amounts on the even chances--,rouge1 ,pair1 ,manque1 c43 these stakes are placed on the lines on the outside of the table 7see ,fig4 #a71 and are then said to be in prison4 ,on the next coup1 if the stakes happen to be on the winning chance1 they are allowed to be withdrawn by the player4 ,the reader will please notice that this is theoretically exactly the same thing as if the punter halved his stake with the ,banker1 and this he is allowed to do if he chooses4 ,should two zeros appear consecutively the stakes are placed still further over these lines2 they are now doubly in prison1 and have to be doubly released therefrom before the player gets his own money back4 ,thus it will be seen that1 theoretically1 once in every thirty-seven spins the ,bank wins half of all money staked on the even chances2 on which chances1 consequently1 the ,bank may be said to have a percentage #deb of slightly under #a-a_/b per cent4 in its favour4 ,this difference in the percentage in favour of the ,bank is either unknown to1 or totally disregarded by1 the great majority of punters at ,monte ,carlo2 but the player1 by judicious methods of staking1 to a great extent1 can despoil the ,bank of its higher percentage4 ,an examination of the illustration 7,fig4 #a7 will show that the following are ,red numbers1 viz4 #a1 #c1 #e1 #g1 #i1 #ab1 #ad1 #af1 #ah1 #ai1 #ba1 #bc1 #be1 #bg1 #cj1 #cb1 #cd1 and #cf4 ,thus ,impair contains #aj ,red numbers1 and but #h ,black ones4 ,the first column includes #f2 the second column #d2 and the third column #h ,red numbers4 ,thus a player staking on ,black and ,impair has no less than twenty-eight numbers in his favour1 on eight of which he wins both his stakes1 and on twenty he neither wins nor loses4 ,or a punter staking on the third column and ,black1 is guarded by twenty-six numbers1 on four of which 7the four ,black numbers in column #c7 he receives #a-a_/b times his stakes1 on eight 7the eight ,red numbers in column #c7 he receives #a_/b times his stakes1 and on the remainder he neither wins nor loses4 ,similar wagers can of course be made by combining ,red and ,pair1 or the first column and ,red1 and so on4 ,now a player wishing to stake on a great many numbers 7which is a very frequent occurrence1 and is popularly known as plastering the table71 instead of placing his money on the various transversales1 carres1 and en pleins1 by which method he loses all his money if zero appears1 should rather stake the equivalent amount on ,black and ,impair1 or ,red and ,pair1 which1 as explained1 covers twenty-eight numbers4 ,by this method he loses only one-half of his money if zero appears4 ,nothing is more usual than to see a player stake a cheval on two dozens4 ,a more idiotic method #dec of gambling cannot be conceived4 ,the equivalent amounts 7supposing the douze ,p and the douze ,m are selected7 should be staked on ,manque1 and the transversale of #ai to #bd4 ,now if zero appears half the stake on ,manque is saved1 but in the former case the entire stake would be lost6 ,many similar instances of good and bad staking could be quoted1 but the average player at ,monte ,carlo considers the percentage against him to be so insignificant that it is scarcely worthy of his notice4 ,however1 as its insignificance represents a gain of some hundreds of thousands of pounds sterling per annum to the ,administration1 it should be worthy of a passing thought at any rate4 ,nearly every player at ,monte ,carlo has a system of some sort1 generally played on the even chances4 ,there are1 however1 systems for playing on numbers1 dozens1 c41 but these for the most part are of the most fantastic and insane order4 ,the writer has actually known a player whose system was to back thirty-five out of the thirty-six numbers1 on the principle that1 having but two numbers against him1 he would be very unlucky not to win one unit per coup6 ,hundreds of people play on one particular number after the appearance of some other particular number1 and are confident in themselves that1 for example1 #c always turns up after #be2 or #aj after #j4 ,a very favourite stake is zero et les quatre premiers--that is1 zero en plein1 and zero coupled with #a1 #b1 #c4 ,another very general stake is les voisins de zero--or zero and the numbers on either side of it on the ,wheel4 ,this is a simple bet to make by putting one coin a cheval between #j and #c1 one between #cb and #ce1 and one each on #bf and #ae4 ,the underlying idea of these #ded zero bets is that the ,bank cheats2 that it wants zero to turn up2 and that the tourneur is skilful enough to throw zero when he wishes4 ,a more ridiculous assumption could not be made--in the first place1 because the tourneur cannot throw the ball even to a particular section of the ,wheel1 much less into zero itself2 and in the second place1 because the gambling could not possibly be carried out in a more straight-forward manner than it is by the ,administration at ,monte ,carlo4 ,if the tourneur could throw the ball into any compartment he chose1 he could1 through his friends1 ruin the ,bank whenever he wished4 ,if ,i had space ,i could tell a story of how ,m4 ,blanc offered to give a certain player a year's practice at spinning the ,wheel1 and then to allow him to be his own croupier and stake as he chose4 ,this is a fact2 and yet ,i have often heard the following class of whispered conversation in the rooms3 ,now's our time--there's a lot of money on the even chances--wait till the ball is spun and then bet on zero4 ,some players back their age1 when not too old--an eventuality that can occur only to the sterner sex4 ,a sweet and blushing maiden of some fifty summers may be observed always to place her stake on ,no4 #bh--;,because it's my age1 my dear1 and to-day is my birthday6 ,others back the number of their cloak-room ticket1 or the number of the hymn for the day 7if they should happen to have been present at church to hear it sung7--indeed everybody has a pet number2 and why not8 ,one number is just as likely to appear as any other4 ,these are not systems in the true sense of the word1 but they constitute a systematic method of staking1 which is always advisable for play--be they ever so weird and fantastic--as they keep the player #dee within certain limits1 and prevent him from losing his head1 and making wild plunges to retrieve all his losses by one lucky spin of the ,wheel4 ,the more business-like systems are played on the even chances4 ,many are exceedingly ingenious1 and on paper would appear certain to break the ,bank at ,monte ,carlo6 ,the underlying principle of all such systems is to play a ,martingale--that is1 after each loss to increase the stake in various proportions until all previous losses have been recouped1 and a profit is shown4 ,the commonest and simplest to play is the ,montant et demontant1 which consists in increasing the stake after a loss by one unit per coup until the player is one unit to the good4 ,thus if the first stake be lost1 the next stake would be two units1 which is also lost1 as is the next one of three units4 ,the player would now have lost six units in all4 ,his next stake becomes #d1 which1 supposing it to be won1 would leave him a net loser of two units4 ,the stake would now be dropped to three units2 for the object is to be but one unit to the good4 ,should this stake win1 the game would be started all over again with one unit4 ,on the other hand1 if the #c had been lost1 the next stake would be #d1 and so on4 ,there are many other systems4 ,the general principle of them all is exactly the same2 the calculations and paper results being nothing more nor less than an ingenious method of juggling with figures4 ,the ,fitzroy system aims at winning one unit per coup played4 ,for the working of this system it is necessary to keep a column in which imaginary losses are written down3 the player assuming that he loses one unit more and wins one unit less than he actually does4 ,the stakes are increased by unity as in the #def ,montant et demontant system1 with the exception of the second stake1 which 7after a loss7 is three instead of two units1 until the imaginary losses column comes out clear4 ,here is an example of ten coups played on the ,fitzroy system3-- ---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ,stake4 ,w4 ,net ,imagy4 ,stake4 ,w4 ,net ,imagy4 or ,l4 or - ,loss4 or ,l4 or - ,loss4 ---------------------------------------- ---------------------- #a ,l4#a -#a -#b #f ,w4#f -#c -#i #c ,l4#c -#d -#f #g ,w4#g #d -#c #d ,w4#d #j -#c #d ,l4#d -#j -#h #d ,l4#d -#d -#h #e ,w4#e #e -#d #e ,l4#e -#i -#ad #e ,w4#e #aj _/-#j ---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ,showing ten units won for ten coups played1 the imaginary loss column now reading _/-#j4 ,another very ingenious scheme is that known as the ,labouchere system4 ,to play this so many figures are written down that their total equals the grand coup#aji that is being played for4 ,ten is the customary coup1 and the figures #a1 #b1 #c1 #d are written down on a piece of paper4 ,the method of play is to stake the sum of the extreme figures1 and if a win is scored1 these two figures are erased2 while if a loss is incurred the amount of the stake is written down at the end of the row of figures1 and the next stake is the sum of the new extremes4 ,when all the figures have been erased the coup is made1 and the player either begins a fresh game or retires from the table4 ,here is an example3 #a1 #b1 #c1 #d3 first stake #e1 which is lost4 ,the row now reads #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e2 and the next stake 7#f7 is won1 the row reading #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e2 the next stake 7#bd7 is lost1 when we have #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 #f4 #deg ,the next stake is #h1 which is won1 and we read #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 #f2 the next stake being #g1 which is won1 the #d and #c are erased1 when it will be found that the net profit is #aj units4 ,example of a bad run at a ,labouchere system4 ,the grand coup is #aj2 so the starting figures are #a1 #b1 #c1 #d4 ,the player is supposed to stake on ,red throughout4 ,the dot shows which colour wins4 ,the ,figures4 ,the ,stake4 ,r4 ,b4 ,net or - #a #a #d #e 4 #e #b #b #c #e 4 _/-#j #c #b #e #g 4 -#g #d #b #g #i 4 #b #e #c #e #h 4 -#f #g #c #h #aa 4 #e #h #e #e 4 _/-#j #e #e #e #aj 4 -#aj #aj #e #aj #ae 4 -#be #ae #e #ae #bj 4 -#de #bj #e #bj #be 4 -#gj #be #e #be #cj 4 -#dj #be #e #bj #be 4 -#ae #ce #aj #ae #be 4 -#dj #aj #be #ce 4 -#ge #aj #ce #de 4 -#cj #dj #ae #be #dj 4 -#gj #ee #ae #dj #ee 4 -#abe #gj #ae #ee #gj 4 -#aie #ae #gj #he 4 -#aaj #hj #be #ee #hj 4 -#aij #aje #be #hj #aje 4 -#bie #be #aje #acj 4 -#afe #abj #dj #hj #abj 4 -#bhe #afj #dj #abj #afj 4 -#dde #bjj #dj #afj #bjj 4 -#fde #dj #bjj #bdj 4 -#dje #bae #ee #afj #bae 4 -#fbj #bgj #ee #bae #bgj 4 -#hij ,showing #bi coups1 of which the player wins #i1 with a net loss of #hij units4 ,the next stake would have to be #ee #bgj 7#cbe71 i4e4 if the game had been played #deh with a one louis unit1 a heavier stake than is allowed at ,roulette4 ,systems are very amusing and profitable to play1 provided nothing abnormal occurs4 ,but something abnormal will occur sooner or later1 and the amounts staked and lost become colossal1 and finally the maximum is reached3 no higher wager can be made1 so the system fails4 ,the flaw in all systems is that the losses on an unfavourable run are out of all proportion to the gains on a favourable one4 ,a ,labouchere runs into hundreds in no time1 and is in fact one of the most treacherous systems to play for this reason4 ,let the reader dissect the play of a ,labouchere on such a run as that on p4 #dfj1 which is a far from uncommon one4 ,this tableau1 in which the player only wins #i out of #bi coups--or1 say1 one in three--may be said to be far out of proportion1 as the player is entitled to win as many coups as he loses 7leaving zero out of the question74 ,let it be noted at this point that zero does not affect a system played on the even chances in any degree whatsoever4 ,any system worthy of the name can withstand zero1 even two or three zeros4 ,it is the ,bank's limit1 and the limit alone1 that proves the downfall of all systems4 ,to resume4 ,of course a player ought to win two coups out of four1 and so he will as a rule1 and systems are devised so that a player may be a winner1 even if he loses three and four times as many coups as he wins4 ,a glance at those figures not yet erased in the example quoted will show that had the punter not been debarred from staking1 owing to the ,bank's limit1 with three successive wins he would have got all his money back and been ten points to the good on the whole transaction1 and #dei still have only won twelve times against the ,bank's twenty4 ,what no system1 played with a ,martingale1 has yet been able to accomplish1 is to prevent the stakes becoming colossal when the series of losses turn up in some particular sequence or disposition4 ,the best method to keep the stakes within reasonable limits1 and to guard against arriving at the ,bank's maximum on an adverse run1 is to employ a varying unit4 ,thus after a net loss of so many single units1 operations are re-started with a double unit2 if an equal number of double units are lost1 the play is re-started with a triple unit1 and so on2 the same unit being employed until all previous losses have been retrieved1 and a gain of one single unit made4 ,a ,montant et demontant system can be played very easily in this manner1 by increasing the unit employed after each complete loss of ten units--e4g4 after a loss of #aj single units1 the system is started afresh with a double unit2 when #aj double units have been lost1 or a net loss of #cj1 the system is started afresh with a #c unit stake1 and so on4 ,this system may be varied by changing the unit after successive losses of #aj1 #bj1 #cj1 #dj1 c41 and by staking sufficient to show a net win of the amount of the unit employed4 ,thus when playing with a double unit1 to try and win #b2 or if playing with a unit of #e1 to try and win #e units net4 ,every system has its ,waterloo--it will succeed for days1 possibly weeks1 and small gains be made2 but finally the occasion must and will arrive when all previous profits and the system player's capital will be swamped4 ,at the end of this article will be found a scheme devised by the writer whereby the punter puts himself into the position of the ,banker as nearly #dfj as possible1 and consequently is enabled to win such vast stakes as are lost by a system player in the ordinary course1 when that particular sequence of events occur which demolishes his system4 ,here is an example of a ,montant et demontant played in the usual method1 and played with an increasing unit after each net loss of #aj units4 ,the player is supposed to stake on the ,red throughout2 and the dot indicates which colour wins4 ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------- ,ordinary ,a varying ,unit ,method4 employed4 ,remarks4 -------------------------------------- ,r4 ,b4 ,net ,r4 ,b4 ,net or- or- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ #a 4 -#a #a 4 -#a #b 4 -#c #b 4 -#c #c 4 -#f #c 4 -#f #d 4 -#aj #d 4 -#aj ,having lost #aj single units1 ----------------- the system is re-started #e 4 -#ae #b 4 -#ab with a double unit4 #f 4 -#ba #d 4 -#af #g 4 -#ad #f 4 -#aj #h 4 -#bb #h 4 -#ah #i 4 -#ac #aj 4 -#h #aj 4 -#bc #i 4 -#ag ,as the object is to be #a1 #aa 4 -#cd #aa 4 -#bh #i is a sufficiently high stake4 #ab 4 -#df #b 4 -#cj ,as not more than #cj may ----------------- be lost while employing #ac 4 -#ei #c 4 -#cc a double unit1 #b is the #ad 4 -#de #f 4 -#bg highest stake allowed4 #ae 4 -#cj #i 4 -#ah #af 4 -#ad #ab 4 -#f #ae 4 -#bi #g 4 -#ac ,as explained before4 #af 4 -#ac #aj 4 -#c #ad 4 #a #d 4 #a ,as explained before4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,had the player lost #fj units1 he would have re-started the system and played #d1 #h1 #ab1 c42 and if this play showed a net loss of #ajj units1 #e1 #aj1 #ae1 c41 #dfa would have been staked1 and continued with until either the net loss was #aej1 or the net gain #a unit1 in which case the player would begin all over again with a single unit4 ,another style of play is to bet on the prospect of the colour1 or even chances1 running in a particular way4 ,some people play for an intermittence of colour1 consequently always stake on the opposite colour to that which turned up last4 ,others play for the run1 and so always stake on the colour that last appeared4 ,a very popular wager is to stake on the ,avant dernier1 or on the colour that turned up the last time but one4 ,by this means there is only one combination of events by which the player loses1 and this is if the colours go two of one kind1 followed by two of the other2 but the weak point about it is that the player may miss his first stake and his last one1 although the series goes in his favour4 ,yet another common method of staking is to play the card--that is1 to play in expectation of previous events repeating themselves4 ,thus if the previous throws have given three ,blacks1 followed by three ,reds1 the expectation is if three ,blacks immediately occur1 that three ,reds will also occur4#aaj ,such theories1 of course1 have absolutely no scientific basis1 and1 in the opinion of the writer1 are only vexatious and a cause of trouble to the player1 who should invariably stake on the chance that is most convenient to where he is sitting4 ,he has an equal chance of winning1 and by this means will save himself the trouble of reaching across the table1 both to place his stake and to retrieve his winnings4 #dfb ,there may be1 however1 some reason in playing for a run on one colour or chance1 but not staking until after this colour or chance has appeared4 ,by this means the player1 if he plays flat stakes1 is square on all runs of two1 wins one on all runs of three1 two on all runs of four1 and so on4 ,he loses one unit on every intermittence1 but against this he loses nothing at all on all runs of the opposite colour or chance4 ,had this method of staking been followed in the example given on p4 #dfj1 it will be seen that the player would have won #b units on ,red and #d units on ,black1 and the highest stake necessary on any coup would have been #c units2 and had it been adopted in the example given on p4 #deg1 only #gj units would have been lost on the ,red side1 and the highest stake risked #af2 while on the ,black1 #da units would have been won1 with #i as the highest stake4 ,it is advisable1 when playing a system1 to play on both sides of the table at once4 ,the calculations for both ,red and ,black are kept1 and the differences staked on the ,red or ,black as the case may be4 ,the writer has actually seen a player stake the full requisite amount demanded by his system on both ,red and ,black at the same time4 ,this of course gives the same net result as staking the difference on one colour1 provided zero does not turn up4 ,if it does1 however1 the player loses one-half of two large stakes in the one case1 instead of only one-half of a small stake in the other case4 ,the advantage of playing a system on both sides of the table at the same time is that double as much can be won with the same capital that is required for playing on one side only4 ,indeed1 slightly less capital is required1 for obviously the player must #dfc be winning something on one side to go against his loss on the other4 ,the objection1 of course1 to this dual system of play is1 that there is a double chance of striking an adverse run4 ,while on the subject of where to stake one's money1 the reader1 if a novice at ,monte ,carlo1 is recommended to hand the amount of his wager to one of the croupiers to place on the table for him4 ,this will ensure both the money being placed exactly as the punter desires1 and the receipt of any winnings1 without disputes on the part of other players4 ,unless one's ,french accent is above reproach1 it is advisable to talk ,english to the croupiers4 ,the writer1 wishing to stake on ,nos4 #c1 #ab1 and #ae on one occasion1 handed the chef-de-partie three #e-;franc pieces1 saying1 ,sur le #c1 #ab1 #ae1 s'il vous plait4 ,after a short conversation on the subject the chef said in perfect ,english1 ,if monsieur will please speak ,english1 ,i will see that his money is correctly staked4 99 99 99 99 99 #dfd ,,trente ,,et ,,quarante4 ,,by ,,captain ,,browning4 ,,trente ,,et ,,quarante is played with six packs of cards on a table marked out as in the illustration 7,fig4 #c72 this represents one-half of the table1 the other half being marked out in an exactly similar manner4 ,there are but four chances--,rouge1 ,noir1 ,couleur1 and ,inverse1 which are played on in the following manner4 ,the six packs of cards1 having been well shuffled1 are cut1 and so many cards dealt out face upwards in a row until the sum of the pips 7,aces1 ,kings1 ,queens1 ,knaves1 and tens counting ten each1 and the ,ace one7 exceeds #cj in number4 ,then a second row is dealt out in a similar manner1 below the first one1 until the number of the pips in this second row also exceeds #cj4 ,the top row is called ,black1 the second or underneath row ,red1 and the ,red or ,blacks win according to which row contains the fewer number of pips--e4g4 whichever row of cards adds up nearest to #cj4 ,the number to which each row adds up is called the point1 and it will be plain that the best point possible is #ca1 and the worst point possible #dj4 ,it is customary1 when calling out the point of ,black and ,red to drop the thirty and say simply #b and #f1 which would mean that the point of ,black amounts to #cb1 and the point of ,red #cf1 in which case the ,black or top row would win4 ,the ,black point is always called out first4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 #dfe ,the other chance1 the ,couleur and ,inverse1 is decided by the colour of the first card turned up4 ,if the colour of this card corresponds with the colour of the winning row1 then ,couleur wins2 if it is of the opposite colour1 then ,inverse wins4 ,thus suppose the top or ,black row of cards amounts to #ce1 and the first card in this row is a ,black card1 and the ,red row amounts to #cf1 then ,black and ,couleur would win2 had the first card in the ,black row been a ,red card1 then ,inverse would have won1 being of the opposite colour to the winning row 7,black74 ,the players wishing to back any particular chance place their stakes on that portion of the table reserved for ,black1 ,red1 ,couleur1 or ,inverse1 as shown in the illustration 7,fig4 #c74 ,there are two chefs-de-parties employed to supervise the game1 and four croupiers to receive the losing stakes and pay the winning ones1 one of the croupiers also being the tailleur1 or dealer of the cards4 ,the tailleur calls the game by saying1 ,messieurs1 faites vos jeux1 when the players stake on the different chances4 ,he then says1 ,les jeux sont fait4 ,rien ne va plus1 after which no further stakes may be made4 ,he then deals out the cards1 and when both rows are complete he calls the result thus1 ,deux1 six1 ,rouge perds et ,couleur gagne1 or ,rouge perds et ,couleur1 as the case may be1 meaning that the point of ,black is #cb and that of ,red #cf1 so that ,black and the colour win2 or ,black wins and the colour loses4 ,it should be noted that the tailleur never mentions the words ,black or ,inverse1 but always says that ,red wins or ,red loses1 and that the colour wins or the colour loses4 ,on the conclusion #dff of each coup both rows of cards are swept into a small basket called the talon1 which is let into the centre of the table1 and the game begins again4 ,when the six packs of cards are exhausted1 the tailleur says1 ,monsieur1 les cartes passent1 when all the cards are collected out of the talons1 re-shuffled and cut1 and a fresh deal is started4 ,all four chances--,red1 ,black1 ,couleur1 and ,inverse--are of course even chances1 and are paid as such by the ,bank2 but should the total 7or point7 of both rows of cards be exactly #ca each1 the same procedure occurs as upon the appearance of the zero at ,roulette--that is to say1 the stakes are put en prison2 then another deal is made1 and those stakes which are on the winning chances are allowed to be withdrawn by the players4 ,or1 as at ,roulette1 the stakes1 at the players' option1 may be halved with the ,banker in the first instance4 ,saving #ca1 all other identical points made by the ,red and ,black cause that deal to be null and void1 the player being at liberty to remove his stake or otherwise1 as he chooses4 ,the condition of affairs 7both rows coming to #ca each7 which corresponds to the ,roulette zero is called a ,refait1 and is announced1 as are all other identities of the points1 by the word apres4 ,thus suppose the ,black row counts up to #ch1 and the ,red row to the same figure1 the tailleur announces ,huit1 huit apres4 ,if it happens to be a ,refait1 he says1 ,un1 un apres1 and the stakes are put into prison4 ,the ,refait is said to occur once in #ch deals on the average2 and if this were true1 the ,bank would have a slightly less advantage at ,trente et ,quarante than it has at ,roulette4 ,to arrive at the mathematical odds in favour of the ,bank would involve an exceedingly #dfg complicated calculation1 and it is doubtful if they have ever been exactly computed4 ,at a glance it would seem that the odds against both rows being #ca each is #ha to #a2 there being #aj possible points for each row1 the chances against any named point appearing would seem to be #i to #a1 in which case1 of course1 the chances against both points being identical would be #i x #i1 or #ha to #a4 ,but as the point of #ca can be formed in #aj ways--for the last card may be of any value1 while the point of #cb can only be formed in #i ways--for now the last card cannot be an ace2 and to form a point of #cc the last card can be neither an ace nor a deuce1 and so on with every point up to #dj1 which can only be formed in one way--viz4 when the last card is a #aj--;it is obvious that #ca is the easiest possible point to arrive at1 and the exact chances against its formation have1 as far as the writer's information goes1 never been calculated4#aaa ,in actual play1 however1 the punter may insure against the ,refait by paying a premium of #a per cent4 on his stake 7at a minimum cost of five francs72 thus it is safe to assume that for all practical purposes the percentage in favour of the ,bank is exactly #b percent4#aab ,thus it would seem that once in #ch is an underestimate of the appearance of a ,refait4 ,the maximum and minimum stakes allowed at ,trente et ,quarante are #ab1jjj francs and #bj francs respectively4 ,much heavier amounts are to be seen at stake at this game than at ,roulette4 ,this probably arises from two facts3 because the games are generally #dfh carried out in a quieter manner and the coups are more quickly played than is the case at ,roulette1 and because there is unquestionably a prevailing idea amongst the gamblers at ,monte ,carlo that the ,bank's advantage is not so great at ,trente et ,quarante as it is at ,roulette4 ,the latter consideration is probably wrong2 and1 as far as the writer's experience goes1 it is a very paying business to insure the stake at ,trente et ,quarante4 ,if this really is so1 it follows that the percentage in favour of the ,bank is over #b per cent41 or something like #a per cent4 more than it is at ,roulette4 ,any system that is applicable to the even chances at the ,roulette table can of course be played at ,trente et ,quarante2 but for some reason or other it is unusual to see any system properly worked at this game1 possibly because too large a capital would be required4 ,the almost universal method of play is to follow the tableau--that is1 to follow the pattern of the card on which the game is marked4 ,if there have been two ,reds followed by two ,blacks1 ninety-nine people out of a hundred will stake on ,red1 in the expectation of two ,reds now appearing1 while if there is a run of one colour1 thousands of francs will be seen on that colour1 and not a single #bj-;franc piece on the other4 ,sometimes the colours do run in the most inexplicable manner at ,trente et ,quarante4 ,the writer has played at a table where there were #ag consecutive ,blacks1 then #a ,red1 to be followed by #af consecutive ,blacks4 ,when such runs occur1 the ,banks of course lose heavily1 and are constantly broken4 ,to break the ,bank in the true sense of the word is of course an impossibility4 ,when a ,bank gets into low water the chef-de-partie #dfi sends for some more money1 which is ,ajouter a la banque1 and to this extent only is it possible to break the ,bank at ,monte ,carlo4 ,the game of ,trente et ,quarante is sometimes called ,rouge et ,noir4 ,the method of play on the even chances that will now be explained is based on the three following assumptions3-- ,first4 ,that every system at present played is successful only for a certain time1 when an adverse run1 long enough to defeat the progression adopted1 is almost certain to occur1 whereby the ,bank reaps a rich harvest4 ,secondly4 ,that only on rare occasions does the system show the desired profit1 without the player having been at some period of the game a very heavy loser4 ,thirdly4 ,that the failure of systems is not due to zero1 but to the ,bank's maximum4 ,these conditions are assumed1 though in the first two cases they undoubtedly are realities1 and within the experience of every system player4 ,the third one may be true or not2 it is not vastly important4#aac ,now as regards maxim ,no4 #a1 it may be taken for granted that for all practical purposes the system player makes his grand coup#aad on not more than #dgj 7say7 twenty occasions1 and on the twenty-first he meets such an adverse run that he loses his entire profits plus his entire capital2 or say1 for argument1 he had already spent his profits and so loses only his entire capital4 ,the proportion of the coup played for to the capital employed is generally some #b-a_/b per cent42 consequently after twenty good days' play1 and one bad one1 a system player is a loser of #ej per cent4 of his money4 7,this is a very low estimate47 ,now supposing a player had played stake for stake on the opposite chance to that played on by the system player1 it is obvious that he would have lost on twenty days1 and won on the twenty-first sufficient to recoup all his previous losses1 with #ej per cent4 profit4 ,the mathematician will say ,no to this--the ,bank will have reaped its zero percentage from each spin of the ,wheel during the progress of the play4 ,but why8 ,a1 who is playing the system1 stakes #aj louis on ,red2 ,b 7who is playing against him7 stakes #aj louis on ,black1 and zero crops up4 ,they are both put in prison1 and ,a comes out safely1 so ,b is now #aj louis worse off than ,a4 ,but in a short time ,a and ,b again both stake #aj louis1 and zero appears4 ,but this time ,b comes out safely1 in which case ,a must write this down as a losing coup1 and his next stake will be say1 for example1 #ae4 ,to meet this ,b has only to add #e louis to the #aj he has just retrieved out of prison--so his profit and loss account due to zero is exactly square1 as far as it affects his transactions with ,a4 ,and surely during the course of a game ,a and ,b will both get out of prison the same number of times4 7,and ,a does not fear zero--he only fears reaching the maximum--consequently ,b #dga does fear for zero2 he but awaits the time when his stake gets to the maximum47 ,is it not desirable to be ,b8 ,he requires no capital--or very little--and yet is in a position to win all that ,a is eventually going to lose--as he most certainly must lose4 ,to play on this method is exceedingly simple4 ,all that has to be done is to take any system1 and play it in reverse order to what it is designed to be played in4 ,the effect of this is1 in a word1 to compel the ,bank to play this system in its correct order against the punter4 ,the writer has always employed a ,labouchere to play on this method1 and it is the simplest one by which to explain the procedure4 ,a reference to p4 #def will show that the ,labouchere system1 is played by writing down so many figures1 so that their sum amounts to the grand coup--or stake being played for--and that it is usual to write down the figures #a1 #b1 #c1 #d2 so that the grand coup is #aj units4 ,to play this system in the usual manner it is generally assumed that a capital of #djj or #ejj units is required4 ,by reversing matters in play the first important advantage gained to the player is that he needs but a capital of #aj units1 and his grand coup becomes #djj or #ejj units4 ,very well4 ,the figures #a1 #b1 #c1 #d are written down1 and the first stake is the sum of the extreme figures--#e4 ,this sum is lost2 but now the #e is not written down after the #d1 but the #a and the #d are erased4 ,the next state is again #e 7#b #c71 and is again lost1 the #b and #c are erased and the player retires4 ,suppose this second stake of #e had been won1 then instead of erasing the #b and #c1 the figure #e would be written down on the paper1 so the row would read #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 and the next stake would be 7#e #b7 #g4 ,should this be lost the #e and #b are #dgb erased1 the next stake being #c4 ,suppose it is won1 this figure is written down1 and the row now reads #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 #c1 and the next stake is #c #c 7#f71 and so on4 ,but the moment all figures are erased1 the player will have lost #aj units and must retire4 ,this he will have to do a great many times1 but finally such a run as the following will occur4 ,the ,red is staked on throughout--the dot indicating which colour wins4 ,figures4 ,stake4 ,r4 ,b4 or - #a #a #d #e 4 -#e #b #b #c #e 4 #j #c #b #e #g 4 #g #d #b #g #i 4 #af #e #b #i #aa 4 #bg #g #b #aa #ac 4 #ad #i #c #i #ab 4 #b #aa #e #g #ab 4 #ad #ab #e #ab #ag 4 #ca #ag #e #ag #bb 4 #ec #bb #e #bb #bg 4 #hj #bg #e #bg #cb 4 #dh #g #bb #bi 4 #ai #bi #ab #ag #bi 4 #dh #da #ab #bi #da 4 #hi #ab #da #ec 4 #cf #df #ag #bi #df 4 #hb #ag #df #fc 4 #ai #bi #bi #bi 4 #dh #eh #bi #bi #eh 4 #ajf #hg #bi #eh #hg 4 #aic #bi #hg #aaf 4 #gg #hg #bi #eh #hg 4 #afd #bi #hg #aaf 4 #dh #eh #eh #eh 4 #ajf #aaf #eh #eh #aaf 4 #bbb #agd #eh #aaf #agd 4 #cif #bcb #eh #agd #bcb 4 #fbh #bij #eh #bcb #bij 4 #iah ,this shows a run of #bi coups1 of which the player wins #bj and loses #i4 #dgc ,he is #iah units to the good1 and his next stake would be #cdh6aae ,assuming a player had been working a ,labouchere on this run in the usual manner1 on ,black with a capital of #ejj units1 he would have had to retire after the #bgth coup through lack of capital2 and assuming him to have been playing with a #bj-;franc unit1 he would have had to retire from ,roulette on the #bhth coup1 and from ,trente et ,quarante after a few more coups if the bad sequence continued1 no matter how large his capital had been4 ,it has been stated that the ,bank beats the system player only on account of its limit4 ,this is not quite true2 it has also one more great advantage over the player1 and this is the fact of its being a machine1 while the punter is human2 and although a player will stake his all to retrieve his previous losses1 he will not--nature will not allow him to--risk his winnings to win still more4 ,this is a psychological fact that cannot be explained4 ,it must be to the knowledge of most people who have visited ,monte ,carlo1 that a player will stake as much as #ejj francs to retrieve a loss of a single #e-;franc piece4 ,yet the same player1 having turned a #e-;franc piece into as little as #ej francs1 will refuse to adventure another stake1 and retire from the gaming-table4 ,when the player is having his bad run1 the ,bank cannot help playing their winnings to the maximum stake--they must do so2 but the player on his good run is not compelled to play up his winnings1 and really cannot be expected to do so4 ,theoretically #dgd he should1 and ,i firmly believe there is a lot of money awaiting the player who has the patience to wait for such a run--which must come to him1 equally as it must and does1 we know1 come to the ,bank--and then play on and on until he is prohibited by the ,bank from staking any higher4 ,to play a system upside-down1 or in reverse order1 requires great patience and equanimity1 until the favourable run occurs1 when indomitable pluck and perseverance are the necessary qualifications4 ,the writer feels bound to take the reader into his confidence so far as to acknowledge that he himself has never had such pluck1 but has always retired on winning between #bjj and #cjj units4 ,but he has always watched the future run of the table1 and on no less than five occasions would have reached the maximum stake and won over #ajjj units4 ,he has1 however1 always had the patience1 and lost his petit coup time after time with perfect equanimity1 and only wishes he had had the other qualifications as well4 ,referring for one moment to the assumed fact ,no4 #b on which this method is based--that a player more often than not is in deep water before bringing off his grand coup2 which he must be1 owing to the losses being so disproportionate in magnitude to the gains--it might be a good plan to discover what the average highest loss of a system player is before the system shows a profit1 and then to play the same system in reverse or upside-down order1 making this figure the grand coup4 ,playing in this manner1 a visitor will have a cheap and enjoyable visit to ,monte ,carlo1 and may be assured of one of the most exciting little periods of his career when this favourable run of luck does come his way4 #dge ,one final word of advice to all system players4 ,play on the chance that is most convenient to your seat at the table4 ,it is as likely to win as any other4 ,never get flurried with your system or calculations4 ,it is not at all necessary to stake on every coup4 ,you are just as likely to win if you postpone staking until the day after to-morrow1 as if you stake on the very next spin of the ,wheel--the ,rooms are open for twelve hours per diem1 which should allow ample time for the number of coups you wish to play4 ,there may or not be such a thing as luck4 ,there can1 however1 be no harm in giving its existence the benefit of the doubt4 ,if on some particular occasions you find you cannot do right1 assume you are out of luck1 and stop playing4 ,do not consider either that you owe a grudge to the ,bank because you have lost1 or that it is absolutely necessary to retrieve your fortune then and there6 ,postpone playing until the following day1 or week1 or year1 when you may be in good luck1 and can easily recoup yourself4 ,always bear the clever gambler's great maxim well in mind3 ,cut your losses--play up your gains6 ,the writer's only object has been to try and explain how the games of chance are played at ,monte ,carlo1 and to point out that the player is at a disadvantage on each occasion that he stakes1 though that disadvantage may be increased or reduced by bad or good staking4 ,it now remains for the reader to decide whether the pleasure he derives from gambling is likely to recompense him for his probable losses4 ,printed by ,,ballantyne1 ,,hanson ,,co4 ,edinburgh ,london 99 99 99 99 99 ,,notes #a ,this is the old-fashioned rule1 but at the present day the ,whist rule of lowest card deals is frequently followed4 #b ,see note on last page4 #c ,for the accepted ,laws of ,all-,fours1 see ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games 7,routledge74 #d ,pronounced ,back7arah4 #e ,the number is not absolute1 sometimes four packs1 sometimes two only1 being used2 but three is the more usual number4 #f ,for the ,laws of ,baccarat ,banque1 and some suggestions for play1 see ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games4 #g ,some players do not score brisques till the close of the hand4 ,the better rule1 however1 it to score them when the trick is won4 #h ,in some circles1 when the ,whist tricks are reached1 the ten reverts to its ,whist rank1 i4e4 below the knave1 but the practice is not recommended4 #i ,carte blanche is scored at the outset of the game1 and before the player has drawn a card4 ,he must prove his title by exhibiting his nine cards1 one after another 7as rapidly as he pleases71 face upwards on the table4 ,should the first card he draws not be an honour1 he may show the card1 and again score carte blanche1 and so on1 as often as this may happen2 but carte blanche cannot be scored after the player has once held a court card4 #aj ,the first marriage scored is necessarily in trumps4 #aa ,it will be observed that this rule is directly contrary to that prevailing at ordinary ,bezique4 #ab ,roughly1 the value of all the brisques in the four packs4 ,there are actually #cb1 which at ten each would be #cbj2 but as the odd #bj are not reckoned1 this reduces the value to #cjj4 #ac ,as a matter of fact1 this arrangement is no guarantee whatever against pre-arranged fraud4 ,for the methods employed by card-sharpers at this game1 see ,les ,filouteries du ,jeu 7,cavaille74 ,tit4 ,les ,petits ,paquets4 #ad ,court cards1 though they all count as of the same value--i4e4 ten--retain their distinctive rank for pairing purposes4 ,thus a knave can only be paired with a knave1 and so on4 #ae ,a single fifteen is spoken of as fifteen two1 two fifteens as fifteen four1 three as fifteen six1 and so on4 ,four 7fifteen eight7 is the largest number of fifteens that can be made with four cards4 #af ,if the knave and start be of different suits1 the score is twenty-eight4 ,with four fives in the crib1 and the knave turned up1 the value of the show will be twenty-eight only1 but the dealer will already have scored two for his heels1 so that the total value is thirty4 #ag ,the score is made up as follows4 ,each of the sixes combines with each nine to make a fifteen1 giving fifteen four4 ,again1 each of the threes combines with the two sixes1 bringing the score to fifteen ten4 ,the pair and pair-royal make it eighteen4 #ah ,if the three tenth cards make neither pair nor sequence1 the score will be fourteen only4 #ai ,in the case supposed1 it would be very unwise for ,a to pair the eight1 as1 in the event of ,b's holding a second eight1 he would make a pair-royal and go simultaneously4 #bj ,there is no authoritative code of ,cribbage ,laws1 and there is considerable divergence of opinion on sundry minor points4 ,for the rules generally accepted1 the reader may be referred to the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games 7,routledge71 tit4 ,cribbage4 #ba ,de la ,rue ,co4 #bb ,the elder hand may propose1 i4e4 ask for cards1 as often as he pleases4 ,if the dealer is not content with his own hand1 he will give cards1 but after the first proposal1 it is entirely at his own option whether or not to do so4 #bc ,for some further rules1 defining the position and obligations of bystanders betting on the game1 see the work of ,cavendish referred to at p4 #ec4 #bd ,a still higher trump is sometimes by agreement introduced in the shape of a blank card1 backed like the rest of the pack which in this case consists of thirty-three cards4 ,this is known as the ,joker1 or ,best ,bower1 and takes precedence even of ,right ,bower4 ,if the ,joker chance to be turned up1 the card next in order decides the trump suit4 #be ,under the more modern practice the player having the later call can play alone in place of his partner4 ,only a very strong hand1 however1 would justify his doing so4 #bf ,there is no ,english ,code of ,laws for ,euchre4 ,the accepted ,american ,code was compiled in #ahhh for the ,somerset ,club1 ,boston1 ,massachusetts1 by ,messrs4 ,h4 ,c4 ,leeds and ,james ,dwight4 ,it will be found reprinted at length1 by their permission1 in the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games4 #bg ,this is usually done by dealing a preliminary round1 face upwards1 the first knave turned up entitling the holder to the deal4 #bh ,as1 for instance1 where the player holds the seven and nine of trumps1 the eight having been turned up2 the seven and nine are then of equal value4 #bi ,sometimes the preference is given to the elder hand1 irrespective of the value of the cards4 #cj ,the words between brackets apply of course to three-card loo4 ,sometimes the dealer is allowed1 after dealing one card to each player1 to deal three together for a miss1 but the practice is irregular4 ,at five-card ,loo the ,ecarte method of dealing 7first by threes1 and then by twos1 or vice versa7 is sometimes adopted4 #ca ,for an instructive series of illustrative hands at ,napoleon1 see the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games4 #cb ,a having made seven out of twelve4 #cc ,see in particular the excellent treatise on the game by ,cavendish1 published by ,messrs4 ,de ,la ,rue ,co4 #cd ,for the authorised ,laws of the ,game1 in its modern form1 see ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games1 or the treatise of ,cavendish before mentioned4 #ce ,as the game is sometimes played1 the dealer1 and not the ,age1 puts up the ante1 but the contrary is the more usual practice4 #cf ,this being a compulsory stake on an unknown hand1 it is prudent to make it as small as possible4 #cg ,the ,age1 as a rule1 goes in1 even with poor cards2 if he passes1 he is bound to lose the half stake already put up1 and it is1 therefore1 generally worth his while to risk the other half4 #ch ,should ,b have already thrown up his cards1 the privilege does not pass to ,c4 ,there is a maxim on this point1 ,the ,age never passes4 #ci ,some players on a second round only allow the jack-pot to be opened by a pair of queens1 or better2 on a third1 only by a pair of kings1 or better2 and on a fourth1 only by a pair of aces1 or better2 but the practice is not recommended4 ,no player1 even though holding the needful cards1 is bound to open the jack-pot unless he pleases4 #dj ,strictly speaking1 each dealer in rotation should himself dress the board1 but it will be found more convenient to depute some one player to do so throughout the game4 #da ,by some players the dealer is allowed the privilege of looking at the extra cards 7sometimes1 but incorrectly1 themselves spoken of as the stops71 and to act as a kind of referee as to whether a given card is a stop or otherwise1 but the practice is not recommended4 #db ,the ,misere is now introduced into ,napoleon4 ,see p4 #if4 #dc ,for more minute information1 and for a number of illustrative hands1 see ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games4 #dd ,the right to deal is usually decided by a preliminary deal of faced cards1 the first ace1 or first knave1 as may be agreed1 having the preference4 ,in some circles1 after the cards are cut1 the dealer is allowed to look at the bottom card1 and if such card prove to be an ace or tenth card1 he also looks at the top card4 ,if the two form a natural1 he is entitled to receive double the minimum stake all round4 ,this privilege is known as the brulet1 from the fact that it is dependent on the nature of the bottom card1 which is always1 in the ,french phrase1 brule 7literally1 burnt7 i4e4 thrown aside when reached in the course of the deal1 and not dealt to any player4 ,the brulet has never been recognised as an essential part of the game1 and is now generally abandoned4 #de ,some players risk the maximum stake on a seven1 but we question the expediency of doing so4 #df ,this amount is the same as is paid for an ordinary ,vingt-,un1 i4e4 one made with more than two cards4 ,sometimes1 by agreement1 a natural receives double the amount of an ordinary4 #dg ,many players habitually stand at fifteen1 and if the dealer is a reckless player1 with a tendency to overdraw1 it may be good policy to stand upon an even smaller figure4 ,cavendish is in favour of standing1 as a rule1 on fifteen4 #dh ,pronounced like pony4 #di ,example4 ,a three1 two sixes1 and a knave are drawn4 ,the two sixes draw again1 and the lower plays with the three4 ,suppose1 at the second draw1 the two sixes draw a king and a queen1 the queen plays with the three4 ,if at the second draw1 a lower card than the three is drawn1 the three still retains its privileges as original low1 and has the deal and choice of cards and seats4 #ej ,example4 ,three aces and a two are drawn4 ,the three aces draw again4 ,the two is the original high1 and plays with the highest of the next draw4 ,suppose1 at the second draw1 two more twos and a king are drawn4 ,the king plays with the original two1 and the other pair of twos draw again for deal4 ,suppose1 instead1 the second draw to consist of an ace and two knaves4 ,the two knaves draw again1 and the higher plays with the two4 #ea ,vide ,law #bf4 #eb ,vide ,law #bi4 #ec ,after the two packets have been re-united1 ,law #cj comes into operation4 #ed ,vide also ,laws #cf and #da4 #ee ,vide also ,law #bh4 #ef ,the pack being perfect4 ,vide ,law #da4 #eg ,except as provided in ,law #cf4 #eh ,it is not usual to call the trump card if left on the table4 #ei ,vide ,law #ge4 #fj ,e4g41 ,if a single is scored by mistake for a double or treble1 or vice versa4 #fa ,vide also ,law #dj4 #fb ,vide ,law #ha4 #fc ,the more complicated forms of the so-called ,american leads are not set out1 as they never gained general acceptance4 #fd ,this penalty is not affected by a double4 #fe ,pronounced tray1 kater1 sank1 and size1 respectively4 #ff ,this applies more particularly towards the close of the game4 ,the leaving of a blot at the outset1 when five out of six of the points in the adversary's table are still open1 is a comparatively unimportant matter4 #fg ,this leaves a blot on the deuce point in your outer table1 but this is a trifling disadvantage as compared with the gain of at once securing four points side by side4 ,there are only three throws1 six ace1 cinque deuce1 and quatre trois1 that will enable the adversary to hit the blot2 and your next throw will in all probability enable you to place it beyond the reach of danger1 either by playing another man on the same point1 or by transferring the solitary man to one of the points already made4 #fh ,for further information as to the game and its chances1 see the article on ,backgammon in ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games 7,routledge71 of which the present paper is an abridgment4 #fi ,for a description of other forms of the game1 see ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games 7,routledge74 #gj ,see p4 #bif4 #ga ,throughout these rules1 coloured balls mean the six balls 7not ,red7 specified in ,rule #b4 #gb ,vide page #bij1 ,definition #d4 #gc ,for fuller information on the subject of the game1 see ,mr4 ,l4 ,hoffer's excellent treatise on ,chess in ,the ,book of ,card and ,table ,games 7reprinted separately in the ,oval ,series1 ,routledge4 #a''s4''71 of which this section is a much condensed abridgment4 #gd ,for the meaning of these letters and figures1 see ,chess ,notation 7p4 #cdc74 #ge ,this is possible in case of a check with ,queen1 ,rook1 or ,bishop1 but not in case of check with a ,knight or pawns4 #gf ,from the ,italian ,gambetto1 a trip up4 #gg ,with two ,bishops checkmate can be forced1 whilst with two ,knights only checkmate cannot be given against the best defence4 #gh ,intending to establish a centre at once4 #gi ,considered the best reply4 ,black develops a piece and attacks a pawn4 #hj ,or #h4 444 ,kt takes ,p2 #i4 ,kt takes ,kt1 ,p to ,q #d2 #aj4 ,b to ,q #c2 ,p takes ,kt2 #aa4 ,b takes ,p1 ,kt to ,k #b1 c4 #ha ,if #aa41 ,kt takes ,r1 ,black would proceed with #aa4 444 ,q to ,k #b2 #ab4 ,kt to ,b #g1 ,b takes ,p2 ch42 #ac4 ,r takes ,b1 ,p takes ,r2 ch42 #ad4 ,k takes ,p1 ,kt to ,kt #e2 ch42 #ae4 ,k to ,kt #c1 ,q to ,b #c2 #af4 ,q to ,b #c1 ,q to ,kt #b1 c41 with a powerful attack4 #hb ,a safe defence1 though troublesome for a time4 #hc ,the best move1 ,white threatening with #aa4 ,p to ,q #e to win a piece4 #hd #ab4 ,b to ,k #b is a sounder move4 #he ,the best move4 #ab4 444 ,p to ,q ,r #c may also be played2 but not #ab4 444 ,p to ,q ,r #d1 because it weakens the pawns on the ,queen's side for the ,end game4 #hf ,because ,black threatens #ae4 444 ,kt to ,k #d1 and after #af4 444 ,b or ,kt takes ,kt2 #ag4 ,p takes ,kt1 ,q to ,kt #d3 ch41 winning the ,k ,p4 #hg ,this move is inferior to #i4 ,p to ,k #e4 #hh ,the best move4 #aa4 444 ,kt to ,b #c would be inferior4 #hi ,black gives up a pawn for a temporary counter-attack3 ,it is a safer defence than #e4 444 ,kt takes ,p4 #ij ,the only right square for the ,bishop1 because it secures a retreat for the ,knight on both sides1 as will be seen by the sequel4 #ia ,if #g4 444 ,p takes ,b1 ,white gets the piece back with #h4 ,kt takes ,kt1 ,p takes ,kt2 #i4 ,r to ,k sq41 c4 #ib ,here again1 if #h4 ,p takes ,b1 ,white replies #i4 ,q to ,q #e1 c4 #ic ,as before1 if #i4 444 ,p takes ,b2 #aj4 ,q to ,q #e follows4 #id ,the original move upon which the opening was based4 ,but it is unsound1 as the two specimens given sufficiently prove4 ,the alternative continuation is #c4 444 ,b to ,k #b2 #d4 ,p to ,q #c1 followed by #e4 ,kt to ,b #c1 c4 #ie ,if #f4 444 ,r takes ,kt1 then #g4 ,q to ,r #e3 ch41 ,k to ,q #b2 #h4 ,b takes ,kt1 ,r takes ,b2 #i4 ,q takes ,p3 ch41 and wherever the ,king moves the ,queen mates4 #if ,if instead of the text move #aa4 444 ,p to ,b #e1 ,white wins with #ab4 ,r to ,k sq4 #ig ,threatening #i4 ,q to ,kt #e2 ch41 ,k to ,q #c2 #aj4 ,b to ,b #d3 ch4 and #aa4 ,q to ,k #e3 ch41 c4 #ih #aj4 444 ,p to ,b #d would be immediately fatal4 #ii ,if #ab4 444 ,k takes ,b1 then #ac4 ,q takes ,k ,p3 ch41 ,k to ,kt #d2 #ad4 ,kt to ,b #c4 ch41 ,k to ,kt #c2 #ae4 ,q to ,q #d2 ch41 c4 #ajj ,if #ae4 444 ,q takes ,q3 then #af4 ,r to ,r #d3 ch41 ,k moves2 #ag4 ,kt mates either at ,kt #c or at ,kt sq4 accordingly4 #aja ,attacking the ,rook4 #ajb #aa4 ,p to ,k ,kt #c would be bad1 because of #aa4 444 ,p takes ,p2 #ab4 ,q takes ,p1 ,r to ,b sq43 ch42 #ac4 ,k to ,kt #b1 ,q to ,r #d1 threatening #ad4 444 ,b to ,r #e1 winning4 #ajc ,not #ab4 ,p takes ,p1 because in such case ,black replies #ab4 444 ,p to ,kt #f1 and wins4 #ajd ,if #g4 ,q to ,b #c1 ,black replies #g4 444 ,p to ,kt #g3 ch42 #h4 ,k takes ,p1 ,p to ,k ,b #c2 #i4 ,b takes ,kt1 ,r takes ,b2 #aj4 ,q takes ,p1 ,b to ,k #b2 #aa4 ,q to ,k ,b #c1 ,r to ,b sq41 with the better position4 #aje ,meaning ,flank4 #ajf ,the work of which the present article is an abridgment4 ,the ,openings here given will be found treated in this book at much greater length1 with others scarcely less valuable1 and a fund of general ,chess information4 #ajg ,in ,england it was formerly the custom to play on the white squares1 but the ,scottish practice of using the black squares is now generally adopted4 ,so far as the course of play is concerned1 the one plan is as good as the other2 and in all treatises on the game the men are1 for typographical reasons1 shown on the white squares4 ,this involves a corresponding alteration of the position of the board1 which is shown with a white bottom square on the left hand4 #ajh ,a player may be huffed for not taking the full number of men he should have taken by the play adopted4 ,thus if he takes one man only1 where by the same play1 duly continued1 he could have taken two1 he is liable to the huff4 ,if1 however1 he has the choice of two moves1 by one of which he would take a larger number of men taken than by the other1 he is under no obligation to adopt that move4 #aji ,see p4 #dfi1 footnote4 #aaj ,this is a more common method of play at ,trente et ,quarante 7see p4 #dfh74 #aaa ,a ,german mathematician is said to have calculated the percentage in favour of the ,banks to be #a4bh per cent4 #aab ,it must be remembered that as the player is at liberty to withdraw half his stake when there is a ,refait1 he is really paying a premium of #a per cent4 to insure only half his stake4 #aac ,if there were no limit every one could win at ,monte ,carlo1 by the simple method of doubling up after each loss4 ,hence sans maximum1 zero does not prevent the ,bank from losing4 #aad ,most system players try to win a percentage of their capital per diem4 ,having done so1 they retire from the table4 ,by grand coup is meant this amount of daily winnings4 ,there is no reason why a player should not play his system ad infinitum4 ,he1 however1 instinctively knows the grave risk he is running by continuing his game1 and is generally very pleased to retire after having made a certain daily profit4 #aae ,in the series shown on p4 #deg1 had a player been fortunate enough to have played a ,labouchere reversed on ,black1 he would have won #hij units4 99 99 99 99 99 ,transcriber's note3 ,corrections made to printed original3 ,p4 #da 7,score for ,three tenth cards in sequence and two fives73--#ag1 printed as #aa in original4 ,p4 #abg 7in a flush or sequence lacking one card73--card1 printed as care in original4 ,p4 #ced 7in ,the ,kt here attacks ,black's ,k ,p73--,black1 printed as ,white in original4 ,p4 #cga in he cannot play #bj4 444 ,r takes ,r the first ,r is missing in printed copy and has been restored by considering the position4 ,additional material for ,project ,gutenberg ,edition ,forsyth-,edwards ,notation for ,chess and ,draughts figures ,,chess ,fig4 #e4 ,drawing by perpetual check4 #ak#f_/bp#e_/,qp,b#e_/a,p#f_/h_/,p#b;b#d _/a,p#f_/,k#an#e ,fig4 #f4 ,illustration of stalemate4 #ak#f_/a,p#f_/a,k#f_/h_/h_/h_/h_/h ,fig4 #g4 ,giuoco ,piano4 ,position after ,black's #aeth move4 r#bnk#br_/pppbqp#b_/a;b#cnpp_/#dp#c_/d,p #c_/b,p#a;,,bnn#a_/,,ppb#a,,qppp_/,r#d,, rk#a ,fig4 #h4 ,giuoco ,piano4 ,position after ,white's #bhth move4 #cr#d_/app#bp#ak_/#apn#bnpp_/#dp,n#b_/bq #a,p#c_/,p#a,p#a,q#a,,np_/#a,p#c,,pp#a_/ e,,rk#a ,fig4 #i4 ,evans ,gambit4 ,position after ,white's #aith ,move4 #arbq#ark#a_/p#a;b#cpp_/#cp#apn#a_/np#a, p#a,n#b_/bp#a,p#c_/e,n#b_/,,pb#a,,qbppp_ /#b,r#b,r#a,k ,fig4 #aj4 ,two ,knights' ,defence4 ,position after ,black's #ith move4 r#a;bq#a;b#ar_/pp#bn#app_/#bp#ak#c_/cnp# c_/b;,,bp#d_/b,n#b,q#b_/,,ppp#b,,ppp_/,r #a;,b#a,k#b,r ,fig4 #aa4 ,scotch ,gambit4 ,position after ,white's #aath ,move4 r#a;bqr#c_/ppp#bk#ap_/#bn#cp#a_/b,,qp#d_ /cp#d_/h_/,,ppp#b,,ppp_/,,rnbq#c,r ,fig4 #ab4 ,muzio ,gambit4 ,position after ,black's #eth ,move4 rnbqkbnr_/pppp#ap#ap_/#h_/h_/b;,b#a,pp#b _/ep#b_/,,pppp#b,,pp_/,,rnbq#a,,rk#a ,fig4 #ac4 ,white pawn advantage4 ,black to ,move and ,draw4 r#g_/h_/q#g_/h_/h_/a,p#ek_/#a,r#f_/f,,qk ,fig4 #ad4 ,king and pawn against ,king4 ,black to ,move and ,draw4 #h_/h_/h_/h_/h_/a,p#ek_/#h_/f,k#a ,fig4 #ae4 ,king and pawn against ,king4 ,white to ,move and ,win4 #h_/h_/h_/h_/h_/ak#f_/f,p#a_/b,k#e ,fig4 #af4 ,king and ,queen against ,king4 ,white to ,move and ,win4 #h_/h_/dk#c_/h_/h_/h_/h_/,,kq#f ,fig4 #ag4 ,two ,rooks and ,king against ,king4 ,white to ,move and ,win4 #h_/h_/h_/ck#d_/h_/h_/h_/,,krr#e ,fig4 #ah4 ,king and ,rook against ,king4 ,white to ,move and ,win4 #h_/h_/h_/dk#c_/h_/b,k#e_/h_/a,r#f ,fig4 #ai4 ,king and two ,bishops against ,king4 ,white to ,move and ,win4 #h_/h_/h_/h_/ek,b,b_/#h_/h_/,k#g ,fig4 #bj4 ,king1 ,bishop1 and ,knight against ,king4 ,white to ,move and ,win4 #h_/h_/h_/,k#ak#d;,b_/#h_/h_/h_/,n#g ,,draughts ,fig4 #c4 ,two ,kings to ,one4 ,white to ,move and ,win4 ,,wk#aa1,k#bb3;,,bk#e ,fig4 #d4 ,three ,kings to ,two4 ,white to ,move and ,win4 ,,wk#aa1,k#ae1,k#ah3;,,bk#e1,k#bh ,fig4 #e4 ,first ,position4 ,black to ,move and ,win4 ,w#cj1,k#h3;,b#bb1bg ,fig4 #f4 ,second ,position4 ,black to ,move and ,win4 ,w#ab1ac1,k#aa3;,b#c1f1,k#e ,fig4 #g4 ,third ,position4 ,black to ,move and ,win4 ,,wk#ad1,k#bb3;,b#e1,k#ac1,k#ba ,fig4 #h4 ,fourth ,position4 ,black to ,move and ,win1 or ,white to ,move and ,draw4 ,w#cj1,k#ca1,k#cb3;,b#ba1,k#bb1,k#bc1,k# bh